Home

Bury Fusiliers - Warrington Borough Council

1. Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Two sets of drawings shall be issued to each commenting consultant The co ordinating consultant will arrange receipt of other consultant s comments and transfer these to a single set of Sub contractor s drawings to be returned to the Main Contractor within 10 working days or less by special arrangement and mutual consent Drawings may be returned direct to the specialist Sub contractor s by agreement in writing with the Sub contractor and Main Contractor Copies of correspondence covering return of drawings will be copied to the Main Contractor or Sub contractor in either case Installation drawings will be returned under one of three following categories Drawings Stamped Category A Installation manufacture or construction may proceed in accordance with the drawings submitted Unless indicated to the contrary on such drawings the works shall comply with the Contract Documents Drawings Stamped Category B Installation manufacture or construction may proceed in accordance with the drawings submitted subject to the contractor taking necessary action based on the Supervising Officer s comments and all annotations added to the returned drawings Unless indicated to the contrary on such drawings the work shall comply with the Contract Documents The required number of copies of the amended drawings
2. 17d Educational network connection to the site Cabling By others Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 371 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Disabled Call syatem Disabled Refuge system CCTV Installation Security Installations External Lighting Installation PV Installation Design and co ordination of M amp E services Compliance with CDM Regulations Biomass boiler installation inc fuel delivery system Heating System flues Domestic Hot Water System Domestic Cold Water System Above Ground Drainage System Assembly Hall General Supply Extract Vent Systems Kitchen supply extract ventilation system Music room supply and extract ventilation system Toilet extract and general supply extract ventilation systems Natural ventilation system Thermal Insulation Controls Installation DX Air source heat pump systems comms room Gas fired heating system boiler plant Heating system installations Solar collector installation Natural Gas Installations from meter Utility gas supply Utility water supply inc hydrant provision BREEAM requirements and provision Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 372 6 March 2013 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES
3. Solvent welded joints PVC reference Y10 8010 Fusion joints PE reference Y10 8020 Mechanical fittings PE reference Y10 8030 Anchors PVC reference Y10 8040 Jointing polybutylene pipes and fittings reference Y10 8050 210 130 WORKMANSHIP Steam and condense mains Trap sets at low points reference Y10 9020A Trap sets at low points and at automatic control valves Reference Y10 9020B Protection of underground pipework reference Y10 9030 Location Protection of buried pipes Unmarked reference Y10 9040A Marked reference Y10 9040B Location Steelwork painting Reference Y10 9120A 211 000 PIPELINE ANCILLARIES 250 000 THERMAL INSULATION 250 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y50 1000 and those detailed below 250 015 ZERO GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL GWP Use insulating materials with a Global Warming Potential GWP of zero 250 017 ZERO OZONE DEPLETION POTENTIAL ODP Use insulating materials with an Ozone Depletion Potential ODP of zero 250 020 INSTALLER SELECTION e Use a contractor specialising in the supply and installation of thermal insulation Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 79 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Use thermal insulation materials supplied by a manufacturer assessed and registered in accordance with BS ISO 9000 2 250 030 MINERAL FIBRE THERMAL INSULATION PIPEWORK European C
4. e Number e Provide lever pattern keys suitable for each drain cock and loose hose unions for drain cocks Y11 4010 INSTALLATION Install pipeline ancillaries in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations and BS 6683 Y11 4020 LOCATION e Positions e Install valves cocks traps strainers test plugs tundishes and other ancillary equipment in positions indicated Y11 4025 LOCATION OF THERMOSTATIC RADIATOR VALVES Install thermostatic radiator valves in an area which reflects the space temperature Ensure that they are not behind curtains or enclosed in heating or radiator panels Y11 4030 POSITIONING OF COMPONENTS Locate flow and pressure measurement valves to ensure manufacturer s recommended straight length of pipe upstream and downstream of valve is provided Y11 4040 POSITIONING OF DOUBLE REGULATING VARIABLE ORIFICE VALVE Install double regulating variable orifice valve to ensure equivalent of 10 diameters of straight pipe upstream and 5 diameters downstream of double regulating valve Y11 4045 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL BALL VALVES Install control ball valves in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations Y11 4050 POSITIONING OF CONTROL COMPONENTS e Install pipeline control components in accordance with manufacturer s instructions and in positions indicated e Insulation Where control components are incorporated in insulated pipelines provide details of Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T
5. e Reserve the right to witness 100 of the points if the failure rate is greater than 5 e Witness a sample of specific functions eg 10 of alarms and 10 of data logging e Witness one of several identical items of plant in detail with the others witnessed on a random Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 227 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION basis Verify the system security access Verify that all safety related functions perform to that specified eg plant shutdown on fire condition Verify all plant restarts according to that specified after building power failure and local power failure Witness all power meter data points to ensure that they match the meters Ensure that trend logs are used when witnessing points in order to monitor the performance of control actions Verify the handover of all operating manuals and system documentation Verify the handover of backup copies of software Verify the completion of any specified system operator training 360 020 OPERATOR TRAINING 360 030 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS Ensure that an initial draft of the O amp M manual is submitted for approval prior to commissioning Ensure that the O amp M documentation is produced as the work proceeds and is updated when necessary Ensure that this work commences at the start of the contract and is added to updated as the contract progresses Ensure that approved final c
6. e Water tanks 320 050 LABELLING Provide and fix system labels as required by e BS 6651 320 060 INSTALLATION RECORDS Prepare system records including the following items e To BS 6651 e As installed drawings e Nature of soil e Earth resistivity measurement e Earth electrode resistance e Details of earth electrodes e Type to be noted e Location to be noted e Reference electrode to be indicated e Alterations to system to be indicated Hand over the system records e to main contractor for incorporation into manuals 320 070 MAINTENANCE Carry out maintenance as required by BS 6651 for the defects liability period and provide proposal for continuing maintenance to e CA e Building owner W53 ELECTROMAGNETIC SCREENING PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 030 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The contractor shall design install test commission and demonstrate so that all systems have suitable electromagnetic screening 60 CENTRAL CONTROL BUILDING MANAGEMENT PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 030 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The contractor shall employ a specialist controls subcontractor to provide the central control system for the mechanical plant The specialist controls contractor shall install test commission and demonstrate the control system in accordance with the drawings specification and the technical schedules NOTE Gas knock off push buttons to be surrounded type to avoid false activation PART 2 SELECTION SCHEDULES FOR RE
7. 210 090 WORKMANSHIP STEEL PIPEWORK Welding general Class 1 reference Y10 5010A Class 2 reference Y10 5010B Welded joints reference Y10 5020 Painting welded joints reference Y10 5030 Flanged joints reference Y10 5040 Screwed joints reference Y10 5050 Mechanical joints reference Y10 5060 Anchors U bolts reference Y10 5070A Flanges reference Y10 5070B Pipework painting reference Y10 5090 210 100 WORKMANSHIP COPPER PIPEWORK Compression joints reference Y10 6030 Capillary joints reference Y10 6040 210 130 WORKMANSHIP Protection of underground pipework reference Y10 9030 Protection of buried pipes Unmarked reference Y10 9040A Marked reference Y10 9040B Steelwork painting Reference Y10 9120A Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 113 6 March 2013 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 211 000 PIPELINE ANCILLARIES 211 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y11 1000 and those detailed below 211 N _ 21 030 STOP VALVES WRAS approved Kitemark certified Pipe material To suit copper tube To suit steel tube Stop taps to BS 1010 2 Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2010A Capillary to BS EN 1254 1 reference Y11 2010B Stop valves to BS EN 1213 for potable water supplies Compression ends for copper reference Y11 2015A Compression ends for plastics reference
8. Grille Diffuser location reference Y46 4010 Louvre location reference Y46 4020 Accessories reference Y46 4030 Connection to ductwork reference Y46 4040 Installation in builders work Reference Y46 4050A Transfer grilles Reference Y46 4060A With fire damper reference Y46 4060B 250 000 THERMAL INSULATION 250 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y50 1000 and those detailed below 250 015 ZERO GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL GWP Use insulating materials with a Global Warming Potential GWP of zero 250 017 ZERO OZONE DEPLETION POTENTIAL ODP Use insulating materials with an Ozone Depletion Potential ODP of zero 250 020 INSTALLER SELECTION e Use a contractor specialising in the supply and installation of thermal insulation 250 030 MINERAL FIBRE THERMAL INSULATION PIPEWORK Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 144 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION European Classification for Reaction to Fire Performance Class A1 reference Y50 1035A Class A2 reference Y50 1035B Class B reference Y50 1035C Class C reference Y50 1035D Spread of flame as BS 476 7 Reference Y50 1050A Smoke emission characteristics Reference Y50 1055A Inspection and testing reference Y50 1090 Thermal conductivity reference Y50 2010 Thermal performance life expectancy For plant design life reference Y50 2015A Details reference Y50 20
9. Y10 4110 PIPES THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS Enclose pipes passing through building elements walls floors partitions etc concentrically within purpose made sleeves Fit masking plates where visible pipes pass through building elements including false ceilings of occupied rooms Y10 4110 PIPES THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS FIRE STOPPING Material Fire Stopping Compound Thickness 75mm 100mm 150mm Intumescent Pillows Dimensions 300x200x30mm 300x150x30mm 300x100x30mm 300x50x30mm Intumescent Coated Batt Dimensions Intumescent Pipe Wrap Dimensions 50mm 100mm Standard To manufacturer s standard To BS 476 20 To BS 476 22 Installation To manufacturer s standard Y10 4120A PIPE SLEEVES Where pipe insulation is not carried through pipe sleeve cut sleeves from material same as pipe one or two sizes larger than pipe to allow clearance Do not use sleeves as pipe supports Install sleeves flush with building finish In areas where floors are washed down install with a 100mm protrusion above floor finish Y10 4120B PIPE SLEEVES WITH INSULATION CARRIED THROUGH Where pipe insulation is carried through pipe sleeve cut sleeves from material same as pipe one or two sizes larger than pipe and insulation to allow clearance Do not use sleeves as pipe supports Install sleeves flush with building finish In areas where floors are washed down install with a 100mm protrusion above floor finish Project No BSD11120 100 6
10. e Lettering e Laminated plates multi coloured with outer layer removed for lettering reference Y54 2030B 254 045 GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR USE ON EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS EN 80416 Reference Y54 2035 254 050 VALVE AND COCK IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2040 254 080 AIR VOLUME REGULATING AND CONTROL DAMPER IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2070 254 090 INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2080 254 100 DANGER AND WARNING NOTICES Reference Y54 2090 254 110 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION INSTALLATION CHARTS e Perspex sheet glazing with frame reference Y54 2100A Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 147 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 290 000 FIXING TO BUILDING FABRIC 290 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y90 1000 and those detailed below 290 020 FIXINGS Standards reference Y90 2010 Plugs reference Y90 2020 Screws reference Y90 2030 Cast in fixings reference Y90 2040 Shot fired fixings reference Y90 2050 Self adhesive fixings reference Y90 2060 Proprietary channel inserts reference Y90 2070 Non penetrative support systems reference Y90 2080 290 030 WORKMANSHIP Drilling reference Y90 3010 Proprietary fixings reference Y90 3020 Fixing to reinforced concrete reference Y90 3030 Fixing to brickwork reference Y90 3040 Fixing to timber rails reference Y90 3050 Fixing to hollow stud tile bloc
11. 18 Supply air volumes on VAV systems off velocity grids 19 Natural vent damper open Description Of Operation Of Plant Main Power A main panel shall be provided in the boiler plantroom and an ancilliary one in the rooftop plantroom The main panel fascia drawings shall be provided for comment prior to manufacturer of the panel The main panel shall house hand off auto switches for all plant run fault lamps filter dirty lamps power healthy lamp and lamp test button The panels shall house an audible common alarm buzzer lamp and mute button Plant Operation Toilet Changing room Extract Fans The toilet changing room extract fans shall run in accordance with the central time clock to run and stop in line with the building occupancy periods They shall be controlled off PIR s in each room served with run on timer set to 15 minutes at commissioning The fans shall be monitored for fault and the extract fans shall have auto run standby and duty rotation change over and raise alarms accordingly Kitchen supply air handling unit and extract fan and dishwash extract The air handling unit and extract fans shall be invertor controlled and shall run in accordance with the central time clock to run and stop in line with the building occupancy periods In addition the extact fans shall be controlled off a wall mounted speed control switch recessed single gang switch unit The supply air handling unit speed shall be varied in accordan
12. BS EN 1254 3 1998 Copper and copper alloys Plumbing fittings Part 3 Fittings with compression ends for use with plastics pipes BS EN 13611 2000 Safety and control devices for gas burners and gas burning appliances General requirements BS EN 13789 2002 Industrial valves Cas t iron globe valves BS EN 13828 2003 Building valves Manually operated copper alloy and stainless steel ball valves for potable water supply in buildings Tests and requirements BS EN 1594 2000 Gas supply systems Pipelines for maximum operating pressure over 16 bar Functional requirements BS EN 1775 1998 Gas supply Gas pipework in buildings Maximum operating pressure 5 bar Functional recommendations BS EN 331 1998 Manually operated ball valves and closed bottom taper plug valves for gas installations in buildings BS EN 593 2004 Industrial valves Metallic butterfly valves Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 122 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION T31 LOW TEMPERATURE HOT WATER HEATING PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 030 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The contractor shall design install test commission and demonstrate the low temperature heating system installations serving the building in accordance with the employers requirement documentation PART 2 SELECTION SCHEDULES FOR REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 210 000 PIPELINES 210 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y
13. Confirm that the plant is commissioned in accordance with Air distribution systems CIBSE Code A Boiler plant CIBSE Code B Refrigeration systems CIBSE Code R Water distribution systems CIBSE Code W Commissioning water systems Application principles AG 89 3 2 BSRIA Commissioning air systems Application systems for buildings AG 89 3 3 BSRIA Y51 3140 BMS COMMISSIONING CONTROL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANT COMMISSIONING Ensure that the BMS is pre commissioned to allow the building services plant to operate under Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 313 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION manual running conditions Ensure that the control valves can be manually set in their fully open position to allow the balancing of pipework flows Ensure that dampers can be manually opened to allow the commissioning of air systems Y51 3150 BMS COMMISSIONING Ensure that the BMS is commissioned in accordance with the following requirements of CIBSE Code Commissioning of automatic control systems Control strategy checking C6 2 Checking procedures for basic control functions C6 3 Lighting controls C6 4 Operator workstations C6 5 Occupant interfaces C6 6 Communication networks C6 7 Integrated systems gateways C6 8 Integrated systems direct interoperability C6 9 Integration with fire detection systems C6 10 Security systems C6 11 Interr
14. Do not use self tapping screws Provide panel gaskets to give a durable seal between panels and frames to prevent excessive air leakage Provide stacking units where indicated Casing Insulation Ensure insulation complies with BS 476 6 and BS 476 7 Ensure insulation is fixed securely to panel and protected to prevent migration of fibre into air flow Insulation to provide thermal structural or acoustic treatment as indicated Ensure insulation is vapour sealed throughout and incorporate thermal breaks Insulation material Provide insulation that is inorganic vermin proof and non hygroscopic Use mineral fibre minimum of 50mm thick or rigid polyurethane foam minimum of 25 mm thick Framework Ensure framework is rigid enough to prevent distortion during transportation and after final assembly on site Seat panels into folded rolled or extruded frame with purpose made corner joints or pentapost type frame with purpose made corner joints Ensure framework is self supporting For vertical units strengthen framework to support additional weight Base Provide feet under each section formed base or RSC base Y40 2040A AIR HANDLING UNIT ACCESS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 289 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Provide access openings and covers complete with opening devices and sealed to prevent air leakage Ensure seals are designed for normal ma
15. EMC characteristics to BS EN 61800 Mains interruption Ensure inverter does not cause tripping through a mains interruption of 200 msec Protection Ensure inverter incorporates the following protection to cause electronic shut down without operating circuit protective devices Motor phase to phase fault motor phase to earth fault overvoltage undervoltage inverter overheat motor overheat loss of control signal loss of auxiliary control voltage current limit Inverter controls Local remote facility Display Make provision for inverter to display externally external and internal faults following a failure Show 1st 2nd and 3rd up sequential faults Provide digital readout to show output frequency Hz reference 1 Hand reference 2 Auto motor current or Amps fault memory Provide volt free remote signalling contacts to indicate common fault running stopped conditions healthy tripped conditions Ensure parameters can be set and fault memory interrogated with door closed and without additional instrumentation Y72 2260A STARTER AND CONTROL PANEL INTERNAL WIRING Standard BS 6231 Wiring coding Random colours and CPC green yellow Control wiring Segregate control wiring from power circuits Contain control wiring in ventilated plastic trunking Identify each end of each wire with a unique number Power wiring Take account of thermal effects of grouping when routing power wiring Identify each end of each wire with
16. KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Polyisocyanurate foam e Polyethylene foam Y50 1050A SPREAD OF FLAME When completed ensure surface finish complies with BS 476 7 Class 1 spread of flame Y50 1055A SMOKE EMISSION CHARACTERISTICS Supply materials classified as less than 5 smoke obscuration rating when tested in accordance with BS EN ISO 5659 2 Y50 1080 ELECTRICAL BONDING TERMINAL Ensure an electrical bonding terminal suitable for connection of 6mm2 maximum conductor is provided where indicated Y50 1090 INSPECTION AND TESTING Arrange performance test of thermal conductivity on materials selected carried out at manufacturer s works or at an approved laboratory and in accordance with appropriate British Standard Y50 2010 THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY Ensure values are in accordance with BS 874 and BS 2972 Y50 2015A THERMAL PERFORMANCE LIFE EXPECTANCY FOR PLANT DESIGN LIFE Ensure the insulation will maintain it s thermal performance for a minimum of the plant design life Y50 2015B THERMAL PERFORMANCE LIFE EXPECTANCY DETAILS Provide manufacturer s details which define the life expectancy of the insulation material Y50 2020 RESTRICTIONS ON USE OF MATERIALS Protect insulated stainless steel surfaces from the risk of stress corrosion in accordance with the recommendations in BS 5970 Y50 2030A FOIL FACED MINERAL FIBRE PIPE INSULATION Standard BS 3958 4 Nominal density 80
17. Kitemark certified Pipe material To suit copper tube Stop taps to BS 1010 2 Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2010A Capillary to BS EN 1254 1 reference Y11 2010B Stop valves to BS EN 1213 for potable water supplies Compression ends for copper reference Y11 2015A Compression ends for plastics reference Y11 2015B Capillary reference Y11 2015C Threaded reference Y11 2015D Gate valves to BS EN 12288 Screwed to BS EN ISO 228 1 or ISO 7 1 reference Y11 2020A Compression to BS EN 1254 2 reference Y11 2020B Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 100 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 21 21 Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 reference Y11 2020C Loose nut union end reference Y11 2020D Gate valves to BS EN 1171 Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 reference Y11 2030A Globe valves to BS 5154 Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2040A Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 reference Y11 2040B Compression to BS EN 1254 2 reference Y11 2040C Compression to BS EN 1254 3 reference Y11 2040D Globe valves to BS EN 13789 Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 reference Y11 2050A Handwheel operated gate type to BS EN 1984 Flanged to BS EN 1092 1 reference Y11 2070A Threaded reference Y11 2070D Ball type copper alloy to BS EN 13828 Screw driver key operated Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2080A Compression to BS EN 1254 2 re
18. Mounting In control panel Casing material Rigid plastic Rigid plastic with die cast aluminium finish 310 180 FIELD CONTROLLERS MODES OF OPERATION e Ensure that the field controllers perform all control actions independently of the operator workstation e Ensure that all field controllers can operate independently and in real time following a failure of the BMS communication network e Ensure that field controllers can operate with the loss of shared data through the use of default values and final data reading before the loss of network communications 310 190 FIELD CONTROLLERS PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION e For internal plant room applications construct field controller enclosures to give a minimum degree of protection to IP54 in accordance with BS EN 60529 Where the field controller is fitted inside a control panel that is protected to IP54 then the field controller protection can be reduced to IP41 For external applications construct field controller enclosures to IP65 e Where an enclosure is to be provided ensure that field controller enclosures are lockable e Ensure that modular construction is used for field controllers Ensure that this allows the removal and replacement of devices without the need for rewiring of field wiring 310 200 FIELD CONTROLLERS TERMINATIONS Use terminals of the screw down clamp type fixed to purpose made mountings Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 214 KINGS ACAD
19. ccccccceecceeeceseeuseeeeseeuauseneeseseueeenaueeneaeeeaes 296 Y50 THERMAL INSULATION ae rraian aaa aaan C aaa E a E a aaa 300 Y51 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SERVICES 308 Y54 IDENTIFICATION MECHANICAL uu ccc c cc cccceeeceeeeeseeeesesueuseneeseseaeeeueeeeneaeeenes 314 Y61 HV LV CABLES AND WIRING wu cece cece cceeccceecsseeceeeeeeesueuseneusesaaeseueaeeseaeeeueeeeneaeeenes 325 Y63 SUPPORT COMPONENTS CABLES occ cccccccccccceeceeeeseeeeeesueseueeseeeueeeneeeneeeenes 333 Y71 LV SWITCHGEAR AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS occ cccccceecseeeeeseeeeeneeenenes 335 Y72 CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 1 00 00 cccccccccceceececeeeseeeceeuuuseueueeeeaeeeueaeeeeueeeneueeneueeeaes 339 Y73 LUMINAIRES AND LAMPS ccc ccc ccccccceecceeeceeeeceeeeeeesueeseneueeeueeeueueeseueeeneeeneaeeeaes 342 Y74 ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRICAL SERVICES 1 0 0 ccc cccccceeceseeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeeeenes 347 Y80 EARTHING AND BONDING COMPONENTS ccccccecsceeccseeesseeeceeueeseeeeeeeueeeneeeeaes 355 Y81 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SERVICES aenescens 360 Y90 FIXING TO BUILDING FABRIC o oo ccc ccc eccceeeeeseeseseeuseeeuseeeaueeneeseseaeeeuaeeeneaeeenes 367 SERVICES TENDER BREAKDOWN c0 ccccccec ccc e cece cece cee eeaeeee seas euaeeuaeeaeeeues 400 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION APPENDICES oO Mechanical Services Sched
20. e Circuit protective conductors e Reference Y80 2110A e Earthing clamps reference Y80 2120 Earth busbars e Reference Y80 2130A Test links reference Y80 2140 Lugs tags reference Y80 2150 Protective cable terminations reference Y80 2160 Protective conductor warning notices labels Reference Y80 2170 Main earth conductor reference Y80 2180 e Earth bar label reference Y80 2190 280 060 WORKMANSHIP e Clean earth distribution reference Y80 3010 e Dissimilar metals reference Y80 3020 e Tape joints e Copper reference Y80 3030A e Stranded conductor joints reference Y80 3040 e Protective cable terminations e Reference Y80 3050A e Earth electrodes e Reference Y80 3060A 281 000 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SERVICES 281 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y81 1000 and those detailed below e Carry out testing and commissioning of electrical services as section V20 These standards apply to the whole of this specification 281 020 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING e Incorporated equipment characteristics Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 161 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Reference Y81 2010A Prospective short circuit current Ip e Reference Y81 2020A Initial verification e Reference Y81 2030A Test equipment and consumables e Reference Y81 2040A Testing e Reference Y81 2050A Continuity of protective conductors
21. equipment and accessories whether in storage in course of erection or erected from Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 31 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION the ingress of dust moisture or foreign bodies or from damage or marking by other trades to Practical Completion of the contract works Failure to arrange for such protection will make the contractor liable for all consequent reinstatement ii All parts of the installation liable to corrosion are to be properly cleaned and painted with heat resistant and or corrosion resistant paint at works and a further coat immediately after erection iii Any plant equipment and accessories found to be unduly marked by tools or damaged corroded or distorted by any cause will be rejected by the Supervising Officer and must be replaced by the Sub contractor at his own expense iv Final painting or finishing coats will be carried out by the Main Contractor unless otherwise indicated in the Particulars Specification hereinafter v When final finishes are provided to equipment at Manufacturer s works all such finishes are to be of an approved material process and colour and the Sub contractor shall ensure adequate provision for the protection during transit storage during and after erection to avoid damage to the finishes The contractor shall inspect all paint and equipment immediately on delivery and shall not accept any that are
22. reference Y25 2080A 225 085 AVOIDANCE OF STAGNANT WATER IN PRESSURISATION UNIT EXPANSION VESSELS e Reference Y25 2090 225 090 FLUSHING e BSRIA Application Guide 1 2001 reference Y25 3010A e System filling e Temporary connection from mains in compliance with the Water Supply Water Fittings Regulations 1999 and the Water Supply Water Fittings Amendment Regulations 1999 e By installation of temporary tank and pump arrangement e Flushing reference Y25 3010B e Flush system until discharge water is clear and free from stones or other rubble Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 130 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 225 110 CHEMICAL CLEANING AND SOLIDS REMOVAL e BSRIA Application Guide 1 2001 e Inhibited acid reference Y25 3030A e Formulated products reference Y25 3030B 225 150 DOCUMENTATION e Reference Y25 3090 250 000 THERMAL INSULATION 250 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y50 1000 and those detailed below 250 015 ZERO GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL GWP Use insulating materials with a Global Warming Potential GWP of zero 250 017 ZERO OZONE DEPLETION POTENTIAL ODP Use insulating materials with an Ozone Depletion Potential ODP of zero 250 030 MINERAL FIBRE THERMAL INSULATION PIPEWORK European Classification for Reaction to Fire Performance Class A1 reference Y50 1035A Class A2 reference Y50 1035
23. reference Y50 3260 Integrity of vapour barriers reference Y50 3270 251 000 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SERVICES 251 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y51 1000 and those detailed below 251 030 STATIC TESTING Pressure testing General reference Y51 2010 Testing records reference Y51 2110 Distribution to WBS The ductwork systems shall be pressure tested in accordance with HVCA DW143 and DW144 251 040 COMMISSIONING e Cleaning ductwork systems reference Y51 3010 e Commissioning codes reference Y51 3020 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 146 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Commissioning Air distribution Including BSRIA pre commissioning check list Reference Y51 3040A Instruments and gauges Reference Y51 3090A Commissioning records Distribution to WBS For air systems To BSRIA Application Guide 3 89 3 reference Y51 3100A Plant ready for control system commissioning Reference Y51 3130A Control system requirements for plant commissioning reference Y51 3140 Commissioning reference Y51 3150 254 000 IDENTIFICATION MECHANICAL 254 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y54 1000 and those detailed below e Provide identification mechanical as specified in work section 254 030 DUCTWORK IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2020 254 040 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
24. BS 1010 2 1973 Specification for draw off taps and stopvalves for water services screw down pattern Part 2 Draw off taps and above ground stopvalves Current obsolescent BS 21 1985 Specification for pipe threads for tubes and fittings where pressure tight joints are made on the threads metric dimensions Partially superseded by BS EN 10226 1 2004 BS 2879 1980 Specification for draining taps screw down pattern BS 476 7 1997 Fire tests on building materials and structures Part 7 Method of test to determine the classification of the surface spread of flame of products BS 5154 1991 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 108 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Specification for copper alloy globe globe stop and check check and gate valves Partially replaced by BS EN 12288 2003 BS 6282 1 982 Devices with moving parts for the prevention of contamination of water by backflow Part 1 Specification for check valves of nominal size up to and including DN 54 BS 6282 2 1982 Devices with moving parts for the prevention of contamination of water by backflow Part 2 Specification for terminal anti vacuum valves of nominal size up to and including DN 54 BS 6282 4 1982 Devices with moving parts for the prevention of contamination of water by backflow Part 4 Specification for combined check and anti vacuum valves of nominal size up to and including DN 42 BS 6340
25. BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 53 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION manufacturer s requirements and that of the water byelaws inspectors complete with the necessary plumbing kits The domestic hot and cold water installation shall be designed so that the maximum pipework velocities are 1 5 m s in addition the system shall be designed to avoid deadlegs and shall be fully in accordance with CIBSE TM13 The pipework shall be trace heated to prevent freezing where necessary Hot and cold water use within the building shall be metered linked to BMS The contractor shall allow for the installation of water supplies to the all appliances included in the staff rooms and brew areas including for a sink dishwasher and hydroboil unit above the sink provided by the contractor The contractor shall also allow for the connection to all appliances within the kitchen 4 7 Gas Distribution The new gas main shall rise externally to the building before passing into the building into the plantroom area to serve the gas fired plant The gas pipe shall be routed internally to serve the kitchen area and the science rooms All gas installations shall be installed in accordance with the gas regulations Upon entry to the building the gas main shall connect to an emergency gas solenoid valve that shall isolate the whole building In addition the gas service to the kitchen the food tech room the science pre
26. C or thermic welding Y80 3030B ALUMINIUM TAPE JOINTS Provide waterproof protection at joints subject to moisture Joint aluminium tapes by welding to BS EN 1011 4 Y80 3040 STRANDED CONDUCTOR JOINTS Provide waterproof protection at joints subject to moisture Joint copper stranded conductors with compression joints to BS EN 61284 Y80 3050A PROTECTIVE CABLE TERMINATIONS For bolted connections use crimp type lugs compressed by automatic tool to achieve correct pressure and crimp depth Make connections between tape and equipment using high tensile grade brass bolts with brass nuts washers and locking devices Use phosphor bronze bolts nuts and washers where connections are liable to corrosion Y80 3060A EARTH ELECTRODES Location Locate electrodes not less than 2m distant from building structure protected and away from telecommunication and pilot cables and metallic fences Driving Drive rods vertically into ground with purpose designed electric hammer Where impenetrable strata encountered at shallow depth drive at 30 to horizontal Depth of rod 2 4m minimum below finished ground surface Depth of Electrode heads Locate electrode heads just below ground level Spacing Where electrodes are installed in a group ensure minimum distance between electrodes is twice depth of rods Where rods for clean earth are installed ensure distance from any other system rods is six times depth of clean rods Tape Depth Install
27. Cast iron body stainless steel shaft aluminium bronze disc EPDM seat Operation Infinitely variable setting with travel stops and indicator lever operation Y11 2210B GEAR OPERATED REGULATING BUTTERFLY VALVES TO BS EN 593 BETWEEN Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 262 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION FLANGES Construction Provide controlled elastomer compression on flange faces semi lugged wafer type design for installation between flanged pipework connections body to suit BS EN 1092 2 Provide lever and gear operated valves with long body neck for lagging clearance Seat Bonded seat Materials Cast iron body stainless steel shaft aluminium bronze disc EPDM seat Operation Infinitely variable setting with travel stops and indicator gear operation Y11 2210C LEVER OPERATED REGULATING BUTTERFLY VALVES TO BS EN 593 BETWEEN MECHANICAL JOINTS Construction Semi lugged wafer type design for installation between mechanical joints with grooved ends Provide lever and gear operated valves with long body neck for lagging clearance Seat Bonded seat Materials Ductile iron body stainless steel shaft rubber coated ductile iron disc EPDM seat Operation Infinitely variable setting with travel stops and indicator lever operation Y11 2210D GEAR OPERATED REGULATING BUTTERFLY VALVES TO BS EN 593 BETWEEN MECHANICAL JOINTS Construction Semi lugg
28. Control panel drawings BMS operator workstation graphics and associated point data displaying monitored conditions Trend logging archiving requirements and alarm routing The scope of operational and specified functionality of management software e g utility monitoring and targeting software Functional requirements of any occupant interfaces Details of any hard wired interfaces from or to other control devices Functionality and scope of data to be transferred over any gateway for use as part of an integrated system Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 311 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Functional profiles for any direct interoperability integration Ensure that the following is included in the BMS commissioning specification A clear description of the division of responsibility between the various parties Off site and on site pre commissioning procedures On site commissioning procedures Requirements for assistance to air and water balancing testing eg opening and closing control valves and other plant tests where the controls need to be overridden A requirement for any point by point verification of correct operation Requirements for evaluation of control loop performance loop tuning Requirements for the BMS operator workstation for assistance in the commissioning of plant Arrangement for the management of delays Phased completion requirements
29. Earthing reference Y74 3010 Protection reference Y74 3020 Fixing reference Y74 3030 Measuring mounting heights reference Y74 3040 280 000 EARTHING AND BONDING COMPONENTS 280 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y80 1000 and those detailed below e Supply earthing and bonding components as specified in section 280 040 EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDS Main equipotential bonds Reference Y80 2090A Supplementary equipotential bonds Reference Y80 2100A 280 050 EARTHING Circuit protective conductors Reference Y80 2110A Earthing clamps reference Y80 2120 Earth busbars Reference Y80 2130A Test links reference Y80 2140 Lugs tags reference Y80 2150 Protective cable terminations reference Y80 2160 Protective conductor warning notices labels Reference Y80 2170 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 208 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Main earth conductor reference Y80 2180 e Earth bar label reference Y80 2190 280 060 WORKMANSHIP Clean earth distribution reference Y80 3010 Dissimilar metals reference Y80 3020 Stranded conductor joints reference Y80 3040 Protective cable terminations Reference Y80 3050A 281 000 TESTING AND COMMISS ONING OF ELECTRICAL SERVICES 281 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y81 1000 and those detailed below 281 020 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING Incorpora
30. Form sheet metal to fit tightly over the outer circumference of insulation with a longitudinal overlap of at least 40mm Secure the outer part of overlap with self tapping screws or rivets at centres of not more than 150mm Not on pipes with vapour barrier or metal bands of same material Ensure circumferential overlaps are at least 50mm secured with self tapping screws or rivets Make provision to accommodate expansion and contraction at intervals Ensure all joints are lapped to shed liquids and seal all joints exposed to weather or spillage Cover all bends and fittings with matching sheet metal tailored to fit and sealed as appropriate Fit pre insulated purpose designed boxes to valves flanges etc Y50 3140A INSTALLATION OF SHEET METAL FINISH ON DUCTWORK TANKS AND VESSELS Form sheet metal to fit tightly over the insulation with a longitudinal overlap of at least 40mm Secure the outer part of overlap with self tapping screws or rivets at centres of not more than 150mm Not on vapour sealed ducts or metal bands of same material Ensure circumferential overlaps are at least 50mm secured with self tapping screws or rivets Make provision to accommodate expansion and contraction at intervals Ensure all joints are lapped to shed liquids and seal all joints exposed to weather or spillage Cover all bends and fittings with matching sheet metal tailored to fit and sealed as appropriate Y50 3160 INSTALLATION OF ROOFING FELT PROTECTION
31. Regulations 1999 and the Water Supply Water Fittings Amendment Regulations 1999 Temporary connection from fire hydrant pipework By installation of temporary tank and pump arrangement Flushing reference Y25 3010B Flush system until discharge water is clear and free from stones or other rubble 225 120 STERILIZATION General reference Y25 3040 Mains water system reference Y25 3050 System standing time to suit chemicals used and system volume Water storage systems reference Y25 3060 225 150 DOCUMENTATION e Reference Y25 3090 250 000 THERMAL INSULATION 250 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y50 1000 and those detailed below 250 015 ZERO GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL GWP Use insulating materials with a Global Warming Potential GWP of zero 250 017 ZERO OZONE DEPLETION POTENTIAL ODP Use insulating materials with an Ozone Depletion Potential ODP of zero 250 020 INSTALLER SELECTION e Use a contractor specialising in the supply and installation of thermal insulation e Use thermal insulation materials supplied by a manufacturer assessed and registered in accordance with BS ISO 9000 2 250 030 MINERAL FIBRE THERMAL INSULATION PIPEWORK Temperature of fluid in pipes C 100C European Classification for Reaction to Fire Performance Class A1 reference Y50 1035A Class A2 reference Y50 1035B Class B reference Y50 1035C Class C reference Y50 1035D Spread of flame as
32. Requirements for demonstration witness testing on the basis of a percentage of points or on a point by point basis Ensure that the witnessing requirement includes the identification of those responsible Requirement for software configuration data back up Requirement for and involvement in any complete system and sub system performance testing Requirement for system documentation Requirement for operator training requirements Requirement for post occupancy checks Y51 3120 BMS COMMISSIONING PRE COMMISSIONING Ensure that as much pre commissioning work as possible is performed off site Ensure that the following is followed Table 15 Pre commissioning requirements Ensure that a record of all settings set points and offsets are maintained throughout the pre commissioning period Ensure that all final physical adjustments to the field devices are indelibly marked Ensure that all packaged plant interfaced with the BMS is fully tested and commissioned by the manufacturer or installer Ensure that the BMS is pre commissioned in accordance with the following requirements of CIBSE Code C Commissioning of automatic control systems Table 16 CIBSE Code C automatic control systems pre commissioning requirements Y51 3130A BMS COMMISSIONING PLANT READY FOR CONTROL SYSTEM COMMISSIONING Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 312 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION C
33. Where the scheme revision involves change to the architectural or structural details immediate notice must be given to the Supervising Officer Where scheme revisions are required in the main contract works or other sub contract works due to the sub contractors variation or revision then all cost for such revision will be the contractors responsibility including the design team consultants costs Where drawings are revised and updated during construction these shall be issued to the Supervising Officer for comments on the revision only Only if the contractor can give proof that a significant departure from the intent of the tender drawings has been necessary will a variation be recorded This will not include normal detail design development relating to inclusion of nor development of factors within the contractors design responsibility Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 28 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A1 14 A1 15 A1 16 A1 17 Insurance and Indemnification The contractor and sub contractors shall include for all insurance other than those for which they are responsible Sub contractors will in addition be held responsible for any damage caused to the Main Contract or other Sub contract works by the execution of this Sub contract and the cost of making good any such damage shall be borne by the Sub contractor Commencement and Completion i The contr
34. area for the contractors and Sub contractor s materials plant etc shall be provided by the Contractor Suitable mess rooms and sanitary accommodation will be provided by the Contractor for all persons employed on the works all in compliance with the current Statutory Regulations and the Code of Welfare conditions of the National Joint Council for the Building Industry A1 9 9 Telephones Facsimile Computer Provide as necessary temporary telephone facsimile and computer facilities for your own exclusive use Pay all charges A1 9 10 Water Lighting Electrical Power and Fuel The Main Contractor will supply water lighting electric power and fuel in accordance with the Contract Preliminaries The Contractor is to assure himself that all the necessary electric supplies are available for the contract works A1 9 11 Plant i The contractor shall include in his contract price for the provision of all tools implements instruments cutting and bending machinery etc ii The contractor shall provide all special machinery and all tackle tools and other equipment required for the execution of his work and will be held responsible for such equipment when on site iii Unless otherwise advised all tools etc shall be suitable for operation on 110V 50Hz supply A1 9 12 Local Authorities Requirements i The contractor shall comply with and give all notices required by any Act of Parliament regulations or by laws of any local authority pu
35. leisure transportation urban regeneration waste water Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 383 6 March 2013
36. programme placing orders and payments providing all necessary on site attendances from associated specialists and sub contractors inspecting and signing off the works All works shall be carried out in accordance with the water byelaws regulations by registered installers accredited to work on incoming mains supplies The water meter shall be pulsed meter in line with the BREEAM assessment requirements for monitoring and shall be linked to the new building BMS system A major leak detection system shall be installed to meet the BREEAM requirement and the contractor shall allow for the necessary metering to comply with this requirement 2 5 Telecommunications The contractor shall be resonsible for arranging for the delivery and installation of the BT ductwork as shown on the tender drawings for the supply and installation of the new telephone and broadband lines for installation and ordered by others The contractor shall be responsible for issuing payment coordinating and managing the statutory authorities activities on site and programming their works in line with the contract programme placing orders and payments providing all necessary on site attendances from associated specialists and sub contractors inspecting and signing off the works Dedicated phone lines shall be provided for the redcare lines which shall seperately be provided to fire and intruder alarm systems Dedicated phone lines shall be provided for the lift installat
37. reference Y10 4070B e Pipes through walls and floors reference Y10 4110 e Pipe sleeves e Reference Y10 4120A e Insulation carried through reference Y10 4120B e Pipe sleeves through fire barriers reference Y10 4125 e Connections to equipment reference Y10 4130 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 99 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Distribution headers reference Y10 4140 Temporary plugs caps and flanges Reference Y10 4150A Flanged joints general reference Y10 4160 Dissimilar metals reference Y10 4170 Pipe rings and clips reference Y10 4180 Anchors reference Y10 4190 Location Slide guides reference Y10 4200 Location Pipe supports reference Y10 4205 Support spacing reference Y10 4220 Isolation and regulation Reference Y10 4230A Maintenance and renewal reference Y10 4240 Cleaning reference Y10 4250 Non ferrous components reference Y10 4260 210 100 WORKMANSHIP COPPER PIPEWORK Compression joints reference Y10 6030 Capillary joints reference Y10 6040 Anchors Flanges reference Y10 6060A Saddle clamps reference Y10 6060B 210 130 WORKMANSHIP Steelwork painting Reference Y10 9120A 211 000 PIPELINE ANCILLARIES 211 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y11 1000 and those detailed below 211 030 STOP VALVES Service fluid Water Operating temperature C 650C WRAS approved
38. to carry out the following Review water analysis records correspondence and reports since previous visit Test water samples on site for hardness all inhibitors dissolved solids pH total alkalinity Check performance of feeding equipment softeners and testing equipment on site Submit a written report Carry out micro biological analysis using dipslides Special requirements as indicated Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 281 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y 25 3090 DOCUMENTATION Provide number of copies as indicated of hard cover binders containing details of Programme outlines Purpose of chemical treatment Chemicals used and quantity On site testing procedures Control limits of tests Equipment data and drawings Product notes and material safety data sheets for all chemicals used Provide a complete training programme for site operatives covering Methods of basic water testing Explanation of results obtained Actions to be taken on test results 30 AIR DUCTLINES AND ANCILLARIES Y30 1000 GENERAL 1010 DUCTWORK INSTALLATION STANDARDS Carry out construction and installation of ductwork in accordance with DW 144 DW 154 DW 171 DW 191 and BS 5588 as appropriate 1020 DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS Sizes of ductwork are internal dimensions Where applicable make allowance for any internal lining Y30 2010A DESIGN INFORMATION CLASS A POSITIV
39. 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y73 1000 and those detailed below e Supply luminaires and lamps as schedule reference V21 and shown on the luminaire schedule 273 050 LAMPS e Manufacturer and reference Osram Philips Sylvnia e Or approved equivalent e Types of high efficiency lamp for non daylight areas Reference Y73 2165 e Tungsten filament lamps e Reference Y73 2170A e Fluorescent lamps e Reference Y73 2180A e Tungsten halogen lamps reference Y73 2185A e High pressure mercury vapour lamps reference Y73 2190 e Metal halide lamps reference Y73 2195 e High pressure sodium vapour lamps reference Y73 2200 e Low pressure sodium vapour lamps reference Y73 2210 e Transformers for LV luminaires reference Y73 2220A e Lamp manufacturer reference Y73 2230 273 060 SUPPORT SYSTEM e Type Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 165 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Application Refer to the luminaire schedule for specific application e Conduit e Steel reference Y73 2240A e Installation Support from conduit reference Y73 4120 Suspension reference Y73 4160 Connections to luminaires reference Y73 4220 e Direct to conduit e Terminal box reference Y73 4230A e At luminaire reference Y73 4230B e Conduit suspension reference Y73 4270 e Rod e Cadmium plated steel reference Y73 2250A e Installation Suspension refere
40. 2 Provide lever and gear operated valves with long body neck for lagging clearance Seat Bonded Materials Cast iron body stainless steel shaft aluminium bronze disc EPDM seat Operation gear operated Y11 2090C LEVER OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVES TO BS EN 593 BETWEEN MECHANICAL JOINTS Construction Semi lugged wafer type design for installation between mechanical joints body with grooved ends Provide lever and gear operated valves with long body neck for lagging clearance Seat Bonded Materials Ductile iron body stainless steel shaft rubber coated ductile iron disc EPDM seat Operation Lever and graduated notch plate Y11 2090D GEAR OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVES TO BS EN 593 BETWEEN MECHANICAL JOINTS Construction Semi lugged wafer type design for installation between mechanical joints body with grooved ends Provide lever and gear operated valves with long body neck for lagging clearance Seat Bonded Materials Ductile iron body stainless steel shaft rubber coated ductile iron disc EPDM seat Operation gear operated Y11 2210A LEVER OPERATED REGULATING BUTTERFLY VALVES TO BS EN 593 BETWEEN FLANGES Construction Provide controlled elastomer compression on flange faces semi lugged wafer type design for installation between flanged pipework connections body to suit BS EN 1092 2 Provide lever and gear operated valves with long body neck for lagging clearance Seat Bonded seat Materials
41. 228 1 or ISO 7 1 reference Y11 2020A Compression to BS EN 1254 2 reference Y11 2020B Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 reference Y11 2020C Loose nut union end reference Y11 2020D Gate valves to BS EN 1171 Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 reference Y11 2030A Globe valves to BS 5154 Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2040A Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 reference Y11 2040B Compression to BS EN 1254 2 reference Y11 2040C Compression to BS EN 1254 3 reference Y11 2040D Globe valves to BS EN 13789 Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 reference Y11 2050A Handwheel operated gate type to BS EN 1984 Flanged to BS EN 1092 1 reference Y11 2070A Threaded reference Y11 2070D Ball type copper alloy to BS EN 13828 Screw driver key operated Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 125 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 21 21 1 k Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2080A Compression to BS EN 1254 2 reference Y11 2080B Lever operated Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2080C Compression to BS EN 1254 2 reference Y11 2080D Lockshield Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2080E Compression to BS EN 1254 2 reference Y11 2080F Butterfly valves to BS EN 593 Between flanges to BS EN 1092 2 Lever operated reference Y11 2090A Gear operated reference Y11 2090B Between mechanical joints Lever operated reference Y11 2090C
42. 315 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Legends Apply transfers of an approved type to colour bands or triangles or triangular plates Identify floor and space served associated equipment reference and direction of airflow Y54 2030B PLANT AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LAMINATED PLATES Standards Identify each item of equipment by name and where appropriate by agreed reference characters Provide colour identification as called for in work sections and in all cases colour fire fighting equipment red Identification Colours Use primary and secondary identification colours of associated system Plates Use rectangular metal or laminated plastic securely fixed to each item of equipment Lettering Laminated plates multi coloured with outer layer removed for lettering Legends Engrave plates with an approved text Incorporate operating duty of equipment where this is not incorporated in other labelling Y54 2035 GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR USE ON EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS EN 80416 Graphical symbols for use on equipment to be created and applied in accordance with BS EN 80416 1 BS EN 80416 2 BS EN 80416 3 Y54 2040 VALVE AND COCK IDENTIFICATION Standards Identify each valve cock stop valve air vent drain cock etc with disc engraved with numerical reference Except where exposed in occupied areas Identification Colours Use primary and secondary identification colou
43. 4200A e Cable sleeves reference Y61 4210 263 000 SUPPORT COMPONENTS CABLES Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 153 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 263 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y63 1000 and those detailed below 263 020 CABLE SUPPORT AND FINISHES e Cable supports and finishes e Reference Y63 2010A 263 030 CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEM e Manufacturer and reference refer to manufactirers schedule e Or approved equivalent Perforated tray reference Y63 2020A Cable rack reference Y63 2020B Cable cleats reference Y63 2020C Proprietary cable ties reference Y63 2025A Cable clips reference Y63 2025B Two way saddles reference Y63 2025C Cable basket reference Y63 2025D 263 040 WORKMANSHIP e Cable tray installation reference Y63 3010 e Cable cleats ties saddles and clips installation e Reference Y63 3020A 271 000 LV SWITCHGEAR AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS 271 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y71 1000 and those detailed below e Supply switchboards and distribution boards as shown on the drawings and as detailed in the distribution board schedules 271 030 SWITCHBOARD e Type MCCB Panel board e Application to provide main intake and distribution of electrical supply throughout the building e Manufacturer and reference refer to schedule of manufacturers e Or approved equivale
44. 5 The contractors QAP must be provided in concert and agreement with the main contract procedures The QAP must detail specific procedures related to the tendered project and not be generalised The QAP shall be provided by the sub contractor at tender its content subject only to the Supervising Office and Main Contractors comment Contractor to State Objections In the event of anything described in the Specification or other relevant documents or shown in the drawings being in the opinion of the Contractor unsuitable or undesirable or inconsistent with his guarantee and responsibilities under the contract he shall draw the Supervising Officer s attention to such matters at the time of tendering or in the case of matters arising out of documents or in the case of instructions issued after the time of tendering immediately on receipt of such documents or instructions and prior to the commencement of any part of works affected thereby Integration All contractors shall co operate in planning the installation before the work commences Take particular care to ensure that there is no obstruction of electrical services positions cable routes switch positions mechanical services pipework access points and plumbing etc Arrange services in ducts so that the services are readily accessible for maintenance The routes of services and the positions of the equipment and the apparatus are to be identified by the contractors designers
45. 6 March 2013 Rev T1 49 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION The ventilation strategy utilising motorized ventilation dampers shall provide the ability for night cooling of the building and it is proposed that they be arranged so as to actively cool the building across the night when the external air temperatures are lower This shall be achieved by automatically opening external natural ventilators along with the corresponding classroom classroom stack vent and corridor ventilation dampers when the external conditions are suitable across the night time period automatically controlled from the central BMS The use of this free cooling resource shall aid the ability of the building to be at an acceptable temperature at the commencement of the day and will ensure that the natural rise in internal temperature across the day is offset to some degree The final design of the night cooling system shall make full consideration of the security risks of opening ventilators during the night to ensure that the security of the building is not compromised The natural ventilation system strategy shall be fully integrated with the comfort cooling system where comfort cooling is installed ina naturally ventilated room such that the BMS system shall operate the natural ventilation system according to two distinct strategies one for passive cooling mode and one for mechanical cooling mode During passive cooling mode th
46. A3 copy of as fitted drawings Building log book produced in accordance with CIBSE Template Simplified building user manual in line with BREEAM requirements In addition and separate from the Operating Manuals supply four sets of manufacturer s catalogues relating to specialised plant and equipment The requirements and obligations of manufacturers to provide literature as part of the installation record shall form part of plant and equipment orders and such orders shall be considered unfulfilled until literature requirements have been met Preparation of Manuals The manuals shall be encased in A4 size plastic covered loose leaf four ring binders with hard covers each indexed divided and appropriately cover titled Drawings larger than A4 shall be folded and accommodated in the binder so that they may be unfolded without being in any way detached from the rings Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 6 March 2013 23 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Prepare the Operation and Maintenance Manuals in draft as soon as the Installation Drawings are in hand Make two temporary manuals with provisional record drawings and preliminary performance data available at commencement of commissioning to enable Employers staff to familiarise themselves with the installation These should be of the same format as the final manuals with temporary insertions for items which cannot be finali
47. AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Reference Y30 4130 Instrument connections reference Y30 4140 Fire precautions reference Y30 4150 As shown on drawing nos Damper access reference Y30 4160 Positioning reference Y30 4170 240 000 AIR HANDLING UNITS 240 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y40 1000 and those detailed below 240 020 AIR HANDLING UNITS DUTY AND CONSTRUCTION Air leakage To BS EN 1886 reference Y40 1010B To BS EN 1886 for filter bypass reference Y40 1010C Double skin unit Manufacturer s standard reference Y40 2020B Air handling unit construction Reference Y40 2030A Insulation to provide thermal treatment e structural treatment acoustic treatment Casing thermal and acoustic performance Air handling unit access Reference Y40 2040A External air handling units Reference Y40 2060A 240 140 WORKMANSHIP Component assembly Reference Y40 4010A Access reference Y40 4020 Humidifier installation reference Y40 4030 Duct connections reference Y40 4040 Services connections reference Y40 4050 Isolation of units reference Y40 4060 Drainage of free water reference Y40 4070 Supports Reference Y40 4080A 241 000 FANS 241 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y41 1000 and those detailed below 241 020 FAN e Construction and handling e Reference Y41 2020A e Testing reference Y41 2030 Project No
48. Action Two position Pole configurations as indicated Y74 2030B EXTERIOR LIGHTING SWITCHES SEALED ROCKER BAR Standard BS EN 60669 1 enclosure box to BS 4662 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 351 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Switch type Rocker bar with sealed in plastic membrane Rating 6A Gangs as indicated Action Two position Pole configurations as indicated Y74 2040A TIME SWITCHES 24 HOUR Wire timer and switch circuits to separate terminals Standard BS EN 60730 2 7 Time switch type Quartz stabilized solid state 50 hour nickel cadmium battery backup Contacts duty Inductive Contacts rating 15A Special programme facilities Number of ON and OFF operations 4 Programme repeat cycle 24 hour Y74 2040B TIME SWITCHES 7 DAY Wire timer and switch circuits to separate terminals Standard BS EN 60730 2 7 Time switch type Quartz stabilized solid state 50 hour nickel cadmium battery backup Contacts duty Inductive Contacts rating 15A Special programme facilities Number of ON and OFF operations 4 Programme repeat cycle 7 day Y74 2050A LUMINAIRE CONNECTORS GENERAL AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING Rating 2A Connector type Fixed terminal strip screw cover and cord grip to BS 67 Load carrying capacity to match selected luminaire Y74 2050B LUMINAIRE CONNECTORS GENERAL LIGHTING Rating 2A Connector
49. Apply directly to insulating material with an overlap of at least 50mm on all joints made to shed water Secure in position with galvanized wire netting of 1mm x 25mm mesh Finish with two coats of black bituminous paint Y50 3170 INSTALLATION OF ALUMINIUM SHEETING PROTECTION Secure lapped joints at least 40mm by means of pop rivets at a maximum spacing of 150mm For cold piping use matching aluminium straps at maximum spacing of 225mm On piping operating below ambient temperature seal all joints against moisture For external use make joints shed water Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 306 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION and use sheets with treated surface Where lockform seams are used submit proposals for dealing with surfaces curved in three dimensions Y50 3180 INSTALLATION OF ALUMINIUM ZINC COATED STEEL PROTECTION Install aluminium zinc coated steel protection in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Y50 3195 INSTALLATION OF LAMINATED FOIL FILM PROTECTION Install laminated foil film protection in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Ensure all surfaces are dry and clean free from dust oil and grease silicone Arrange joints to give a water shed with the lap facing down Y50 3200 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK FIRE PROTECTION INSULATION Install fire protection insulation on ductwork in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Y50 3210
50. Attend such meetings as are necessary to enable the contractor to provide the Installation Drawings which the Supervising Officer requires to process The meetings will be called and be under the direction of the Supervising Officer The object of the meetings will be i To establish the inter relationship of services in such confined spaces as ceiling voids ducts and plantrooms ii To allow adequate space for maintenance and access purposes iii To assist in the proper provision of Builder s Work Drawings Installation Drawings Prepare agree with the Supervising Officer and supply for issue all detailed Installation Drawings including wiring diagrams and builders work drawings required to enable the contract works to be vetted for compliance with the employer s requirement documents The design of the works as a whole shall be completed and issued for comment with comments incorporated before installation on site is commenced Drawings provided by the Contractor shall be drawn to commonly recognised scales on AO or A1 sheets In addition to the project title the Architect s and Consulting Engineer s name and address a unique drawing number drawing title scale and date shall be entered in the title block together with full cross reference details to the related drawings Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 17 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION All drawings s
51. BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2080A Compression to BS EN 1254 2 reference Y11 2080B Lever operated Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2080C Compression to BS EN 1254 2 reference Y11 2080D 080 TEST PLUGS Self sealing test points reference Y11 2670A 170 CHECK VALVES WRAS approved Kitemark certified Service fluid Water Operating temperature C 100C Pipe material To suit copper tube Swing check type to BS 5154 Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2320A Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 reference Y11 2320B Check valve to BS EN 12334 Swing check Flanged reference Y11 2330A Wafer body reference Y11 2330B Lift check Flanged reference Y11 2330C Wafer body reference Y11 2330D Wafer flange fitting type Reference Y11 2340A Device to prevent contamination of water by backflow to BS 6282 Combined check and anti vacuum reference Y11 2385A Anti back syphonage valve combined check and anti vacuum type Reference Y11 2390A 211 180 WORKMANSHIP Installation reference Y11 4010 Location reference Y11 4020 Vent cocks reference Y11 4060 Discharge connections Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 90 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Safety and Relief valves reference Y11 4080A Vent cocks reference Y11 4080B Air bottles reference Y11 4080C Automatic air vents reference Y11 4080D Expa
52. BS 476 7 Reference Y50 1050A Smoke emission characteristics Reference Y50 1055A Inspection and testing reference Y50 1090 Thermal conductivity reference Y50 2010 Thermal performance life expectancy For plant design life reference Y50 2015A Details reference Y50 2015B Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 92 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Restrictions on use of materials reference Y50 2020 Mineral fibre pipe insulation Foil faced reference Y50 2030A Vapour barrier permeance Adhesives reference Y50 2190 Protection Polyisobutylene reference Y50 2200A Flat aluminium zinc coated steel reference Y50 2200C Aluminium sheeting reference Y50 2200E Galvanized sheet steel reference Y50 2200F Reinforcement Aluminium bands 300mm centres reference Y50 2210A Valve and flange insulation Thickness table Insulation thickness calculation methods reference Y50 2285 Chilled and cold water supplies to prevent condensation High emissivity reference Y50 2350 Low emissivity reference Y50 2370 Protection against freezing reference Y50 2420 250 090 WORKMANSHIP PIPEWORK INSULATION General reference Y50 3010 Installation of foil faced mineral wool insulation reference Y50 3020 Installation of protection Polyisobutylene PIB reference Y50 3120 Sheet metal finish Reference Y50 3130A Aluminium sheeting reference Y50 3170 Aluminium zi
53. BS EN 1092 2 Body and cover materials Grey cast iron or SG cast iron Orientation of pipework Horizontal or vertical Y11 2330B WAFER BODY SWING CHECK VALVES TO BS EN 12334 Check valve type to BS EN 736 1 Swing Body type Wafer Body and cover materials Grey cast iron or SG cast iron Orientation of pipework Horizontal or vertical Y11 2330C FLANGED LIFT CHECK VALVES TO BS EN 12334 Check valve type to BS EN 736 1 Lift Body type Flanged Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 Body and cover materials Grey cast iron or SG cast iron Orientation of pipework Horizontal or vertical Y11 2330D WAFER BODY LIFT CHECK VALVES TO BS EN 12334 Check valve type to BS EN 736 1 Lift Body type Wafer Body and cover materials Grey cast iron or SG cast iron Orientation of pipework Horizontal or vertical Y11 2340A FLANGED SWING CHECK VALVES TO BS EN 12334 Wafer pattern design suitable for installation between flanged pipework body to suit BS EN 1092 2 Disc Double disc Type Light spring type Seat Bonded Materials Cast iron body bronze disc EPDM seat Y11 2385A COMBINED CHECK AND ANTI VACUUM DEVICE TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF WATER BY BACKFLOW TO BS 6282 Standard BS 6282 4 combined check and anti vacuum valves WRAS approval Ends Compression connections to BS EN 1254 2 Y11 2390A COMBINED CHECK AND ANTI VACUUM TYPE ANTI BACK SYPHONAGE VALVES Bronze or DZR copper alloy body assemb
54. BS EN ISO 228 1 or ISO 7 1 Stem Inside screw non rising stem Trim material Manufacturer s standard Operation Handwheel Y11 2020B COMPRESSION ENDS GATE VALVES TO BS EN 12288 Series B Gate valve type Solid or split wedge Ends Compression to BS EN 1254 2 Stem Inside screw non rising stem Trim material Manufacturer s standard Operation Handwheel Y11 2020C FLANGED ENDS GATE VALVES TO BS EN 12288 Series B Gate valve type Solid or split wedge Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 Stem Inside screw non rising stem Trim material Manufacturer s standard Operation Handwheel Y11 2020D LOOSE NUT UNION ENDS GATE VALVES TO BS EN 12288 Series B Gate valve type Solid or split wedge Ends Loose nut union end Stem Inside screw non rising stem Trim material Manufacturer s standard Operation Handwheel Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 259 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y11 2030A FLANGED GATE VALVES TO BS EN 1171 Valve type Solid or split wedge Seat Metal Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 Body and bonnet material Grey cast iron Trim category Copper alloy faced Operation Handwheel Y11 2040A THREADED END GLOBE VALVES TO BS 5154 Series B Pattern Straight Ends Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Stem Inside screw rising stem Trim material Manufacturer s standard Operation H
55. Building Regulations Approved Document H Access shall be provided at each floor level Drainage pipework shall be installed from all draw off points piped to a number of vertical stacks and each stack shall in turn connect to the below ground drainage system as dictated by the structural engineer s design The above ground drainage system shall be adequately vented and laid to fall to ensure correct discharge of waste water All changes of direction shall have rodding eyes and all tees shall be swept tees Above ground drainage system shall be thermally insulated where necessary and acoustically insulated where necessary to remove nuisance noise from water flow in the pipework Alternatively suitably acoustically factory treated pipework systems shall be used to comply with BB93 All drainage from the science areas shall be installed in Vulcathene pipework to provide the required robustness to suit the types of discharges from the science areas All outlets from the art room areas shall be provided with silt traps to collect the debris in the art room waste water discharges Rainwater drainage All pipework and fittings shall be thermally and acoustically insulated and shall pick up the rain water inlets at roof gullies Rainwater shall be conveyed down the building to connect to the below ground drainage system Drainage pipework shall be twin walled acoustic type or where it is necessary to achieve BB93 requirements The rainwater shall be collecte
56. C4 and C5 in BSRIA Application Guide 3 89 Measurement of air flow Use instruments for measurement and methods of measurement detailed in BSRIA Application Guide 3 89 and CIBSE commissioning guide section A3 Y51 3050 COMMISSIONING BOILER PLANT Follow the procedures laid down for carrying out Preliminary Checks and Start Operation in accordance with CIBSE Commissioning Code B and manufacturers instructions Apparatus and Instruments Use Apparatus and Instruments detailed in CIBSE Commissioning Code B Appendix B3 1 Apply tolerances defined in Appendix B3 2 Y51 3055 COMMISSIONING OF GAS PLANT AND SYSTEMS Commission gas fired plant on industrial and commercial premises in accordance with IGE UP 4 Commission gas supply systems in accordance with BS EN 12327 Y51 3070 COMMISSIONING AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEMS Carry out commissioning of Automatic Control Systems in accordance with Manual prepared by the controls equipment manufacturer Carry out the Checking and Setting Up procedure detailed in the CIBSE Commissioning Code C Section C1 Measurement Carry out measurements in accordance with CIBSE Commissioning Code C Appendix C2 1 Y51 3080 COMMISSIONING PLANT ITEMS Comply with the manufacturer s recommendations for setting to work Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 310 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y51 3090A INSTRUMENTS AND GAUGES Ensure instrument
57. Drawings no additional cost will be allowed for want of knowledge in this respect The Contractor shall when submitting his Tender clearly describe any excluded work which of necessity he requires to be executed and paid for by others Any such work not specially stated and described shall be deemed to have been included in the Tender Pricing of Preliminary Items A full breakdown of preliminary clause pricing is to be provided with the submission of the Tender return and shall be detailed in the appropriate section of the pricing schedule Schedule of Rates The Tenderer shall provide with their tender submission a fully priced out Schedule of Rates with each item priced and totalled to agree with the sub totals and final total of the Tender These prices shall be the basis for the valuation of any variance of the Sub Contract Works The priced Schedule of Rates shall be deemed to include for all items whether mentioned in the Schedule or not for this sub contract Detailed rates are also required for all Sub Traders work included in the Sub Contract Ancillary items not shown separately in the schedule will be assumed to be included in the general rates stated Warranty to be Given by the Contractor Employed by the Contractor Prior to appointment the Tenderer shall provide the employer with the warranties as detailed in the Main Contract preliminaries Failure to comply with this clause will invalidate this tender Mid Ten
58. EN 12327 Y25 3030A CHEMICAL CLEANING AND SOLIDS REMOVAL INHIBITED ACID Carry out chemical cleaning procedure in accordance with BSRIA Application Guide 1 01 Pre commission cleaning of pipework systems 4 1 Introduction 4 2 Cleaning options 4 2 1 Degreasing 4 2 2 Biocide wash 4 2 3 Removal of surface oxides Inhibited acid cleaning 4 2 4 Effluent disposal final flushing 4 2 5 Neutralisation 4 2 6 Passivation 4 2 7 Corrosion inhibitor biocide dosing 4 2 8 Treatment up to system handover 4 3 On going water treatment Inspection and witnessing as section 1 4 Y25 3030B CHEMICAL CLEANING AND SOLIDS REMOVAL FORMULATED PRODUCTS Carry out chemical cleaning procedure in accordance with BSRIA Application Guide 1 01 Pre Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 280 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION commission cleaning of pipework systems 4 1 Introduction 4 2 Cleaning options 4 2 1 Degreasing 4 2 2 Biocide wash 4 2 3 Removal of surface oxides Inhibited acid cleaning 4 2 4 Effluent disposal final flushing 4 2 5 Neutralisation 4 2 6 Passivation 4 2 7 Corrosion inhibitor biocide dosing 4 2 8 Treatment up to system handover 4 3 On going water treatment Inspection and witnessing as section 1 4 Y25 3040 STERILIZATION GENERAL After flushing process carry out sterilization in accordance with BS 6700 Prior to sterilization ensure ea
59. EXTERNAL DUCTWORK SUPPORT e As shown on drawings nos e Support ductwork external to building as indicated Y30 4050 DUCTWORK FLOOR SUPPORT e As shown on drawings nos e Support ductwork from floor as indicated Y30 4060 DRAINAGE OF DUCTWORK Arrange ductwork to drain any entrained moisture and ensure the lapping of joints minimises moisture leakage Y30 4070A CONNECTIONS TO BUILDERS WORK METAL DUCTWORK Comply with DW 144 Part Seven Section 28 Y30 4090A INTERNAL CLEANLINESS BASIC Provide the basic level of cleanliness and protection as defined in HVCA TM2 Y30 4100A WEATHERPROOFING Fit ductwork with trimming angle and weather cravat skirt flashing plate and cowl where ductwork passes through or terminates in roof to ensure a weatherproof seal to building structure as indicated Y30 4110B DUCTWORK SLEEVES WITH FLANGES Where indicated enclose ducts passing through building elements walls floors partitions etc within purpose made sleeves Cut sleeves of the same material as the duct and pack with mineral fibre or similar non flammable and fire resistant material to form a fire smoke stop of adequate rating and to prevent air movement and noise transmission between duct and sleeve Provide flanges on either side of wall where ductwork is exposed in rooms Where finished insulation is carried through duct sleeves Pack space between insulation finish and sleeve with non flammable and fire resistant material to fo
60. Fixing to concrete brickwork or blockwork Reference Y90 3070A Fixing to metalwork Reference Y90 3080A Fixing to structural steelwork and concrete structures Reference Y90 3090A Non penetrative support systems for roof mounted equipment reference Y90 3100 291 000 OFF SITE PAINTING AND ANTI CORROSION TREATMENT 291 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y91 1000 and those detailed below 291 020 PAINT MATERIALS Paint materials Reference Y91 2010A Paint quality reference Y91 2020 Heat resistant paint reference Y91 2030 291 030 WORKMANSHIP Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 117 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION General reference Y91 3010 Weather and other conditions reference Y91 3020 Cleaning and preparing for painting Steel surfaces reference Y91 3030A Surfaces reference Y91 3030B Application off site reference Y91 3040 Application reference Y91 3050 Cold galvanizing reference Y91 3060 Protection of bright machine parts reference Y91 3070 PART 3 SPECIFICTION CLAUSES SPECIFIC TO S32 300 000 GENERAL 300 001 PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE PRESSURE EQUIPMENT REGULATIONS All equipment and assemblies which fall within the scope of the Pressure Equipment Directive PED 97 23 EC implemented in the UK through the Pressure Equipment Regulations 1999 must be tested by the manufacturers and be certified as compli
61. GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR USE ON EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS EN 80416 Reference Y54 2035 254 050 VALVE AND COCK IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2040 254 090 INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2080 254 100 DANGER AND WARNING NOTICES Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 201 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Reference Y54 2090 254 110 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION INSTALLATION CHARTS e Perspex sheet glazing with frame reference Y54 2100A 260 000 CONDUIT AND TRUNKING 260 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y60 1000 and those detailed below 260 020 CONDUIT SYSTEMS Drawing reference Schedule reference Metal Rigid Class 2 reference Y60 2010A Fittings Reference Y60 2020A As drawings schedules reference Y60 2020B Reference Y60 2020 Class 4 reference Y60 2010B Fittings Reference Y60 2020A As drawings schedules reference Y60 2020B Non metallic Support and fixing reference Y60 2170 260 030 METAL TRUNKING Cable trunking and fittings To BS 4678 reference Y60 2080A To BS EN 50085 reference Y60 2080 Trunking Type Standard cable trunking With Compartments Installation Surface Flush Trunking Class 1 3 reference Y60 2090B Separate or multi compartment trunking Reference Y60 2150A Support and fixing reference Y60 2170 Wire rope suspension system reference Y60 2175 260 050 GENERAL
62. Heat Gains Staff room 50 w m minimum or to match CIBSE recommendations for office areas installed loads which ever is the larger Reception 30 w m minimum or to match CIBSE recommendations for installed loads which ever is the larger Circulation 22 w m minimum or to match CIBSE recommendations for Areas installed loads which ever is the larger G 50 wim minimum or to match CIBSE recommendations for ym installed loads which ever is the larger Classrooms minimum or to match CIBSE recommendations for and education 50 w m installed loads which ever is the larger spaces 70kW minimum or to match CIBSE recommendations for Assembly Hall sensible installed loads which ever is the larger cooling minimum or to match CIBSE recommendations for Spons Ral 50 w m installed loads which ever is the larger Dining Hall minimum or to match CIBSE recommendations for 9 40 wim installed loads which ever is the larger Kitchen and To meet CIBSE recommendations for installed loads bar areas which ever is the larger Server room 800 w m2 minimum or to match CIBSE recommendations for installed loads which ever is the larger IT classroom To meet CIBSE recommendations for installed loads which ever is the larger People loads As per CIBSE Guide A recommendations for occupant activity and internal room temperature Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 41 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIF
63. INSERTION TYPE Use proportional type insertion sensor Sensor Averaging type temperature sensor for mounting overface of air flow in an air handling unit or in ductwork adjacent to a heating coil thermistor type temperature sensor minimum stem length 200mm for mounting in the air flow or distribution ductlines 310 640 AIR THERMOSTATS FROST PROTECTION TYPE Standard BS EN 60730 2 9 BS EN 14597 For space mounting use frost protection thermostats with temperature range of 0 200C and with SPST switching action and electrical rating of 20 amps resistive For heater battery protection use frost protection thermostats consisting of a gas filled sensing element and a bulb a directly adjustable set point and switching differential For compensated systems use external frost type thermostats with proportional type sensor the whole unit being weather proofed 310 645 WATER IMMERSION THERMOSTATS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 217 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Standard BS EN 60730 2 9 BS EN 14597 Use proportional type immersion thermostats with rigid sensing elements ensuring 50mm minimum length is immersed Use separable pockets screwed 15mm BSP Pocket material Copper Corrosion resistant bronze Stainless steel 310 700 ACTUATORS e Include position feedback devices suitable for connection to the BMS e Ensure that actuators incorporate a d
64. INSULATION Secure the insulation with adhesive in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations Use insulation hangers spaced at maximum 300mm centres on the underside of rectangular and flat oval ducts Seal joints and pin penetrations using 100mm wide class O aluminium foil tape Where cut outs for test holes etc occur tape over insulation membrane and return to the duct surface Where insulation abuts duct support inserts that have integral vapour barriers seal using class O foil tape to continue vapour barrier Y50 3080 INSTALLATION OF FOIL FACED LAMELLA ON DUCTWORK Secure the insulation with adhesive in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations Use insulation hangers spaced at maximum 300mm centres on the underside of rectangular and flat oval ducts Seal joints and pin penetrations using 100mm wide class O aluminium foil tape Where cut outs for test holes etc occur tape over insulation membrane and return to the duct surface Where insulation abuts duct support inserts that have integral vapour barriers seal using class O foil tape to continue vapour barrier Y50 3090 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION ON TANKS Fit insulation so that two opposite pieces overlap the sides Bond insulation to the tank with adhesive applied in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations Closely butt together all slabs and seal joints with a matching self adhesive tape 100mm wide Y50 3100 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL WOOL INSULATIO
65. MOTOR STARTERS Electrical supply 3 phase reference Y72 1010A Single phase reference Y72 1010B LV contactors Continuous reference Y72 2050C 272 040 CONTROL CIRCUIT DEVICES Electrical supply 3 phase reference Y72 1010A Single phase reference Y72 1010B Reference Y72 2060A 272 050 ISOLATING SWITCHES Electrical supply 3 phase reference Y72 1010A Single phase reference Y72 1010B Reference Y72 2070A 272 060 CONTROL SELECTOR SWITCHES Electrical supply 3 phase reference Y72 1010A Single phase reference Y72 1010B Reference Y72 2080A 272 070 IN BUILT PUSH BUTTONS Electrical supply 3 phase reference Y72 1010A Single phase reference Y72 1010B Reference Y72 2090A 272 080 INDICATOR LIGHTS Electrical supply 3 phase reference Y72 1010A Single phase reference Y72 1010B Reference Y72 2100A 272 090 CONTACTOR CONTROL RELAYS e Electrical supply e 3 phase reference Y72 1010A e Single phase reference Y72 1010B e Reference Y72 2110A Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 206 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 272 100 CONTROL AND INDICATOR LIGHT CIRCUIT FUSES Electrical supply 3 phase reference Y72 1010A Single phase reference Y72 1010B Reference Y72 2120A 272 110 MOTOR STARTERS Electrical supply 3 phase reference Y72 1010A Single phase reference Y72 1010B General Motors below 0 37kW reference
66. Manufacturer s standard Fixings Use purpose made brackets to fix to structural steel or suspension rods Provide external fixing lugs where specified protection for the installation is IP44 or greater Fittings Use bends tees and angles of similar gauge type and finish as trunking body and supplied by same manufacturer Partitions and Covers Ensure partitions are electrically continuous with the body of the trunking or provide a connector for a circuit protective conductor Ensure gap between partitions and lids maintains segregation of circuits Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 319 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Provide individual mounting plates for each accessory mounted on trunking covers Material Same material as trunking Joints Use purpose made jointing pieces fixed with screws into captive nuts Ensure screws do not protrude through the nuts Ensure rigidity of trunking is maintained across joint Ensure external dimensions of trunking are maintained and not reduced by more than 4 across joints between trunking lengths and or fittings Use purpose made fittings of the same manufacture where trunking connects to switchgear and distribution boards Provide flanges for connection of flush floor trunking to vertical trunking to maintain the cross sectional area of compartments with 50 mm minimum radius Maintain electrical continuity at each joint by a copperlink
67. March 2013 Rev T1 196 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 280 050 EARTHING e Circuit protective conductors e Reference Y80 2110A e Earthing clamps reference Y80 2120 Earth busbars e Reference Y80 2130A Test links reference Y80 2140 Lugs tags reference Y80 2150 Protective cable terminations reference Y80 2160 Protective conductor warning notices labels Reference Y80 2170 Main earth conductor reference Y80 2180 e Earth bar label reference Y80 2190 280 060 WORKMANSHIP e Clean earth distribution reference Y80 3010 e Dissimilar metals reference Y80 3020 e Tape joints e Copper reference Y80 3030A e Aluminium reference Y80 3030B e Stranded conductor joints reference Y80 3040 e Protective cable terminations e Reference Y80 3050A e Earth electrodes e Reference Y80 3060A 290 000 FIXING TO BUILDING FABRIC 290 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y90 1000 and those detailed below 290 020 FIXINGS Standards reference Y90 2010 Plugs reference Y90 2020 Screws reference Y90 2030 Cast in fixings reference Y90 2040 Shot fired fixings reference Y90 2050 Self adhesive fixings reference Y90 2060 Proprietary channel inserts reference Y90 2070 Non penetrative support systems reference Y90 2080 290 030 WORKMANSHIP Drilling reference Y90 3010 Proprietary fixings reference Y90 3020 Fixing to reinforced concrete
68. March 2013 Rev T1 250 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y10 4125 PIPE SLEEVES THROUGH FIRE BARRIERS Pack annular space between pipe and sleeve or insulation and sleeve with non flammable and fire resistant material to form a fire smoke stop of required rating Apply 12mm deep cold mastic seal at both ends within sleeve Y10 4130 CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT Make final connections to equipment in accordance with manufacturer s instructions and as indicated Y10 4140 DISTRIBUTION HEADERS Terminate ends with a cap a blank flange a grooved blank end or as indicated Y10 4150A TEMPORARY PLUGS CAPS AND FLANGES Seal all open ends as installation proceeds by plugs caps or blank flanges to prevent ingress of foreign matter Use plugs of metal plastic or wood to suit pipework material In the event of such precautions not being taken strip out pipework adjacent to open ends to demonstrate that fouling of bores has not occurred Y10 4160 FLANGED JOINTS GENERAL Use number and diameters of bolts to standard Fit bolts of length to give not less than one thread or more than 3mm protrusion beyond nut when joint is pulled up Fit washers under each nut Y10 4170 DISSIMILAR METALS Take appropriate means to prevent galvanic action where dissimilar metals are connected together Y10 4180 PIPE RINGS AND CLIPS Select type according to the application and material compatibility give particu
69. March 2013 Rev T1 278 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Provide a specific inhibitor to protect aluminium when it is present in the system The cleaning agent is to be specified by the water treatment specialist Y25 2070A MONITORING e Remote location e Provide monitoring system to enable on line analyses system alarms and chemical stock levels to be monitored by water treatment specialist e Where indicated provide facility for system to be monitored by water treatment specialist at remote location Y25 2070B SAMPLING Provide testing equipment to carry out tests for all inhibitors used in treatment programme indicated Y 25 2070C SAMPLING KITS Provide the following test kits as appropriate Boiler water test kit for steam boilers conductivity test kit pH test kit inhibitor test kit hardness test kit where a softener is installed chloride level test kit Install a corrosion test rig to enable corrosion rates to be monitored using corrosion coupons Bacteriological monitoring with use of dipslides Log sheets for recording of test results bacteriological analysis and any actions required or taken Y 25 2080A CHEMICAL PROVISION STANDARD ARRANGEMENT Provide consumables for a period of 12 months Where indicated provide for supply of chemicals from containers refilled by drumless delivery system Include for supply of chemicals for all systems using the basis of Open
70. PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 46 47 48 Any other items Please specify As fitted drawings and O amp M Manuals Testing and Commissioning Sub Total Add 1 39th Main Contractors Discount GRAND TOTAL Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 373 6 March 2013 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES SCHEDULE OF DAYWORK CHARGES To be submitted with tender Daywork Basic Labour Rates In the event of acceptance of our tender we agree that where extra work is to be valued at Daywork Prices materials and labour shall be charged at net cost plus the following percentages which cover all establishment charges profit and discount Labour plus Materials plus Plant plus Expenses plus The names of the workmen concerned will be included on vouchers specifying the time spent on the work and any materials used shall also be detailed on the voucher We will obtain a signature to verify the time spent and material used from a representative of the Employer on site and submit a signed voucher to the Engineer not later than the end of the week following that in which the work has been executed The following net basic rates of labour exclusive of all allowances on costs and profit are applicable to the various operatives as stated below Foreman p per hour Senior Electrician p per hour Approved Electrician p per hour Electrician p
71. PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Fire protection insulation Flat ductwork Mitred joints reference Y50 2080A Butted joints reference Y50 2080B Circular ductwork Section reference Y50 2080C PSM reference Y50 2080D Adhesives reference Y50 2190 Protection Polyisobutylene reference Y50 2200A Flat aluminium zinc coated steel reference Y50 2200C Aluminium sheeting reference Y50 2200E Galvanized sheet steel reference Y50 2200F Reinforcement Aluminium bands 300mm centres reference Y50 2210A Thickness table Insulation thickness calculation methods reference Y50 2285 Environmental thickness on warm air ductwork reference Y50 2450 250 100 WORKMANSHIP DUCTWORK INSULATION General reference Y50 3010 Installation of foil faced semi rigid slab insulation reference Y50 3060 Installation of foil faced flexible insulation reference Y50 3070 Installation of foil faced lamella insulation reference Y50 3080 Installation of protection Polyisobutylene PIB reference Y50 3120 Sheet metal finish Reference Y50 3140A Roofing felt reference Y50 3160 Aluminium sheeting reference Y50 3170 Aluminium zinc coated steel reference Y50 3180 Installation of ductwork fire protection insulation reference Y50 3200 Installation where insulation is not carried through ductline support reference Y50 3240 Installation where insulation is carried through ductwork support reference Y50 3250 Liquid vapour barriers
72. PLATES GRID FLUSH INSTALLATION Area of installation Interior Enclosure pattern Flush Accessory mounting Adjustable steel grid for grid switches or direct to enclosure for all other accessories Enclosure material Pressed steel Enclosure finish Galvanized Coverplate finish all accessories to match Moulded plastic colour white Coverplate pattern Overlapping with architrave where indicated Ancillaries Earthing terminal integral within switch box Neon indicator with red lens illuminated in ON position for connection units Switch rocker bar colour white Operating keys for key operated switches minimum number 2 Fuses to BS 1362 Blank inserts for spare ways on grid switches Marking Method engraving Mark front plate to indicate equipment served on connection units Conduit and cable entries Knockouts side top and rear Cable termination Manufacturer s standard Y74 2010B ACCESSORIES COMMON REQUIREMENTS MATT CHROME FINISH METAL PLATES FLUSH INSTALLATION Area of installation Interior Enclosure pattern Flush Accessory mounting Adjustable steel grid for grid switches or direct to enclosure for all other accessories Enclosure material Pressed steel Enclosure finish Galvanized Coverplate finish all accessories to match Brass with matt chrome surface Coverplate pattern Overlapping with architrave where indicated Ancillaries Earthing terminal integral within switch box Neon indicator w
73. SPECIFICATION Articulated bellows Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2630D Flanged to BS EN 1092 1 reference Y11 2630E Angular bellows Hose compensators Flexible connections EPDM rubber up to 100 C Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2650B EPDM rubber up to 70 C Chlorobutyl rubber up to 100 C Chlorobutyl rubber up to 60 C Flanged to BS EN 1092 1 reference Y11 2650H 224 000 TRACE HEATING 224 010 GENERAL The contractor shall install an electric self regulating trace heating system in accordance with the relevant schedule of technical requirements and this specification Comply with work section general clauses reference Y24 1000 and those detailed below 224 020 ELECTRIC TRACE HEATING e Constant power cable e Self regulating tape e RCD protection reference Y24 2010C 224 050 WORKMANSHIP e Installation of electric trace heating reference Y24 3010 e Installation of piped trace heating e Thermal insulation reference Y24 3040 225 000 CLEANING AND CHEMICAL TREATMENT 225 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y25 1000 and those detailed below 225 020 CLEANING AND CHEMICAL TREATMENT SPECIALIST e Reference Y25 2010 225 040 PRELIMINARY CHECKS e Reference Y25 2030A 225 050 PROCEDURAL PRECAUTIONS e Reference Y25 2040A e Including taking samples reference Y25 2040B 225 070 MONITORING AND SAMPLING e Monitoring reference Y25 2070A
74. Supply covers for circular or adaptable boxes in the same material and finish as boxes Use steel dome or cheese headed screws to secure covers for Class 2 finish Use brass dome or cheese headed screws to secure covers for Class 4 finish Limit number of entry holes within loop in boxes to four Adaptable box minimum size 100mm x 100mm x 50mm Connections Use couplers and externally screwed brass bushes to connect conduit to loop in circular conduit boxes switchgear distribution boards and adaptable boxes Use solid couplers Conduit fixing saddles Spacer bar Plugs Hexagonal malleable iron Locknuts Hexagonal steel Y60 2080A CABLE TRUNKING AND FITTINGS Comply with BS 4678 Use trunking of each type from one manufacturer Y60 2090B METAL SURFACE TRUNKING ZINC FINISH Material Steel trunking to BS 4678 1 Supply partitions and covers same material as trunking Gauge of metal Table 1 BS 4678 Trunking type Standard cable trunking with compartments Style Use trunking manufactured with inward return edge flanges and fitted with flange couplers which ensure that when the cover is removed a minimum of 80 of the nominal trunking or compartment width is available for access Protection to BS 4678 1 Electroplated zinc having a minimum thickness of zinc coating of 0 0012mm inside and outside Hot dip zinc coated steel to BS EN 10326 BS EN 10327 or BS EN 10143 Finish Manufacturer s standard all surfaces Colour Self Colour or
75. T1 172 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION The contractor shall employ an approved specialist to undertake the installation of the complete CCTV system This contractor shall be same contractor who installed and or maintains the existing system The contractor must be NACOSS approved and the design and installation of the system shall comply with NACOSS requirements and all relevant British Standards and Codes of Practice System Design The CCTV system shall be designed installed and commissioned in accordance with and all elements shall meet the requirements of NACP20 any variations in design shall be identified at tender stage no additional costs will be accepted for variations not identified at this stage Recording Schedule All cameras shall be recorded continuously at 3fps and on motion at 3fps during the remainder of the day All recording shall be stored for 14 days Digital Video Recorder The digital video recording management and transmission system shall be designed to meet the requirements of business and government surveillance applications The system shall offer network connectivity to other family components and provide all video and control data over the Ethernet network to other recorders and workstations The number of network connected components is only limited to the number of assigned IP addresses The system shall offer multiple continuously recorded digital video
76. TECHNOLOGY CABLES e Manufacturer and reference Refer to manufacturers schedule and specific details included in later sections of this specification e Or approved equivalent e Structured wiring reference Y61 2100A 261 130 CABLE GLANDS e Manufacturer and reference Refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent Unarmoured cables indoors reference Y61 3010A Unarmoured cables outdoors reference Y61 3010B Armoured cables dry indoors reference Y61 3010C Armoured cables indoors reference Y61 3010D Armoured cables outdoors reference Y61 3010E 261 140 CABLE SEALS AND GLANDS MINERAL INSULATED CABLES e Manufacturer and reference Glands are to be of the same manufacturer as the cabling used e Light duty mineral insulated cables temperatures up to 105 C reference Y61 3020D 261 160 CABLE TERMINATING AND JOINTING SOCKETS e Reference Y61 3040A 261 170 INSULATING TAPE e LSF insulating tape reference Y61 3050A 261 180 CABLE JOINTS AND TERMINATIONS e Reference Y61 3060A Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 152 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 261 200 CONNECTORS FOR COAXIAL CABLES e Reference Y61 3080A 261 230 CABLE DUCTS e Application Provide cable ducts as indicated on the system drawings for the installation of external cables Spacing and depth to be as indicated on the system drawings e Reference Y61 3110A 261 240 CABLE
77. Vent cocks reference Y11 4080B Flexible connections installation reference Y11 4110 Terminal unit connections installation reference Y11 4120 211 220 VENT COCKS Kitemark certified Two way gland cock type reference Y11 2470 Ball type reference Y11 2480 Three way gland cock type reference Y11 2490 225 000 CLEANING AND CHEMICAL TREATMENT 225 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y25 1000 and those detailed below 225 020 CLEANING AND CHEMICAL TREATMENT SPECIALIST e Reference Y25 2010 225 040 PRELIMINARY CHECKS e Reference Y25 2030A 225 050 PROCEDURAL PRECAUTIONS e Reference Y25 2040A e Including taking samples reference Y25 2040B 225 100 PURGING Testing and purging gas pipework Industrial and commercial installation reference Y25 3020A Small low pressure industrial and commercial installations reference Y25 3020B Testing gas pipework to BS EN 12327 reference Y25 3020C Purge each system using either Nitrogen or CO This operation is to prove the continuity of the pipework remove any cutting fluid and ensure that the nozzles are clear e Flimsy paper bags are to be attached to all nozzles during the purge and removed upon completion of the purge 225 150 DOCUMENTATION e Reference Y25 3090 251 000 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SERVICES 251 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y51 1000 and those detailed below 251 030 STATI
78. WELDING GENERAL CLASS 2 Use skilled craftsman in possession of a current Certificate of Competence appropriate to type and class of work issued by an approved authority Mark each weld to identify operative Submit specimen welds representative of joints and conditions of site welding for each craftsman test non destructively approximately 10 of butt weld joints and 5 of all other joints Weld pipeline joints to BS 2640 and BS 2971 and to HVCA Code of Practice TR 5 Welding of Carbon Steel Pipework as appropriate Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 254 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y10 5020 WELDED JOINTS STEEL PIPES Preparation Making and Sealing Oxy acetylene welding conforming to BS 1821 or BS 2640 appropriate to system temperature and pressure Arc welding conforming to BS 2633 or BS 2971 appropriate to system temperature and pressure Use arc welding process on piping greater than 100mm Y10 5030 PAINTING WELDED JOINTS STEEL PIPES Unless pipework is being prepared for galvanizing after manufacture wire brush and paint all welds with red oxide paint when welds are complete Y10 5040 FLANGED JOINTS STEEL PIPES Welded Flanges Weld neck and bore of slip on flange Butt weld neck of welding neck flange Screwed Flanges Apply jointing materials Screw on flange and expand tube into flange with roller expander where necessary Preparatio
79. Y10 2552 POLYPROPYLENE PIPING SYSTEMS FOR UNDERGROUND DRAINAGE AND SEWERAGE TO BS EN 14758 e Plastics piping system for underground drainage and sewerage both buried in the ground within the building structure and buried in the ground outside the building structure Material Polypropylene with mineral modifiers PP MD Standard BS EN 14758 1 Nominal Ring Stiffness SN4 SN8 Dimensions Length manufacturer s standard range Ends Plain with chamfer Plain without chamfer Single socket with ring seal with chamfer Single socket with ring seal without chamfer Finish Black Orange brown approximately RAL 8023 Dusty grey approximately RAL 7037 Coloured Y10 2552A POLYPROPYLENE PIPING SYSTEMS FOR UNDERGROUND DRAINAGE AND SEWERAGE TO BS EN 14758 Plastics piping system for underground drainage and sewerage both buried in the ground within the building structure and buried in the ground outside the building structure Material Polypropylene with mineral modifiers PP MD Standard BS EN 14758 1 Dimensions Length manufacturer s standard range Ends Plain with or without chamfer or single socket with ring seal with or without chamfer Finish Black orange brown approximately RAL 8023 or dusty grey approximately RAL 7037 Other colours may be used Y10 2555A PLASTICS PIPING SYSTEMS TO BS EN 1451 1 FITTINGS Plastics piping systems for soil and waste discharge low and high temperatu
80. Y11 2015B Capillary reference Y11 2015C Threaded reference Y11 2015D Gate valves to BS EN 12288 Screwed to BS EN ISO 228 1 or ISO 7 1 reference Y11 2020A Compression to BS EN 1254 2 reference Y11 2020B Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 reference Y11 2020C Loose nut union end reference Y11 2020D Gate valves to BS EN 1171 Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 reference Y11 2030A Globe valves to BS 5154 Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2040A Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 reference Y11 2040B Compression to BS EN 1254 2 reference Y11 2040C Compression to BS EN 1254 3 reference Y11 2040D Globe valves to BS EN 13789 Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 reference Y11 2050A Ball type copper alloy to BS EN 13828 Lever operated Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2080C Compression to BS EN 1254 2 reference Y11 2080D Butterfly valves to BS EN 593 Between flanges to BS EN 1092 2 Lever operated reference Y11 2090A Gear operated reference Y11 2090B Between mechanical joints Lever operated reference Y11 2090C Gear operated reference Y11 2090D 080 TEST PLUGS Valve controlled test points reference Y11 2670B 180 WORKMANSHIP Installation reference Y11 4010 Vent cocks reference Y11 4060 Discharge connections Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 114 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Safety and Relief valves reference Y11 4080A
81. Y82 2240A e Cable sheath identification external e Reference Y82 2250A e Scotland reference Y82 2250B 282 110 ADDITIONAL SAFETY SIGNS e Reference Y82 2260A 290 000 FIXING TO BUILDING FABRIC 290 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y90 1000 and those detailed below e Carry out fixing to building fabric as specified in work section V20 These standards apply to the whole of this specification 290 020 FIXINGS Standards reference Y90 2010 Plugs reference Y90 2020 Screws reference Y90 2030 Cast in fixings reference Y90 2040 Shot fired fixings reference Y90 2050 Self adhesive fixings reference Y90 2060 Proprietary channel inserts reference Y90 2070 Non penetrative support systems reference Y90 2080 290 030 WORKMANSHIP Drilling reference Y90 3010 Proprietary fixings reference Y90 3020 Fixing to reinforced concrete reference Y90 3030 Fixing to brickwork reference Y90 3040 Fixing to timber rails reference Y90 3050 Fixing to hollow stud tile block wall e Reference Y90 3060A e Fixing to concrete brickwork or blockwork e Reference Y90 3070A e Fixing to metalwork e Reference Y90 3080A e Fixing to structural steelwork and concrete structures e Reference Y90 3090A V21 GENERAL LIGHTING PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 010 PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 164 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE S
82. after manufacture Form sheet into a tapered reducing cone with a minor diameter to suit drain line Major diameter nominally 50 mm larger than minor diameter tapering at approximately 30 degrees Y11 2700A GAUGES GENERAL e 150mm black stove enamel finish e 2700B GAUGES 150MM DIAMETER FLUSH PANEL e Dial case 150mm diameter heavy pattern finished in black stove enamel for flush mounting Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 270 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Mount gauges with dial face in vertical plane flush to panel and conceal casing within a steel metal cubicle e 2700C GAUGES 150MM DIAMETER DIRECT MOUNTING e Dial case 150mm diameter heavy pattern finished in black stove enamel for direct connection to instrument e Mount gauges with dial face in vertical plane and support casing by connection to instrument e 2700D GAUGES 150MM DIAMETER FLANGED e Dial case 150mm diameter heavy pattern finished in black stove enamel with annular mounting flange e Mount gauges with dial face in vertical plane and surface mount casing to equipment or building element as required 100mm finish 2700E GAUGES 100MM DIAMETER FLUSH MOUNTING Dial case 100mm diameter for flush mounting to steel panel Mount gauges with dial face in vertical plane flush to panel and conceal casing within a steel metal cubicle 2700F GAUGES 100MM DIAMETER DIRECT MOUNT
83. allowed on sub mains 3 3 13 BREEAM Although the building is not required to achieve a BREEAM rating the requirements for BREEAM shall be incorporated into the building services design to ensure a good standard of design and installation is achieved The following list indicates the BREEAM criteria which is to be complied with Management Health amp Well being Energy Water Materials Pollution Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 44 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 4 0 Mechanical Services Installation Overview 4 1 General The scope of works shall generally comprise but not be limited to the following Liaison with the statutory authority for incoming gas and water supplies Design installation testing commissioning and full demonstration of all systems Heating installations Mechanical ventilation Comfort cooling Domestic hot and cold water services Natural gas distribution Automatic controls Above ground drainage Rainwater drainage Natural ventilation system Thermal Insulation Low and zero carbon technologies Testing and commissioning As fitted and operating and maintenance manuals Building Log Book 4 2 Incoming Services New connection shall be provided in accoredance with section 2 0 of this specification 4 3 Comfort Cooling The requirement for cooling has been assessed throughout the building and it has been identified that there is
84. and BS EN 40 5 Material Steel Bracket Match column Earthing Include earthing terminal fixed within service compartment Column base plate Standard Y73 2300C ALUMINIUM COLUMNS AND BOLLARDS Standards BS EN 40 2 and BS EN 40 6 Material Aluminium Bracket Match column Earthing Include earthing terminal fixed within service compartment Column base plate Standard Y73 4050 INSTALLATION OF WALL MOUNTED FITTINGS Install luminaires at height indicated Y73 4120 SUPPORT FROM CONDUIT Where luminaire is supported from conduit provide a conduit box forming an integral part of conduit system at each point of suspension Ensure suspensions are vertical Where conduit enters luminaire use back nuts and washers to secure luminaire body to conduit support Provide tube with corrosion resistance equal to conduit system Do not support luminaires directly from conduit boxes made from non metal or heat sensitive materials where the temperature of the material may exceed 60 C or the mass suspended exceeds 3kg Y73 4160 SUSPENSION Suspend luminaires at height indicated Ensure suspensions hang vertically unless otherwise indicated Y73 4170 SUSPENSION BY ROD Use washers nut and lock nut at top and bottom of rod Paint cut ends with calcium plumbate primer or zinc rich paint Y73 4180 SUSPENSION BY CHAIN Use hook cover for suspension from circular conduit box For connection to luminaires use luminaire manufactu
85. and audio models KP30V KP60V KP120V and KP240V Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 6 March 2013 180 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Fixed Position Domes a The fixed camera dome shall incorporate a fixed camera lens combination The camera domes shall be available for indoor in ceiling mounting or surface mount configurations The colour cameras shall be super high resolution 550 TVL or high resolution 480 TVL the high resolution version shall offer wide dynamic range The cameras shall include an isolated power input A clear lower dome shall be included The camera position shall have a three direction adjustment allowing for adjustment of pan tilt and lens rotation roll for any angle of view required The cameras shall accept 12 VDC 24 VAC The colour cameras shall be a 1 3 inch format and shall have 0 03 fc 0 3 lux sensitivity Both cameras shall have electronic shutter Cameras shall be available with a 3 3 12 mm auto iris Varifocal lens PTZ Cameras a The PTZ dome cameras shall have a similar performance criteria to the fixed cameras but be suitable external environments and be complete with demister and heater facilities They shall be located to monitor each external fagade of the building and the car park area They shall either be wall mounted or column mounted dependent on location and area to be covered Monitors One 19 TFT monitors shall be pr
86. and the details of all the instructions received This diary shall be at the disposal of the Supervising Officer If in the opinion of the Supervising Officer the degree of site supervision is inadequate he shall instruct the Contractor who shall immediately rectify this matter to the satisfaction of the Supervising Officer The Supervising Officer shall be at liberty by notice in writing to the Contractor to object to any representative or persons employed by the contractor in the execution of or otherwise about the works who shall in the opinion of the Supervising Officer misconduct himself or be incompetent or negligent and the contractor shall remove such persons from the works forthwith The Contractor s Engineer responsible for the Sub contract works will be required to attend Site Meetings when requested The Tenderer must include with his Tender his management proposals together with details of his supervisory staff intended to be employed on the works Where the sub contractor has a design or design development responsibility his management proposals must include details of his design staff The management proposals shall include the following information in respect of all supervisory design staff Organisation chart both off and on site Name Title and function Relevant experience and references Duration and percentage of employment on the Works Cost per week Total staff costs Q r gt e2059 The above pr
87. are intended to be installed in the various Area wall finish Containment Accessories General Plastered walls Flush painted galvanized steel conduit Flush white PVC General Painted blockwork Surface painted galvanized steel Surface Metalclad where stated conduit General Self finished fair faced Surface painted galvanized steel Surface white PVC Surface Metalclad where blockwork conduit Galvanized steel conduit stated Flush metal clad within sports hall area recessed within wall finish in sports hall area General Blockwork to dado and Surface painted galvanized steel Surface white PVC Surface Metalclad painted plaster conduit Galvanized steel conduit where stated Flush metal clad within sports recessed within wall finish in sports hall area hall area General Ceramic tiles Flush galvanized steel conduit Flush surface white PVC Showers Ceramic tiles Flush galvanized steel conduit Flush white IP56 Master Seal Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 72 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Changing Plastered Block work Flush galvanized steel conduit Flush White IP56 Master Seal Plant Rooms Blockwork Surface galvanized steel conduit Surface Metalclad External accessories fixed to Wired directly from adjacent internal Surface IP56 Masterseal building a
88. areas gym staff areas as identified on the tender drawings shall be served by a DX refrigerant based system derived from the air source heat pump condenser units to provide cooling and heating The systems shall be a simultaneous heating and cooling system so that one room may be in heating whilst another off the same condenser can be in cooling The DX system shall serve concealed fan coil units located above the ceilings within the rooms ducting air into the rooms via ceiling mounted grilles unless otherwise identified on the tender drawings Attenuation shall be provided to the inlet and discharge from the fan coil units to achieve the in room noise requirements All DX units shall be controlled from hard wired wall mounted controllers no infra red Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 45 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION controllers are to be used The wall mounted controllers shall be simple units allowing the operator to adjust only the fan speed and the room temperature set point standard multiple function controller shall not be allowed and if installed shall be removed at the contractors cost The units shall be automatic changeover from heating to cooling mode The music rooms shall be served by an all air heating and cooling system from a central roof top air handling unit The air shall be treated at the air handling unit to provide the cooling requirements of the rooms w
89. assurance e BS EN 50174 2 Information Technology Cabling Installation Installation planning and practices inside buildings e BS EN 50174 3 Information Technology Cabling Installation Installation planning and practices outside buildings e BS 6701 Telecommunications equipment and telecommunications cabling Specification for installation operation and maintenance e BS 7671 Requirements for Electrical Installations IEE Wiring Regulations Sixteenth Edition 300 050 INDUSTRY PRACTICE Carry out work in accordance with the following industry practices e Ensure that the structured cabling system is fully compliant with the fibre optic industry association FIA code of practice for the installation of fibre cables Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 232 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 300 060 MANUFACTURER S GUIDELINES Carry out work in accordance with the manufacturer s requirements guidelines and recommendations 300 070 CLIENT SPECIFIC STANDARDS Provide the structured cabling system in accordance with e Preferred system Flood wired system eminating from the cabinet rack Each data and telephone point will be wired as individual radial circuits from the rack in Cat 6 cable which is to be segregated from other LV services in line with Bs 7671 and proteced throughout there length in the cable containment The cables shall terminate onto single dua
90. be covered by a comprehensive analogue addressable fire alarm system as detailed on the tender drawings which are to be developed to ensure compliance with the design requirements of BS5839 BS EN 54 DfEE recommendations requirements of Building Control and the Fire detailed Fire strategy The design principle will be for the system to be a category L1 fire detection and alarm system should be provided designed in accordance with BS 5839 1 2002 Manual call points should comply with Type A of BS EN 54 11 2001 The system shall be served from a main fire alarm panel and separate node panel as shown on the typical schematic The new fire alarm system shall be manufactured by Protec from their Algo Tec system Final exit routes will be provided with wall mounted break glass units behind tamperproof covers and electronic sounders complete with LED beacons where required will be provided in all areas to achieve the necessary audibility levels Sounders will either be integrated into the automatic detection devices or be wall mounted as shown on the tender drawings Audible alarms shall be fully co ordinated with and shall be clearly distinguishable from other audible warning devices Unless otherwise specified alarms shall be coloured red and labelled FIRE High intensity flashing xenon beacons shall be provided in areas as required They shall be loop powered with exact number being verified with the system manufacturer depend
91. by the controls specialist The controls specialist shall provide evidence of cable sizing to Waterman Building Services for comment prior to installation to support installation proposals The electrical contractor shall provide a fire alarm interface local to the control panel The controls specialist shall cable from the fire alarm interface to the panel and shall terminate the cable at both ends Training amp Data Logging The controls specialist shall allow for two separate one day visits to the site to train the staff in the operation of the control system The controls specialist shall allow for setting up and initiating trend logging of the building for the first three months of operation from practical completion to prove the correct operation of the services installation The contractor shall allow for downloading the information across the three month period on a minimum one month basis and the provision of the information to Waterman Building Services in an easily viewable colour format The contractor is to agree the format and points to be simultaneously logged with Waterman Building Services prior to completion of the works and the list below is informative of the desired level but is not exhaustive The contractor shall allow for the site to be data logged for three months after the practical completion of the project During this time the BMS system shall log the following control points and parameters on a 15 minute time i
92. calculations Secondary regenerated noise calculations for ventilation systems U value calculations Specific fan power calculations for each ventilation system Seasonal efficiency calculations for the boiler and cooling plant Part L2A 2010 assessments Thermal model and CFD modelling to prove compliance with BB101 and also to prove the ventilation strategy Metering strategy to prove compliance with CIBSE TM39 and Part L2A 2010 Controls system cable sizing and containment sizing calculations Daylight factor calculations Room lighting plots Emergency lighting calculations and plots Tabulated room light levels uniformity ceiling light illuminance wall light illuminance working plane light illuminance to demonstrate compliance with CIBSE LG7 Cable sizing calculations showing voltage drop earth loop impedance and disconnection times short circuit faults cable carrying capacity Cable containment sizing calculations Percentage spare capacity calculations Fire alarm sounder anticipated in room noise level calculations Fire alarm detection coverage drawings demonstrating compliance with specified fire alarm class level of protection coverage Lightning protection system calculations Lighting efficiency calculations showing lumens per circuit watt tabulated against lighting level in room lux and total light luminaire wattage per room Data cable length calculations showing compliance with ma
93. channels onto a hard drive medium The system shall employ proprietary software run on a Microsoft Windows 7 Embedded platform The software shall employ a proprietary optimized MPEG4 compression algorithm in the video digitizing scheme The networked system shall be comprised of recorders and workstations This specification shall refer to the recorder s performance The recorder without any degradation to frame rates or resolution shall simultaneously offer 16 channel continuous video recording 16 channel continuous video playback 16 channel continuous video transmission to the Ethernet network User selectable video archiving of pre existing recording Sears The recorder shall offer features including the simultaneous display playback distribution and archive of multiple channel video The recorder shall collect up to 16 channels of analogue video and digitize them for the purpose of display archive and requested distribution across the Ethernet network Cameras shall be the primary analog input devices Each channel of video data shall have the capability of being displayed played back distributed and archived locally The recorder shall also have full WAN and Internet capability offering expandability beyond a corporate LAN The recorder shall employ a compression algorithm based on 5 Optimized MPEG4 and JPEG 6 User selectable resolution not requiring a need to restart the application recorder It shall be selectable
94. clamps complying with BS 951 for bonding pipes and lead sheathed cables Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 358 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y80 2130A EARTH BUSBARS Material Manufacture earth busbars from hard drawn tinned high conductivity copper bar Substation Earth busbar 75 x 13mm cross section 600mm minimum length Main Earth Terminal busbar 25 x 6 mm minimum for incoming live conductor not exceeding 50mm and 50 x 6 mm minimum for incoming live conductor over 50mm Y80 2140 TEST LINKS Provide two test links in connections between main earth conductors and earth busbar Fabricate each from two additional sections of earth busbar Mount one section on stand off insulators matching earth busbar use remaining section as removable test link Secure 12mm high tensile brass studs to fixed sections of busbar and drill corresponding clearance holes in test links and provide brass washers nuts and locking devices to secure frame neutral earthing and test links Y80 2150 LUGS TAGS Provide lugs or tags to enable connection of bonding conductors to equipment earth terminals Y80 2160 PROTECTIVE CABLE TERMINATIONS For bolted connections use crimp type lugs compressed by automatic tool to achieve correct pressure and crimp depth Y80 2170 PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR WARNING NOTICES LABELS Provide a permanent label durably marked in letters 4 75mm minimum height SAFE
95. clockwise for increase in temperature e Provide sensing elements for air and gas systems where indicated and fix to provide airtight joints Provide with metal shielding around sensing element to prevent effects of local radiation from equipment Mercury in steel type mounted direct in pocket Use temperature gauges with pocket and provided with gland attachment on thermometer stem Use separable type pockets threaded 15 19mm BSP and manufactured from stainless steel Screw pockets into tapped bosses or stools set in pipelines or vessels Fill pockets with oil to BS 7207 to ensure contact with thermometer bulb Provide gauges with dial graduation in degrees Celsius marked on a logarithmic scale Ensure pointer movement is clockwise for increase in temperature Provide sensing elements for air and gas systems where indicated and fix to provide airtight joints Provide with metal shielding around sensing element to prevent effects of local radiation from equipment Y11 2710B TEMPERATURE GAUGES MERCURY IN STEEL Provide mercury in steel temperature gauge mounted direct in pocket Y11 2710C TEMPERATURE GAUGES VAPOUR PRESSURE TO BS 5235 FOR DIRECT MOUNTING Vapour pressure type to BS EN 13190 mounted direct in pocket with horizontal or vertical stem as appropriate Y11 2720 PRESSURE AND ALTITUDE GAUGES Use vapour pressure type gauges to BS EN 837 1 Connect to pipeline systems via matched gauge cocks and cock connectors
96. commission and demonstrate a lightning protection systems to provide a lightning protection system to the building in accordance with this specification and the employer s requirement document PART 2 SELECTIONS SCHEDULES FOR REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 280 000 EARTHING AND BONDING COMPONENTS 280 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y80 1000 and those detailed below 280 020 CONDUCTORS e Conductors for lightning protection system e Horizontal air terminations reference Y80 2010A e Covering colour To be provided and agreed with the Architect e Self supporting air terminations reference Y80 2010B e Conductors for earthing systems Reference Y80 2010C e Conductor joints e Lightning protection reference Y80 2020A e Earthing systems reference Y80 2020B e Tape fixing devices e Reference Y80 2030A 280 030 EARTH ELECTRODES e Earth electrodes for lightning protection systems e Rod reference Y80 2040A e Building or structural element reference Y80 2040C e Earth electrodes for system earthing e Rod reference Y80 2040B e Building or structural element reference Y80 2040D e Earth electrode clamps e Reference Y80 2060A e Earth electrode inspection facilities e Reference Y80 2070A e Earth electrode tank penetration seal 280 040 EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDS e Main equipotential bonds e Reference Y80 2090A e Supplementary equipotential bonds e Reference Y80 2100A Project No BSD11120 100 6
97. commissioning valve actuators are fitted in a fully closed bypass position where they are being fitted to valves which push against a spring 320 180 VALVES General Ensure that valves have the correct authority without excessive pressure drop Ensure that valve bodies are suitable for the medium the temperature and the pressure of the fluid system Ensure that valves will pass the required flow at a pressure drop within the maximum differential pressure rating of the valve Check for out of balance forces particularly during operation of a three port valve Where possible ensure that valves are not installed with their spindles in the horizontal position If valves cannot be installed with their spindles in the vertical position ensure that they are as near as possible to the vertical Ensure that valves are not installed with the actuator at the bottom Modulating valves The following additional considerations apply for modulating valves Ensure system operating pressures test pressures pump heads and pressure drops through heat exchangers and associated pipework are known before control valves are selected Select valves to provide an authority of 0 3 to 0 5 for diverting applications and 0 5 for mixing applications Select valves with port characteristics appropriate for the intended function Ensure that all modulating control valves are selected for equal percentage or linear characteristics according to system type to provid
98. complete with list of normal consumables routine oil and grease points and recommended lubricants Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 6 March 2013 22 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A1 10 11 vi vii viii xii xiii xiv xv xvi xvii xviii xix xx xxi xxii xxiii Schedule of periodic and preventative maintenance for specialised equipment Schedules of methods of adjustments typical fault finding routines Schedule of operation and maintenance risk assessment sheets in accordance with the Construction Design and Management Regulations 1994 Wiring diagrams of plant etc Service manual for all specialised plant giving all details as listed above Schedule for obtaining and ordering replacement parts Schedules of equipment valves and motors related to the As Installed drawings and giving names addresses telephone and facsimile numbers of manufacturer serial number of plant kilowatt power electrical supply performance duties and location within the building Description of emergency action which should be taken in the event of a breakdown of equipment Telephone numbers of essential contacts shall be included Outline design data of plant Test and performance data Test Certificates Schedule of As Installed Drawings Legend for colour coded services Copies of all manufactures guarantees As fitted drawings A separate
99. control boxes Final connection to luminaires via flexible cable from the control boxes Small power LSF Flat Twin amp Earth routed on galvanised steel cable baskets Dado trunking in rooms Fire alarms Prysmian FP Plus enhanced cable on cable basket Earthing and bonding LSF single cables Green Yellow Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 65 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Emergency lighting Self contained system wired as part of the main lighting Mechanical power and control cables To be supplied and installed by the Mechanical Contractor in their own containment LSF singles in metal conduit and trunking External lighting and power XLPE SWA LSF in ducts Wall mounted luminaires to be wired from inside with final connection back entry into the rear of the luminaire Plantrooms kitchens electronics LSF single cable in metal conduit and trunking rooms All cabling will be BASEC approved All cabling will comply with the requirements of BS 8519 2010 5 8 Lighting The lighting will be as shown on the tender drawings and be manufactured from either Whitecroft or Luxonic lighting The lighting layouts on the tender drawings are indicative only and the contractor shall ensure the lighting levels are inline with CIBSE guides and DFEE requirements The lighting shall generally be controlled us
100. controllers are not located within control panels where isolation is necessary to gain access Design panels to maintain all components within their environmental tolerance limits taking into account ambient environmental conditions Install fans with thermostatic control and air extract grilles and air intake grilles with replaceable filters wnere mechanical ventilation is required to control the environmental conditions Ensure that the specified ingress protection IP ratings are maintained Control panel construction Construct control panels to IP54 Construct the panels using sheet steel folded and seam welded to form a rigid self supporting structure Ensure that bracing and stiffening is used as necessary to take the weight of internal components and control assemblies Ensure that no sharp corners are present Ensure that control panels weighing more than 50 Kg including installed components are fitted with eyebolts to facilitate delivery and installation Ensure that panels are provided with adequate undrilled and or detachable gland plates of sufficient size and strength to accept glands for all types of cable conduits and cable trunking intended for termination within the panel Arrange all wiring within the panel in looms and or perforated trunking Ensure that all cables are run continuously from terminal to terminal without intervening joints Ensure that all terminations are fully shrouded recessed or otherwise protected against ac
101. damaged vi The Supervising Officer must be notified and the damaged works be subject to inspection before remedial work commences vii The contractor shall be responsible for the protection of his work during execution but the Main Contractor shall be responsible for necessary casing and protection after the contractor s work has been executed A1 23 Deleterious Materials Refer to main contract preliminaries document A1 24 Housekeeping and Site Cleanliness It shall be the contractor s responsibility to keep his working area clean and tidy at all times and remove all rubbish to a dump or other place on the site on an agreed regular basis Prior to any air system being started all of the following must be signed off as being complete by the Supervising Officer i Temporary protection of air inlet if site conditions require ii Cleanliness of ductwork iii Dust sealing of all structural and architectural components within the air stream floor void and ceiling voids included A1 25 Condition of Site on Completion On completion of the contract the contractor shall remove from the site all tools and plant used for the execution of the Works together with all rubbish packing cases and redundant material or equipment and he shall make good or reimburse for making good any damage to buildings roads or other parts of the site where in the opinion of the Main Contractor such damage has been caused by or is the responsibility of the contra
102. day of activity ranging from Low to Very High 50 of time movement detection and Normal compression optimized MPEG4 Typical hard drive usage normal scene activity under the same conditions shall range from 2 to 32 GB per day The 60 fps version shall have a daily hard drive usage of 2 to 32 GB This usage shall be based on Quality settings ranging from Q1 to Q8 24 hours per day of activity ranging from Low to Very High 50 of time movement detection and Normal compression optimized MPEG4 Typical hard drive usage using normal scene activity under the same conditions shall range from 2 to 16 GB per day The 30 fps version shall have a daily hard drive usage of 2 to 16 GB This usage shall be based on Quality settings ranging from Q1 to Q8 24 hours per day of activity ranging from Low to Very High 50 of time movement detection and Normal compression MPEG4 Typical hard drive usage using normal scene activity under the same conditions shall range from 2 to 8 GB per day A line of V models shall be available to support audio recording and playback The recorder s audio data storage rate shall be approximately 0 4 GB 12 hour day microphone The networked system shall be comprised of 1 The software platform 2 Recorders 3 Workstations The software installed in all recorders and workstations shall be similar in 4 Graphical User Interface therefore an operator shall need to learn only one interface for both control an
103. e acordc reference Y81 2060A Earth fault loop impedance ZS e Reference Y81 2070A Settings and adjustments reference Y81 2080 Standby generators e Reference Y81 2090A HV and LV switchgear e Reference Y81 2100A HV power transformers e Reference Y81 2110A Specialist installations e Fire detection and alarm systems Reference Y81 2120A e Lightning protection reference Y81 2120B e Fire protection of electronic data processing installations reference Y81 2120C e Emergency lighting installations Reference Y81 2120E Calibration reference Y81 2130 Certification and reporting e Reference Y81 2140A Completion certificates e Reference Y81 2150A Records reference Y81 2160 281 030 WORKMANSHIP Conductive parts reference Y81 3010 Phase sequence reference Y81 3020 High voltage tests e Reference Y81 3030A Cables e LV buried cables reference Y81 3040A e LV and HV buried cables reference Y81 3040B Conduit trunking and ducting reference Y81 3050 282 000 IDENTIFICATION ELECTRICAL 282 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y82 1000 and those detailed below Supply identification electrical as specified in section V20 These standards apply to the whole of this specification 282 020 LABELS AND NOTICES Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 162 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Reference Y82 2010A
104. equipment and wiring required to install the complete CCTV System The system shall include but not be limited to one or more digital video recorders cameras mounts monitors data protection signage and audit trail pack The installation shall include the laying of all cables required for connection of the cameras recording and control equipment and other devices along with connections to the power supply as appropriate to the design All cabling shall conform to the requirements and recommendations of the CCTV equipment manufacturer Any openings chasings in walls ceilings or floors shall be made good All equipment and materials used shall be standard components regularly manufactured regularly utilized in the manufacturer s system All systems and components shall have been thoroughly tested and proven in actual use All systems and components shall be provided with the availability of a toll free 24 hour technical support phone number from the manufacturer The phone number shall allow for immediate technical assistance for either the dealer installer or the end user at no charge All systems and components shall be provided with an explicit manufacturer warranty The new system shall match and be compatible with the existing CCTV installation The new system will be set up so the cameras can be monitored on the existing system within the ball building Standards amp Specialist Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev
105. for the formation of an external gas meter enclosure and for the installation of the private gas main from the meter to the building An emergency gas solenoid shut off valve shall be installed on the main incomer into the building which shall be linked to the fire alarm The solenoid valve shall be supplied with the system to prove closure of valves prior to establishment or restoration of gas flow in accordance with BG IM 20 Gas solenoid valves shall be auto reset The gas meter shall be pulsed meter in line with the BREEAM assessment requirements for monitoring and shall be linked to the central college BMS system All works shall be carried out in accordance with the IGEM gas regulations by registered gas installers accredited to work on incoming mains supplies 2 3 New Incoming Electricity Supply The electrical supply to the building shall be derived from a new utilities 500KVA substation located adjacent to the site entrance which in turn shall terminate into an LV customer switch room located adjacent to the substation The meter will be housed within this switchroom as shall an ACB protecting the cables serving the building Multi core SWA cables with dedicated CPC s will be routed from the LV customer switchroom to the switch panel located within the plantroom The cables will be routed below ground within PVC ducts as shown on the tender drawings The pipe ducts shall be punctuated at intervals by draw pits as shown on the tender dr
106. general clauses reference Y90 1000 and those detailed below 290 020 FIXINGS Standards reference Y90 2010 Plugs reference Y90 2020 Screws reference Y90 2030 Cast in fixings reference Y90 2040 Shot fired fixings reference Y90 2050 Self adhesive fixings reference Y90 2060 Proprietary channel inserts reference Y90 2070 Non penetrative support systems reference Y90 2080 290 030 WORKMANSHIP Drilling reference Y90 3010 Proprietary fixings reference Y90 3020 Fixing to reinforced concrete reference Y90 3030 Fixing to brickwork reference Y90 3040 Fixing to timber rails reference Y90 3050 Fixing to hollow stud tile block wall Reference Y90 3060A Fixing to concrete brickwork or blockwork Reference Y90 3070A Fixing to metalwork Reference Y90 3080A Fixing to structural steelwork and concrete structures Reference Y90 3090A PART 3 SPECIFICATION CLAUSES SPECIFIC TO R11 300 000 PRODUCTS MATERIALS 300 030 TRAPS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 82 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Appliance W C pan Urinal Sink Wash basin Shower unit Type Integral with appliance Bottle Form P S Standard Plastic to BS EN 274 1 BS EN 274 2 BS EN 274 3 BS 416 1 BS EN 877 Copper alloy Chromium plated where exposed waste shall be chrome plated 300 110 DOMICAL GRATINGS e Material e Galvanized steel to manufacture
107. guide at inlet to direct water evenly on to helical vane Provide each meter with zeroing device e Provide isolating valves on either side of each meter and full bore valved by pass installed around meter assembly e Provide flanged connections to BS EN 1092 1 BS EN 1092 2 BS EN 1092 3 or BS EN 1092 4 on each meter Where meters are of smaller bore than connecting pipework install flanged reducers e Provide facility for remote monitoring 310 000 WORKMANSHIP 310 010 CONNECTIONS TO TAPS AND APPLIANCES Make final connections to taps and appliances All connections to appliances to be valved BS APPENDIX BS 1010 2 1973 Specification for draw off taps and stopvalves for water services screw down pattern Part 2 Draw off taps and above ground stopvalves Current obsolescent BS 21 1985 Specification for pipe threads for tubes and fittings where pressure tight joints are made on the threads metric dimensions Partially superseded by BS EN 10226 1 2004 BS 2879 1980 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 96 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Specification for draining taps screw down pattern BS 476 7 1997 Fire tests on building materials and structures Part 7 Method of test to determine the classification of the surface spread of flame of products BS 5154 1991 Specification for copper alloy globe globe stop and check check and gate valves Partially rep
108. in accordance with BS 6701 e bond all racks ceiling and floor grids and any exposed metalwork 310 100 MICS CABLE TERMINATIONS Provide manufacturer s seals incorporating protective conductors at each termination where glands are used or not and connect conductors to conduit box adaptable box or equipment box earth terminals 310 110 FRAME EARTH LEAKAGE Where frame earth leakage devices are used for phase to earth protection connect two earthing conductors as BS 7430 one to the framework of the switchgear and main earth bar via current transformer or other devices the other to cable sheaths and earthing devices insulated where necessary 310 130 CEILING SUPPORTS e Application Bond main supports to non current metallic parts of Electrical Installation e Conductor e Use LSF insulated copper cable sized 4mm csa as a minimum e Holes e Drill or punch holes in main supports in positions indicated to receive terminal screws e Use holes in main supports for terminal screws e Terminals e Connect bonding conductors to supports through holes with tinned copper cable lugs or tags secured to support with brass screws washers nuts and locking device e Connection Connect bonding conductors to supplementary bonding conductors in cable trunking e using crimp type connectors 310 150 TELECOMMUNICATIONS FUNCTIONAL EARTH Provide functional earth in accordance with BS 6701 and BS 7430 320 000 WORKMANSHIP 320 010 INSTALLATION OF EA
109. in accordance with manufacturers recommendations and instructions Where a vapour barrier is required all exposed edges and penetrations through the foil should be sealed using soft self adhesive aluminium foil tape Y30 2110D FIRE RATED DUCTWORK Ensure complete ductwork system complies with the requirements of BS 476 24 and BS 5588 Supply and install fire rated ductwork Method of Protection DW144 Appendix D using fire resisting ductwork Ductwork to be in accordance with HVCA Specification DW 144 Ducts to be fire protected with the correct thickness of high density single layer mineral wool fire rated ductwork slab in accordance with manufacturers recommendations and instructions Insulation system to be independently tested and carry current valid certification to provide fire protection fully in accordance with the requirements of duct Type A and duct Type B of BS 476 24 and BS 5588 Fire classification of fire resisting ductwork to be accordance with BS EN 13501 3 Drop rods and exposed bearers to be insulated in accordance with manufacturers recommendations and instructions Where a vapour barrier is required all exposed edges and penetrations through the foil should be sealed using soft self adhesive aluminium foil tape Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 283 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y30 2130A PREINSULATED EXTERNAL THERMAL ACOUSTIC DUCTWORK Supply
110. kg m to 120 kg m Thickness 20mm to 100mm Thermal conductivity Not exceeding 0 038 W mK at a mean temperature of 50 C Finish Reinforced aluminium foil with at least 25mm overlap Y50 2040A FOIL FACED MINERAL FIBRE RIGID DUCT INSULATION Standard BS 3958 5 Nominal density 45 48 kg m Thickness 25mm to 100mm Thermal conductivity Not exceeding 0 04 W mK at a mean temperature of 50 C Finish Reinforced aluminium foil Y50 2050A FOIL FACED MINERAL FIBRE FLEXIBLE DUCT INSULATION Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 301 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Nominal density 28 kg m to 45 kg m Thickness 25mm to 60mm Thermal conductivity Not exceeding 0 04 W mK at a mean temperature of 50 C Finish Reinforced aluminium foil Y50 2080A FLAT DUCTWORK FIRE PROTECTION INSULATION MITRED JOINTS Material Mineral fibre slab for flat ducts with 45 mitred joints Nominal density 165 kg m Thermal conductivity Not exceeding 0 035 W mK at a mean temperature of 10 C Facing Reinforced aluminium foil Y50 2080B FLAT DUCTWORK FIRE PROTECTION INSULATION BUTTED JOINTS Material Mineral fibre slab for flat ducts with 90 butted joints Nominal density 165 kg m Thermal conductivity Not exceeding 0 035 W mK at a mean temperature of 10 C Facing Reinforced aluminium foil Y50 2080C CIRCULAR DUCTWORK FIRE PROTECTIO
111. leads e Cabinets and frames e Labels on patch cords are not required Label cables at all points where they enter or exit from concealment Prove labelling machine produced Ensure that hand written labels are not used Label patch panel of two rows of characters top row to be common to the complete length of the patch panel and be descriptive of the outlet type i e 1 Floor User Outlets the bottom row to identify each individual outlet 370 090 LABELLING SCHEME Adopt the proposed labelling scheme identified below 370 092 HORIZONTAL CABLING SYSTEM Uniquely identify each user outlet using the following notation N NN A A NN N 1 digit number indicating building 1 for building one 2 for building two etc N 2 digit number indicating floor level 00 for ground 01 for first 02 for second etc Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 237 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A 1 letter indicating patch frame or cabinet A 1 letter indicating patch panel NN 2 digit number from 1 to 48 Uniquely identify each horizontal cable at both ends using consecutive numbers Uniquely identify each fly lead at both ends to match the user outlet 380 000 WARRANTY Provide a warranty for the complete structured cabling system Type e Installer warranty e Main Contractor warranty e Major Structured Cabling Manufacturer warranty e Duration of the warranty from the handover date of th
112. manufacturer s standard Internal separation Form 4 Input voltage variations for electronic equipment supply BS EN 60439 Supply frequency deviation BS EN 60439 Mounting Wall mounted Y71 2030A ENCLOSURE FINISH Apply high standard finish to enclosure and supporting metalwork Degrease metal and remove rust prior to applying finish Comply with paint manufacturer s recommendations regarding preparation stoving times temperatures mixing of finishes application and coat thickness Finish Manufacturer s standard Colour Manufacturer s standard colour Y71 2040A TYPE TESTS Provide certificates of verification Y71 2060 SITE BUILT ASSEMBLIES Ensure that components of site assemblies are part of a proprietary system and type tested as appropriate Install assemblies in accordance with manufacturer s drawings and instructions Y71 2070 SITE MODIFICATION Do not make site alterations unless authorised Where site modifications to assemblies are authorised make in accordance with manufacturer s certified drawings and instructions Ensure that modifications made comply with type test certificate obtained for arrangement of components Y71 2100A SWITCH DISCONNECTORS Supply switch disconnectors in accordance with BS EN 60947 Standard BS EN 60947 3 Details of equipment Switch disconnector a c Interrupting medium Air Rated and limiting values for the main circuit Rated voltage Volts 230 400 Rated frequ
113. not less than those recommended by the manufacturer Do not lay cables to BS 6004 BS 6007 BS 6500 BS 7211 or BS 7919 direct in the ground Y61 4070A CABLE DUCTS Duct work Supervise the laying of ducts by others Lay ducts in the formation shown on to newly prepared bedding Joint ducts in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Ensure that ducts slope no more than 1 60 vertically or 1 30 horizontally Ensure that pre formed duct bends used at ends of duct routes meet the requirements of the cable manufacturer for bending radii Construct manholes draw pits and jointing chambers Prove alignment of completed duct run by drawing through a mandrel 7mm diameter less than nominal duct bore for minimum length 250mm Clean completed duct run by drawing through a circular wire brush 12mm diameter more than nominal duct bore Install a draw wire of corrosion resistant material and minimum breaking strength 550N in each empty duct Plug and seal all ducts with proprietary duct plugs on completion Y61 4080 CABLE INSTALLATION INTO DUCTS Install cables into newly proved and cleaned duct Use lubricants recommended by the cable manufacturer in writing to assist drawing process Flake cable if drums or reels are not suitable for jacking At intermediate draw pits with exit duct more than 15 degrees off line of entry duct flake cable before entering or provide comprehensive system of corner plates roller and blocks Use maximum practic
114. not likely to come into contact with exposed or extraneous conductive parts or earth On circuits feeding more than one item of street furniture provide an earth electrode of 20ohm or less resistance at the last or pen ultimate item of furniture on the circuit Where an electrode resistance of 200hm cannot be achieved provide earth electrodes at each item of furniture e TN C where the supplier s earth terminal is not used or TT systems Install a protective earth electrode system at the source of supply Use cable with separate phase neutral and protective conductors to supply the street furniture with the protective conductor connected to the earth electrode Ensure on the load side of the protective device separate phase neutral and protective are used Bond conductive parts of the street furniture to the earthing terminal within the Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 195 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION equipment Connect the supply protective conductor to the same earthing terminal 320 170 EARTHING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS IN HAZARDOUS AREAS Install earthing of electrical systems in hazardous areas to BS 7430 and BS EN 60079 Use the recommendations in HS G 41 at petrol filling stations e Use the recommendations in HS G 41 in hazardous areas e W52 LIGHTNING PROTECTION PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 010 PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES The contractor shall design install test
115. of maximum and minimum values of Ip at origin of installation Adjust subsequent measured values of lp accordingly Y81 2030A INITIAL VERIFICATION Carry out detailed inspection to verify the requirements of BS 7671 Section 712 in the order given in clause 712 01 03 for New Installation or Altered or Added Installation as appropriate Y81 2040A TEST EQUIPMENT AND CONSUMABLES Provide test equipment and consumables to complete tests satisfactorily and to retest any failed installations following corrective measures Test equipment quality assurance requirements to BS EN ISO 10012 Y81 2050A TESTING Carry out in the same order as published the tests required by BS 7671 Section 713 for New Installation or Altered or Added Installation as appropriate Y81 2060A CONTINUITY OF PROTECTIVE CONDUCTORS Confirm continuity Use ac source or dc source Y81 2070A EARTH FAULT LOOP IMPEDANCE Use 25 A test current Measure and record source impedance Ze If alternative LV supply arrangements are available measure Zs when using supply with highest impedance Measure Zs with main equipotential bonding conductors connected Do not summate values of several parts of each loop Y81 2080 SETTINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS Confirm characteristics and settings of protective devices are within maximum and minimum specified tripping times Check correct operation of devices Confirm interlocks and sequences operate safely and as indicated Y81 2090A STAND
116. of the installation drawings and shall show the sizes and locations of all foundations bases plinths sumps chases holes etc required and shall be based on certified manufacturers drawings The drawings shall be clear and concise in detail to enable building works to be carried out without misunderstanding The scale of these drawings shall be 1 50 or where necessary 1 20 Ductwork shop drawings shall be to a scale of not less than 1 50 and in congested areas not less than 1 20 and shall indicate the length of each duct section the internal dimensions of the bare sheet steel dimensions of bends and fittings location of stiffeners and supports and shall be dimensionally located the ducts in relation to the supporting or any adjacent structure In addition the location and size of all equipment grilles diffusers access panels dampers test points penetrations and associating fittings for automatic controls and instrumentation etc shall be shown Switchgear starter control and instrument panel drawings shall show the construction the external and internal layout of panels and wiring diagrams comprising internal wiring diagrams for the complete systems in the panels The drawing shall also show all pipework and capillary connections from the panels to external equipment Manufacturer s equipment drawings shall show the precise details of each and every item they will be providing and shall highlight all dimensions and part
117. of the installation upon which is recorded all plant settings water flow rates pump heads and noise level readings as adjusted and measured during the testing commissioning period Section Five A set of record drawings and Test Certificates If necessary due to the number of drawings which have to be included in the manual each drawing shall be photographically reduced to size to suit the manual Section Six Emergency measures including telephone numbers of the sub contractors emergency staff names addresses and telephone numbers of all manufacturers Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 24 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A1 11 A1 10 12 Submission of Operation and Maintenance Manuals The final draft of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be submitted in due time and in any case not less than four weeks prior to Practical Completion so that at least one copy of the complete final version is in the possession of the Employer at Practical Completion in order to comply with the Health amp Safety at Work Act If partial possession is required by the Employer then the documentation shall also be phased accordingly and so arranged to finally form one comprehensive document It shall be the contractor s responsibility whenever a successive phase of contract is handed over to amend and update the previously issued version of the Operation and Maintenance Manu
118. per hour Mate p per hour 3 Year Apprentice p per hour Signature of Authorised Person Designation On Behalf Of Address Date Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 374 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES SCHEDULE OF DAYWORK CHARGES To be submitted with tender Daywork Basic Labour Rates In the event of acceptance of our tender we agree that where extra work is to be valued at Daywork Prices materials and labour shall be charged at net cost plus the following percentages which cover all establishment charges profit and discount Labour plus Materials plus Plant plus Expenses plus The names of the workmen concerned will be included on vouchers specifying the time spent on the work and any materials used shall also be detailed on the voucher We will obtain a signature to verify the time spent and material used from a representative of the Employer on site and submit a signed voucher to the Engineer not later than the end of the week following that in which the work has been executed The following net basic rates of labour exclusive of all allowances on costs and profit are applicable to the various operatives as stated below Foreman p per hour Senior Fitter p per hour Approved Fitter p per hour Fitter p per hour Mate p per hour 3 Year Apprentice p per hour Signature of Authorised Person De
119. points e Route wiring so that manual call points precede trigger devices in circuit e Use trigger devices that are removed only by a special tool Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 184 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Use trigger devices with bases that provide circuit continuity with trigger device removed Ensure that where alarm sounders use same wiring as trigger device removal of trigger device does not affect operation of alarm sounder 300 110 FIRE ALARM SPECIALIST Engage a specialist to supply install commission and set to work the fire alarm system 310 000 PRODUCTS MATERIALS 310 010 MANUAL CALL POINTS e Standard e BS EN 50130 4 e BS EN 54 11 e Protection against accidental operation To be complete with perspex cover to protect against accidental operation e Mounting e Flush e Surface e Hinged cover e Refer to drawings for specific mounting detail e Switch contact e Break e Operation e MCP activation response within e 1 second Field programmable to trigger alert or evacuate alarms Addressable Monitored Manual operation e Break glass e Anti fragmentation film e Thumb pressure 310 020 AUTOMATIC DETECTORS Provide automatic fire detectors from the same manufacturers and with common facilities e Standard BS EN 50130 4 Standard BS ISO 7240 15 Plug in bases Common base for all detector types Addressable detector b
120. preinsulated ductwork where indicated Y30 2140A HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Provide hangers and supports throughout in accordance with DW 144 Part Six Section 19 DW 154 Part 5 or DW 191 Section 7 as appropriate Comply with BS EN 12236 Y30 2150A SUPPORT OF AIR TERMINAL UNITS Support air terminal units and their plenums by the ceiling grids as DW 144 Part One paragraph 4 8 Y30 3010 CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES Ensure that materials of accessories are compatible with ductwork and that finishes of accessories comply with any special requirements for ductwork Ensure casing losses of components are compatible with ductwork in which they are incorporated Y30 3020A METAL DUCTWORK INSPECTION SERVICING ACCESS OPENINGS Provide access inspection openings in accordance with DW 144 Part Seven Section 20 and Appendix M Table 25 Level 1 Y30 3020D DUCTWORK INSPECTION SERVICING ACCESS OPENINGS Provide access inspection openings in accordance with HVCA TR 17 Section 2 Y30 3030A METAL DUCTWORK TEST HOLES Provide test holes in ductwork system as shown on drawings to allow complete testing and balancing of system in accordance with CIBSE Commissioning Code A Site drill test holes in accordance with DW 144 paragraph 20 6 Y30 3040 HOLES FOR CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS METAL DUCTWORK Provide holes in ductwork in accordance with DW 144 Part Seven paragraph 20 7 to accommodate thermostats humidistats and other control sensors in positions and siz
121. pressure for a period of not less than 30 minutes for each test Testing records reference Y51 2110 Distribution to WBS 040 COMMISSIONING oa Commissioning codes reference Y51 3020 Commissioning Water distribution Including BSRIA pre commissioning check list Reference Y51 3030A Instruments and gauges Reference Y51 3090A Commissioning records Distribution to WBS For water systems To BSRIA Application Guide 2 89 3 reference Y51 3100B Pre commissioning reference Y51 3120 Commissioning reference Y51 3150 050 PERFORMANCE TESTING System performance testing reference Y51 4010 Testing to specified conditions Sanitary Systems reference Y51 4040B Hydraulic Systems reference Y51 4040E Performance test records reference Y51 4050 Distribution to WBS 254 000 IDENTIFICATION MECHANICAL 254 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y54 1000 and those detailed below Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 81 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 254 020 PIPEWORK IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2010 254 045 GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR USE ON EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS EN 80416 Reference Y54 2035 254 045 GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR USE ON EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS EN 80416 Reference Y54 2035 254 100 DANGER AND WARNING NOTICES Reference Y54 2090 290 000 FIXING TO BUILDING FABRIC 290 010 GENERAL Comply with work section
122. programme The works shall include the provision of dedicated BT Internal lines as shown on the system drawings W15 FACILITIES FOR THE DISABLED PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 030 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The contractor shall design install test commission and demonstrate the disabled facilities within the building As such the contractor shal provide disabled toilet alarms linked back to the indicator panel unit at reception 100 040 CONTROL REQUIREMENTS The system should clearly identify which disabled alarm has been activated It shall be impossible to reset or silence the alarm without entering the disabled toilet the alarm was triggered in Each of the disabled toilets will have a local overdoor buzzer and sounder so as to indicate to people nearer than the main reception PART 3 SPECIFICATION CLAUSES SPECIFIC TO W15 300 000 GENERAL 300 010 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY Ensure all equipment and systems are installed to provide electromagnetic compatibility within the systems and with any other systems installed in the same location 310 010 DISABLED ALARM CONTROL e Manufacturer and reference refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent e Method of displaying calls e Individual lamp for each call point e remote indication is also to be provided at the main reception desk area of the College e Audible warning of calls is to be provided both locally and at the remote station 310 020 DISABLED ALARM CONTROL POWE
123. provide for the sensible cooling requirement of the rooms as well as ensuring the total cooling is catered for In all instances the cooling plant shall be sized and selected so as to maintain the desired in room noise levels with acoustic attenuation measures applied as required to ensure the design criteria is met when operating at the design cooling criteria fan speed and shall be selected to avoid excessive draughts when in operation In all instances the minimum supply air temperature shall be set to 12 C by manufacturer s inbuilt limiting software The grille selection shall be based on ensuring there are no draughts In particular the supply air pattern to the beauty and treatment areas as well as the main spa areas shall be designed to ensure the air is well mixed before entering the occupied zone to prevent the occupants discomfort from temperature differences between supply and room air temperatures General requirements for all comfort cooling systems In all instances the cooling plant shall be sized and selected so as to maintain the desired in room noise levels with acoustic attenuation measures applied as required to ensure the design criteria is met Fan coil units shall be sized to limit the supply air temperature to the room from the fan coil units to 12 C minimum at maximum design conditions higher for beauty treatment and spa areas to suit internal comfort levels The fan coil unit systems shall be individually room cont
124. reference Y90 3030 Fixing to brickwork reference Y90 3040 Fixing to timber rails reference Y90 3050 Fixing to hollow stud tile block wall e Reference Y90 3060A e Fixing to concrete brickwork or blockwork e Reference Y90 3070A e Fixing to metalwork e Reference Y90 3080A e Fixing to structural steelwork and concrete structures e Reference Y90 3090A Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 197 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION PART 3 SPECIFICATION CLAUSES SPECIFIC TO W52 300 000 GENERAL 300 010 STANDARDS e Provide lightning protection system in accordance with BS 6651 e Provide lightning protection connection components complying with BS EN 50164 1 and BS EN 50164 2 e Provide lightning protection system for churches in accordance with the recommendations of the English Heritage and Ecclesiastical Insurance Group Lightning Protection for Churches 300 020 USE OF BUILDING ELEMENTS Ensure that building and structural elements used as items in or bonded to the lightning protection system are designed and erected in accordance with BS 6651 as well as their appropriate constructional specification or code of practice Ensure that all connections to building and structural elements are waterproof and corrosion protected to a degree appropriate to their exposure 300 030 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SPECIALIST Engage a lightning protection specialist to carry out the following
125. serrated outlet to accept hose pipe Lockshield key operated Y11 2470 VENT COCKS TWO WAY GLAND COCK TYPE Bronze body threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 tapered plug with square shank for loose lever plug position indicator bolted gland Y11 2480 VENT COCKS BALL TYPE Bronze or DZR copper alloy body chrome plated DZR ball PTFE seats and stem seals blow out proof stem Permanently identified ports in T configuration Lever operated Y11 2490 VENT COCKS THREE WAY GLAND COCK TYPE Bronze body threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 tapered plug with square shank for loose lever plug position indicator port markings to indicate inlet vent waste bolted gland Port configuration T port Y11 2500A THREE WAY PLUG VALVE VENT COCKS WRENCH OPERATED Cast iron body plug and bottom cover PTFE thrust washer Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 T port configuration Wrench operation Y11 2500B THREE WAY PLUG VALVE VENT COCKS GEAR OPERATED Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 267 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Cast iron body plug and bottom cover PTFE thrust washer Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 T port configuration Gear operation Y11 2510A AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS FLOAT TYPE Construction Bronze or DZR copper alloy body with threaded inlet to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Solid polypropylene float and air release valve Ensure valve is self closing
126. shall be sent to the Supervising Officer Drawings Stamped Category C No work shall be installed manufactured or constructed The contractor shall re submit new shop drawings to the Supervising Officer for review until re submission is not required Any submission marked C shall not be permitted on site The co ordinated returned drawings will incorporate the most onerous classification awarded by any consultant making comment 1 10 8 As Installed Record Prints Throughout the execution of the Sub contract works keep on the site a complete set of up to date prints and schedules marked with As Installed details Make these prints available at any time to the Supervising Officer or his representative If in the event upon completion of the works of it being discovered that the contractor shall have failed to comply with this requirement and it becomes necessary for the Supervising Officer to examine or trace through installed services in order to update the As Installed drawings the cost of this work will be time charged and debited to the retention monies being held on the Contract A1 10 9 As Installed Drawings and Diagrams Unless otherwise agreed the contract works or any part thereof will only be included in a Certificate of Practical Completion when you have issued to the Supervising Officer the final As Installed Drawings and Diagrams These shall consist of two paper copies and a dxf computer disk Pro
127. shall depict in a notepad style the following 65 All cameras connected to the recorder Video retrieval shall be performed by a Selecting the cameras to be played back Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 177 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION b By drag and drop similar to the live view selected cameras shall be inserted into the multiscreen displays so that an operator can view a mix of previously recorded cameras and live video on the same screen c When cameras are selected for playback the notepad shall provide a graphical interface depicting bars that indicate video previously recorded as well as all alarmed video d The playback interface shall offer the ability to playback cameras e One by one f Time synchronized exact time line that the cameras were recorded in g As recorded episodes using the Museum Search feature h Record them as avi files to the storage location The Control Dialog Display Area shall provide a space to work in conjunction with the Other Controls Area When one of the Other Controls is selected the corresponding button palette shall appear in this area The Toolbar shall provide access to all major functionality of the system The Schedule Macro Reports Setup Logout and Shutdown buttons shall be accessible in this area The Schedule Macro button allows the running of preconfigured combinations of camera sensor an
128. size Clean plain ends with fine steel wool or fine sandpaper Type B fitting Ensure that plain ends are cut square Reamer out bore at plain ends to full bore size Clean plain ends with fine steel wool or fine sandpaper Then comply with manufacturer s instructions Making and Sealing As manufacturer s instructions Y10 6040 CAPILLARY JOINTS COPPER PIPES LIGHT GAUGE Preparation Ensure that plain ends are cut square Reamer out bore at plain ends to full bore size Clean plain ends with fine steel wool Making and sealing Use specified flux ensuring no excess material used Make joint in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Clean off traces of flux when joint is completed Y10 6060A ANCHORS COPPER PIPES SADDLE CLAMPS Provide anchors constructed by fitting two flanges to copper female adapters in pipe run at anchor point Bolt together through an interposed mild steel channel section attached to or grouted into building structure Y10 6060B ANCHORS COPPER PIPES SADDLE CLAMPS Anchor pipework using saddle clamps to mild steel channel section attached to or built into building structure Y10 8010 SOLVENT WELDED JOINTS PVC PIPES Use solvent welded joints generally ring seal joints at expansion joints and elsewhere as necessary Preparation Ensure that plain ends are cut square Reamer out bore at plain ends Clean plain ends with solvent cleaner Making and Sealing In accordance with fitting manufacturer
129. socket outlet 1000 unit O Aboveworktop 200 Fused connection Radiator heater 1800 aa ae a al focal point Tubular heater 450 Po Clock 1900 Cooker control unit Above worktop unit ee o transformer Fire alarm manual 1200 call point Bell or buzzer 2000 Visible alarm 2000 indicator In car parks and garages comply with appropriate petroleum regulation for mounting heights of socket outlets Y74 3070 ACCESSORIES MOUNTING HEIGHTS Provide switches and socket outlets for lighting and other equipment in habitable rooms at appropriate heights between 450mm and 1200mm from finished floor level in accordance with Building Regulations Approved Document M and BS 8300 Y80 EARTHING AND BONDING COMPONENTS Y80 1000 GENERAL 1010 MATERIALS GENERALLY Use materials and installations methods in accordance with BS 6651 BS 7671 BS 7430 Electricity Safety Quality and Continuity Regulations and Local Electricity Supply Authority Requirements as appropriate Y80 2010A CONDUCTORS FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEMS HORIZONTAL AIR TERMINATIONS e Covering colour Use Horizontal air termination or down conductor Minimum dimension BS EN 50164 2 Table 1 Form Strip Material Copper annealed Coverings None or PVC Accessories Ridge Saddle conductor clips non metallic glazing bar holdfast slate holdfast backplate holdfast all accessories sized to suit conductors Project No BSD111
130. spade terminals for electrical connections to volt free contacts Relays Use demountable relays of the totally enclosed type Use screw down clamp or locking spade terminals and ensure they are shrouded Signalling from starters Control equipment Obtain advice from the relevant supplier when additional facilities are to be fitted to control equipment supplied by others Use the knockouts cable routes and terminals etc incorporated into the design of control devices Packaged plant Ensure that connections to packaged plant are made within the packaged plant control panel Fit an additional enclosure where this is not possible Ensure that all connections between the BMS and packaged plant are 24v maximum 320 100 FIXING AND CONNECTION CONTROL PANELS Control panel design Ensure that the requirements of prEN 13646 are met Ensure that the layout of control panels reflects the layout of the plant being served Ensure that indicators and controls for associated plant are grouped Ensure that all doors on panels containing exposed dangerous voltages are provided with interlocked isolators such that the door cannot be opened except with the isolator in the off position Ensure that isolation complies with BS 7671 Ensure that equipment that requires on line adjustment and testing by non electrically qualified personnel is accessible and usable without interrupting the supply or overriding safety interlocks Ensure that in general field
131. standards set in the CIBSE Commissioning Codes Y51 3030A COMMISSIONING WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS INCLUDING BSRIA PRE COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST Preliminary checks Carry out checks and procedures as detailed in CIBSE Commissioning Code W Section W1 Ensure system is statically complete as defined in section B4 of BSRIA Application Guide 2 89 Commissioning of water systems in buildings Use pre commissioning checklist from BSRIA Application guide 2 89 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 309 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Setting to work and regulation Set to work and regulate water distribution systems in accordance with CIBSE Commissioning Code W Sections W2 and W3 and sections C3 and C4 in BSRIA Application Guide 2 89 Measurement Use instruments for measurement detailed in BSRIA Application Guide 2 89 Y51 3040A COMMISSIONING AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS INCLUDING BSRIA PRE COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST Preliminary checks Carry out checks and procedures as detailed in CIBSE Commissioning Code A Section A1 Ensure system is statically complete as defined in section B4 of BSRIA Application Guide 3 89 Commissioning of air systems in buildings Use pre commissioning checklist in BSRIA Application guide 3 89 Setting to work and regulation Set to work and regulate air distribution systems in accordance with CIBSE Commissioning Code A Section A2 and sections C3
132. system such that the heat emitters shall be opened to ensure sufficient heat is being emitted before the natural ventilation dampers are opened to ensure no cold draughts The control system shall provide a 15 minute run on timer for the shunt pumps The control system shall provide a self learning optimised start control for the heating system via the external sensor In addition the controls system shall provide weather compensated variable temperature radiator circuit controls for the space heating again via the external temperature sensor The control system shall enable monitor and provide auto duty rotation standby changeover for the twin head pumps sets The controls system shall monitor for fault and shall raise an alarm accordingly The controls specialist shall supply install and commission inverter control for the pumps and associated pressure monitoring devices The controls system shall monitor for fault and shall raise an alarm accordingly The controls system shall provide modulating control to heat emitters via two port modulating control valves where necessary The valves shall be free issue by the controls specialist to the mechanical contractor for installation by the mechanical contractor Underfloor heating System The building shall be served by a number of zones of underfloor heating system The underfloor heating system shall be controlled by the BMS such that the system shall control the motorised valves serving the
133. the thermostat must be located inside the ductwork and downstream of the heat exchanger if the ductwork is outdoors or in an unheated space The capillary should be installed in the air flow downstream of the first heating coil exposed to frost The capillary must be installed diagonal to the heat exchanger pipes or in a serpentine manner at right angles to the pipes Room sensor Sensors should be installed at a height of 1 5 m in occupied spaces and at least 50 cm from any adjacent walls The sensor should be located in an area representative of the entire control zone The sensor should be located away from heat sources e g office IT equipment The sensor should be located in the area it controls Sensor locations near air currents generated by diffusers or openable windows for example should be avoided The sensor must not be exposed to direct solar radiation Avoid external walls except were unavoidable Use insulated backplates Avoid recesses and alcoves The conduit entry points to the sensor wall box should be sealed where there is a risk of air from another zone flowing over the sensor element Do not install near or under lamps or above radiators Avoid chimney walls Do not install directly adjacent to doors Do not install behind curtains Do not fit to walls concealing hot water pipes Outdoor air temperature sensors Do not install on facades affected by significant rising heat or facades which will be heated by s
134. this matter Customs and Excise Dues and Royalties With the exception of Value Added Tax the Sub contractor shall include in his Tender Custom and Excise Dues and Royalties and similar other charges all strictly nett Any refund of these items shall be wholly to the Employer s benefit Resources temporary works and services to be provided by the Contractor in constructing the contract works A1 9 1 Supervision i The contract shall allow for keeping on the site throughout the duration of the contract period and until the work is completed to the satisfaction of the Supervising Officer a competent Engineer whose name shall have been communicated in writing to the Supervising Officer This representative shall supervise and superintend the carrying out of the works on the site prepare progress schedules and programme s and ensure full exchange of information with other trades and shall be permanently available during the Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A1 9 2 ii vi Staff working hours on the site and shall attend all meetings on the site when requested The site representative shall be fully authorised and qualified to accept written instructions from the Supervising Officer via the Main Contractor and issue instructions on behalf of the Contractor and shall keep a diary recording the day to day progress of the work
135. tinned copper for galvanized trunking fixed on outside of trunking secured by screws nuts and shakeproof washers Screws must not project through the nut Make provision for continuity to be achieved without need to remove paint from ferrous metal where trunking has a painted finish Screws Nuts Washers Do not use self tapping screws Use cheese or round head screws except where provision is made for the use of counter sunk heads Material Use steel zinc coated e BS 3382 Parts 1 and 2 Cable supports Provide horizontal trunking with removable cable retainers or bridges to retain cables in situ Provide vertical trunking with pin racks to support cables at 3000 mm maximum spacing Use insulated pins or insulation sleeved pins on pin racks Y60 2130A PVC SERVICE TRUNKING GENERAL PURPOSE Trunking to BS 4678 4 Mechanical properties trunking for medium mechanical stress Temperature tolerances BS 4678 4 Table 1 Electrical characteristics Without electrical insulating characteristics Resistance against ingress of solid objects Protected against solid objects greater than 1 0mm IP4X Resistance to ingress of water Protected against dripping water IPX2 Resistance against corrosive or polluting substances Medium protection Fittings Use fittings from same manufacturer as trunking Use snap on covers Use trunking fittings and accessories suitable for jointing by solvent welding Use proprietary cable retaining clips at 500
136. to equipment without integral clamping terminals use compression lugs unless otherwise indicated Y61 4180A TERMINATING MINERAL INSULATED CABLES Use terminations in accordance with BS EN 60702 2 and components and materials recommended or supplied by cable manufacturer Use seals with maximum temperature rating indicated stub caps to the largest size available and drilled caps and headed sleeves for larger sizes Use glands of type indicated At terminations to accessory boxes within a plaster or render finish cable clamps fixed to accessory box and firmly gripping cable sheath may be used Use earth tail seals with sheath grip type accessory boxes At equipment not provided with threaded entries secure glands using lock washers and locknuts or brass conduit bush Use gland shrouds when plastic covered MI cables are used Using PVC PIB or LSF material tape to BS 3924 or BS EN 60454 to match sheath tape overall gland any bare copper sheath and form seal to cable sheath under all shrouds Mark core sleeving with appropriate identification Install voltage surge suppressors in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations and surge suppressors to BS 7671 Section 331 01 01 Y61 4190A CABLE JOINTS MINERAL INSULATED CABLES Joint mineral insulated cables using methods and materials recommended by cable manufacturer Terminate cables in externally threaded glands using seals with temperature rating indicated Join conductors using crimp
137. type 3 pin plug socket to BS 546 Load carrying capacity to match selected luminaire Y74 2050C LUMINAIRE CONNECTORS CORD GRIP GENERAL AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING Rating 2A Connector type Cord grip type plug socket and screw on retaining cover to BS 5733 3 pin or 4 pin Luminaire supporting coupler to BS 7001 Load carrying capacity to match selected luminaire Y74 2080A FUSE CONNECTION UNITS SWITCHED Standard BS 1363 4 enclosure box to BS 4662 and switched Unit type Rocker bar plastic Pole configuration DP Ancillaries Cord outlet or cord grip and fuse as indicated Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 352 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y74 2080B FUSE CONNECTION UNITS UNSWITCHED Standard BS 1363 4 enclosure box to BS 4662 and unswitched Pole configuration DP Ancillaries Cord outlet or cord grip and fuse as indicated Lockable fuse carrier Y74 2090A SOCKET OUTLETS SINGLE SWITCHED Standard 13A socket outlet to BS 1363 enclosure box to BS 4662 Switching Switched Switch type Rocker bar plastic Rating 13A Ancillaries Plug tops 25 of number of sockets fused as indicated Gangs 1 Y74 2090B SOCKET OUTLETS SINGLE WITH INTEGRAL RCD SWITCHED Standard Enclosure box to BS 4662 BS 7288 Switching Switched Switch type Rocker bar plastic Rating 13A Ancillaries RCD BS 7288 Mains failure trip sensiti
138. video input ports power switch 4 USB connectors 1 serial port relay screw terminal block sensors screw terminal block PTZ screw terminal block optional audio input screw terminal block VGA monitor port optional 4 channel analog video matrix output network port and 2 16 channel video looping ports The rack to house the CCTV recording equipment will be provided by the contractor and housed within the security office area The recorder shall have a nominal system live playback and transmission video rate of 30 60 120 or 240 fps based on selected model This rate shall be divided by configuration among the total camera inputs It shall have 4 levels of resolution with 2 levels of compression comprising 8 quality levels The maximum displayed resolution shall be 720 x 480 864 x 586 PAL pixels per image scalable for speed and quality The supported and automatically detected video formats shall be NTSC PAL EIA and CCIR The 30 60 and 120 fps recorder models shall be 7 0 inches 178 mm high 4 RU 19 0 inches 482 mm wide and 22 0 inches 559 mm deep The 240 fps recorder models shall be 7 0 inches 178 mm high 4 RU 19 0 inches 482 mm wide and 24 25 inches 616 mm deep All dimensions exclude rack handles and connectors They shall weigh 50 Ib 22 6 kg They shall have a screened steel case construction and be finished in black color The recorder shall be Vicon Industries base models KP30 KP60 KP120 and KP240
139. warranty periods shall be extended at the expense of the contractor so as to remain at a period length of one year from practical completion date or longer if stated so in the Main Contract Preliminaries document Regulations A1 17 1 General Materials products and completed systems in this Sub contract shall comply with the following i This Specification ii Health and Safety at Work Act ili Home Office Rules iv Local Authorities By Laws and Regulations iv Water Supply Authority Requirements vi Electricity Supply Authority Requirements vii Gas Supply Authority Requirements viii Fre Prevention Officer s Requirements Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 29 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A1 17 2 ix Any Other Special Licensing Authority Requirements x Appropriate International British Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice current and those to be being implemented during the course of the contract xi Gas Safety Regulations xii Construction Design Management Regulations 1994 xiii Clean Air Acts xiv Control of Pollution Act xv Regulations under the Factories Act The sub contractor shall notify the Supervising Officer of any revisions or addition to the foregoing as they are published during the installation of the works The Supervising Officer will give appropriate instructions in each case The sub contractor shal
140. will give each meter an individual reference and will set up software to present individual meter readings collective readings for end use and analysis CIBSE TM39 2009 should be used for guidance The BMS will include its own PC and 28 LCD display monitor which will allow standard formats to be displayed on screen The addition of a printer will also allow print out Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 74 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 6 0 Plant Locations Services Distribution and General Considerations 6 1 Plant locations It is currently proposed that the building shall be arranged so as to provide a number of dedicated plant areas as follows 1 Ground floor plant room 2 Roof mounted plant areas 6 2 Access to plant and plant removal The plant areas and plantroom sizes shall be considered to accommodate adequate maintenance access for routine and replacement maintenance activities and an access and maintenance strategy shall be developed as part of the design 6 3 Plant vibration It is intended that the required measures shall be taken in the siting and the design of the plant to control structure borne vibration to within the required parameters In order to achieve this the fan units shall be located on anti vibration mounts and the pump sets shall be located on inertia bases 6 4 External and internal acoustics The external and acoustic noise criteria o
141. with this specification document and the employer s requirement documentation PART 2 SELECTION SCHEDULES FOR REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 260 000 CONDUIT AND TRUNKING 260 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y60 1000 and those detailed below e Supply conduit and cable trunking as specified in section V20 These standards apply to the whole of this specification 260 020 CONDUIT SYSTEMS e Type Galvanised steel conduit e Application To provide mechanical protection to cabling and to route cables to points of use where surface is exposed e Manufacturer and reference Refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent e Metal e Rigid e Class 4 reference Y60 2010B e Fittings e Reference Y60 2020A e Support and fixing reference Y60 2170 260 030 METAL TRUNKING e Type Galvanised trunking e Application To provide mechanical protection to cabling as shown on the system drawings e Manufacturer and reference Refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent e Cable trunking and fittings e Reference Y60 2080A Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 149 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Trunking Type e Standard cable trunking Installation e Surface Trunking e Class 1 3 reference Y60 2090B Separate or multi compartment trunking e Reference Y60 2150A Support and fixing reference Y60 2170 260 040 TRU
142. 010B Welded joints reference Y10 5020 Painting welded joints reference Y10 5030 Flanged joints reference Y10 5040 Screwed joints reference Y10 5050 Mechanical joints reference Y10 5060 Anchors U bolts reference Y10 5070A Flanges reference Y10 5070B Pipework painting reference Y10 5090 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 124 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 210 100 WORKMANSHIP COPPER PIPEWORK Compression joints reference Y10 6030 Capillary joints reference Y10 6040 Anchors Flanges reference Y10 6060A Saddle clamps reference Y10 6060B 210 130 WORKMANSHIP Protection of underground pipework reference Y10 9030 Protection of buried pipes Unmarked reference Y10 9040A Marked reference Y10 9040B Steelwork painting Reference Y10 9120A 211 000 PIPELINE ANCILLARIES 211 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y11 1000 and those detailed below 211 030 STOP VALVES WRAS approved Kitemark certified Pipe material To suit copper tube To suit steel tube Stop taps to BS 1010 2 Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2010A Capillary to BS EN 1254 1 reference Y11 2010B Stop valves to BS EN 1213 for potable water supplies Compression ends for copper reference Y11 2015A Capillary reference Y11 2015C Threaded reference Y11 2015D Gate valves to BS EN 12288 Screwed to BS EN ISO
143. 013 Rev T1 307 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y50 3270 INTEGRITY OF VAPOUR BARRIERS Where a vapour barrier is indicated ensure its integrity throughout Repair immediately any damage to vapour barriers and where such barriers have been applied off site repair to manufacturer s instructions Where aluminium sheeting is used for protection submit proposals for securing sheeting without impairing the integrity of the vapour seal for approval Y51 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SERVICES Y51 1000 GENERAL Y51 2010 PRESSURE TESTING GENERAL Comply with procedures given in HVCA TR 6 Guide to Good Practice for Site Pressure Testing of Pipework Ensure safety precautions detailed in HSE Guidance Note GS4 Safety in Pressure Testing are adopted Provide a blanked connection to accommodate a check gauge in addition to the accurate gauge fitted to section under test Test concealed or buried pipework before any permanent covering is applied Advise appropriate personnel in advance of the time pressure tests may be witnessed Y51 2020 PRESSURE TESTING WATER CIRCULATING AND SUPPLY SYSTEMS AND STEAM AND CONDENSE LINES Carry out Hydraulic Pressure Testing as described in HVCA TR 6 Guide to good Practice for Site Pressure Testing of Pipework Test section by section for one hour as the work proceeds and prior to application of thermal insulation as follows Operating gauge pressu
144. 030B Application off site reference Y91 3040 Application reference Y91 3050 Cold galvanizing reference Y91 3060 Protection of bright machine parts reference Y91 3070 PART 3 SPECIFICATION CLAUSES SPECIFIC TO T31 300 000 GENERAL 300 001 PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE PRESSURE EQUIPMENT REGULATIONS All equipment and assemblies which fall within the scope of the Pressure Equipment Directive PED 97 23 EC implemented in the UK through the Pressure Equipment Regulations 1999 must be tested by the manufacturers and be certified as compliant with the Directive Such compliance shall be evidenced by displaying the appropriate CE Mark on the equipment and assemblies Only relevant equipment and assemblies certified as compliant will be permitted under this specification and any substitution put forward must also be compliant with the Directive 300 010 SITE DIMENSIONS Check dimensions on site prior to ordering 300 020 TESTING Test at manufacturer s works to appropriate British Standard to suit pressure and temperature conditions of system 310 000 PRODUCTS MATERIALS 310 020 RADIATORS GENERALLY Ensure radiators are manufactured and rated in accordance with BS EN 442 320 000 WORKMANSHIP 320 010 INSTALLATION Install in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations to give a neat appearance with supports out of view where possible Ensure equipment is firmly fixed and level Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013
145. 0A Pipework support reference Y10 4210 Wire rope suspension system reference Y10 4215 210 080 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP Appearance reference Y10 4010 Spacing reference Y10 4020 Gradients reference Y10 4030 Air venting requirements Air bottles reference Y10 4040A Automatic air vents reference Y10 4040B Drain requirements reference Y10 4050 Expansion and contraction reference Y10 4060 Pipe fittings Bends swept tees reference Y10 4070A Elbows square tees reference Y10 4070B Pipes through walls and floors reference Y10 4110 Pipes through walls and floors fire stopping reference Y10 4110 Pipe sleeves Reference Y10 4120A Insulation carried through reference Y10 4120B Pipe sleeves through fire barriers reference Y10 4125 Connections to equipment reference Y10 4130 Distribution headers reference Y10 4140 Temporary plugs caps and flanges Reference Y10 4150A Flanged joints general reference Y10 4160 Dissimilar metals reference Y10 4170 Pipe rings and clips reference Y10 4180 Anchors reference Y10 4190 Slide guides reference Y10 4200 Pipe supports reference Y10 4205 Support spacing reference Y10 4220 Isolation and regulation Reference Y10 4230A Maintenance and renewal reference Y10 4240 Cleaning reference Y10 4250 Non ferrous components reference Y10 4260 210 090 WORKMANSHIP STEEL PIPEWORK Welding general Class 1 reference Y10 5010A Class 2 reference Y10 5
146. 0A Automatic air vents reference Y10 4040B Drain requirements reference Y10 4050 Expansion and contraction reference Y10 4060 Pipe fittings Bends swept tees reference Y10 4070A Elbows square tees reference Y10 4070B Pipes through walls and floors reference Y10 4110 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 88 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Pipe sleeves Reference Y10 4120A Insulation carried through reference Y10 4120B Pipe sleeves through fire barriers reference Y10 4125 Connections to equipment reference Y10 4130 Distribution headers reference Y10 4140 Temporary plugs caps and flanges Reference Y10 4150A Flanged joints general reference Y10 4160 Dissimilar metals reference Y10 4170 Pipe rings and clips reference Y10 4180 Anchors reference Y10 4190 Slide guides reference Y10 4200 Pipe supports reference Y10 4205 Support spacing reference Y10 4220 Isolation and regulation Reference Y10 4230A Maintenance and renewal reference Y10 4240 Cleaning reference Y10 4250 Non ferrous components reference Y10 4260 210 100 WORKMANSHIP COPPER PIPEWORK Compression joints reference Y10 6030 Capillary joints reference Y10 6040 Anchors Flanges reference Y10 6060A Saddle clamps reference Y10 6060B 211 000 PIPELINE ANCILLARIES 211 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y11 1000 and those detail
147. 1 273 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION insulation method proposed for approval e Supports Arrange supports for control components to ensure no strain is imposed on components e Access Arrange control components to ensure adequate access for operation and maintenance Y11 4060 VENT COCKS Provide outlets of vent cocks with discharge pipes Y11 4070 VALVE STUFFING BOXES Adjust glands of all stuffing boxes at normal plant operating temperature and pressure in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Ensure that valve action is not impaired by over tightening Y11 4080A DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS SAFETY VALVES Fit pipework connections where indicated to provide discharge connection to Safety and Relief valves terminating at a safe discharge point Y11 4080B DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS VENT COCKS Fit pipework connections where indicated to provide discharge connection to vent cocks terminating 150mm above floor level Y11 4080C DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS AIR BOTTLES Fit pipework connections where indicated to provide bleed connection from air bottles terminating with air cock or needle valve in a convenient position Y11 4080D DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS Fit pipework connections where indicated to provide discharge pipe to automatic air vents terminating over a Suitable gully or drain line in a visible location Y11 4090 EXPANSION DEVICES Where expansion an
148. 1 1983 Shower units Part 1 Guide on choice of shower units and their components for use in private dwellings BS 6340 2 1983 Shower units Part 2 Specification for the installation of shower units BS 6340 4 1984 Shower units Part 4 Specification for shower heads and related equipment BS 6340 5 1983 Shower units Part 5 Specification for prefabricated shower trays made from acrylic material Partially superseded by BS EN 251 2003 BS 6340 6 1983 Shower units Part 6 Specification for prefabricated shower trays made from porcelain enamelled cast iron Partially superseded by BS EN 251 2003 BS 6340 7 1983 Shower units Part 7 Specification for prefabricated shower trays made from vitreous enamelled sheet steel Partially superseded by BS EN 251 2003 BS 6340 8 1985 Shower units Part 8 Specification for prefabricated shower trays made from glazed ceramic Partially superseded by BS EN 251 2003 BS EN 10226 1 2004 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 109 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Pipe threads where pressure tight joints are made on the threads Part 1 Taper external threads and parallel internal threads Dimensions tolerances and designation BS EN 1092 1 2002 Flanges and their joints Circular flanges for pipes valves fittings and accessories PN designated Part 1 Steel flanges BS EN 1092 2 1997 Flanges and their joints Circular flanges for pi
149. 1 2040B e Heavy duty mineral insulated cables 261 050 STANDARD WIRING AND POWER CABLES Standard power supply cables Thermosetting insulation and copper conductors PVC insulation and copper conductors LSF sheathed and armoured reference Y61 2020E Standard wires for conduit and trunking LSF insulated with copper conductors reference Y61 2020G Standard flat cables 2 core or 3 core with copper conductors with or without CPC LSF insulated sheathed reference Y61 2020J Standard power supply cables LSF insulation sheathed reference Y61 2020K Standard cables with definite fire performance reference Y61 2020M Standard cables where penetration by sharp objects is a high risk reference Y61 2020N 261 060 CONTROL AND AUXILIARY CABLES Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 203 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Paired STP unarmoured control cables reference Y61 2050C e Multi core unarmoured LSF sheathed auxiliary cables reference Y61 2050G 261 110 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY CABLES e Structured wiring reference Y61 2100A 261 130 CABLE GLANDS Unarmoured cables indoors reference Y61 3010A Unarmoured cables outdoors reference Y61 3010B Armoured cables dry indoors reference Y61 3010C Armoured cables indoors reference Y61 3010D Armoured cables outdoors reference Y61 3010E 261 140 CABLE SEALS AND GLANDS MINERAL INSULATED CABLES e Heavy and l
150. 10 1000 and those detailed below 210 020 STEEL PIPES AND FITTINGS Carbon steel pipes to BS EN 10255 Medium black reference Y10 2010B Carbon steel fittings to BS EN 10255 Reference Y10 2020A Carbon steel fittings to BS 1965 1 Medium weight reference Y10 2060B Malleable cast iron fittings screwed Black reference Y10 2070A Jointing materials Circular flanges Welding flanges reference Y10 3010A Screwed flanges reference Y10 3010B Jointing rings for circular flanges Non metallic flat for flanges to BS EN 1092 1 reference Y10 3020A Metallic for flanges to BS EN 1092 1 reference Y10 3020B Screwed joints to BS 21and BS EN 10226 1 Paste and hemp and PTFE tape reference Y10 3030A PTFE tape reference Y10 3030B Where chemical cleaning is required reference Y10 3030C Union connections Railroad pattern reference Y10 3040A Navy pattern reference Y10 3040B Welding rods Reference Y10 3050A 210 030 COPPER PIPES AND FITTINGS Copper pipe half hard Class X Uncoated reference Y10 2270A Capillary fittings for copper tubing General potable range reference Y10 2310A Compression fittings for copper tubing Type A compression fittings reference Y10 2320A Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 123 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 210 070 PIPEWORK ACCESSORIES Wall floor and ceiling masking plates Chromium plated reference Y10 319
151. 15B Restrictions on use of materials reference Y50 2020 Mineral fibre pipe insulation Foil faced reference Y50 2030A Vapour barrier permeance Reference Y50 2170A Adhesives reference Y50 2190 Protection Polyisobutylene reference Y50 2200A Flat aluminium zinc coated steel reference Y50 2200C Aluminium sheeting reference Y50 2200E Galvanized sheet steel reference Y50 2200F Reinforcement Aluminium bands 300mm centres reference Y50 2210A Thickness table Insulation thickness calculation methods reference Y50 2285 Non domestic heating installations reference Y50 2310 250 060 MINERAL FIBRE THERMAL INSULATION DUCTWORK European Classification for Reaction to Fire Performance Class A1 reference Y50 1035A Class A2 reference Y50 1035B Class B reference Y50 1035C Class C reference Y50 1035D CFC s and HCFC s reference Y50 1040 Spread of flame as BS 476 7 Reference Y50 1050A Smoke emission characteristics Reference Y50 1055A Inspection and testing reference Y50 1090 Thermal conductivity reference Y50 2010 Thermal performance life expectancy For plant design life reference Y50 2015A Details reference Y50 2015B Restrictions on use of materials reference Y50 2020 Mineral fibre duct insulation Rigid Foil faced reference Y50 2040A Flexible Foil faced reference Y50 2050A Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 145 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES
152. 20 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 355 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y80 2010B CONDUCTORS FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEMS SELF SUPPORTING AIR TERMINATIONS Use Air termination vertical Minimum dimension BS EN 50164 2 Table 1 x 1Form Rod Material Copper hard drawn Coverings None Accessories Terminal base ridge saddle rod brackets rod to tape coupling Y80 2010C CONDUCTORS TO EARTHING SYSTEMS TO BS 7430 Use Earthing conductor Minimum dimension BS 7430 current density 50A mm Form Strip Material Copper annealed Coverings None Accessories Conductor clips metallic Y80 2020A LIGHTNING PROTECTION CONDUCTOR JOINTS First Conductor Form strip material copper Dimensions To BS EN 50164 2 Table 1 minimum for lightning protection system Second conductor Form rod material copper Dimensions To BS EN 50164 2 Table 1 minimum for lightning protection system Solid joint Brazed or welded thermic Disconnecting test joint Square clamp oblong clamp plate clamp or screw down clamp Y80 2020B EARTHING SYSTEMS CONDUCTOR JOINTS First Conductor Form strip material copper Dimensions For conductor current density 50A mm earthing systems Second conductor Form rod material copper Dimensions For conductor current density 50A mm earthing systems Solid joint Brazed or welded thermic Disconnecting
153. 282 030 LABELS AND NOTICES MATERIALS e Material e Reference Y82 2020A e Fixing e Reference Y82 2030A e Arrangement e Reference Y82 2040A e Lettering and size of labels and notices e Reference Y82 2050A 282 040 CONDUCTOR ARRANGEMENT e Reference Y82 2060A 282 045 GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR USE ON EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS EN 80416 e Reference Y82 2085 282 050 EQUIPMENT SIGNS AND LABELS e Safety signs e Reference Y82 2070A e Plant and equipment labels e Reference Y82 2080A e Maintenance notices reference Y82 2090 e Colour corrected light fittings reference Y82 2100 e Motors and starters labels e Reference Y82 2110A e Engraved accessory plates e Reference Y82 2120A e Switchgear e Reference Y82 2130A e Distribution boards reference Y82 2140 282 055 GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR USE ON EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS EN 80416 Reference Y82 2085 282 090 CONDUIT AND TRUNKING COLOUR CODING e Reference Y82 2180A 282 100 CABLE IDENTIFICATION e Cable identification e Reference Y82 2190A e Terminal marking and conductor identification e Reference Y82 2200A e Underground cable identification e Reference Y82 2210A Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 163 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Cable conductor colour coding e Reference Y82 2220A e Cable jointing and termination reference Y82 2230 e Cable sheath identification internal e Reference
154. 4010 APPEARANCE Arrange all exposed pipe runs to present neat appearance parallel with other pipe or service runs and building structure subject to gradients for draining or venting Ensure all vertical pipes are plumb or follow building line Y10 4020 SPACING Space pipe runs in relation to one another other services runs and building structure allow for specified thickness of thermal insulation and ensure adequate space for access to pipe joints etc The following are recommended as minimum clearances in spacing of pipe runs Y10 4030 GRADIENTS Install pipework with gradients to allow drainage and or air release and to the slopes where indicated Y10 4040A AIR BOTTLES Provide a means of venting the pipe system at all high points Provide a vertical extension from the pipe approximately 100mm long at the bore of the pipe with a copper extension pipe with a manual vent cock located in an easily accessible position Y10 4040B AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS Provide a means of venting the pipe system at all high points Provide an automatic air vent valve with a copper outlet pipe from the valve to a tundish in an adjacent drain line or to another suitable location Y10 4050 DRAIN REQUIREMENTS Grade pipework to allow system to be drained Provide a means of draining the system at all low points Y10 4060 EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION Arrange supports and fixings to accommodate pipe movement caused by the thermal changes generally all
155. 515 and BS EN 573 or BS EN 755 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 297 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y46 2220A GRILLE AND DIFFUSER CONSTRUCTION Ensure grilles and diffusers are robust and mounting frame flanges on square and rectangular terminals have mitred corners Fit a rubber or plastic foam sealing strip or gasket to rear face of flange Diffusers Ensure face of diffuser outer cone or frame is completely smooth Y46 2230A LOUVRE CONSTRUCTION Ensure louvres are robust Incorporate in purpose made sub frame Provide drip cills as indicated Y46 2240 MOUNTING Grilles Flanged screw fixings Quick release fasteners Concealed fixings Spring clips Diffusers Flanged screw fixings Hidden screw fixing Rear suspension brackets Internal concealed fixings Spring edge clips Louvres Flanged screw fixings Side screw fixings Rear angles or cleats Y46 3010A OPPOSED BLADE VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS LOCAL CONTROL Balance and tension operating mechanisms to give positive setting for blade positions from fully open to fully closed Local blade operation Supply device for operating damper blades through face or side of grille diffuser as indicated Y46 3070 BLANKING PLATES Supply blanking plates to restrict projection of air flow from a particular section of grille or diffuser Ensure that indicated dimensions or angles in degrees are maintained
156. 60 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y60 1000 and those detailed below e Supply conduit and cable trunking as specified in section V20 These standards apply to the whole of this specification 274 000 ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRICAL SERVICES 274 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y74 1000 and those detailed below e Supply accessories for electrical services in accordance with schedule reference as found in the appendices of this specification V40 EMERGENCY LIGHTING PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 030 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The contractor shall design install test commission and demonstrate an emergency lighting scheme for the new building in acordance with BS 5266 this epcificatio document and the employer s requirement documents 100 040 CONTROL REQUIREMENTS The emergency lighting is to be controlled for testing utilising secret key type switches located adjacent to the relevant distribution board PART 2 SELECTION SCHEDULES FOR REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 168 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 273 000 LUMINAIRES AND LAMPS PART 3 SPECIFICATION CLAUSES SPECIFIC TO V40 300 000 GENERAL 300 010 EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM e Type Self contained luminaires as defined in the luminaire schedule and as shown on the system drawings 300 020 ILLUMINATION OF SIGNS e Applicatio
157. 6500 BS 7211 and BS 7919 in accordance with BS 7540 1 BS 7540 2 BS 7540 3 or the manufacturer s written instructions Y61 4050A CABLE TRENCHES Ensure that trenches for cables and cable ducts are prepared backfilled and reinstated Supervise all work to cable trenches by others Carry out walk over survey of trench route dig trial hole in any area considered to be potentially difficult Establish location of any other underground service adjacent to cable route Re plan cable routes after survey and trial holes Submit report of survey and trial holes Carry out any instructed work to adjacent services Set out cable trenches excavate trench carefully setting aside any materials required for backfilling or reinstatement Minimum cover in cable trenches HV cables 800mm LV cables 500mm communications cables 500mm all cables 800mm under roadways Trench Common trench for all underground services Grade trench bottom to a maximum slope of 1 12 Clear trench bottom of loose stones and place bedding to full width of trench Bedding Riddled earth 6mm grid for cables riddled earth 12mm grid for ducts imported soft sand or pea shingle for ducts Bedding thickness 75mm or 100mm for ducts Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 329 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Install cables or ducts Haunch cables or ducts in bedding material to a minimum depth of 75mm above highest c
158. 680C COMPRESSION PIPELINE STRAINERS BRONZE Material Bronze to BS EN 1982 Ends Compression fittings to BS EN 1254 2 Pattern Y pattern body Screen free area Not less than 250 of pipe bore Screen perforations 15 to 50mm nominal size within range 0 7 0 9 mm diameter 65mm and over nominal size within range 1 5 1 8mm diameter Internal to external flow through screen Provide plugged connections for drain air vent and differential pressure monitoring threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Y11 2680D PIPELINE STRAINERS CAST IRON Material Cast iron Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 Pattern Y pattern body Screen free area Not less than 250 of pipe bore Screen perforations 15 to 50mm nominal size within range 0 7 0 9 mm diameter 65mm and over nominal size within range 1 5 1 8mm diameter Internal to external flow through screen Provide plugged connections for drain air vent and differential pressure monitoring threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Y11 2690A TUNDISHES COPPER Provide tundishes located adjacent to equipment as indicated Use 3mm minimum thickness copper sheet Form sheet into a tapered reducing cone with a minor diameter to suit drain line Major diameter nominally 50 mm larger than minor diameter tapering at approximately 30 degrees Y11 2690B TUNDISHES MILD STEEL GALVANIZED Provide tundishes located adjacent to equipment as indicated Use mild steel sheet galvanize
159. 7 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Method of introducing chemicals Chemical dosing for scale and corrosion inhibitors Continuous timer controller or proportional dosing as appropriate Bleed off control Biocide dosing automatic dosing control Y25 2060C PACKAGED CHEMICAL INJECTION AND DOSING PLANT Provide packaged monitoring and treatment plants Y25 2060D DOSING CLOSED SYSTEMS Chemical feed Provide feeder dosing pots with a tundish for filling separate air vent with discharge tube drain and isolating valves Install in each water system a means of taking a sample as follows Chilled water systems provide a gate valve and discharge Heating systems provide a sample cooler with a copper coil and cooling jacket with cooling water valve and drained to waste Y25 2060E DOSING OPEN SYSTEMS Chemical dosing Provide an interface between water treatment plant and system pumps to allow the initiation of water circulation in addition to the requirements of the building services Where control by passes are used set valves to allow reduced circulation but not complete isolation of the equipment Provide control of chemical inhibitors by linking the dosing pump control unit to operate on a signal from a water meter Provide skid mounted packaged equipment to feed chemical inhibitors including pre wired controls and dosing pump high density polyethylene tank chemical diaph
160. ADED STOP VALVES GATE TYPE TO BS EN 1984 Pattern Full bore or reduced bore Materials Cast steel body and materials to suit fluid and operating conditions Ends Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Operation Handwheel Y11 2080A THREADED END BALL TYPE VALVES SCREW DRIVER KEY OPERATED Materials Bronze or DZR copper alloy body Ends Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Chrome or nickel plated DZR sphere with full bore flow aperture PTFE seats and stem seals Anti blowout stem Operation Screw driver operated or key operated Y11 2080B COMPRESSION END BALL TYPE VALVES SCREW DRIVER KEY OPERATED Materials Bronze or DZR copper alloy body Ends Compression fittings to BS EN 1254 2 Chrome or nickel plated DZR sphere with full bore flow aperture PTFE seats and stem seals Anti blowout stem Operation Screw driver operated or key operated Y11 2080C THREADED END BALL TYPE VALVES LEVER OPERATED Materials Bronze or DZR copper alloy body Ends Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Chrome or nickel plated DZR sphere with full bore flow aperture PTFE seats and stem seals Anti blowout stem Operation lever operated Y11 2080D COMPRESSION END BALL TYPE VALVES LEVER OPERATED Materials Bronze or DZR copper alloy body Ends Compression fittings to BS EN 1254 2 Chrome or nickel plated DZR sphere with full bore flow aperture PTFE seats and stem seals Anti blowout stem Operation le
161. AL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Code letters preceding cable reference Fire alarm FA Clock CL Telecommunications T Data D Control C Low voltage LV Extra low voltage ELV LV Essential circuits EM Medium voltage HV Y82 2250A CABLE SHEATH IDENTIFICATION EXTERNAL Identify cable sheaths for various services in accordance with NJUG Guidelines on the Positioning and Colour Coding of Utilities Apparatus as follows MV Red LV Black telecommunications and data Grey Y82 2250B CABLE SHEATH IDENTIFICATION EXTERNAL SCOTLAND Identify cable sheaths for various services in accordance with NJUG Guidelines on the Positioning and Colour Coding of utilities Apparatus as follows MV Red LV Purple telecommunications and data Grey Y82 2260A ADDITIONAL SAFETY SIGNS Provide at locations shown or as appropriate safety signs to BS 5499 with colours and dimensions as of BS 5499 1 Application For main switch and electrical plant room access doors BS 5499 5 complete with supplementary signs as shown 6 C 0019 6 A 002 with supplementary sign Authorised persons only 7 A 022 Application For use with permit to work systems BS 5499 5 complete with supplementary signs as shown 6 C 0021 Printed on rigid plastic with hanging loop with supplementary wording Do not operate Work in progress Application For use at each emergency stop BS 5499 5 complete with supplementary signs as shown 9 B 0097
162. AL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Reference Y54 2035 254 050 VALVE AND COCK IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2040 254 080 AIR VOLUME REGULATING AND CONTROL DAMPER IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2070 254 090 INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2080 254 100 DANGER AND WARNING NOTICES Reference Y54 2090 254 110 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION INSTALLATION CHARTS e Perspex sheet glazing with frame reference Y54 2100A 290 000 FIXING TO BUILDING FABRIC 290 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y90 1000 and those detailed below 290 020 FIXINGS Standards reference Y90 2010 Plugs reference Y90 2020 Screws reference Y90 2030 Cast in fixings reference Y90 2040 Shot fired fixings reference Y90 2050 Self adhesive fixings reference Y90 2060 Proprietary channel inserts reference Y90 2070 Non penetrative support systems reference Y90 2080 290 030 WORKMANSHIP Drilling reference Y90 3010 Proprietary fixings reference Y90 3020 Fixing to reinforced concrete reference Y90 3030 Fixing to brickwork reference Y90 3040 Fixing to timber rails reference Y90 3050 Fixing to hollow stud tile block wall Reference Y90 3060A Fixing to concrete brickwork or blockwork Reference Y90 3070A Fixing to metalwork Reference Y90 3080A Fixing to structural steelwork and concrete structures Reference Y90 3090A PART 3 SPECIFICATION CLAUSES SPECIFIC TO S10 Project No BSD11120 100 6
163. ANCE SPECIFICATION A1 10 ii Prepare and submit a record of any failure or malfunction of any part of the contract the remedial action taken subsequent re testing and the results thereof ili Notify of any malfunction in or damage to the Contract which the Contractor can demonstrate had been caused by incorrect operation of the system vandalism or action of a third party iv Inform when all defects are finally rectified so that an inspection may be carried out prior to the issue of the Final Certificate v Carry out a final test at the end of the Defects Liability Period to demonstrate to the Supervising Officer that the contract works are operating efficiently and that all components are functioning correctly Carry out all work using competent trained personnel and except where made necessary by abuse misuse or negligence by other than the contractor make no change to the Employer Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph charge to the Employer the nett cost of replacement for life expired disposable parts Information required from the Contractor Sub contractors A1 10 1 A1 10 2 Generally Select materials and products capable of attaining the performances specified in the Schedules and ensure that the various components of the systems can be coupled together in a proper manner to provide a workmanlike installation Provide Installation Drawings as detailed later to demonstrate your solutions to the Supervis
164. ASUREMENT DEVICES TO BS 7350 TYPE 3 COPPER ALLOY BS 7350 section 3 2 type 3 A fixed orifice either integral with or as a fixed orifice fitting close coupled to a double regulating globe valve Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 Material Double regulating globe valve bronze or DZR copper alloy to BS 5154 series B and close coupled fixed orifice fitting to BS 7350 table 6 Options Independent means for positive isolation on pressure tapping or adapter Y11 2230C FLANGED FLOW MEASUREMENT DEVICE TO BS 7350 CAST IRON TYPE 3 BS 7350 section 3 2 type 3 A fixed orifice either integral with or as a fixed orifice fitting close coupled to a double regulating globe valve Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 Material Double regulating globe valve to BS EN 13789 and close coupled fixed orifice fitting to BS 7350 table 6 Options Independent means for positive isolation on pressure tapping or adapter Y11 2230E THREADED ENDS FLOW MEASUREMENT DEVICES TO BS 7350 TYPE 4 COPPER ALLOY BS 7350 section 3 2 type 4 variable orifice valve Ends Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Material Variable orifice double regulating globe valve bronze or DZR copper alloy to BS 5154 series B Options Independent means for positive isolation on pressure tapping or adapter Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 264 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y11 2230F FLANGED FLOW MEAS
165. B Class B reference Y50 1035C Class C reference Y50 1035D CFC s and HCFC s reference Y50 1040 Spread of flame as BS 476 7 Reference Y50 1050A Smoke emission characteristics Reference Y50 1055A Inspection and testing reference Y50 1090 Thermal conductivity reference Y50 2010 Thermal performance life expectancy For plant design life reference Y50 2015A Details reference Y50 2015B Restrictions on use of materials reference Y50 2020 Mineral fibre pipe insulation Foil faced reference Y50 2030A Vapour barrier permeance Adhesives reference Y50 2190 Protection Polyisobutylene reference Y50 2200A Flat aluminium zinc coated steel reference Y50 2200C Aluminium sheeting reference Y50 2200E Reinforcement Aluminium bands 300mm centres reference Y50 2210A Valve and flange insulation Thickness table Insulation thickness calculation methods reference Y50 2285 Non domestic hot water supply services reference Y50 2290 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 131 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Non domestic heating installations reference Y50 2310 Domestic central heating and hot water systems reference Y50 2330 Protection against freezing reference Y50 2420 250 060 MINERAL FIBRE THERMAL INSULATION DUCTWORK European Classification for Reaction to Fire Performance Class A1 reference Y50 1035A Class A2 reference Y50 1035B C
166. BLES GLANDS UNARMOURED CABLES INDOORS Cable type Flexible wiring and power control and auxiliary and communications Standard BS EN 50262 non metallic cable retention IP54 A1P Environment Indoor Y61 3010B CABLES GLANDS UNARMOURED CABLES OUTDOORS Cable type Flexible wiring and power control and auxiliary and communications Standard BS EN 50262 non metallic cable retention IP54 A2P Environment Outdoor Y61 3010C CABLES GLANDS ARMOURED CABLES DRY INDOORS Cable type Wiring and power and control and auxiliary Standard BS EN 50262 metallic cable retention Class A protective connection to earth IP54 Environment Dry indoors Y61 3010D CABLE GLANDS ARMOURED CABLES INDOORS Cable type Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 327 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Wiring and power and control and auxiliary Standard BS EN 50262 metallic cable retention Class A protective connection to earth IP54 Environment Indoor Y61 3010E CABLE GLANDS ARMOURED CABLES OUTDOORS Cable type Wiring and power and control and auxiliary Standard BS EN 50262 metallic cable retention Class A protective connection to earth IP54 with shroud Environment Outdoor Y61 3020D CABLE SEALS AND GLANDS LIGHT DUTY MINERAL INSULATED CABLES TEMPERATURES UP TO 105 DEGREES CENTIGRADE Use seals and glands for mineral insulated cables in ac
167. BS 7430 Form rod with female thread each end Dimensions Rod Diameter 15 mm nominal Rod Length 2 4m 2 x 1 2 minimum Earth electrode couplings Use high strength driving cap in contact with driven rod and couplings of compatible material fully enclosing the rod threads Interconnect electrodes using bare copper tape 25mm x 6mm Earth electrodes in drawpits Provide concrete cover permanently labelled for electrodes installed through cable drawpit bases Main earth conductor connection Connect main earth conductor to first electrode using heavy duty purpose made silicon aluminium bronze body conductor clamp and high tensile phosphor bronze bolt Material minimum size as BS 7430 Table 4 Copper Accessories Rod to tape clamp Sized to suit earth rod and connector Y80 2040C BUILDING OR STRUCTURAL ELEMENT EARTH ELECTRODES FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEMS Standard BS 6651 Form Building or structural element Earth electrode couplings Use silicon bronze alloy or aluminium bronze alloy counter bored to completely enclose rod threads Ensure rods meet in centres of coupling Use high strength driving cap in contact with driven rod and couplings of compatible material fully enclosing the rod threads Interconnect electrodes using 25 x 3 mm bare copper tape Earth electrodes in drawpits Provide concrete cover permanently labelled for electrodes installed through cable drawpit bases Material minimum size as BS 7430 Table 4
168. BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 141 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 241 Materials Galvanized sheet steel reference Y41 2050A Single fan reference Y41 2110A Twin fan with automatic changeover reference Y41 2110B In line fans Single fan reference Y41 2120A Accessories Guards Reference Y41 3050A Connections to duct Reference Y41 3060A Shutters Reference Y41 3100A Airflow sensor reference Y41 3110 Access Reference Y41 3120A Mounting reference Y41 3130 Speed controller reference Y41 3140 050 WORKMANSHIP Location reference Y41 4010 Alignment reference Y41 4030 Testing reference Y41 4040 245 000 SILENCERS ACOUSTIC TREATMENT 245 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y45 1000 and those detailed below 245 030 SILENCERS Fire properties BS 476 7 Class 1 reference Y45 2010A Building Regulations Class O Reference Y45 2010B Circular silencers metal Casing to DW 144 Rectangular silencers metal Casing to DW 144 Manufacturer s standard ends to splitters Connections to match AHU reference Y45 2040A External flanges reference Y45 2040B Internal flanges reference Y45 2040C Low loss fairings Acoustic splitters To manufacturer s standard reference Y45 2060A With low loss fairings reference Y45 2060B Air transfer cross talk attenuators External flanges reference Y45 2070A Fixing Interf
169. BY GENERATORS Perform works tests on standby generators and provide test certificates Comply with BS 5000 3 and BS 5000 11 or BS EN 60034 3 as appropriate Y81 2100A HV AND LV TRANSFORMERS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 361 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Perform works tests on HV and LV switchgear in accordance with BS EN 62271 200 and BS EN 60439 1 as appropriate and provide test certificates Y81 2110A HV POWER TRANSFORMERS Perform works tests on HV power transformers in accordance with BS EN 60076 3 BS EN 60076 4 and BS EN 60076 5 Provide test certificates Perform all routine tests Y81 2120A FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM INSTALLATIONS Carry out site testing and inspection and provide test certificates for fire detection and alarm systems in accordance with BS 5839 1 Y81 2120B LIGHTNING PROTECTION INSTALLATIONS Carry out site testing and inspection and provide test certificates for lightning protection installations in accordance with BS 6651 Y81 2120C FIRE PROTECTION OF ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING INSTALLATIONS Carry out site testing and inspection and provide test certificates for fire protection of electronic data processing installations in accordance with BS 6266 Y81 2120E EMERGENCY LIGHTING INSTALLATIONS Carry out site testing and inspection and provide test certificates for emergency lighting installations in accordance with BS 5266 a
170. Bl aterman Building Services KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION BA aterman Building Services KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Client Name Kings Academy Reference BSD11120 100 Issue Tender T1 Quality Assurance Approval Status This document has been prepared and checked in accordance with Waterman Group s IMS and BS EN ISO 9001 2008 Prepared by Mike Holt Position Associate Director Checked by Tim Davies Position Associate Director Approved by Tim Davies Position Associate Director KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION This report has been prepared by Waterman Building Services with all reasonable skill care and diligence within the terms of the Contract with the client incorporation of our General Terms and Condition of Business and taking account of the resources devoted to us by agreement with the client We disclaim any responsibility to the client and others in respect of any matters outside the scope of the above This report is confidential to the client and we accept no responsibility of whatsoever nature to third parties to whom this report or any part thereof is made known Any such party relies on the report at its own risk Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANC
171. C Union connections Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 111 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Railroad pattern reference Y10 3040A Navy pattern reference Y10 3040B Welding rods Reference Y10 3050A 210 025 STEEL PIPES AND FITTINGS PIPE IN PIPE Inner pipe Carbon steel pipes to BS EN 10255 Medium black reference Y10 2010B Carbon steel fittings to BS 1965 1 Medium weight reference Y10 2060B Malleable cast iron fittings screwed Black reference Y10 2070A Jointing materials Screwed joints to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Paste and hemp and PTFE tape reference Y10 3030A PTFE tape reference Y10 3030B Where chemical cleaning is required reference Y10 3030C Union connections Railroad pattern reference Y10 3040A Navy pattern reference Y10 3040B Welding rods Reference Y10 3050A Outer pipe Carbon steel pipes to BS EN 10255 Medium black reference Y10 2010B Carbon steel fittings to BS 1965 1 Medium weight reference Y10 2060B Malleable cast iron fittings screwed Black reference Y10 2070A Jointing materials Screwed joints to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Paste and hemp and PTFE tape reference Y10 3030A PTFE tape reference Y10 3030B Where chemical cleaning is required reference Y10 3030C Union connections Railroad pattern reference Y10 3040A Navy pattern reference Y10 3040B Welding rods Reference Y10 3050A 210 030 COPPE
172. C TESTING e Pressure testing e General reference Y51 2010 e Underground pipework Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 115 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 4 hours reference Y51 2030B Gas pipework HVCA Guide TR6 reference Y51 2060A To BS EN 12327 reference Y51 2060B To IGE UP 1 reference Y51 2060C To IGE UP 1A reference Y51 2060D Provide an air compressor and subject the pipework to sectional testing by air at low pressure not exceeding 5 bars before commencing any flushing or testing with water There is to be no loss of pressure for a period of not less than 30 minutes for each test Testing records reference Y51 2110 Distribution to WBS N o 040 COMMISSIONING Commissioning codes reference Y51 3020 Commissioning Gas plant and systems reference Y51 3055 Plant items reference Y51 3080 Instruments and gauges Reference Y51 3090A Commissioning records Distribution to WBS Pre commissioning reference Y51 3120 Plant ready for control system commissioning Reference Y51 3130A Control system requirements for plant commissioning reference Y51 3140 Commissioning reference Y51 3150 254 000 IDENTIFICATION MECHANICAL 254 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y54 1000 and those detailed below e Provide identification mechanical as specified in work section 254 020 PIPEWORK IDENTIFICATION Refe
173. CIFICATION APPENDIX C Indicative Tender Drawings see seperate drawing issue sheets and accompanying drawings Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 381 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION APPENDIX D Building Regulations Indicative Part L2A BRUKL REFER TO SEPARATE DOCUMENT Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 382 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION global sustainable innovative committed collaborative passionate st petersburg warsaw TOSS beijing brussels as e dublin eB EE cork ooe H swords es e s s gt ceomere tianjin l d TTS WERT bed ae e d almaty belfast harpendeli sesess bucharest o 9289 s birmingham leeds einai dubai brentwood lingfield evens brisbane bristol london Kiev 2o3ee2 cardiff manchester cirencester newcastle upon tyne s m derby nottingham abu dhabi dundee sheffield ee edinburgh solihull A SA E S AEE A glasgow warrington s sydney Services building services Sectors aviation civil engineering commercial environmental consultancy secondment amp outsourcing structural engineering transport planning communication amp technology conservation historic education energy government amp defence healthcare highways hotels industrial marine rail residential retail sports amp
174. CONTROL FUNCTIONS AND ROUTINES WEATHER COMPENSATION Provide weather compensation routines to control the heating system in relation to external weather conditions Provide the operator with the option to adjust temperature and flow rate settings for the heating system to re define the weather compensation Provide automatic adjustment to the weather compensation by comparing measured and required space temperatures with the outside conditions and provide the facility to correct the compensation where a significant difference between the two space temperatures occurs Ensure that abrupt changes in the heating system performance or space temperature shall not adversely affect the automatic adaptive compensation process Provide a single weather compensation curve for each zone irrespective of the number of temperature sensors provided in the zone Ensure that the routines respond to the reset signals arranged to achieve boost night set back and boiler safety Ensure that air temperature sensors associated with the compensator are positioned correctly in order to provide representative readings 310 605 AIR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES Type Application Adjustment range for trip pressure Maximum operating pressure Electrical rating Ambient temperature limits Reset differential Maximum differential pressure overload 310 610 AIR THERMOSTATS ROOM TYPE Standard BS EN 60730 2 9 Position Wall mounted 310 615 AIR SENSOR
175. CRIPTION The contractor shall design supply install test commission and demonstrate a hot water distribution system in accordance with the specification document The installations shall be carried out in accordance with the water regulations the local water company requirements CIBSE guidelines BSRIA guidelines and the Building Regulations and all relevant British Standards PART 2 SELECTION SCHEDULES FOR REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 210 000 PIPELINES 210 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y10 1000 and those detailed below 210 030 COPPER PIPES AND FITTINGS Fluid Conveyed water Working temperature 650C Copper pipe half hard Class X Uncoated reference Y10 2270A Capillary fittings for copper tubing General potable range reference Y10 2310A Compression fittings for copper tubing Type A compression fittings reference Y10 2320A 210 070 PIPEWORK ACCESSORIES e Wall floor and ceiling masking plates e Chromium plated reference Y10 3190A e Pipework support reference Y10 4210 210 080 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP e Appearance reference Y10 4010 e Spacing reference Y10 4020 e Gradients reference Y10 4030 e Air venting requirements e Air bottles reference Y10 4040A e Automatic air vents reference Y10 4040B e Drain requirements reference Y10 4050 e Expansion and contraction reference Y10 4060 e Pipe fittings e Bends swept tees reference Y10 4070A e Elbows square tees
176. Catering establishments Standard BS 6173 Provide an automatic shut off valve with 24hr battery back up and shielded emergency stop buttons installed in the gas supply to any catering equipment The stop button shall be readily accessible near to the exit from the catering area The valve shall be interlocked with the ventilation to the kitchens such that the ventilation system operation must be proved before the gas service can be opened by air flow switches The valve on the gas supply shall also be fitted with a system to prove closure of all valves prior to establishment or restoration of the gas supply The system shall be in accordance with BG IM 20 At all locations where either a manual gas isolation valve is fitted or where an automatic gas valve system can be reset a notice shall be affixed stating IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY THE GAS ISOLATION VALVE MUST BE CLOSED ALL DOWNSTREAM BURNERS AND PILOT VALVES ON APPLIANCES MUST BE TURNED OFF PRIOR TO ATTEMPTING TO RESTORE THE GAS SUPPLY AFTER EXTENDED SHUT OFF PURGE BEFORE RESTORING GAS SUPPLY Valve type 2 way safety shut off valve Speed of opening Fast 310 050 MANUALLY OPERATED CUT OFF PLUG COCKS Standard BS 1552 Connections Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Compression to BS EN 1254 2 Capillary to BS EN 1254 1 310 055 MANUALLY OPERATED VALVES FOR GAS INSTALLATIONS IN BUILDINGS Standard BS EN 331 Valve Ball valve Closed bottom taper plug
177. Consultants the matter shall be referred to the Supervising Officer in the first instance These activities shall be carried out to ensure that any amendments or revisions to data can be implemented without delaying progress of any part of the Works The contractor shall allow for the cost of all amendments or revisions required to provide a properly co ordinated engineering services installation Any section of work found to be covered up without the Contractor having obtained an acceptance certificate from the Supervising Officer shall be exposed for inspection by the Supervising Officer and the cost of uncovering the works and recovering the works shall be paid by the Sub contractor Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 26 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A1 12 Defects Liability A1 13 It shall be deemed that the Warranty on the plant shall commence from the issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion not upon delivery Unless otherwise stated in the main contract preliminaries document the warranty period shall run for one year from the date of acceptance Valuation of the Sub Contract works A1 13 1 A1 13 2 A1 13 3 A1 13 4 Sub Letting State in your Tender names of all firms to whom you propose to sub let portions of the work No section of the work shall be assigned or transferred to another company without the prior consent of the Supervising
178. E Supply ductwork in accordance with classification in DW 144 Table 1 and DW 154 Table 1 Ductwork Classification and Air Leakage limits Low pressure Class A Positive Y30 2010B DESIGN INFORMATION CLASS A NEGATIVE Supply ductwork in accordance with classification in DW 144 Table 1 and DW 154 Table 1 Ductwork Classification and Air Leakage limits Low pressure Class A Negative Y30 2025 SPARK TESTING ON PLASTICS DUCTWORK Carry out spark testing in accordance with DW 154 at land marks identified in the contract programme Y30 2035 STRENGTH AND LEAKAGE TESTING OF CIRCULAR SHEET METAL DUCTWORK Carry out ductwork strength and air leakage testing on circular sheet metal ductwork in accordance with BS EN 12237 Test procedure shall be as detailed in BS EN 12237 Section 7 Produce a test report as detailed in BS EN 12237 Section 8 Y30 2036 STRENGTH AND LEAKAGE TESTING OF RECTANGULAR SHEET METAL DUCTWORK Carry out ductwork strength and air leakage testing on circular sheet metal ductwork in accordance with BS EN 1507 Test procedure shall be detailed in BS EN 1507 Section 5 Produce a test report as detailed in BS EN 1507 Section 6 Y30 2040A ZINC COATED DUCTWORK MATERIAL DW 144 Part 2 Standards paragraph 7 zinc coated steel Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 282 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y30 2060A RECTANGULAR CONSTRUCTION Rectangula
179. E SPECIFICATION Contents SPECIFICATION EXPERT INTRODUCTION occ ccc ccecccceeceeeceseeeeeeeseeueeseeeeeeaaeeeneees 6 A1 0 GENERAL CLAUSES ccc E a i 8 SECTION B SCOPE OF WORKS 0 occ ccecccceccccecccceeceeueeeseeesesuueeeeeaseeuuseeueueeseaeeeaaeeeneneeenes 34 C14 BUILDING SERVICES SURVEY uu ccc cece ccceceeseeeseseeeeeeeeseseeseeueeveseaeeeueeeeneaeeeaes 76 R11 FOUL DRAINAGE ABOVE GROUND occ cccceeecseeeeeseeeseseeceeeeeeeseaeeeuaeeeneaeaes 77 S10 COLD WATER a a a a a ene ae 88 SRO TOW ATE R taste tah a ial kk a a a A 99 S32 NATURAL GAS nanena ana e oe gh A isch dig beeen a a 111 T31 LOW TEMPERATURE HOT WATER HEATING ccc ceccccccccceecseeeceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeneaeeenes 123 U10 GENERAL VENTILATION a a A aa a A A AE 138 V21 GENERAL LIGHTING wu occ cece ccceccceeccceeecesueeeeeeeseseaceeueuseseeseeuaueeeeueeeuaeeseneeeaaeeeneaeaes 164 V22 GENERAL CV POWER isitsessoect be aa bates thtecd Bei a toons av aaa ee aiest edad 168 V40 EMERGENCY LIGHTING uu cccccceccceeceseeeseseeeeeueuseseeceeueeveeeaseeuaaveneaeeeaaeeeneneaes 168 V41 STREET AREA FLOOD LIGHTING uu ccc ccccccccecsceecesueeseeeeceeueueeeeaseeuaueeneaeeeaaeeeneaeaes 169 V51 LOCAL ELECTRIC HEATING UNITS uu cece ccc cceceeeeeeeecesueeseseeseeueuveneeeeeaaeeeneneees 170 W20 GGT aT a alist eatieg wads due Pate dats a dared out aatica viree dvted an vesvlet A E OE svat 172 W41 SECURITY DETECTION AND ALARM ccc cccccceeceeecesseeeseeueeeeee
180. EMS TO BS EN 1453 Plastics piping system with structured wall pipes for soil and waste discharge low and high temperature within the building structure Material Unplasticised polyvinyl chloride PVC U Standard BS EN 1453 Dimensions Length manufacturer s standard range BS EN 1453 tables1 2 and 3 Ends Plain elastomeric ring seal socket and spigot or socket and spigot for solvent cement Finish Grey black or white Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 242 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y10 2500A POLYETHYLENE TO BS 6730 Material Polyethylene Standard BS 6730 Dimensions BS 6730 table 1 Lengths straight pipe 6 and 12m coils 50m 100m and 150m Ends Plain or Sockets Finish Black pigment Y10 2510A COMPRESSION FITTINGS FOR POLYETHYLENE PIPES Material Copper copper alloy dezincifiable resistant Standard BS EN 1254 3 or BS 864 5 Size range 20mm to 63mm Dimensions To suit pipes to BS EN 12201 Ends Socket Finish Cast Y10 2520 POLYETHYLENE TO BGC PS PL2 AND BS 3412 Material Polyethylene Standard To BGC PS PL2 Part 1 table 2 Dimensions To BGC PS PL2 Part 1 table 2 Lengths straight pipe 6m or 12m Lengths coiled pipe multiples of 50m Ends Plain Finish Natural self colour Y10 2528 POLYETHYLENE PIPES TO BS EN 1555 Material Polyethylene Standard BS EN 1555 1 BS EN 1555 2
181. EMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Material Cast iron to BS EN 13789 Oblique or Y pattern copper alloy nickel alloy or resilient valve face rising stem outside screw or non rising stem inside screw manufacturer s standard materials Options Provide drain plug facility independent means for positive isolation on pressure tapping or adapter and test and manufacturer s certificates as indicated Y11 2220D GROOVED ENDS DOUBLE REGULATING VALVES TO BS 7350 CAST IRON BS 7350 section 3 1 Ends Grooved Material Ductile iron to BS EN 13789 Oblique or Y pattern copper alloy nickel alloy or resilient valve face rising stem outside screw or non rising stem inside screw manufacturer s standard materials Options Provide drain plug facility independent means for positive isolation on pressure tapping or adapter and test and manufacturer s certificates as indicated Y11 2230A THREADED ENDS FLOW MEASUREMENT DEVICES TO BS 7350 COPPER ALLOY BS 7350 section 3 2 type 3 A fixed orifice either integral with or as a fixed orifice fitting close coupled to a double regulating globe valve Ends Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Material Double regulating globe valve bronze or DZR copper alloy to BS 5154 series B and close coupled fixed orifice fitting to BS 7350 table 6 Options Independent means for positive isolation on pressure tapping or adapter Y11 2230B FLANGED ENDS FLOW ME
182. EMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Segregate into groups terminals carrying different voltages in accordance with BS 7671 310 210 FIELD CONTROLLERS FUTURE EXPANSION Make provision for a future 20 increase 310 260 FIELD CONTROLLERS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Ensure that field controllers are suitable for operating normally within the following environmental ranges Temperature 0 to 500C Relative humidity 10 to 90 non condensing Ensure that the field controllers will operate in the electrical environment associated with building services plant rooms Ensure that the EMC requirements specified in W60 are met Ensure that the field controllers are protected against the effects of moisture dust dirt and gases 310 270 FIELD CONTROLLERS INTERNAL POWER BACKUP Ensure that a rechargeable battery or capacitor if specified can hold the controller s volatile memory for a minimum period of 72 hours Ensure that a non rechargeable battery if specified can maintain the controller s clock function for a period of two years Ensure that the battery is easily replaceable Ensure that the interval between battery maintenance inspections is not less than 12 months Ensure that any battery monitoring functions defined in the Particular Inspection can be met 310 280 FIELD CONTROLLERS MEANS OF CONFIGURATION Ensure that the field controllers can be fully configured directly via a laptop type com
183. ERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION S10 COLD WATER PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 030 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The contractor shall design supply install test commission and demonstrate a cold water distribution system in accordance with the specification document The installations shall be carried out in accordance with the water regulations the local water company requirements CIBSE guidelines BSRIA guidelines and the Building Regulations and all relevant British Standards PART 2 SELECTION SCHEDULES FOR REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 210 000 PIPELINES 210 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y10 1000 and those detailed below 210 015 SANITARY FITTINGS Comply with work section general clauses reference Y10 1000 and those detailed below 210 030 COPPER PIPES AND FITTINGS Copper pipe half hard Class X Uncoated reference Y10 2270A Capillary fittings for copper tubing General potable range reference Y10 2310A Compression fittings for copper tubing Type A compression fittings reference Y10 2320A 210 070 PIPEWORK ACCESSORIES Wall floor and ceiling masking plates Chromium plated reference Y10 3190A Plastic reference Y10 3190B Pipework support reference Y10 4210 Wire rope suspension system reference Y10 4215 210 080 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP Appearance reference Y10 4010 Spacing reference Y10 4020 Gradients reference Y10 4030 Air venting requirements Air bottles reference Y10 404
184. Ensure dial graduation is from zero to between 1 5 and 3 0 times normal working pressure Graduate in bar gauge on gauges reading head or working pressure or in Pascals where pressure differences across plant items are to be established Where fitted on boilers and pressure vessels clearly mark with operating and maximum permissible working heads in accordance BS 759 Elsewhere provide gauges with normal working pressure Ensure dial movement is clockwise for an increasing in head Fit syphons on steam systems Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 272 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Provide flexible piping where gauge is subject to noticeable vibration Fit gauge cocks preceding all connections to altitude and pressure gauges Copper alloy tapered ground plug with ebonite lever Unless flanged joints are required screw inlet ends female and fit outlet ends with union connections allowing removal of gauges Y11 2730 VACUUM GAUGES Use vacuum gauges complying with BS EN 837 1 Calibrate in mm of mercury Y11 2750A GAUGE MOUNTING BOARDS HARDWOOD Manufacture from 12mm thick polished hardwood Mount on walls or purpose made steel frames at a height approximately 1 3m above floor level Y11 3010A LOOSE ITEMS KEYS FOR SPINDLE SHANK VALVES e Number e Provide tee handled short shank keys suitable for each size of valve spindle shank Y11 3010B LOOSE ITEMS FOR DRAIN COCKS
185. Ensure that the selected BMS topology star wired chained or bus based is appropriate for the structured cabling system e Ensure that each addressable BMS device can be addressed over the structured cabling system e Where BMS components are specified to be powered from the structured cabling system ensure that the power available is sufficient Ensure that overheating of the structured cabling system will not occur e Ensure that any changes to the structured cabling system are reflected in updated documentation 320 230 COMMUNICATION NETWORKS INTRANET AND INTERNET APPLICATIONS Ensure that the BMS devices to be directly connected onto the Intranet Internet are TCP IP compatible Ensure that the data security requirements of BS ISO IEC 27001 and BS ISO IEC 17799 are met 320 240 COMMUNICATION NETWORKS MAINS BOURNE SIGNALLING Comply with the requirements of BS EN 50065 1 Provide the necessary equipment to ensure that there is no mutual interference between the signalling system of the electricity utility and mains borne signalling of the BMS 320 260 INTEGRATION WITH FIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS GENERAL Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 225 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Ensure approval from the relevant Fire Prevention Officer or Building Control Officer e Ensure that the requirements of BS 5839 1 are not compromised e Ensure that the fire detection system c
186. FERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 251 000 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SERVICES Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 200 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 251 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y51 1000 and those detailed below 251 020 SPECIALIST Use one of the following specialist commissioning engineers 1 Matrix Control Solutions Itd Suite 7 Advantage House 156 Oxford Street West Ashton Under Lyne Lancs OL7 ONB Contact Alan Watkinson tel 0161 371 0111 or 07838 150 707 251 040 COMMISSIONING Commissioning codes reference Y51 3020 Commissioning Automatic control systems reference Y51 3070 Plant items reference Y51 3080 Instruments and gauges Reference Y51 3090A Commissioning records Distribution to WBS BMS commissioning Control system specification details required for commissioning reference Y51 3110 Pre commissioning reference Y51 3120 Plant ready for control system commissioning Reference Y51 3130A Control system requirements for plant commissioning reference Y51 3140 Commissioning reference Y51 3150 254 000 IDENTIFICATION MECHANICAL 254 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y54 1000 and those detailed below 254 040 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION e Lettering e Laminated plates multi coloured with outer layer removed for lettering reference Y54 2030B 254 045
187. FLANGES AND VALVES Cut back to allow removal of bolts and nuts finish with neat bevel or use end caps Where boxes are used fit over insulation on adjacent piping Ensure operation of valve remains unimpaired with box in place Y50 3220 LINERS Where load bearing insulation is required use segmental liners suitable for temperature Fit insulant up to liner and carry facing across the pipe ring Y50 3230A INSTALLATION WHERE INSULATION IS CARRIED THROUGH PIPELINE SUPPORT For load bearing insulation carry through insulation and finish For non load bearing insulation on hot pipework close butt to a section of load bearing finished material 100mm long For non load bearing insulation on cold pipework close butt to high density phenolic foam pipe supports Ensure the vapour barrier is maintained Y50 3240 INSTALLATION WHERE INSULATION IS NOT CARRIED THROUGH PIPELINE OR DUCTLINE SUPPORT Provide end caps to match applied finish Y50 3250 INSTALLATION WHERE INSULATION IS CARRIED THROUGH DUCTWORK SUPPORT Provide insulation between duct and support using high density phenolic foam strips Butt insulation to spacer and carry over finish by 40mm and tape joint Provide a sheet metal protecting sleeve Y50 3260 LIQUID VAPOUR BARRIERS Apply vapour seal solution evenly by brush in accordance with manufacturer s instructions use solution which dries to a colour distinctive from insulating material Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2
188. Fix equipment brackets and supports by drilling hole through timber rail and fixing with bolt back plate washer and loose nut Y90 3060A FIXING TO HOLLOW STUD TILE BLOCK WALLS Fix equipment brackets and supports where there is access at rear of wall by drilling hole through wall and fixing with bolt back plate washer and loose nut Fix equipment brackets and supports where there is no access at rear of wall drill hole and use screw anchor type fixing or gravity type toggle fixing Y90 3070A FIXING TO CONCRETE BRICKWORK OR BLOCKWORK Fix equipment brackets and supports using wood screws in plugs Drill holes and fix using steel bolts of grouted bolt type or expanding bolt type fixing Y90 3080A FIXING TO METALWORK Fix equipment brackets and supports by drilling holes and fixing using set screws or bolts complete with washers shakeproof washers and loose nuts Y90 3090A FIXING TO STRUCTURAL STEELWORK AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES Provide manufacturer s information on recommended fixing Obtain approval for any fixing to structure steel work and concrete structures Generally use proprietary fixings to structural steelwork and concrete structures Obtain approval to cut holes in structural steelwork or concrete structures or weld to structural steelwork Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 369 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION SERVICES TENDER BREAKDOWN Pro
189. G STOP TAPS TO BS 1010 2 Material Bronze or DZR copper alloy body Washer material suitable for service fluid and operating temperature Ends Capillary fitting to BS EN 1254 1 Pattern Straight pattern Y11 2015A STOP VALVES TO BS EN 1213 FOR POTABLE WATER SUPPLIES COMPRESSION ENDS FOR COPPER Pattern Straight Material copper alloy Flow rate class VA straight and angle pattern stopvalves End connections Compression to BS EN 1254 2 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 258 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y11 2015B STOP VALVES TO BS EN 1213 FOR POTABLE WATER SUPPLIES COMPRESSION ENDS FOR PLASTICS Pattern Straight Material copper alloy Flow rate class VA straight and angle pattern stopvalves End connections Compression to BS EN 1254 3 Y11 2015C STOP VALVES TO BS EN 1213 FOR POTABLE WATER SUPPLIES CAPILLARY Pattern Straight Material copper alloy Flow rate class VA straight and angle pattern stopvalves End connections Capillary to BS EN 1254 1 Y11 2015D STOP VALVES TO BS EN 1213 FOR POTABLE WATER SUPPLIES THREADED Pattern Straight Material copper alloy Flow rate class VA straight and angle pattern stopvalves End connections Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Y11 2020A THREADED ENDS GATE VALVES TO BS EN 12288 Series B Gate valve type Solid or split wedge Ends Threaded to
190. GES VAPOUR PRESSURE TO BS 5235 FOR DIRECT MOUNTING e Vapour pressure type to BS EN 13190 mounted direct in pocket with horizontal or vertical stem as appropriate e 2710D TEMPERATURE GAUGES VAPOUR PRESSURE TO BS 5235 FOR REMOTE MOUNTING e Vapour pressure type to BS EN 13190 for remote mounting with capillary tube of sufficient length Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 271 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION to allow slack run to immersion bulb Protect capillary along full length by a flexible sheath jointed to dial case and bulb 2710 TEMPERATURE GAUGES Use temperature gauges with pocket and provided with gland attachment on thermometer stem Type Mercury in steel mounted direct in pocket Vapour pressure to BS EN 13190 mounted direct in pocket with horizontal or vertical stem as appropriate e Vapour pressure to BS EN 13190 for remote mounting with capillary tube of sufficient length to allow slack run to immersion bulb Protect capillary along full length by a flexible sheath jointed to dial case and bulb e Use separable type pockets threaded 15 19mm BSP and manufactured from e Stainless steel e Screw pockets into tapped bosses or stools set in pipelines or vessels Fill pockets with oil to BS 7207 to ensure contact with thermometer bulb e Provide gauges with dial graduation in degrees Celsius marked on a logarithmic scale Ensure pointer movement is
191. Gear operated reference Y11 2090D 050 DOUBLE REGULATING VALVES WRAS approved Kitemark certified Pipe material To suit copper tube To suit steel tube Butterfly type to BS EN 593 Between flanges to BS EN 1092 2 Lever operated reference Y11 2210A Gear operated reference Y11 2210B Between mechanical joints Lever operated reference Y11 2210C Gear operated reference Y11 2210D Globe valves to BS 7350 section 3 1 Copper alloy Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2220A Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 reference Y11 2220B Cast iron Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 reference Y11 2220C Grooved ends reference Y11 2220D 060 FLOW MEASUREMENT VALVES WRAS approved Kitemark certified Pipe material To suit copper tube To suit steel tube Flow measurement devices to BS 7350 Section 3 2 Type 3 Copper alloy Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2230A Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 reference Y11 2230B Cast iron Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 reference Y11 2230C Section 3 2 Type 4 Copper alloy Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2230E Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 reference Y11 2230F Cast iron reference Y11 2230G Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 126 6 March 2013 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 211 080 TEST PLUGS Self sealing test points reference Y11 2670A 211 090 RADIATOR VALVES TO BS 2767 Kitemark certi
192. Glass reinforced thermosetting plastic based on unsaturated polyester resin Standard BS EN 1796 and BS EN 14364 Installation to DD CEN TS 14578 Dimensions Diameters as indicated Ends Plain Spigot Flanged Screwed Finish Natural self colour Jointing BS EN 1796 BS EN 14364 Y10 3010A CIRCULAR FLANGES FOR PIPES PN DESIGNATED WELDED FLANGE Material BS EN 1092 1 Flange type Weld neck flange or hubbed slip on flange for welding Flange facings Raised face type B Bolting In accordance with BS EN 1092 1 Y10 3010B CIRCULAR FLANGES FOR PIPES PN DESIGNATED THREADED FLANGE Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 245 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Material to BS EN 1092 1 Facings Raised face type B Bolting in accordance with BS EN 1092 1 Threaded flanges BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 parallel thread Y10 3010C CIRCULAR FLANGES FOR PIPES PN DESIGNATED CAST IRON FLANGE Material BS EN 1092 2 Ductile cast iron Bolting In accordance with BS EN 1092 2 Y10 3020A JOINTING RINGS NON METALLIC FLAT GASKETS Non metallic flat gaskets for flanges to BS EN 1092 1 BS EN 1092 2 BS EN 1092 3 or BS EN 1092 4 Standard BS EN 1514 1 Gasket type Full face for type B Y10 3020B JOINTING RINGS METALLIC GASKETS Corrugated flat or grooved metallic and filled metallic gaskets for flanges to BS EN 1092 1 BS EN 1092 2 BS E
193. ICATION 3 3 5 Noise Restrictions Internal Area NR Level Office NR35 Entrances corridors NR38 Plantrooms NR40 Storage NR38 Classrooms Gym Assembly Hall Sports Hall Education To Building areas breakout spaces dining hall Bulletin BB93 requirements Kitchen NR38 Toilets NR38 Under normal operating conditions due to mechanical plant and background noise The building shall be designed in accordance with the acoustic consultant s requirements or the above figures whichever is the most onerous Plant at roof levels and in plantrooms shall be selected based upon a limiting noise levels as stated in the acoustic consultant s report and in line with the project planning requirements and to ensure that the required noise level within the adjacent spaces in particlaur the naturally vented spaces are achieved Internal noise levels shall be dictated by the acoustic consultant s report requirements 3 3 6 Filtration Pre filter to EU3 Final filter to EU7 To European standards 3 3 7 Ventilation rates Area Supply Extract Occupied areas not naturally vented 10 litres second person classrooms and 12 litres second person in offices 10 litres second person classrooms and 12 litres second person in offices Science prep room Make up air from louvres 10 air changes per hour Science classroom Make up air from louvres 10 air changes per hour N
194. IGHTPROOF NON VISION TYPE Supply sightproof non vision grilles with one set of blades at centres indicated Fix within a flanged mounting frame or a core box as indicated Y46 2190A LOUVRES EXTERNAL AIR SUPPLY EXTRACT TYPE Performance Ensure louvre withstands specified wind loads and prevent ingress of rain Construction Construct louvre frame and aerodynamically profiled louvre blades from galvanized mild steel or aluminium as indicated Provide integral drainage channels Retain infill on louvre blades by perforated sheet of galvanized mild steel or aluminium as indicated Screen Fit a bird screen using mesh no coarser than 12mm across inside face of louvres Fit an insect screen using mesh no coarser than 3mm across inside face of louvres Quality assurance Ensure manufacturers are a firm of Assessed Capability to BS EN ISO 9001 and produce louvre to relevant Quality Assessment schedule Y46 2210A GALVANISED STEEL eFinish ePrimed to prevent rust eStove enamelled to colour eWith epoxy resin powder hardener coating colour Galvanised steel in accordance with BS EN 10326 BS EN 10327 or BS EN 10143 Y46 2210B ALUMINIUM Finish Etched or buffed to give self colour satin finish With clear lacquer finish Primed to prevent oxidization Stove enamelled to colour With epoxy resin powder hardener coating colour Anodized after manufacture colour Use aluminium sheet extruded aluminium produced to BS EN 485 BS EN
195. ING Dial case 100mm diameter for direct connection to instrument Mount gauges with dial face in vertical plane and support casing by connection to instrument 2700G GAUGES 100MM DIAMETER FLANGE MOUNTING Dial case 100mm diameter with annular mounting flange Mount gauges with dial face in vertical plane and surface mount casing to equipment or building element as required Use dial type gauges of robust construction enclosed in dust tight metal cases Retain dial glass with bezels screwed to case Finish with chromium plating Use white dial scales indelibly and clearly marked with black lettering to indicate measured values Select scale ranges which indicate Normal when pointer is vertical or central on scale Y11 2700B GAUGES 150MM DIAMETER FLUSH PANEL Dial case 150mm diameter heavy pattern finished in black stove enamel for flush mounting Mount gauges with dial face in vertical plane flush to panel and conceal casing within a steel metal cubicle Y11 2700C GAUGES 150MM DIAMETER DIRECT MOUNTING Dial case 150mm diameter heavy pattern finished in black stove enamel for direct connection to instrument Mount gauges with dial face in vertical plane and support casing by connection to instrument Y 11 2710A TEMPERATURE GAUGES GENERAL 2710B TEMPERATURE GAUGES MERCURY IN STEEL Provide mercury in steel temperature gauge mounted direct in pocket Vapour pressure to BS EN 13190 2710C TEMPERATURE GAU
196. LABELS Safety signs Reference Y82 2070A Plant and equipment labels Reference Y82 2080A Maintenance notices reference Y82 2090 Equipment Colour corrected light fittings reference Y82 2100 Motors and starters labels Reference Y82 2110A Engraved accessory plates Reference Y82 2120A 282 090 CONDUIT AND TRUNKING COLOUR CODING e Reference Y82 2180A 282 100 CABLE IDENTIFICATION Cable identification Reference Y82 2190A Terminal marking and conductor identification Reference Y82 2200A Underground cable identification Reference Y82 2210A Cable conductor colour coding Reference Y82 2220A Cable jointing and termination reference Y82 2230 Cable sheath identification internal Cable sheath identification external 282 110 ADDITIONAL SAFETY SIGNS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 210 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Reference Y82 2260A 290 000 FIXING TO BUILDING FABRIC 290 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y90 1000 and those detailed below 290 020 FIXINGS Standards reference Y90 2010 Plugs reference Y90 2020 Screws reference Y90 2030 Cast in fixings reference Y90 2040 Shot fired fixings reference Y90 2050 Self adhesive fixings reference Y90 2060 Proprietary channel inserts reference Y90 2070 Non penetrative support systems reference Y90 2080 290 030 WORKMANSHIP Drilling refe
197. LATING SWITCHES e Electrical supply e 3 phase reference Y72 1010A e Single phase reference Y72 1010B e Reference Y72 2070A 272 060 CONTROL SELECTOR SWITCHES Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 156 6 March 2013 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Electrical supply e 3 phase reference Y72 1010A e Single phase reference Y72 1010B e Reference Y72 2080A 272 070 IN BUILT PUSH BUTTONS e Electrical supply e 3 phase reference Y72 1010A e Single phase reference Y72 1010B e Reference Y72 2090A 272 080 INDICATOR LIGHTS e Electrical supply e 3 phase reference Y72 1010A e Single phase reference Y72 1010B e Reference Y72 2100A 272 090 CONTACTOR CONTROL RELAYS e Electrical supply e 3 phase reference Y72 1010A e Single phase reference Y72 1010B e Reference Y72 2110A 272 100 CONTROL AND INDICATOR LIGHT CIRCUIT FUSES e Electrical supply e 3 phase reference Y72 1010A e Single phase reference Y72 1010B e Reference Y72 2120A 272 110 MOTOR STARTERS e Electrical supply e 3 phase reference Y72 1010A e Single phase reference Y72 1010B e General e Motors below 0 37kW reference Y72 2130A e Motors above 0 37kW reference Y72 2130B Current limiting type reference Y72 2140 Direct on line type reference Y72 2150 Star delta type reference Y72 2160 Auto transformer type e Reference Y72 2170A e Stator rotor type e
198. LUMINAIRES DIRECT TO CONDUIT TERMINAL BOX Terminate circuit wiring in terminal block within supporting conduit box Use flexible cord from terminal block to luminaire Y73 4230B CONNECTIONS TO LUMINAIRES DIRECT TO CONDUIT AT LUMINAIRE Terminate circuit wiring at supply terminals of luminaire Take all conductors through same cable entry into luminaire Y73 4270 CONNECTIONS TO LUMINAIRES CONDUIT SUSPENSION Terminate circuit wiring in terminal block within supporting conduit box Use flexible cable from terminal block to luminaire installed within tube Y73 4280 CONNECTIONS TO LUMINAIRES ROD OR CHAIN SUSPENSION Terminate circuit wiring in terminal block within supporting conduit box Use flexible cord from terminal block to luminaire and clip cable to one of the rods or chains do not weave cable through links of the chain Y74 ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRICAL SERVICES Y74 1000 GENERAL 1010 APPLICATION Supply fixed electrical wiring accessories for use with fixed and portable peripheral equipment using either power or signalling cables 1020 SAMPLES e Submit samples of proposed materials and equipment for approval before work is started Label Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 347 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION each sample with name catalogue number and reference to the use or services Y74 2010A ACCESSORIES COMMON REQUIREMENTS WHITE PLASTIC
199. Location category e C data lines e System exposure e Medium e Transient performance e Mode of protection e Line earth Line neutral Neutral earth Line line data Line earth data 320 000 WORKMANSHIP 320 010 INSTALLATION Install the lightning protection system and its element in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations and BS 6651 and BS 7430 320 020 WORK ON SITE Ensure that all building works are completed and service connections are provided 320 030 QUALITY CONTROL Handle store and install all equipment and components of the lightning protection system in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations and e BS 6651 e BS 7430 Inspect all equipment and components on delivery before fixing and after installation and reject and replace any which are defective Test and commission the system in accordance with BS 6651 and as specified Record all test measurements 320 040 BONDING Bond or isolate building structural elements and metallic services as BS 6651 including e Steel structural frame e Reinforcement bars in concrete e Metallic roof coverings e Services e Television and radio aerials and supports Metal flues and flue lining Dry risers Water services Air ductlines e Gas services e Flag masts e Roof level plant rooms Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 199 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION
200. March 2013 Rev T1 95 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 300 000 PRODUCTS MATERIALS 300 001 PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE PRESSURE EQUIPMENT REGULATIONS All equipment and assemblies which fall within the scope of the Pressure Equipment Directive PED 97 23 EC implemented in the UK through The Pressure Equipment Regulations 1999 must be tested by the manufacturers and be certified as compliant with the Directive Such compliance shall be evidenced by displaying the appropriate CE Mark on the equipment and assemblies Only relevant equipment and assemblies certified as compliant will be permitted under this specification and any substitution put forward must also be compliant with the Directive 300 005 APPROVALS Ensure all water fittings and materials are listed in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory published by WRAS 300 010 WATER METERS Install a water meter to the incoming mains supply Locate the meter to allow for easy access for meter reading by the building s occupants e See drawings for requirements for water sub meters e Standard BS EN 14154 1 e Provide full flow accumulative type water meter with dial indicator to record quantity of water passed Enclose mechanism of each meter within a cast iron body with a helical vane mounted centrally in the body of the meter Supply an interchangeable pattern mechanism Incorporate as an integral part of each meter a water
201. Molecularly bonded copper clad steel rods to BS 7430 or BS 6651 Accessories Rod to tape clamp or U bolt clamp Accessories sized to suit earth rod and connector Y80 2040D BUILDING OR STRUCTURAL ELEMENT EARTH ELECTRODES FOR SYSTEM EARTHING Standard BS 7430 Form Building or structural element Earth electrode couplings Use high strength driving cap in contact with driven rod and couplings of compatible material fully enclosing the rod threads Interconnect electrodes using bare copper tape 25mm x 6mm Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 357 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Earth electrodes in drawpits Provide concrete cover permanently labelled for electrodes installed through cable drawpit bases Main earth conductor connection Connect main earth conductor to first electrode using heavy duty purpose made silicon aluminium bronze body conductor clamp and high tensile phosphor bronze bolt Material minimum size as BS 7430 Table 4 Copper Accessories Rod to tape clamp Sized to suit earth rod and connector Y80 2060A EARTH ELECTRODE CLAMPS Connect tape to electrode head using heavy duty purpose made silicon aluminium bronze body connector clamps or leaded gunmetal body connector clamps and high tensile phosphor bronze bolts to BS EN 12163 Y80 2070A EARTH ELECTRODE INSPECTION FACILITIES Provide enclosure for each connection between earth conductor and as
202. N 1092 3 or BS EN 1092 4 Standard BS EN 1514 4 Gasket type Corrugated metal Gasket design Self centring for type B Y10 3020C JOINTING RINGS FOR CAST IRON Non metallic flat gaskets for flanges to BS EN 1092 2 Standard BS EN 1514 1 Gasket type Suitable for flanges to BS EN 545 BS EN 598 and BS EN 969 Y10 3030A SCREWED JOINTS TO BS 21 AND BS EN 10226 1 Use PTFE tape to BS 7786 or use hemp and jointing compound to BS 6956 5 or BS EN 751 2 Y10 3030B SCREWED JOINTS TO BS 21 AND BS EN 10226 1 WITH PTFE TAPE Use PTFE tape to BS 7786 Y10 3030C SCREWED JOINTS TO BS 21 AND BS EN 10226 1 WITH CHEMICAL CLEANING Use hemp and jointing compound to BS 6956 5 or BS EN 751 2 prior to chemical treatment and use PTFE tape to BS 7786 after chemical treatment Y10 3040A RAILROAD UNION CONNECTIONS Seating Spherical seating bronze to iron railroad pattern Y10 3040B NAVY UNION CONNECTIONS Seating Spherical seating bronze to bronze navy pattern Y10 3050A WELDED JOINTS WELDING RODS FOR STEEL PIPES Gas welding BS 1453 type A2 or A3 electric arc welding BS 2633 or electric arc welding BS 2971 Y10 3105A STAINLESS STEEL COUPLINGS FOR CAST IRON PIPES TO BS EN 877 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 246 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Material Stainless steel with zinc coated bolts and bolt holder Gasket EPDM Y10 3105B RED DUCTILE IRON COUPLI
203. N 1213 2000 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 97 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Building valves Copper alloy stopvalves for potable water supply in buildings Tests and requirements BS EN 12334 2001 Industrial valves Cast iron check valves BS EN 1254 1 1998 Copper and copper alloys Plumbing fittings Part 1 Fittings with ends for capillary soldering or capillary brazing to copper tubes Replaces BS 864 2 1983 which remains current BS EN 1254 2 1998 Copper and copper alloys Plumbing fittings Part 2 Fittings with compression ends for use with copper tubes BS EN 1254 3 1998 Copper and copper alloys Plumbing fittings Part 3 Fittings with compression ends for use with plastics pipes BS EN 13789 2002 Industrial valves Cast iron globe valves BS EN 13828 2003 Building valves Manually operated copper alloy and stainless steel ball valves for potable water supply in buildings Tests and requirements BS EN 14154 1 2005 Water meters Part 1 General requirements BS EN 1984 2000 Industrial valves Steel gate valves BS ISO 9000 2 1997 Quality management and quality assurance standards Generic guidelines for the application of ISO 9001 ISO 9002 and ISO 9003 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 98 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION S11 HOT WATER PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 030 SYSTEM DES
204. N 54 BS 6282 2 1982 Devices with moving parts for the prevention of contamination of water by backflow Part 2 Specification for terminal anti vacuum valves of nominal size up to and including DN 54 BS 6282 4 1982 Devices with moving parts for the prevention of contamination of water by backflow Part 4 Specification for combined check and anti vacuum valves of nominal size up to and including DN 42 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 136 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION BS 7350 1990 Specification for double regulating globe valves and flow measurement devices for heating and chilled water systems BS EN 10226 1 2004 Pipe threads where pressure tight joints are made on the threads Part 1 Taper external threads and parallel internal threads Dimensions tolerances and designation BS EN 10255 2004 Non alloy steel tubes suitable for welding or threading Technical delivery conditions BS EN 1092 1 2002 Flanges and their joints Circular flanges for pipes valves fittings and accessories PN designated Part 1 Steel flanges BS EN 1092 2 1997 Flanges and their joints Circular flanges for pipes valves fittings and accessories PN designated Part 2 Cast iron flanges BS EN 1092 3 2003 Flanges and their joints Circular flanges for pipes valves fittings and accessories PN designated Part 3 Copper alloy flanges BS EN 1171 2002 Industrial valves Cast iro
205. N INSULATION SECTION Material Mineral fibre Section for circular duct 17 to 610 mm diameter Nominal density 165 kg m Thermal conductivity Not exceeding 0 035 W mK at a mean temperature of 10 C Facing Reinforced aluminium foil Y50 2080D CIRCULAR DUCTWORK FIRE PROTECTION INSULATION PSM Material Mineral fibre PSM for circular duct greater than 406mm diameter Nominal density 165 kg m Thermal conductivity Not exceeding 0 035 W mK at a mean temperature of 10 C Facing Reinforced aluminium foil Y50 2170A VAPOUR BARRIER PERMEANCE Do not exceed the following permeance values for vapour barriers Permeance values Cold water pipework 0 05g sMN Chilled water pipework 0 015g sMN Refrigeration pipework 0 010g sMN Y50 2190 ADHESIVES Comply with the recommendations of clause 8 2 of BS 5970 section 2 for insulation bonding adhesives lagging adhesives and facing and film attachment adhesives Y50 2200A POLYISOBUTYLENE PROTECTION Minimum thickness 0 8mm Y50 2200C FLAT ALUMINIUM ZINC COATED STEEL PROTECTION Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 302 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Mild steel sheet continuously hot dipped with 185gm aluminium zinc coating to BS EN 10326 and BS EN 10327 applied directly to insulating material 0 4mm thick flat sheet Y50 2200E ALUMINIUM SHEETING PROTECTION Apply flat embossed or
206. N ON VESSELS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 305 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Cut Lamella to length to wrap around duct with an additional 75mm to form an overlap Remove insulation from facing of overlap together with dust and seal overlap with adhesive in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Butt joints closely together and seal with matching self adhesive tape at least 100mm wide Y50 3110 INSTALLATION OF PHENOLIC FOAM INSULATION ON VESSELS Use pre formed segments or pre slotted foil faced insulation to fit the diameter of the vessel laid with staggered joints Vapour seal the joint faces Use jointing compound to fill and seal joints around protrusions Do not use wire to secure insulation Secure insulation segments up to 3500mm outside insulation diameter with filament tape 38mm wide at 300mm centres Secure insulation segments over 3500mm outside insulation diameter with aluminium banding Y50 3120 INSTALLATION OF POLYISOBUTYLENE PIB PROTECTION Wrap pipework and fittings ductwork or tanks and vessels with PIB sheeting lapped at every joint by at least 50mm Solvent weld joints and support with banding in accordance with manufacturer s Arrange joints to shed water and prevent the ingress of water Y50 3130A INSTALLATION OF SHEET METAL FINISH ON PIPEWORK Secure insulation with metal bands at each end of section and at maximum centres of 450mm
207. NG APPLIANCES IAC ACTIONAIR GILBERTS SINGLE BLADED HIGH PERFORMANCE LOUVRE IAC OVENTROP TOUR ANDERSON HAMWORTHY BROAG BY GBBS PREFERED SUPPLIER TO BE ADVISED BY GBBS PURIFIED AIR LTD UVC amp ESP PURIFIED AIR LTD WORCHESTER Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 378 6 March 2013 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Appendix B Electrical Services Schedule of Suppliers Schedule of Preferred Electrical Manufacturers and Suppliers of Plant and Equipment The tender must be based upon the preferred schedule of manufacturers and suppliers If the Tenderer wishes to propose an alternative this shall be submitted as an option for consideration stating cost change and reason for deviating from the schedule The Sub Contractor shall provide and install plant and equipment in accordance with the schedule of manufacturers and suppliers Where more than one manufacturer or range is identified the Sub Contractor shall obtain the engineers written agreement on the equipment to be used before proceeding It still remains the Sub Contractors responsibility to ensure all equipment supplied is correct in all respects for the intended application Any and all deviations from this schedule must be authorised in writing by the engineer Where a standard does not appear on the schedule or in the specification text for any item of plant or equipment the Sub Contractor shall submi
208. NGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y45 2040A RECTANGULAR SILENCERS CASING TO DW144 WITH CONNECTIONS TO MATCH AHU Provide rectangular silencers compatible with ductwork installation Provide infill that is inert fire proof inorganic vermin proof non hygroscopic Construct splitters with manufacturer s standard ends Construct casing to DW 144 with duct connections to match the air handling unit and specified method of assembly Y45 2040B RECTANGULAR SILENCERS CASING TO DW144 WITH EXTERNAL FLANGES Provide rectangular silencers compatible with ductwork installation Provide infill that is inert fire proof inorganic vermin proof non hygroscopic Construct splitters with manufacturer s standard ends Construct casing to DW 144 with external flanges drilled for bolting to counterflanges on adjacent plant or ductwork Y45 2040C RECTANGULAR SILENCERS CASING TO DW144 WITH INTERNAL FLANGES Provide rectangular silencers compatible with ductwork installation Provide infill that is inert fire proof inorganic vermin proof non hygroscopic Construct splitters with manufacturer s standard ends Construct casing to DW 144 with internal flanges drilled and threaded for bolting to counterflanges on adjacent plant or ductwork Y45 2060A ACOUSTIC SPLITTERS TO MANUFACTURER S STANDARD Mount splitters vertically or horizontally and fix splitters as shown on drawings Construct splitters t
209. NGS FOR CAST IRON PIPES TO BS EN 877 Material Ductile iron Finish Red Gasket EPDM Y10 3105C GREY DUCTILE IRON COUPLINGS FOR CAST IRON PIPES TO BS EN 877 Material Ductile iron Finish Grey Gasket EPDM Y10 3105D BLACK DUCTILE IRON COUPLINGS FOR CAST IRON PIPES TO BS EN 877 Material Ductile iron Finish Black Gasket EPDM Y10 3110A SPIGOT SOCKET CAULKED JOINTS Use for spun cast iron pipe Yarn Tarred hemp or spun yarn or sterile inorganic yarn Lead Virgin blue pig lead Y10 3170 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS SLEEVE TYPE Joint Bolted sleeve type with wedge type elastomeric gaskets Type End load capable gripping elements embedded in gaskets up to 250mm Non end load capable Dimensions Manufacturer s standard Material Malleable cast iron to BS EN 1562 Ductile cast iron to BS EN 1564 Carbon steel to BS EN 10025 1 BS EN 10025 2 Finish Manufacturer s standard Galvanized Nylon coated Gaskets BS EN 682 GA Gaseous fuel 50C to 500C GAL Gaseous fuel 150C to 500C GB hydrocarbon fluids 50C to 500C GBL hydrocarbon fluids 150C to 500C H Aromatic hydrocarbon fluids and gaseous fuels containing condensates 50C to 500C BS EN 681 1 WA cold potable water WB hot potable water WC cold non potable water supply drainage sewerage and rainwater pipes WD hot non potable water WE hot potable water seals manufactured from isoprene isobutylen
210. NKING e Manufacture of trunking reference Y60 5010 e Access reference Y60 5020 e Fixing trunking e Reference Y60 5030A e Steel trunking e Reference Y60 5040A e Trunking of insulating material reference Y60 5060 261 000 HV LV CABLES AND WIRING 261 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y61 1000 and those detailed below e Supply HV LV cables and wiring as work section V20 These standards apply to the whole of this specification Also refer to the distribution board schedules for specific details 261 020 STANDARD FLEXIBLE CORDS AND INDUSTRIAL CABLES e Manufacturer and reference refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent e LSOH sheathing reference Y61 2005 261 040 MINERAL INSULATED WIRING AND POWER CABLES e Manufacture and reference Refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent e Light duty mineral insulated cables e Thermoplastic outer covering reference Y61 2040A e LSF outer covering reference Y61 2040B 261 050 STANDARD WIRING AND POWER CABLES e Manufacturer and reference refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent e LSOH sheathing reference Y61 2005 e Standard power supply cables e Thermosetting insulation and copper conductors e Sheathed reference Y61 2020A e Sheathed and armoured reference Y61 2020B e LSF sheathed and armoured reference Y61 2020E e Standard wires for conduit and trunking e LSF insulated with copper conductors
211. NKING OF INSULATING MATERIAL Type Dado trunking c w white finish Application To provide mechanical protection to cabling as shown on the system drawings Manufacturer and reference Refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent Cable trunking and fittings e Reference Y60 2080A Trunking type e Wall dado trunking e With compartments Surface trunking e PVC general purpose reference Y60 2130A Separate or multi compartment trunking e Reference Y60 2150A Wall Dado Trunking e PVC Support and fixing reference Y60 2170 260 050 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP General e Reference Y60 3010A Layout reference Y60 3020 Spacing reference Y60 3030 Condensation prevention reference Y60 3040 Protection and repair of steel components e Reference Y60 3050A Equipment connections reference Y60 3060 Cleaning before wiring reference Y60 3070 Wiring e Reference Y60 3080A Builderswork reference Y60 3090 260 070 WORKMANSHIP FOR CONDUIT Draw in boxes reference Y60 4010 Installation of cast in or buried conduit reference Y60 4020 Conduit boxes reference Y60 4030 Fixing conduit reference Y60 4040 Flexible and pliable conduit reference Y60 4050 Screwed steel conduit reference Y60 4060 Non metallic conduit e Reference Y60 4070A Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 150 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 260 080 WORKMANSHIP FOR TRU
212. NSHIP PIPEWORK INSULATION General reference Y50 3010 Installation of foil faced mineral wool insulation reference Y50 3020 Installation of protection Polyisobutylene PIB reference Y50 3120 Sheet metal finish Reference Y50 3130A Aluminium sheeting reference Y50 3170 Aluminium zinc coated steel reference Y50 3180 Laminated foil film reference Y50 3195 Flanges and valves reference Y50 3210 Liners reference Y50 3220 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 80 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Installation where insulation is carried through pipeline support Reference Y50 3230A Installation where insulation is not carried through pipeline support reference Y50 3240 Liquid vapour barriers reference Y50 3260 Integrity of vapour barriers reference Y50 3270 251 000 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SERVICES 251 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y51 1000 and those detailed below 251 030 STATIC TESTING Pressure testing General reference Y51 2010 Soil waste ventilation anti syphon and rainwater pipework reference Y51 2080 Underslab drainage reference Y51 2090 Vacuum testing reference Y51 2100 Provide an air compressor and subject the pipework to sectional testing by air at low pressure not exceeding 5 bars before commencing any flushing or testing with water There is to be no loss of
213. Officer Alternative Makes Delivery Periods Where a particular manufacturer is specified alternative makes of equal quality will be considered by the Supervising Officer However include in the Tender for the makes specified and give quotation for alternatives separately in an Appendices to the Form of Tender The contractor is responsible for ensuring that any proposed alternatives are equal in quality performance and efficiency and as such approval from the supervising officer to change supplier or model does not remove this responsibility from the contractor The contractor shall ensure that the dates of deliveries covered by orders placed with manufacturers suppliers or other contractors are confirmed at regular periods between the placing of the orders and the date of delivery To this end a delivery schedule of all major items must be submitted to the Supervising Officer within 60 days of acceptance of the Sub contractor s tender Builder s Work The formation of brick or concrete bases for engineering plant boilers calorifiers pumps switchgear etc the building in of radiator pipe and cable brackets the formation of cable trenches the provision of riddled earth in the trench both before and after laying and trench back filling the cutting of holes chasing making good will be carried out free of charge by the Main Contractor Sub contractors are to provide full dimensioned drawings Unless otherwise agreed with the main c
214. Operating Conditions Maximum temperature 130 C Maximum pressure 10 bar Options Provide connection for piping away released air and integral non return valve where indicated Y11 2610A STEEL EXPANSION LOOPS e Galvanized after manufacture e Provide expansion loop in material and finish of associated pipeline Size to limit stress set up in material of pipe wall to 69 MPa e Forge bend from a single length of pipe or join by welding fittings if expansion loops are too large to manufacture in one piece e Where indicated galvanize after manufacture Y11 2620 EXPANSION LOOPS COPPER Provide expansion loop in material and finish of associated pipeline Size to limit total stress set up in material of pipe wall to less than 51 5 MPa Forge bend from a single length of pipe Y11 2630A THREADED END EXPANSION COMPENSATORS AXIAL BELLOWS Ends Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Bellows Stainless steel multi ply or single ply construction fitted with stainless steel inner sleeves Operation Supply expansion joints capable of not less than 2000 complete reversals of movement at the given working conditions and of withstanding a pressure test of 1 5 times the design pressure without deformation Y11 2630B FLANGED EXPANSION COMPENSATORS AXIAL BELLOWS Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 1 Bellows Stainless steel multi ply or single ply construction fitted with stainless steel inner sleeves Operation Supply expansion joints
215. P SELECTION Select pump at or near most efficient part of performance curve for duty required 1030 SAFETY GUARDS Fit safety guards around revolving parts on close coupled and belt drive pumps 1040 PUMP TESTING Ensure pumps comply with BS EN ISO 5198 and BS EN ISO 9906 as appropriate Y20 4010 GENERAL Comply with manufacturer s recommendations for installation of pumps For in line pumps ensure that motor is positioned in accordance with manufacturer s requirements Y20 4020 PIPELINE CONNECTIONS Support pumps independently from connecting pipework to ensure no load is transmitted from pipework to pump casing on pump suction and discharge Y20 4030 MOUNTINGS Mount motors and pumps for belt drive pumps resiliently Y20 4040 ALIGNMENT Align pump to prevent undue restraint and thrust on interconnecting pipework Align drives to prevent undue wear and restraint on pump shaft For belt drives align pulleys and tension belts to prevent undue wear and out of balance forces Y20 4050 ACCESS Locate pump within the system with adequate space around it for service and maintenance Y20 4060 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEWAGE PUMPS For ease of service and maintenance install submersible sewage pumps on guide rails or with lifting cables Fit pumps with automatic discharge connections which locate on to permanent pipework at low level in chamber Y24 TRACE HEATING Y24 1000 GENERAL 1010 STANDARDS Comply with BS 7671 IEE Wi
216. PECIFICATION The contractor shall design install test commission and demonstrate the lighting installation within the new building in accordance with this specification document and the employer s requirement documents 100 040 CONTROL REQUIREMENTS The lighting system is to be complete with an automated control system with manual override and is to include the facility for user dimming and daylight dimming e Dimming e Ensure dimming system reduces rather than diverts the energy supply e Provide dimming photoelectric lighting controls to all areas where daylighting levels are sufficient to provide a significant proportion of the required design illuminance levels Ensure that the sum of daylight and electric lighting always reaches the design level by sensing the total illuminance in the controlled area and adjusting the level of artificial light to meet the design requirements e The system is to be an absence based addressable system wired from area controllers 100 045 LIGHTING SYSTEMS EMC Ensure that all elements of the lighting systems including lamps luminaires and control components are fully compatible with all other electrical electronic and radio frequency installations e Provide documentary evidence of compatibility e Carry out site tests and demonstrate compatibility in co operation with other system suppliers as necessary PART 2 SELECTION SCHEDULES FOR REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 273 000 LUMINAIRES AND LAMPS 273
217. PPORT SYSTEM WIRE ROPE 4215 WIRE ROPE SUSPENSION SYSTEM Type Application Manufacturer and reference Or approved equivalent Standards BS EN 12385 1 BS EN 13411 3 BS EN 13411 4 DIN 3093 BSRIA COP 22 2002 Dimensions Safe working load kg Length Components Wire rope Safe working load kg Length mm Material Stainless steel grade 316 Galvanised Fastener Components Springs stainless steel grade 302 Adjustment Tamperproof Fixing Loop Safe working load kg Length mm Stud permanently fixed to wire rope length Single toggle Double toggle Double karabiner Hook Accessories Setting keys Span bearer supports Ceiling clip fixings Threaded adaptors Anchor bolts Anchor for stud fixings Ceiling fixing kit Corner saddle Fastener d cor cover Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 252 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Provide wire rope support system Confirm wire rope is suitable for supporting pipelines Y10 4215 WIRE ROPE SUSPENSION SYSTEM Type Application Manufacturer and reference Or approved equivalent Standards BS EN 12385 1 BS EN 13411 3 BS EN 13411 4 DIN 3093 BSRIA COP 22 2002 Dimensions Safe working load kg Length Components Wire rope Safe working load kg Length mm Material Stainless steel grade 316 Galvanised Fastener Components Springs stainless steel grade 302 Ad
218. R PIPES AND FITTINGS Copper pipe half hard Class X Uncoated reference Y10 2270A Capillary fittings for copper tubing General potable range reference Y10 2310A Compression fittings for copper tubing Type A compression fittings reference Y10 2320A 210 070 PIPEWORK ACCESSORIES e Wall floor and ceiling masking plates e Chromium plated reference Y10 3190A e Pipework support reference Y10 4210 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 112 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Wire rope suspension system reference Y10 4215 210 080 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP Appearance reference Y10 4010 Spacing reference Y10 4020 Pipe fittings Bends swept tees reference Y10 4070A Elbows square tees reference Y10 4070B Pipes through walls and floors reference Y10 4110 Pipe sleeves Reference Y10 4120A Insulation carried through reference Y10 4120B Pipe sleeves through fire barriers reference Y10 4125 Connections to equipment reference Y10 4130 Temporary plugs caps and flanges Reference Y10 4150A Flanged joints general reference Y10 4160 Dissimilar metals reference Y10 4170 Pipe rings and clips reference Y10 4180 Pipe supports reference Y10 4205 Support spacing reference Y10 4220 Isolation and regulation Reference Y10 4230A Maintenance and renewal reference Y10 4240 Cleaning reference Y10 4250 Non ferrous components reference Y10 4260
219. R SUPPLY UNIT e Output e tobe complete with battery back up so as to enable operation in the event of mains failure 320 000 WORKMANSHIP 320 010 WORK ON SITE Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 171 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Ensure that all building works are completed and service connections are proved e By others e By the electrical contractor 320 020 INSTALLATION Install commission and set to work facilities for the disabled in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations and the appropriate standard 320 030 QUALITY CONTROL Handle store and install equipment and components of the facilities for the disabled in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations e Obtain all equipment and components from a single source unless otherwise instructed Inspect all equipment and components on delivery before fixing and after installation and reject and replace any which are defective Record all commissioning measurements and tests W20 CCTV PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 010 PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES The contractor shall design install test commission and demonstrate a CCTV system within the new building in accordance with ths specification and the employer s requriement documents Scope of Work To design supply and install a high quality CCTV system in accordance with the following information The system shall include all materials
220. ROLS OPTIMISERS Standard BS EN 12098 2 310 296 DEDICATED CONTROLS COMPENSATORS Standard BS EN 12098 1 BS EN 12098 3 310 297 DEDICATED CONTROLS TIME SWITCHES Standard BS EN 60730 2 7 Provide time switches with minimum of 24 hours mains failure reserve facility 310 330 CONTROL FUNCTIONS AND ROUTINES GENERAL Provide a facility to automatically cycle selected actuators through their full range of movement outside normal operating periods with a periodicity set by the operator in addition to normal automatic or manual control Ensure that the cycle finishes as one complete operation Ensure that any alarm conditions raised during the operation are inhibited as necessary Provide a facility to drive actuators to their open or closed positions at the end of plant operating periods 310 400 CONTROL FUNCTIONS AND ROUTINES OPTIMUM START STOP FOR HEATING SYSTEMS Provide an optimum start routine for the heating system to compute the daily minimum pre heat period necessary to achieve target comfort conditions at the start of occupation Provide an optimum stop routine to compute the earliest time for the heat source to be shut down in order to retain minimum target comfort conditions in the zone at the end of occupation Ensure that the optimum start stop routines have access to the system real time clock calendar facility and time programme to define the occupation periods Ensure that it is possible to apply optimum st
221. RT SYSTEM CABLE RACK Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 333 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Proprietary system of channel sections with return lip and compatible jointing and fixing accessories Fittings Use factory made fittings throughout of same material finish and section as rack for risers bends reducers tees crosses and drop outs Material Hot rolled steel galvanized after manufacture to BS EN ISO 1461 or bending and profiling quality hot dipped galvanized steel to BS EN 10326 BS EN 10327 or BS EN 10143 Finish Self colour galvanized Y63 2020C CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEM CABLE CLEATS One piece or single way pattern or claw pattern or two bolt pattern Material Die cast aluminium alloy moulded black polyethylene or nylon Finish Self finish Y63 2025A CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEM PROPRIETARY CABLE TIES Two piece cable tray pattern on cable tray only Wrap round self locking non releasable pattern on everything except cable trays Y63 2025B CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEM CABLE CLIPS Polypropylene surface type with pre fixed hardened steel pin for general use except on mineral insulated cables For mineral insulated cables use bright copper one hole P clips for unsheathed mineral insulated cables PVC covered for sheathed mineral insulated cables Y63 2025C CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEM TWO WAY SADDLES Bright copper for unsheathed mineral insulated cables PVC co
222. RTHING SYSTEM Carry out installation of earthing system in accordance with BS 7671 IEE Regulations and BS 7430 320 040 MAIN AND SUPPLEMENTARY EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING Bond in accordance with BS 7430 and BS 7671 to main earth terminal all extraneous conductive parts of the installation e Ensure the following services are bonded e Main water pipes e Main gas pipes Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 194 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Air ductlines Heating pipework Chilled water pipework Exposed metallic parts of building structure Thermal insulation metallic cladding Metallic cable sheaths of all cables except British Telecom e Lightning protection systems Bond with supplementary equipotential bonds to protective conductor system all simultaneous accessible conductive e Ensure the following areas are bonded to BS 7671 Section 601 e bathrooms and shower rooms e boiler houses e all other plantrooms e wet and damp process areas e kitchens and laundries e Bond to non current carrying parts of Electrical Installation in associated spaces to BS 7671 and BS 7430 e Use clamps to BS 951 for bonding of pipes 320 060 LOW VOLTAGE SHEATHS AND ARMOUR Bond the sheaths and armour of low voltage cables solidly to earth e Single core cables e At both ends e Single point with separate circuit protective conductors 320 070 METALLIC FENCING Bond to earth
223. Rating 6A Switch mechanism Snap action microgap Pole configurations Single pole 1 way 2 way or intermediate as indicated Y74 2020C INTERIOR LIGHTING SWITCHES PULL CORD Standard BS EN 60669 1 enclosure box to BS 4662 Switch type Cord to BS EN 61058 2 1 Rating 6A Pole configurations Single pole Y74 2020D INTERIOR LIGHTING SWITCHES GENERAL PURPOSE SECRET KEY Standard BS EN 60669 1 enclosure box to BS 4662 Switch type Rocker bar secret key Rating 6A Gangs as indicated Switch mechanism Snap action microgap Pole configurations Single pole double pole 2 way or intermediate as indicated Y74 2020E INTERIOR LIGHTING SWITCHES GENERAL PURPOSE DIMMER Standard BS EN 60669 1 enclosure box to BS 4662 Switch type Rocker bar dimmer Rating 6A Gangs as indicated Switch mechanism Snap action microgap Pole configurations Single pole double pole 2 way or intermediate as indicated Y74 2020F INTERIOR LIGHTING SWITCHES GRID SECRET KEY Standard BS EN 60669 1 enclosure box to BS 4662 Switch type Rocker bar secret key Rating 6A Switch mechanism Snap action microgap Pole configurations Single pole 1 way 2 way or intermediate as indicated Y74 2030A EXTERIOR LIGHTING SWITCHES METAL CLAD ROTARY Standard BS EN 60669 1 enclosure box to BS 4662 Switch type Rotary disc or lever operating through sealing gland Rating 6A Gangs as indicated
224. Reference Y72 2180A e Inverter type e Control panel reference Y72 2190A e Motor control centre reference Y72 2190B 272 180 STARTER AND CONTROL PANEL INTERNAL WIRING e Reference Y72 2260A Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 157 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 272 190 COMPONENT MOUNTING e Reference Y72 2270A 272 200 CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTION CHARTS e Reference Y72 2280A 272 210 WORKMANSHIP Reference Y72 3010 274 000 ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRICAL SERVICES 274 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y74 1000 and those detailed below 274 020 SAMPLES Provide samples of the following items all items which will be on general view 274 030 ACCESSORIES COMMON REQUIREMENTS e Type Within all areas use white insulated plastic Within plantrooms and storerooms to be metalclad To be fixed to recessed metal clad enclosures in all areas apart from on dado trunking where they will be insulated Switch boxes minimum depth of 25mm Power outlet boxes minimum depth of 35mm Power outlet boxes on skirting or dado trunking minimum depth of 25mm Recessed accessories shall be in exact position relative to the finished face surface when installed to allow for the cover plate to be fixed accurately and correctly aligned without gaps between the plate and the finished wall surface They shall not be recessed too deeply into the wall finish Provide CPC b
225. Rev T1 135 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 320 020 BUILDERSWORK Mark out positions for battens fixed by others when fixing equipment to stud walling 320 030 SECOND FIX Allow for removal and second fix of radiators 320 040 ISOLATION Fit an isolating valve on flow and a regulating valve on return unless otherwise indicated BS APPENDIX BS 1010 2 1973 Specification for draw off taps and stopvalves for water services screw down pattern Part 2 Draw off taps and above ground stopvalves Current obsolescent BS 1965 1 1963 Specification for butt welding pipe fittings for pressure purposes Part 1 Carbon steel Replaced by BS EN 10253 1 1999 but remains current BS 21 1985 Specification for pipe threads for tubes and fittings where pressure tight joints are made on the threads metric dimensions Partially superseded by BS EN 10226 1 2004 BS 2879 1980 Specification for draining taps screw down pattern BS 476 7 1997 Fire tests on building materials and structures Part 7 Method of test to determine the classification of the surface spread of flame of products BS 5154 1991 Specification for copper alloy globe globe stop and check check and gate valves Partially replaced by BS EN 12288 2003 BS 6282 1 982 Devices with moving parts for the prevention of contamination of water by backflow Part 1 Specification for check valves of nominal size up to and including D
226. S 21 and BS EN 10226 1 with one union end Operation Ensure flexible connections have a design life of 120 months at 100 C Provide tie bars with rubber top hat washers where working pressure exceeds 4 bar Supply threaded tie bars with adjustable length Ensure flexible connections are tied when the plant is on vibration isolation mountings Y11 2650H FLANGED CHLOROBUTYL RUBBER FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS UP TO 10 BAR AND 60 DEGREE C Material Multi ply reinforced chlorobutyl rubber with wire reinforced cuffs Synthetic fibre reinforcement within the body Marking Mould date of manufacture on bellows Show manufacturer and type Ends Flanges to BS EN 1092 1 that can swivel and are removable Operation Ensure flexible connections have a design life of 120 months at given conditions Provide tie bars with rubber top hat washers where working pressure exceeds 4 bar Supply threaded tie bars with adjustable length Ensure flexible connections are tied when the plant is on vibration isolation mountings Y11 2670A TEST PLUGS SELF SEALING Provide DZR copper alloy self sealing test plugs for measurement of temperature and pressure complete with captive cap for sealing when not in use Ensure test plugs are suitable for system operating temperature and pressure Provide one thermometer and pressure gauge for each range of conditions for use with test plugs Y11 2670B TEST PLUGS VALVE CONTROLLED Provide DZR copper alloy self valve cont
227. SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Cameras shall be triggered by physical sensors detected video loss detected video motion or messages received over the network Storage Database Utilities shall allow setup and usage of detected hard disks locally Any local hard drive shall be a candidate to add to the storage database Once established certain recorders shall use established local hard disks for recording data Authentication shall be configured using the Authentication Settings screen Authentication display shall be established by site and affect the destination video A check box shall be available to enable the video authentication symbol A This symbol shall verify that the video generated is authentic Operation of the system shall be facilitated by the use of a monitoring screen whereby a security operator can perform a full scope of surveillance duties on the recorder using a mouse and keyboard The recorder shall use an Intel Core i5 processor minimum for the 120 and 240 fps recorders and an Intel Core i3 processor processor minimum for the 30 and 60 fps units running Microsoft Windows XP Embedded There shall be a variety of hard disk sizes from 120 to 1200 GB The front panel shall contain a key locked user door making accessible a CD RW drive power switch keyboard port and mouse port The recorder shall also be equipped in a standard 19 in 482 mm rack mount with carry handles The rear panel shall contain 16
228. SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION etc shall be free issue to the mechanical contractor for their installation Meters All meters water gas electric energy shall be logged by the BMS Water gas and energy meters shall be provided by the controls specialist Main Panel A main panel shall be provided in the packaged plantroom The main panel fascia drawings shall be provided for comment prior to manufacturer of the panel The main panel shall house hand off auto switches for all plant run fault lamps filter dirty lamps power healthy lamp and lamp test button The main panel shall house an audible common alarm buzzer lamp and mute button Outstations shall be located as required around the building Wind direction and wind speed indicator The controls specialist shall provide windspeed and wind direction sensor in a suitable location on the roof of the building Proposed System Description of Operation General Cabling Interfaces The specialist control contractor shall supply and install all associated power cabling controls cabling containment support brackets field sensors containment drops etc to fully service the controls installation The electrical contractor shall provide an electrical supply local to the main control panel terminating in an isolator from which the controls specialist shall cable to their control panel All power cabling to all mechanical plant shall be derived from the control panel and cabled
229. SLEEVES e Application Provide cable sleeves where external cables enter the building To be routed at a minimum of 100mm above the finished floor and sealed once the cable installation works are complete e Reference Y61 3120A 261 250 CABLE COVERS AND MARKERS e Reference Y61 3130A 261 260 WORKMANSHIP Cable installation general reference Y61 4010 Cable installation in low temperatures reference Y61 4020 Installation of LSF cable reference Y61 4030 Installation of unarmoured cables reference Y61 4040 Cable trenches e Reference Y61 4050A Cable installation in trenches reference Y61 4060 e Cable ducts e Reference Y61 4070A e Cable installation into ducts reference Y61 4080 e Cable installation in conduit and trunking e Reference Y61 4090A e Cable installation on tray and rack reference Y61 4100 e Cable surface installation e Reference Y61 4110A e Cable embedded installation e Reference Y61 4120A e Cable installation mineral insulated cables e Reference Y61 4130A e Cable installation flexible cords reference Y61 4140 e Cable jointing and terminating generally e Reference Y61 4150A e Cable jointing and terminating elastomer and plastic insulated cables reference Y61 4170 e Terminating mineral insulated cables e Reference Y61 4180A e Cable joints mineral insulated cables e Reference Y61 4190A e Communications coaxial optical fibre and IT cable installation jointing and terminating e Reference Y61
230. TEEL CONDUIT INSTALLATION Area of installation Interior Enclosure pattern Surface Accessory mounting Direct to enclosure Enclosure material Pressed steel or cast iron Enclosure finish As conduit system or galvanized Coverplate finish all accessories to match Metal clad Coverplate pattern Surface type Ancillaries Earthing terminal integral within switch box Neon indicator with red lens illuminated in ON position for connection units Switch rocker bar colour as indicated Operating keys for key operated switches minimum number 2 Fuses to BS 1362 Marking Method engraving Mark front plate to indicate equipment served on connection units Conduit and cable entries Threaded entries top bottom or side to suit conduit system Cable termination Manufacturer s standard Y74 2010E ACCESSORIES COMMON REQUIREMENTS SURFACE STEEL CONDUIT WEATHERPROOF INSTALLATION Area of installation Exterior Enclosure pattern Surface and weatherproof Accessory mounting Direct to enclosure Enclosure material Cast iron Enclosure finish As conduit system or galvanized Coverplate finish all accessories to match As enclosure Coverplate pattern Surface type Ancillaries Earthing terminal integral within switch box Neon indicator with red lens illuminated in ON position for connection units Screwed weathering cap and chain for socket outlets Operating keys for key operated switches minimum number 2 Fuses t
231. TY ELECTRICAL CONNECTION DO NOT REMOVE in visible position at each bonding conductor connection to extraneous conductive parts Y80 2180 MAIN EARTH CONDUCTOR WARNING TAPES Provide green yellow PVC tapes labelled EARTHING CONDUCTOR over complete external lengths of main earth conductors at 300mm depth below finished ground Y80 2190 EARTH BAR LABEL Label earth bar SAFETY ELECTRICAL CONNECTION DO NOT REMOVE with wall mounted laminated plastic tablet engraved in 10mm high red letters on white ground Y80 3010 CLEAN EARTH DISTRIBUTION Install clean earth distribution in double insulated cables from earth electrodes to equipment points Mount all busbars with insulators and separate from other earthing systems Y80 3020 DISSIMILAR METALS Ensure where dissimilar metals are used for system that purpose made jointing materials are used such that corrosion and deterioration of the electrical connection are not caused Ensure bonding connections to other metal parts of building are electrolytically compatible with those metal parts Use the guidance given in BS 7430 Table 8 when bonding dissimilar materials Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 359 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y80 3030A COPPER TAPE JOINTS Provide waterproof protection at joints subject to moisture Joint copper tapes by brazing using zinc free brazing metal with melting point at least 600
232. UREMENT DEVICES TO BS 7350 TYPE 4 COPPER ALLOY BS 7350 section 3 2 type 4 variable orifice valve Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 Material Variable orifice double regulating globe valve bronze or DZR copper alloy to BS 5154 series B Options Independent means for positive isolation on pressure tapping or adapter Y11 2230G FLOW MEASUREMENT DEVICES TO BS 7350 TYPE 4 CAST IRON BS 7350 section 3 2 type 4 variable orifice valve Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 Material Variable orifice double regulating globe valve cast iron to BS EN 13789 Options Independent means for positive isolation on pressure tapping or adapter Y11 2260A RADIATOR VALVES TO BS 2767 TYPE 4 e Finish e Natural e Chromium plated Material Bronze or brass copper alloy body Pattern Angle or straight to suit application Straight Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 or compression to BS EN 1254 2 to suit pipework as indicated Angle Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 with one end internal and other end external with union nut and tail pipe or compression joint to BS EN 1254 2 one end and other end externally threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 with union nut and tail pipe to suit pipework as indicated Options Fit wheel valves on flow connections to radiators and other heat emitters without thermostatic radiator valves Fit lockshield valves on return connections Y11 2315A OPEN CLOSE CONTROL BALL VALVES Valve Open Close valv
233. Use manufacturer s earth continuity clips to ensure compliance with IET regulations Y10 5070A ANCHORS STEEL PIPES U BOLTS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 255 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Provide anchors constructed using mild steel over straps or heavy U bolts Secure to channel section adequately attached to or grouted into building structure weld longitudinal edges of strap to pipe Y10 5070B ANCHORS STEEL PIPES SLIP ON FLANGES Provide anchors constructed by passing two slip on flanges over pipe to anchor point Bolt together through an interposed mild steel channel section attached to or grouted into building structure and finally weld flanges to pipe Y10 5090 STEEL PIPEWORK PAINTING Remove scale rust or temporary protective coating by chipping wire brushing or use of approved solvents and paint with one coat of red oxide primer as work proceeds Y10 5100 COMPRESSION JOINTS STAINLESS STEEL PIPES Use BS EN 1254 2 Type A fittings Preparation Ensure that plain ends are cut square Reamer out bore at plain ends to full bore size Clean plain ends with fine steel wool Making and Sealing In accordance with fitting manufacturer s instructions Y10 6030 COMPRESSION JOINTS COPPER PIPES LIGHT GAUGE Preparation for fittings to BS EN 1254 2 Type A fitting Ensure that plain ends are cut square Reamer out bore at plain ends to full bore
234. V 10 6 Service conditions Ambient air temperature and altitude as BS EN 60439 Y71 2020B WALL MOUNTED ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION Enclosure standard BS EN 62208 Material of enclosure Manufacturer s standard Terminals for external conductors main power circuits Accommodate cross sectional area of copper cables in accordance with BS EN 60439 1 Terminals for external conductor control and auxiliary circuits Terminal block Mounting as manufacturer s standard Size of neutrals on three phase supplies Full sized Degree of protection to BS EN 60529 IP31 for assembly Protection against direct and indirect contact Manufacturer s standard Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 335 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Accessibility for inspection Arrange for following operations to be performed when assembly is in service and under voltage Visual inspection of switching devices and other apparatus settings and indicators of relays and releases conductor connections and markings Adjusting and re setting of relays releases and electronic devices Replacement of fuselinks and indicating lamps Fault location by voltage and current measuring Accessibility for maintenance Provide space between functional unit or group and adjacent functional units or groups Provide retainable fastening means for parts likely to be removed for maintenance Removable parts and withdrawable parts as
235. VICE Comply with BS EN 61008 Supply residual current devices RCCDs with rated voltage rated current rated tripping current rated tripping time and rated breaking capacity as indicated DC component Ensure dc component does not affect operation Overcurrent protection Fit RCDs with integral overcurrent protection Y71 2242 RESIDUAL CURRENT MONITORS Supply residual current monitors Standard BS EN 62020 Y71 2245 COMBINED RESIDUAL CURRENT OVER CURRENT OPERATED CIRCUIT BREAKERS Supply combined residual current over current operated circuit breakers RCBOs in accordance with BS EN 61009 Y71 2250 CABLE TERMINATIONS Ensure that switchgear and distribution boards are provided with facilities to terminate size number and type of cable indicated Where necessary use fabricated steel extension boxes for glanding large and multiple cables Provide non ferrous metal glanding plates for single core cable terminations Y71 3010 FIXING Fix all equipment independently of wiring system Use cadmium or zinc electroplated bolts nuts washers and screws Y71 3020 MOUNTING HEIGHT Mount single items of equipment 1450mm above finished floor level to centre of equipment unless otherwise indicated Arrange groups of equipment other than floor mounted assemblies so that all parts of equipment requiring access for operation or maintenance are at least 500mm and no more than 2000mm above finished floor level unless otherwise indicat
236. WORKMANSHIP General Reference Y60 3010A Layout reference Y60 3020 Spacing reference Y60 3030 Condensation prevention reference Y60 3040 Protection and repair of steel components Reference Y60 3050A Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 202 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Equipment connections reference Y60 3060 Cleaning before wiring reference Y60 3070 Wiring Reference Y60 3080A Builderswork reference Y60 3090 260 070 WORKMANSHIP FOR CONDUIT Draw in boxes reference Y60 4010 Installation of cast in or buried conduit reference Y60 4020 Conduit boxes reference Y60 4030 Fixing conduit reference Y60 4040 Flexible and pliable conduit reference Y60 4050 Screwed steel conduit reference Y60 4060 Non metallic conduit Underground installation reference Y60 4080 260 080 WORKMANSHIP FOR TRUNKING Manufacture of trunking reference Y60 5010 Access reference Y60 5020 Fixing trunking Reference Y60 5030A Steel trunking Reference Y60 5040A 261 000 HV LV CABLES AND WIRING 261 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y61 1000 and those detailed below 261 020 STANDARD FLEXIBLE CORDS AND INDUSTRIAL CABLES e Standard ordinary flexible cords multi copper cores reference Y61 2010D 261 040 MINERAL INSULATED WIRING AND POWER CABLES e Light duty mineral insulated cables e LSF outer covering reference Y6
237. Warning Yellow Disabled lsolated Yellow Fire zones Red per zone Test condition Yellow Output to fire alarm routing equipment Red Output to fire protection equipment Red Output to fault warning routing equipment Yellow e Push Button or Switch Controls e Sound Alarms Evacuate e Silence Alarm e Audible signal if not reset e Silence Control Sounder e Test Alarms e Reset fire e Levelli e Combined with control sounder silence at Level 2 e Lamp Test e Cancel Fault Buzzer e Keypad e Zone status indicators e Alarm Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 188 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Fault e Isolated e Supervision and Fault Reporting e Faults to be reported e Short circuit and Open circuit e Loops Sounder cables Conventional detector circuits MCP circuits Ancillary devices circuits Voice alarm system e Repeat or Secondary indicators Unconfigured device Addressable device failure Device not responding Double address Incorrectly configured device Detector condition Detector removed Repeater or Remote printer failure Repeat or Secondary indicators fault Earth fault to loop Main Power fault Standby Power fault PSU fault Charger fault Battery fault Battery critical Mains failure Auxiliary PSU failure Total loss of power alarm to activate Fuse failure Relay Output fault System fault to indicate and b
238. With supplementary sign Emergency stop push button Y90 FIXING TO BUILDING FABRIC Y90 1000 GENERAL 1010 PREPARATION Mark out set out and firmly fix all equipment components and necessary brackets and supports 1020 MANUFACTURER S DRAWINGS Use manufacturer s drawings and templates for purposes of marking and setting out 1030 FIXINGS Ensure structure and fixings are suitable for items to be fixed 1040 LOADING DETAILS Provide loading details for all fixing types 1050 BUILDING IN BY OTHERS Provide all necessary assistance to enable any item of building in type to be built in by others 1060 SIZE OF FIXING Use largest size of bolt screw or other fixing permitted by diameter of hole in item to be fixed 1070 GREASING OF FIXINGS Ensure all bolts screws or other fixings used are greased or lubricated in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 367 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y90 2010 STANDARDS Ensure that fixings such as expanding anchors are tested for tensile loading in accordance with BS 5080 1 Y90 2020 PLUGS Use plugs of suitable size and length for fixings Use plastic fibrous or soft metal non deteriorating plugs to suit application Do not use wood plugs Ensure that when screw is in place threaded length is in plug Ensure plugs used for screw fixing are set in to correct depth prior to final
239. Y46 3090 PERFORATED SCREENS Fit perforated screens behind grille volume control devices to equalize air flow and pressure Contain perforated sheet within rigid surrounding frame incorporating fixing brackets or lugs Y46 3120B LIFT OUT LOUVRE ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS Incorporate purpose made access panels or doors within body of louvres manufactured from compatible materials Use permanent housed or lockable lift out access panels Y46 4010 GRILLE DIFFUSER LOCATION Fit at terminal air supply extract and transfer points indicated in accordance with the HEVAC Air Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 298 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Diffusion Guide Y46 4020 LOUVRE LOCATION Fit at system main air intake and discharge points as indicated Y46 4030 ACCESSORIES Fit accessories to each grille and diffuser in accordance with manufacturer s instructions and as indicated Y46 4040 CONNECTION TO DUCTWORK When connecting directly to duct spigot secure grille mounting frame or flange with screws or bolts and nuts to returned flange with filled in corners at end of duct spigot Y46 4050A INSTALLATION IN BUILDERS WORK Ensure outer edge of grille mounting frame or flange extends on all sides beyond the joint between any builders work frame and surrounding building construction Ensure grilles are sealed to building fabric including ceilings to prevent ai
240. Y50 2285 Non domestic hot water supply services reference Y50 2290 Protection against freezing reference Y50 2420 250 090 WORKMANSHIP PIPEWORK INSULATION General reference Y50 3010 Installation of foil faced mineral wool insulation reference Y50 3020 Installation of protection Polyisobutylene PIB reference Y50 3120 Sheet metal finish Reference Y50 3130A Aluminium sheeting reference Y50 3170 Aluminium zinc coated steel reference Y50 3180 Flanges and valves reference Y50 3210 Liners reference Y50 3220 Installation where insulation is carried through pipeline support Reference Y50 3230A Installation where insulation is not carried through pipeline support reference Y50 3240 Integrity of vapour barriers reference Y50 3270 251 000 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SERVICES 251 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y51 1000 and those detailed below 251 030 STATIC TESTING e Pressure testing e General reference Y51 2010 e Water circulating and supply systems and steam and condense lines reference Y51 2020 e Water mains reference Y51 2040 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 105 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Provide an air compressor and subject the pipework to sectional testing by air at low pressure not exceeding 5 bars before commencing any flushing or testing with water e On completi
241. Y72 2130A Motors above 0 37kW reference Y72 2130B Direct on line type reference Y72 2150 Star delta type reference Y72 2160 Auto transformer type Stator rotor type Inverter type Control panel reference Y72 2190A Motor control centre reference Y72 2190B 272 120 AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER FOR RUN STANDBY DUTY Single power supply reference Y72 2200 Provide system malfunction audible alarm Dual power supply reference Y72 2210 Provide system malfunction audible alarm 272 130 CONTROL CIRCUIT TRANSFORMERS e Reference Y72 2220 272 140 SWITCHING AND INDICATION e Reference Y72 2230A 272 150 AUDIBLE ALARMS e Reference Y72 2240 272 160 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS Electrical supply 3 phase reference Y72 1010A Single phase reference Y72 1010B Reference Y72 2250A 272 180 STARTER AND CONTROL PANEL INTERNAL WIRING e Reference Y72 2260A 272 190 COMPONENT MOUNTING Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 207 6 March 2013 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Reference Y72 2270A 272 200 CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTION CHARTS e Reference Y72 2280A 272 210 WORKMANSHIP Reference Y72 3010 274 000 ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRICAL SERVICES 274 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y74 1000 and those detailed below 274 020 SAMPLES Provide samples of the following items 1 Sensors 2 Gas knock off push buttons 274 240 WORKMANSHIP
242. a requirement for comfort cooling to particular areas such as the IT Suites offices areas gym staff areas and the server rooms etc as per the tender drawings due to the high heat gains from the equipment used in these areas It is proposed that comfort cooling shall be provided to the Server Room area via run and standby refrigerant DX split systems These shall be of the air source heat pump type and shall also provide heating to these areas as well as cooling The system shall be selected so as to compliment the Part L2A 2010 performance parameters and shall be listed on the enhanced capital allowances scheme The server room shall be served by dedicated split system two independent systems to allow for the required 24 hour operation of this room whilst still achieving a degree of robustness to the installation such that failure of one unit will not affect the operation of the room Condenser units to be located upon the roof area These systems shall be monitored by the new central BMS system for fault and run condition and shall raise an alarm at the BMS front end in the instance of a fault All DX units shall be controlled from hard wired wall mounted controllers no infra red controllers are to be used The wall mounted controllers shall be simple units allowing the operator to adjust only the fan speed and the room temperature set point The units shall be automatic changeover from heating to cooling mode The classrooms IT Suites offices
243. a unique number Y72 2270A COMPONENT MOUNTING Mount all components of the switchgear and controlgear in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Mount control components on top hat rails 35mm to BS 5584 EN 50022 Y72 2280A CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTION CHARTS Prepare function charts for the control system in accordance with BS EN 60848 Obtain approval of function chart before design of system hardware or writing control software Function chart format Combined function chart circuit diagram Y72 3010 INSTALLATION Install control panels motor control centres contactors and starters in accordance with BS EN 60947 and manufacturer s recommendations Y73 LUMINAIRES AND LAMPS Y73 1000 GENERAL 1010 STANDARDS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 342 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Supply luminaires and lamps to standards as appropriate Y73 2165 TYPES OF HIGH EFFICIENCY LAMP FOR NON DAYLIT AREAS Light Source High pressure All ratings above 70W sodium Metal halide All ratings above 70W Tubular All 26mm diameter T lamps and 16mm T5 lamps fluorescent rated above 11W provided with low loss or high frequency control gear 38mm diameter T12 linear fluorescent lamps 2400mm in length Compact All ratings above 26W fluorescent Y73 2170A TUNGSTEN FILAMENT LAMPS Comply with BS EN 60064 BS EN 60432 1 and BS EN 60630 Supply electronic ste
244. able engineers over at least the two days either side of each bring into service BIS date as well as on the BIS date s itself to provide whatever support is required 370 020 PROJECT MANAGEMENT Appoint a qualified and experienced structured cabling system project manager to plan direct and oversee their works and workers and to liaise with and provide timely information to all relevant parties Meet the main contractor s programme 370 030 TRAINING Train the users how to use the system showing all elements of patching and user outlet relocation and addition Provide training for up to e Four users with training being scheduled with reasonable notice at the request of client name or their agents Train the users together or separately before or within one month after hand over at the discretion of client name or their agents 370 040 TESTING Describe how it is intended to prove the provenance of the components which will be installed Note provenance means how the parts were provided by the manufacturer how they were obtained by the contractor how they were held by the contractor etc ensuring overall that they are what they purport to be Carry out full testing as specified in the standards for all elements of the structured cabling system and obtain appropriate passes for each element such as to ensure total structured cabling system compliance with the standards e Tests to include but not be limited to e Attenuatio
245. able or duct Cable or duct identification Warning tape Yellow with black legend Backfill trench using two layers 100mm thick hand rammed Complete backfilling in layers and reinstate trench Backfill material as excavated from trench Y61 4060 CABLE INSTALLATION IN TRENCHES Lay cables on newly prepared bedding Ensure multiple layers of cable are separated vertically by a 50mm layer of hard rammed bedding material When using a power winch ensure tension on the cable is taken by element of the cable designed for that purpose that is armour or conductor cores as appropriate and not plastic sheath metal sheath or core insulation When hand pulling cable ensure no kinks are formed and that flaking when used is done in the correct direction Do not allow cable to twist during installation Use swivels to connect pulling bond to cable stocking or equivalent fitting Check drum is suitable for jacking before commencing installation If drum or reel is unsuitable for jacking flake cable in correct direction in maximum size turns from drum or reel before commencing installation Use skilled labour to supervise all unreeling flaking or running of cable from a drum Lay cables in the formation shown ensure spacing is not reduced below that indicated Bind trefoil groups at 1m intervals Bind any associated earth or protective conductor to its cable or trefoil group at 1m intervals Ensure installation radii and permanent bending radii are
246. ace with building components Internal flanges reference Y45 2070B Fixing Interface with building components Spigot ends reference Y45 2070C Fixing Interface with building components Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 142 6 March 2013 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 245 060 ACOUSTIC FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS Fire properties BS 476 7 Class 1 reference Y45 2010A Building Regulations Class O reference Y45 2010B Reference Y45 2110 245 090 WORKMANSHIP General reference Y45 3010 Supports reference Y45 3040 Sound power level readings reference Y45 3060 Measure sound insulation of building elements reference Y45 3070 246 000 GRILLES DIFFUSERS LOUVRES 246 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y46 1000 and those detailed below 246 020 GRILLES Electrical bonding terminal reference Y46 1040 Fixed blade type Reference Y46 2010A Adjustable blade type Reference Y46 2020A Egg crate type Reference Y46 2040A Linear type Reference Y46 2050A Linear floor type Reference Y46 2060A Non vision type Sightproof reference Y46 2070A Materials Galvanized steel reference Y46 2210A Finish With epoxy resin powder hardener coating colour to be advised by architect from standard RAL colour range Aluminium reference Y46 2210B Finish Etched or buffed to give self colour satin finish With clear lacquer finish Prim
247. actor s premises the material and workmanship of all plant to be supplied under the contract and if part of the said plant is being manufactured on other premises the contractor shall obtain for the Supervising Officer permission to inspect examine and test as if the said plant were being manufactured on the contractor s premises Such inspection examination or testing if made shall not release the contractor from any obligation under the contract iii The contractor shall give the Supervising Officer two weeks written notice of the date on and the place at which any plant will be ready for testing as provided in the contract and unless the Supervising Officer shall attend at the place so named within ten days of the date which the Sub contractor has stated in his notice the contractor may proceed with the tests which shall be deemed to have been made in the Supervising Officer s presence and shall forthwith forward to the Supervising Officer duly certified copies of the test reading iv In the event of the plant not so passing the tests the Employer shall be at liberty to deduct from the contract price all reasonable expenses incurred by him in repeating the tests A1 9 14 Connecting to Existing Services Give seven days notice to the Supervising Officer of your intention to connect into or isolate any of the existing services and await his approval for so doing Include for all overtime and other additional payments necessary to ensur
248. actor shall execute his works within the dates described for the Main Contract The contractor shall include in his price for any expenses he may incur in completing his works within this programme ii The contractor s attention is drawn to the fact that his work in his contract may well entail several visits to the site No claim in respect of the number of visits to the site or discontinuity of the work will be entertained and the contractor shall allow in his rates for all extra costs incurred due to this method of working iii The erection programme is to be agreed with the sub contractors Main Contractor before any materials are delivered to site iv The contractor will be required to submit a detailed programme of works to the Supervising Officer Drying out The Main Contractor may by arrangement with the Sub contractor and following consent from the Supervising Officer wish to run the heating system for drying out the building The Sub contractor shall make due allowance in the sequence of his work to provide heat for drying our at the stated date in the Main Contractor s programme This event will not relieve the Sub Contractor of his obligation to hand over the installation in good order nor shall the interim period from the time of commencement of use for drying out to the handover be considered as constituting any part of the Maintenance Guarantee period hereinafter specified If beneficial use is obtained from the plant then the
249. acturer s instructions and recommendations in the HEVAC Fan Application Guide Y41 4030 ALIGNMENT Ensure fan is installed aligned to allow optimum air flow path Y41 4040 TESTING Ensure fan is isolated from installation during air leakage testing of ductwork Y45 SILENCERS ACOUSTIC TREATMENT Y45 1000 GENERAL 1010 PERFORMANCE Ensure that specified performance is met where protection is applied to infill to protect from moisture and grease 1020 TESTING Provide certified insertion loss data in accordance with BS EN ISO 7235 Provide generated sound power levels with insertion loss data Where equipment is manufactured in modules ensure performance ratings apply to complete unit 1030 PROTECTION Protect silencers where they are installed in positions exposed to external weather conditions Block ends of silencers prior to delivery to site to prevent damage 1040 DIRECTION OF FLOW Clearly mark direction of air flow on silencers Y45 2010A FIRE PROPERTIES BS 476 7 CLASS 1 Use non flammable adhesives Ensure that all insulating materials and coverings are non combustible material covered with a material that complies with flame spread requirements of BS 476 7 Class 1 Y45 2010B FIRE PROPERTIES BUILDING REGULATIONS CLASS O Use non flammable adhesives Ensure that all insulating materials and coverings are to Class O surface rating of Building Regulations Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 293 KI
250. afety hard wired interlocks are wired to failsafe on loss of power or on relay coil failure or on open circuit eg cable breakage Ensure that all interlocks use voltage free contacts and 24v AC or DC relays and field wiring Complete all wiring and testing of all hard wired safety interlocks to ensure safe and or sequenced operation of the plant before the BMS is set to work Arrange interlocks to prevent unsafe or out of sequence operation of the plant by the BMS Ensure that plant does not operate using the BMS until all interlocks have been tested to the satisfaction of the Project Supervisor Manual control Provide manual control facilities to enable plant maintenance facilities staff to operate essential plant in the event of BMS failure and for routine test purposes Ensure that the facilities include Start stop operation of the plant Automatic operation of motorised control devices such as valves and dampers etc if the BMS is operating Manual setting of motorised control devices such as valves and dampers etc if the BMS has failed Ensure that the manual control facilities do not override safety devices or hard wired interlocks Volt free contacts Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 219 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Ensure that the contact materials are suitable for use in the installation and at the required voltages and currents Use screw down or locking
251. al devices tested in accordance with BS EN ISO 5135 and BS EN 13030 Y46 1040 ELECTRICAL BONDING TERMINAL Ensure an electrical bonding terminal suitable for connection of 6mm maximum conductor is provided on metal grilles diffusers and louvres where indicated Y46 2010A GRILLES FIXED BLADE TYPE Secure blades within flanged mounting frame or core collar Provide support mullions to ensure blade stability Style blade rows and air pattern control as indicated on schedule Y46 2020A GRILLES ADJUSTABLE BLADE TYPE Pivot blades within flanged mounting frame and retain blades in set position by tensioners external to the airstream Provide blade rows and blade angle adjustment as indicated on schedule Y46 2040A GRILLES EGG CRATE TYPE Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 296 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Core material Aluminium or plastic as indicated Style Flanged or channel frame or core only as indicated Y46 2050A GRILLES LINEAR TYPE Supply linear type grilles with one row of parallel blades Secure blades within mounting frame or opening Permanently set at angle indicated Y46 2060A GRILLES LINEAR FLOOR TYPE Supply linear type floor grilles with one row of parallel blades Permanently set at angle indicated Incorporate bar reinforcement Loading Pedestrian or computer room to special requirements as indicated Y46 2070A GRILLES S
252. al size of turns when flaking and ensure direction is correct Do not exceed manufacturer s installation tension on cable and ensure the pulling tension is taken on cable elements designed for that purpose that is armour or conductor cores and not on other elements such as plastic sheath or conductor insulation Do not allow cables being pulled into ducts to twist Use appropriate swivel between pulling bond and cable stocking or similar appliance Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 330 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Bind trefoil groups of single core cables installed into a single duct at 1m intervals Install earth or protective conductors into the same duct as the associated cable where practical through manholes draw pits and jointing chambers Bind the two cables together Pull all cables in one duct as a group Ensure group does not twist or cross over Report any damage to cable sheath during installation and carry out any instructed work to remedy the damage Seal between cable and duct ends after cable installation Ensure cable ends in jointing chambers are temporarily sealed where required Y61 4090A CABLE INSTALLATION IN CONDUIT AND TRUNKING Install cables so that they are orderly and capable of being withdrawn Arrange single core wiring generally using the loop in method Trunking In vertical trunking provide pin racks at 3m intervals Use ties at 2m interva
253. al to each room using lighting control modules and flexible cable connections as shown on the tender drawings Flexible cables shall be supported throughout their length and not just laid onto the ceiling grid Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 66 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Where lighting control modules are not used the luminaires will be wired via the local detectors with final connections via plug in ceiling roses located adjacent to the luminaire 5 9 Emergency Lighting Emergency lighting shall generally be as shown on the tender drawings and be developed to ensure full compliance with BS5266 associated documents and DfEE guides In general the lighting will comprise of integral self contained 3hr non maintained battery packs within the main luminaires and dedicated illuminated signage on final exit routes and changes of direction In high risk areas as defined in BS5266 10 Guide to the design and provision of emergency lighting to reduce the risks from hazards in the event of failure of the normal lighting supply consideration shall be given to the use of a central battery system in order to provide the required times to full illuminance and lighting levels A self test system will be incorporated into the emergency lighting design which shall be from the same manufacturer as the main luminaires 5 10 Fire Alarms It is proposed that the building shall
254. al will be approval in principle only and will not in any way invalidate your responsibility for ensuring the accuracy and suitability of the information in accordance with requirements specified elsewhere The exact position in the works of the above items relative to grid lines floors beams ceilings walls and other structural finishes items and any other services is the contractor s responsibility and the Supervising Officer s approval does not absolve you from the necessity of checking these items with the Main Contractor and other Sub contractor s Note also that approval of drawings will not relieve you of your responsibility for complying with the Specification and the Employer s requirements When submitting any drawings the Sub contractor shall advise the Supervising Officer if in order to avoid delay in the completion of the works early approval is necessary The supervising officer will attempt to assist in meeting the timescale but this can not be guaranteed All detailed drawings submitted for approval shall be to a reasonable scale and the Supervising Officer s decision as to what constitutes a reasonable scale shall be final Drawing Approval Categories A co ordinating consultant will be identified by the Supervising Officer for each specialist Sub contractor In addition to the co ordinating consultant fabrication drawings will be commented on by other consultants as considered appropriate by the Supervising Officer
255. all also be provided at the same time with a copy of the building data file to allow independent assessment of the model by Waterman Building Services The contractor shall produce a thermal model of the building using the TAS software package no other software system shall be accepted of the building to prove the final design for the building complies with the requirements of this specification in particular for the over heating design criteria set out for the building to achieve In addition to the hard printed copy of the programme output data Waterman Building Services shall also be provided at the same time with an electronic copy of the computer building data file with all associated data files and input files to allow independent assessment of the model by Waterman Building Services on their computer system Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 38 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION If insufficient supporting documentation has been issued to allow the full assessment of the written calculations or thermal models etc the 10 working day time period for receiving comments back from Waterman Building Services shall not be deemed to have started until all the required supporting documentation to allow full assessment has been received by Waterman Building Services Waterman Building Services shall be provided with a full print out of all set points design parameters
256. all low points in steam mains Connect drain traps to a large bore pocket below the steam mains Y10 9020B STEAM AND CONDENSE MAINS Install steam and condense mains to a minimum fall of 1 in 250 Take steam connections to plant and equipment from the top of the steam main Connect condense discharge from trap sets into the top of the condense main Do not use trap sets to lift condense on equipment with automatic control valves On steam mains provide drain trap sets discharging into the condense mains at all low points in steam mains and immediately before all automatic control valves in the steam mains Connect drain traps to a large bore pocket below the steam mains Y10 9030 PROTECTION OF UNDERGROUND PIPEWORK Location e As shown on drawing e Protect where indicated against corrosion by the application of a compatible anti corrosive non cracking non hardening waterproof sealing tape Apply after cleaning pipework by wrapping contrawise with two layers spirally around the pipe ensuring a 50 minimum overlap Y10 9040A PROTECTION OF BURIED PIPES UNMARKED Provide earth cover as follows Water pipework 900 mm minimum 1200 mm maximum where practicable Fuel oil and gas 500 mm minimum Under roadways provide minimum cover of 900 mm Y10 9040B PROTECTION OF BURIED PIPES MARKED Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 257 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Lo
257. all the mechanical and electrical system design calculations for every system proposed for installation These calculations shall be produced by a recognised industry standard software package which shall be either Hevacomp CYMAP Amtech or equal and approved Approval for the use of a different software package other than Hevacomp Cymap or Amtech must be sought and gained before any design works are carried out on the software Any works carried out before approval has been gained will need to be repeated if approval is not granted by Waterman Building Services at no expense to the contract or the client client s project team All calculations shall be issued as a bound typed document with full title index and all supporting input data such as assumptions parameters etc The design calculations shall be issued with supporting drawings and sketches as necessary to allow the calculations to be fully assessed The information shall be issued in hard printed copy to Waterman Building Services and responses shall be made within 10 working days of receipt by Waterman Building Services The contractor shall produce an SBEM or TAS based Part L2A model no other software system shall be accepted on the whole building to confirm compliance with the Approved Document Part L2A requirements This model shall be issued to Waterman Building Services for comment In addition to the hard printed copy of the programme output data Waterman Building Services sh
258. allow for each group to be authorized or denied access per component to a Login b Logout c Setup Network Setup amp Site Name User and Group Management Site Authorization Auto Login Macro Create Edit Alarm Setup Authentication Settings Camera Microphone and Device Setup Pre amp Post Alarm 0 Storage Database Utilities 1 Auto Record 2 Exit to OS 1 RS 232 422 485 Setup 14 Picture Quality and Resolution Setup 15 Registration 16 Manual Record and Playback Setup 17 Central Failure Notification 18 Recording Verification 19 Auto Manual FPS Setup 20 LTU Setup 21 Map Sets 22 Reset Nucleus 23 Backup and Restore 24 Settings Summary 25 Scheduler for Macros 26 Reports 27 Device Status 28 Alarm History 29 Recording Status 30 Audit Log 31 RVS Log 32 CFN Log 33 Save Logs 34 Scheduler Macro 35 Run Macro 36 Stop Macro 37 Stop all Macro amp Scheduler 38 Resume Scheduler 39 Show Macro 40 Shutdown Manual Record Stop Quality Change FPS Change LowBandWidth Site Map Picture Audio Controls oa a 7T TT Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 175 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Matrix Export Print Live View Controls PTZ Playback ser oO es All users created shall be able to login to the local system A user given appropriate access shall be a
259. als bring it to the appropriate stage of completion and submit same to the Main Contractor in due time to comply with the Health amp Safety at Work Act A1 10 13 Maintenance Contract The contractor shall provide a separate quotation for the maintenance of all equipment and systems pipework ductwork cabling etc within his scope of works for a full 12 months period from the date of completion or completion of section as defined in the Main Contract Preliminaries The maintenance to be carried out shall be strictly in accordance with the various manufacturers recommendations and shall be sufficient to ensure that the services operate at optimum efficiency and that the life expectancy of the various items of equipment and system components are in no way compromised A1 10 14 Spare Parts and Tools The Contractor shall submit a Schedule of additional spare parts and tools that he recommends should be supplied over and above those consumable spares required up to Practical Completion and for routine Maintenance A1 10 15 Notice Prior to Covering Works Any section of the work located below the ground within trenches ducts ceiling voids or other concealed area must be inspected and approved by the Supervising Officer prior to that section of the work being covered in Seven days minimum notice shall be given to the Supervising Officer of intent to cover or enclose the works Responsibilities Services Co ordination The contractor
260. also be provided via a dedicated ISDN line 5 17 Access Control system The site will be equipped with an access control system to cover the doors as shown on the tender drawings An intercom system shall also be provided as detailed to allow for unauthorized accompanied access to the main entrance of the building The means of access control will be by contactless smart proximity card and reader visitors to the college will be allowed access via an intercom system and receptionist control Door controller devices shall serve multiple doors and all door controllers shall be connected together on the data network and be part of the BMS system The doors on entrances shall be locked with maglock arrangements and the doors shall unlock when a valid ID smart card is presented to the adjacent proximity card reader Automatic opening doors shall then open automatically whereas manual opening doors shall unlock allowing them to be pushed open To exit the doors shall be push button to open release from the inside Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 70 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION In the event of a fire alarm being activated the door maglocks shall be disabled and the doors shall remain locked but can be opened by the manual push bar locking mechanism Fire escape doors and doors not used as main entrances but opening up to general circulation areas shall be controlled in a di
261. an electronic display The final appearance of the panel is to be developed by the contractor controls specialist and shall be offered for comment approval to Waterman Building Services and the client at the same time as the graphic slides are presented However one suggestion would be to use a wall mounted LCD monitor driven off the information from the BMS front end and replicating a slide on the front end system Screen shall be a minimum of 32inch screen The renewable energy totaliser screen shall be permanently live and shall display running totals as well as cummulative totals The screen shall show the following as a minimum however the contractor is free to suggest additional information that they may wish to display The energy currently being contributed by the biomass system heating kWh The energy currently being contributed by the PV cell system kWh The cumulative total energy contributed by all systems to date kWh The kg of carbon dioxide emissions saved to date by the use of the systems kgCOz The total building energy used in gas and electricity at that time kWh The total building energy used in gas and electricity to date kWh The total building carbon dioxide emission to date kgCOz NOORONM 4 9 Above Ground Drainage Sanitary pipework above ground Sanitary pipework above ground shall be designed and installed in accordance with BS EN 12056 System III incorporating secondary ventilation as well as
262. an operate autonomously and will not be affected by any failure of the BMS e Ensure that the BMS will not be affected by any failure of the fire detection system or fails safe as appropriate e Ensure that the loss of electrical power to the BMS will have no adverse effects on the fire detection system e Ensure that a full cause and effect testing programme is developed in conjunction with the fire alarm company e Ensure that the integrated system is fully commissioned e Ensure that the contractual responsibilities of the various parties responsible for the integrated system are fully defined 320 280 INTEGRATION WITH FIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS INTEGRATION FOR CONTROLS e Provide fail safe hard wired interlocks using volt free contacts between the BMS field controllers and items of plant listed e Use volt free contacts and 24v AC or DC interlocks e Use relay logic and or microprocessor based logic e Ensure that building services control actions operate correctly in response to the status of the fire detection system 340 000 WORKMANSHIP 340 010 GENERAL Install pipeline control components in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Install ductline control components in accordance with DW 144 and manufacturer s instructions Install control components in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations in positions indicated 340 020 APPEARANCE Arrange support and clip all control wiring pneumatic tubes and capillaries
263. an unit shall run in accordance with the dictates of a PIR sensor in the room or rooms if serving multiple rooms turning the fan on when the room is occupied Sensor by the controls specialist The fans shall be monitored for fault and shall raise alarms accordingly All heat recovery air handling units shall be provided with BMS controlled face bypass dampers to and raise alarms accordingly Fans shall be demand controlled off PIR sensors in the rooms in all rooms if a common system Science room prep room and food tech room extract fans The extact fans shall be controlled off a wall mounted speed control switch recessed single gang switch unit with the fan inverter controlled via the BMS The fans shall be interlocked to the nat vent dampers to open the required amiut of damper as the fan is turned on and sped up The fans shall be monitored for fault and shall raise alarms accordingly Classroom Natural Ventilation Louvres Stacks The naturally ventilated comfort cooled classrooms teaching corrdior areas are to be controlled by the BMS under two specific modes of operation that maximise the potential use of the free coling natural ventilation system mode 1 and where DX comfort cooling is installed to reduce the overall time that the comfort cooling system is operating for mode 2 whilst then when in cooling mode reduces the potential wasted energy due to excessive fresh air loads during the cooling mode Under the proposed
264. and BS EN 1555 5 Dimensions BS EN 1555 2 table 1 Lengths straight pipe 6m or 12m Lengths coiled pipe multiples of 50m Marking BS EN 1555 2 table 7 Ends Plain Finish e Black e Yellow e Black with yellow identification stripes Y10 2530 POLYETHYLENE FITTINGS FUSION TO BGC PS PL2 PART 2 Material Polyethylene Standard To BGC PS PL2 Part 2 Size range Socket type up to 125mm Butt type up to 500mm Saddle type up to 180mm Dimensions To BGC PS PL2 Part 2 Ends Plain Finish Natural self colour Y10 2538 POLYETHYLENE FUSION FITTINGS TO BS EN 1555 Material Polyethylene Standard BS EN 1555 1 BS EN 1555 3 and BS EN 1555 5 Dimensions BS EN 1555 3 Section 6 to suit pipes to BS EN 1555 2 Marking BS EN 1555 3 table 7 Ends Sockets with heating elements for fusion jointing Finish Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 243 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Black e Yellow Y10 2545A PLASTICS PIPING SYSTEMS TO BS EN 1451 1 PIPES Plastics piping systems for soil and waste discharge low and high temperature within the building structure Material Polypropylene PP Standard BS EN 1451 1 Dimensions Length manufacturer s standard range BS EN 1451 1 tables 1 2 3 and 4 Ends Plain elastomeric ring seal socket and spigot or socket and spigot for solvent cement Finish Grey black or white
265. andwheel Options Non metallic renewable seat disk rings Y11 2040B FLANGED GLOBE VALVES TO BS 5154 Series B Pattern Straight Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 Stem Inside screw rising stem Trim material Manufacturer s standard Operation Handwheel Options Non metallic renewable seat disk rings Y11 2040C COMPRESSION GLOBE VALVES TO BS 5154 Series B Pattern Straight Ends Compression fitting to BS EN 1254 2 Stem Inside screw rising stem Trim material Manufacturer s standard Operation Handwheel Options Non metallic renewable seat disk rings Y11 2040D COMPRESSION GLOBE VALVES TO BS 5154 FOR PLASTIC PIPE Series B Pattern Straight Ends Compression fitting to BS EN 1254 3 or BS 864 5 Stem Inside screw rising stem Trim material Manufacturer s standard Operation Handwheel Options Non metallic renewable seat disk rings Y11 2050A FLANGED GLOBE VALVES TO BS EN 13789 Pattern Straight Stem Rising stem outside screw Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 Material Manufacturer s standard Y11 2070A FLANGED STOP VALVES GATE TYPE TO BS EN 1984 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 260 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Pattern Full bore or reduced bore Materials Cast steel body and materials to suit fluid and operating conditions Ends Flanged Operation Handwheel Y11 2070D THRE
266. anized sheet steel in accordance with BS EN ISO 1461 BS EN 10326 BS EN 10327 or BS EN 10143 Y41 2110A ROOF MOUNTED SINGLE FANS Operation single Vertical or horizontal discharge as shown on drawings Y41 2110B ROOF MOUNTED TWIN FANS Operation twin with automatic changeover Vertical or horizontal discharge as shown on drawings Y41 2120A IN LINE SINGLE FANS Operation single centrifugal fans Y41 3050A GUARDS Provide guards in accordance with BS EN ISO 12100 Fit safety guards on air inlet and air outlet connections where these are freely accessible to personnel in accordance with BS 848 5 Provide bird guards where indicated Y41 3060A CONNECTIONS TO DUCT Provide matching flanges and flexible connections where indicated Y41 3100A SHUTTERS Fit shutters to prevent reverse flow through fan where indicated Y41 3110 AIR FLOW SENSORS Fit air flow sensors or pressure switches on twin fan units to sense fan failure and provide automatic changeover to standby fan Y41 3120A ACCESS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 292 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Provide access via hinged casing or removable panel as indicated Y41 3130 MOUNTING Provide base frames when this is integral part of fan set Y41 3140 SPEED CONTROLLER Provide speed controller to match fans Y41 4010 LOCATION Install fans in positions indicated in accordance with manuf
267. annot be heard through the ductwork system in other rooms In general all ducts passing into rooms shall require cross talk attenuators As a general rule the contractor shall allow for cross talk attenuators where every duct passes across a dividing wall between two separate rooms Flexible ductwork shall only be used in straight lengths These straight lengths shall be a maximum of 600mm long Any flexible ducts installed in excess of 600mm long or not installed straight shall be removed and replaced by the contractor at their expense with no penalty incurred to the contract time All flexible ducts shall be thermally and acoustically lined All grilles shall be installed with plenum boxes The plenum boxes shall be thermally and acoustically lined internally with a black barofoam lining The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the ceiling is capable of withstanding the weight of the grilles and plenum boxes otherwise the grille olenum box arrangement shall be independently supported off the soffit Plenum boxes shall be riveted to the grille All grilles shall be four way blow louvre faced units in all areas with the exception of the toilets where circular disc valve grilles shall be utilised and in the assembly hall where air sock fabric ductwork shall be utilised Return air grilles shall be provided to allow a return air path into the ceiling void when the void is used as a return air plenum In these instances the return air g
268. ant with the Directive Such compliance shall be evidenced by displaying the appropriate CE Mark on the equipment and assemblies Only relevant equipment and assemblies i e those with a maximum allowable certified as compliant will be permitted under this specification and any substitution put forward must also be compliant with the Directive 300 010 REGULATIONS Supply and install equipment in accordance with HSE L56 Safety in the installation and use of gas systems and appliances Approved Code of Practice and Guidance Gas Safety Installation and Use Regulations 1998 HSE L81 Design construction and installation of gas services pipes Approved Code of Practice and Guidance Pipelines Safety Regulations 1996 300 020 STANDARDS Install gas pipework in buildings in accordance with BS EN 1775 Gas supply pipelines for maximum operating pressure up to and including 16 bar to BS EN 12007 Polyethylene BS EN 12007 2 Steel BS EN 12007 3 Renovation BS EN 12007 4 Low pressure gas supply pipework up to 35mm in domestic premises to BS 6891 Installation of gas fired catering appliances for use in all types of catering establishments to BS 6173 Gas supply pipelines for maximum operating pressure over 16 bar to BS EN 1594 e Gas pressure regulating installations on service lines to BS EN 12279 e Safety and control devices for gas burners and gas burning appliances general requirements to BS EN 13611 e Gas Safety I
269. anufacturer s recommendations e Obtain all equipment and components from a single source Inspect all equipment and components on delivery before fixing and after installation and reject and replace any which are defective Record all commissioning tests and provide the certification required by BS 5839 1 e Provide manufacturer s certificates of equipment design to an approved quality management system and CIE component selection 320 020 SMOKE DETECTOR INDICATORS Fit smoke detector indicators external to doors where zone is divided into rooms 320 030 MANUAL CALL POINTS e Where manual call points are sited in zones e Wire into detector circuit for fire zone e Wire into separate circuits to conform with detector zones e Wire manual call points sited on staircase landings e as aseparate zone 320 040 RECORD DRAWINGS AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Provide instructions on use of installation to person responsible for use of premises Supply the user with a logbook and certificate of installation and commissioning in accordance with BS 5839 1 Appendix B and D Provide record drawings to user for maintenance and record purposes Show position of various items of equipment junction boxes etc and sizes and routes of cables and wires Include wiring diagrams of junction boxes and distribution cases e Provide circuit diagrams of fire alarm system and its components 320 050 CABLE INSTALLATION Plan and install all fire detecti
270. any metallic fencing enclosing earth electrical system in accordance with BS 7430 320 080 IDENTIFICATION Use numbered and or lettered plastic cable sleeves to indicate circuit numbers and phases of corresponding phase conductors Ensure conductors are connected to earth bar in same sequence as phase and neutral conductors Identify at substation switchboard and building earth bars each protective bonding and earthing conductor Provide labels on bars adjacent to each conductor 320 130 EARTHING OF CONSTRUCTION SITE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Earth construction site electrical systems to BS 7430 BS 4363 and BS 7375 320 160 EARTHING OF ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED STREET FURNITURE Install earthing to street furniture in accordance with BS 7430 and BS 7671 e TN S systems Use cable with separate phase neutral and protective conductors to supply street furniture Ensure on the load side of the protective device separate phase neutral and protective conductors are used Bond conductive parts of the street furniture to the earthing terminal within the equipment Connect the supply protective conductor to the same earthing terminal e TN C S systems Use a combined neutral and earth CNE cable to supply street furniture Use separate conductors for phase neutral and protection on the load side of the protective device Bond exposed conductive parts of the street furniture using a 10mm or the size of the neutral if smaller cable Do not bond small items
271. arch 2013 Rev T1 106 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Perspex sheet glazing with frame reference Y54 2100A 290 000 FIXING TO BUILDING FABRIC 290 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y90 1000 and those detailed below 290 020 FIXINGS Standards reference Y90 2010 Plugs reference Y90 2020 Screws reference Y90 2030 Cast in fixings reference Y90 2040 Shot fired fixings reference Y90 2050 Self adhesive fixings reference Y90 2060 Proprietary channel inserts reference Y90 2070 Non penetrative support systems reference Y90 2080 290 030 WORKMANSHIP Drilling reference Y90 3010 Proprietary fixings reference Y90 3020 Fixing to reinforced concrete reference Y90 3030 Fixing to brickwork reference Y90 3040 Fixing to timber rails reference Y90 3050 Fixing to hollow stud tile block wall Reference Y90 3060A Fixing to concrete brickwork or blockwork Reference Y90 3070A Fixing to metalwork Reference Y90 3080A Fixing to structural steelwork and concrete structures Reference Y90 3090A PART 3 SPECIFICATION CLAUSES SPECIFIC TO S11 300 000 PRODUCTS MATERIALS 300 001 PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE PRESSURE EQUIPMENT REGULATIONS All equipment and assemblies which fall within the scope of the Pressure Equipment Directive PED 97 23 EC implemented in the UK through The Pressure Equipment Regulations 1999 must be tested by the
272. art of the overall installation provided is such as to mean that any cable would in the future need to contravene these bending principles Notify the relevant parties if works installed by others may mean that it would be difficult or impossible to meet the bending radii requirements e Install cables in the relevant containment as shown on the drawings and otherwise 320 030 ACTIVE DATA HOST LOOMS Provide host looming patch panels to allow attachment of active network devices without requiring them to be directly patched to the system Locate the active LAN equipment in equipment cabinets or open frames Locate the host loom patch panels in the floor distributors Provide each host loom as multiple single ended RJ45 fly leads Form the plug end of the looms neatly to plug into the active equipment or left spare for future connection Terminate or present the other end of the fly leads on the active data RJ45 patch panel DPP Type e 24 way host loom e 48 way host loom e Contractor to advise 320 040 HORIZONTAL CABLE PRESENTATION Present the horizontal cable on patch panels within cabinets or frames as defined later in this work section e Patch panel type e 1U 24 port patch panel e 2U 48 port patch panel e Contractor to advise Separate the patch panels by 1U cable tidies such that each cable tidy is followed by not more than 48 outlets followed by a 1U cable tidy and so on i e one cable tidy per 48 outlets plus one additi
273. art stop control both to individual zones and overall plant operation Ensure that the routines operate the heating and ventilation plant as necessary to achieve the required target conditions and that the heating and cooling systems do not conflict in any controlled zone Provide independently adjustable start and stop comfort conditions Ensure that weather compensation control can be inhibited during pre heat periods Ensure that the heating plant goes into full heating mode with full re circulation of air if relevant Ensure a return to normal fresh air control following the optimum start period Provide the optimum start stop routines with an automatic self learning process that seeks to reduce any error in achieving the target conditions at the target time Provide the operator with the facility to adjust the following parameters Target temperature for optimum start Maximum pre heat period Target temperature for optimum stop Minimum space temperature for out of hours periods Enable disable the self adaption function The default limit time for handover to the weather compensation routines after the start of occupation Ensure that the internal and external air temperature sensors associated with the optimiser are positioned correctly in order to provide representative readings Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 216 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 310 420
274. ase e 2way e S3wayorT e Detectors locking e Communicate detector status amp address at all times e Monitoring of sensing elements e Change of response to be provided e Sensitivity adjustment to be provided e Visible activation indicator e Visible remote indication for detectors concealed e Visible indication e Fault e Standby e Label detector and bases with address number e Colour of devices White Position all detectors taking into account any possible air movement Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 185 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 310 030 HEAT DETECTORS e Type To be heat detectors where indicated on the drawings e Point type e Standard e BS 5446 2 e BSEN 54 5 e Types e Grading performed by CIE software e Analogue addressable e Combined sounder sensor are to have e Separate addresses e Removal of sensor not to inhibit sounder e Accessories e Fitline monitor device 310 040 SMOKE DETECTORS e Type To be smoke detectors only as indicated on the drawings e Detector type e Optical e Point type e Standard e BS 5446 3 e BSEN 54 7 e BSEN 14604 e BS ISO 7240 15 e Analogue addressable e Sensitivity e Sensitivity set by CIE software e Combined sensor sounder e Separate addresses e Removal of sensor not to inhibit sounder e Accessories e Line monitor device e Anti insect screens e Anti thunder fly fin stru
275. ators to rigid members free from vibration or distortion in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations Select mounting positions to require minimum linkages and to avoid angular drive to operating levers Allow access for servicing and replacement Ensure that actuators and linkages for valves and dampers operate smoothly from fully open to fully closed without binding and with adequate torque to overcome the resistance of the actuator mechanism and the flow and to provide the specified close off ratings Ensure that linkages are clearly marked with the clamping position such that after maintenance or replacement the mechanism is able to operate correctly Fit actuators with visual position indication Ensure that there is sufficient space above the actuator so that it may be removed for testing or maintenance Include position feedback devices suitable for connection to the BMS Ensure that actuators incorporate a disconnection device to allow manual operation of the valve or damper in the event of actuator failure Ensure that actuators are electrically and mechanically protected from the effects of valve or damper seizure Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 223 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Use 24v actuators wherever possible Where line voltage actuators are used provide local means of isolation by manual isolator or plug and socket connection Ensure that during
276. ators where it shall be painted In addition pipework shall be trace heated to prevent freezing where it is exposed to cold temperatures such as where it crosses the roof to serve the air handling plant Roof top and plantroom pipework and in plantrooms shall be metalclad class O foil faced mineral wool insulation and elsewhere where concealed insulation shall be class O foil faced mineral wool Pipework system shall be designed in accordance with the following design criteria parameters Maximum velocity in pipework 1 5 m s System design margin 10 or more if required for preheat All residual pressures shall be controlled within the system by automatic pressure regulating valves to prevent excessive residual pressure on the control valves etc The heating system shall provide frost protection to the building and plant via the BMS system monitoring Where routed externally or in areas where there is a risk of freezing the pipework shall be trace heated Plantroom shall be heated by electric bar heaters activated on thermostats to protect against freezing The plantroom shall be provided with high and low level louvred ventilation to suit the plantroom heat gains and combustion air requirements in accordance with the British Standard requirements Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 48 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Flues and gas boiler installations shall be in acco
277. attern Flush Accessory mounting Adjustable steel grid for grid switches or direct to enclosure for all other accessories Enclosure material Pressed steel Enclosure finish Galvanized Coverplate finish all accessories to match Brass with BMA bronze surface Coverplate pattern Overlapping with architrave where indicated Ancillaries Earthing terminal integral within switch box Neon indicator with red lens illuminated in ON position for connection units Switch rocker bar colour as indicated Operating keys for key operated switches minimum number 2 Fuses to BS 1362 Blank inserts for spare ways on grid switches Marking Method engraving Mark front plate to indicate equipment served on connection units Conduit and cable entries Knockouts side top and rear Cable termination Manufacturer s standard Y74 2020A INTERIOR LIGHTING SWITCHES GENERAL PURPOSE MOULDED PLASTIC Standard BS EN 60669 1 enclosure box to BS 4662 Switch type Rocker bar moulded plastic Rating 6A Gangs as indicated Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 350 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Switch mechanism Snap action microgap Pole configurations Single pole double pole 2 way or intermediate as indicated Y74 2020B INTERIOR LIGHTING SWITCHES GRID MOULDED PLASTIC Standard BS EN 60669 1 enclosure box to BS 4662 Switch type Rocker bar moulded plastic
278. aturally vented areas Building Bulletin BB87 2003 Building Bulletin BB87 2003 Toilets changing cleaners Make up air from surrounding areas via undercut doors or door transfer grilles 10 air changes per hour requirements Food tech Make up air from louvres 10 air changes per hour classroom Kitchen To meet the catering consultants 80 of extracted air flow with make up from server dining area Naturally ventilated areas shall be in accordance with the requirements of Building Regulations 10 litres second per person Note heating systems in naturally vented areas are to be sized on 10litres second person ventilation rates and not those advised in BB87 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 42 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 3 3 8 Public Health Services Sanitary Provision As per the Architects specification and drawings Sanitary pipework above ground Sanitary pipework above ground shall be designed and installed in accordance with BS EN 12056 System Ill incorporating secondary ventilation Access shall be provided at each floor level All changes of direction shall be accompanied by rodding eyes and formed from a swept tee Above ground drainage system shall be thermally insulated where necessary and acoustically insulated where necessary to remove nuisance noise from water flow in the pipework Alternatively suitably acousti
279. atus reports The Setup button shall allow configuration of the system components authorizations sites authentication utilities and schedules macros The Logout button shall allow leaving the system without closing the software 6 Macro scheduling shall include but not be limited to RON Day of the week when the particular macro is active Start and end time for when a macro is active If a macro is to run continuously or not A macro shall be able to run every 1 1 5 min 10 min 1 4 Hour 1 2 Hour 3 4 Hour 1 Hour 2 Hours 3 Hours 4 Hours 6 Hours 8 Hours 12 Hours 2 Amacro shall be able to be scheduled to run for 1 256 cycles Device configuration shall have the ability to configure system recognition and operation Valid devices shall be cameras with PTZ and sensors All devices shall be assigned a unique ID number and title descriptor Devices shall also be setup for RS 422 protocol and supported with existing manufacturer s drivers where applicable Authorization rights setup shall be performed using the Site Authorization screen Group and user rights shall be available to configure by specific site Rights shall provide authority to perform all system functions Alarm configuration shall be performed using system macros Alarms shall be programmed to annunciate under the conditions specified in the macro Alarms Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 179 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL
280. awings which will be of construction and cover type to support heavy traffic The new electricity main connection shall be provided by the utility company however the contractor shall be resonsible for obtaining the necessary quotations issuing payment coordinating and managing the statutory authorities activities on site and programming their works in line with the contract programme placing orders and payments providing all necessary on site attendances from associated specialists and sub contractors inspecting and signing off the works The connections from the LV customer switchroom to the substation and from the LV customer switchroom to the plant room will be supplied and installed by the contractor Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 36 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 2 4 New Incoming Water Supply New water supplies to new building shall be taken from the main utilities infrastructure within the main road The new supply shall be provided by the utility company with the mechanical contractor installing a new private water main from the boundary meter location to the new building The new water main connection shall be provided by the utility company however the contractor shall be resonsible for obtaining the necessary quotations issuing payment coordinating and managing the statutory authorities activities on site and programming their works in line with the contract
281. ble to completely configure the local recorder The programming shall include the complete operation of the recorders including but not limited to Camera titles Alarm conditions System reports PTZ control Relays Alarms 2 Q290T0p The recorder shall also offer a GUI capable of complete configuration and operation This capability is comprised of monitoring recording and playback Sub features such as defined areas for video display and control toolbars site and device trees video controls and dialog areas shall be provided Configuration of the system shall include setup of 13 Network Settings and Site Name 14 Site Authorization 15 Auto Login 16 Storage Database 17 Registration 18 Camera Microphone Detector Relay Speaker 19 Macro Editor 20 Schedule for Macros 21 Alarms 22 Pre and Post Alarm 23 Auto Record 24 Manual Record and Quality Buttons on Screen 25 Recording Verification 26 Picture Quality and FPS Priority 27 Auto Manual FPS 28 Authentication 29 Map Sets 30 RS232 422 485 Controls 31 LTU The Nucleus Specific parameters are a Reset Nucleus b User amp Group Management c Central Failure Notification The Main Window shall provide a multi channel display area containing up to 16 connected cameras a Site and Device Tree a Navigator Window a Control Dialog Display Area a Toolbar a Display Mode Control Area a Function Control Area a Video Display Contro
282. blic services company or authority who may have any jurisdiction with regard to the work or whose systems the same are or will be connected and he shall pay and indemnify the Employer against any fees or charges legally demandable under such an Act of Parliament regulations or by laws in respect of the works No extra charge will be allowed due to failure to allow for this requirement ii Where the requirements of any water or electricity authority call for the submission to them of any component part of the works for approval testing stamping or certifying contractor shall at his own expense submit and deliver any such component part to the place required by such Authority After such component part has been satisfactorily approved tested stamped or certified the Contractor shall return it to the site for Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION incorporation into the works Any expense incurred shall be paid by the Contractor A1 9 13 Inspection and Testing at Works i The contractor shall provide all assistance labour materials power fuel stores apparatus and properly calibrated and certified instruments for carrying out the necessary works and shall allow in his Tender Sum for all costs in this regard ii The Supervising Officer shall be entitled at all times during the manufacture to inspect examine and test on the contr
283. bsolescent BS 8000 13 1989 Workmanship on building sites Part 13 Code of practice for above ground drainage and sanitary appliances BS EN 1092 2 1997 Flanges and their joints Circular flanges for pipes valves fittings and accessories PN designated Part 2 Cast iron flanges BS EN 12056 2 2000 Gravity drainage systems inside buildings Part 2 Sanitary pipework layout and calculation BS EN 1329 1 2000 Plastics piping systems for soil and waste discharge low and high temperature within the building structure Unplasticized poly vinyl chloride PVC U Specifications for pipes fittings and the system BS EN 1451 1 2000 Plastics piping systems for soil and waste discharge low and high temperature within the building structure Part 1 Polypropylene PP Specifications for pipes fittings and the system BS EN 1452 1 2000 Plastics piping systems for water supply Unplasticized poly vinyl chloride PVC U Part 1 General BS EN 1452 2 2000 Plastics piping systems for water supply Unplasticized poly vinyl chloride PVC U Part 2 Pipes BS EN 1452 3 2000 Plastics piping systems for water supply Unplasticized poly vinyl chloride PVC U Part 3 Fittings BS EN 1452 4 2000 Plastics piping systems for water supply Unplasticized poly vinyl chloride PVC U Part 4 Valves and ancillary equipment BS EN 1452 5 2000 Plastics piping systems for water supply Unplasticized poly vinyl chloride PVC U Part 5 Fitness for purpo
284. c Requirements Equal percentage Modulating valve fan coil units Parameters Characteristic Requirements Equal percentage preferred or linear Modulating valves independently pumped mixing and injection circuits Parameter Characteristic Requirements Linear 320 200 DAMPERS Provide visual position indicators on all damper actuators installed so that they can be seen from the plantroom floor Ensure that damper characteristics are as linear as possible Ensure that modulating dampers are sized correctly to give adequate authority 320 210 COMMUNICATION NETWORKS GENERAL e Ensure that all addressable control devices can be addressed over the communications network e Ensure that the bandwidth and subsequent speed of communications is sufficient to meet the requirements of e Ensure that no cross corruption of data occurs when the BMS shares a communication network with other IT based systems Ensure that permission has been given by the IT manager to connect BMS components onto the IT network e Ensure that network testing identification and documentation comply with BS EN 50174 e Ensure that all network devices such as routers and bridges are compatible with the network and are capable of operating such that the required throughput of data is achieved 320 220 COMMUNICATION NETWORKS STRUCTURED CABLING e Ensure that the selected BMS components are suitable for operating on the structured cabling system e
285. cally factory treated pipework systems shall be used to comply with BB93 All drainage from the science areas shall be installed in Vulcathene pipework to provide the required robustness to suit the types of discharges from the science areas All outlets from the art room areas shall be provided with silt traps to collect the debris in the art room waste water discharges Rainwater drainage All pipework and fittings shall be thermally and acoustically insulated and shall pick up the rain water inlets at roof gullies Rainwater shall be conveyed down the building to connect to the below ground drainage system Drainage pipework shall be twin walled acoustic type or where it is necessary to achieve BB93 requirements The rainwater shall be collected in an external rainwater harvesting system and reused in the flushing of the toilets 3 3 9 Design Life of Services Electrical and Mechanical plant 15 to 20 years depending on maximum achievable for item of installation in accordance with the guidance set out within CIBSE guides industry standards and manufacturer s recommendations The above assumes that building maintenance recommendations are followed and the building is used for its intended design Electrical and Mechanical plant specifications shall be based upon suppliers that achieve equipment life in line with current industry good practice and quality 3 3 10 Lighting Internal lighting Lighting to be in line with CIBSE lighting
286. can be emailed at andrew energiplc com The address of this company is 9A and 9B Hurstwood Court Lancashire Business park Centurian Way Leyland PR25 3UQ The P V system shall be connected to the main switch panel and as such shall be compatatible for the paralleled connection to the Elactrical Authorities supply via a G59 compliant assembly 5 24 Metering Extensive sub metering of electrical usage is provided for individual meters on all significant loads Tender drawing WBS SH 60 E02 LV Distribution Schematic indicates all sub meters included for the project which generally includes the following e Individual general split distribution boards with separate lighting amp power sub meters e Specialist teaching areas room power distribution boards such as comms room and Kitchen e External lighting and power distribution boards e BMS control panel for mechanical services generally integral with panel e Lifts Electricity sub meters will provide pulsed signals MODBUS or other agreed industry standard Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 73 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION All meters and sub meters referred to above will be hard wire connected into the BMS for collection and analysis of meter readings consumption of the individual end uses The meters will provide pulsed signal MODBUS network or other agreed standard of communication The controls specialist
287. capable of not less than 2000 complete reversals of movement at the given working conditions and of withstanding a pressure test of 1 5 times the design pressure without deformation Y11 2630D THREADED ENDS EXPANSION COMPENSATORS ARTICULATED BELLOWS Ends Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Bellows Stainless steel multi ply or single ply construction fitted with stainless steel inner sleeves Operation Supply expansion joints capable of not less than 2000 complete reversals of movement at the given working conditions and of withstanding a pressure test of 1 5 times the design pressure without deformation Y11 2630E FLANGED EXPANSION COMPENSATORS ARTICULATED BELLOWS Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 1 Bellows Stainless steel multi ply or single ply construction fitted with stainless steel inner sleeves Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 268 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Operation Supply expansion joints capable of not less than 2000 complete reversals of movement at the given working conditions and of withstanding a pressure test of 1 5 times the design pressure without deformation Y11 2650B THREADED END EPDM RUBBER FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS UP TO 10 BAR AND 100 DEGREE C Material EPDM rubber with wire reinforced cuffs Steel reinforcement within the body Marking Mould date of manufacture on bellows Show manufacturer and type Ends Threaded to B
288. carried through pipeline support reference Y50 3240 Liquid vapour barriers reference Y50 3260 Integrity of vapour barriers reference Y50 3270 251 000 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SERVICES 251 010 GENERAL Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 132 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Comply with work section general clauses reference Y51 1000 and those detailed below 251 030 STATIC TESTING Pressure testing General reference Y51 2010 Water circulating and supply systems and steam and condense lines reference Y51 2020 Underground pipework 4 hours reference Y51 2030B Provide an air compressor and subject the pipework to sectional testing by air at low pressure not exceeding 5 bars before commencing any flushing or testing with water e On completion of all cleaning flushing and air testing operations recharge each system with clean water and subject them to sectional hydraulic tests of one and a half times the working pressure e There is to be no loss of pressure for a period of not less than 30 minutes for each test e Testing records reference Y51 2110 e Distribution to WBS 25 a 040 COMMISSIONING Commissioning codes reference Y51 3020 Commissioning Water distribution Including BSRIA pre commissioning check list Reference Y51 3030A Boiler plant reference Y51 3050 Plant items reference Y51 3080 Instruments and ga
289. cation Provide earth cover as follows Water pipework 900 mm minimum 1200 mm maximum where practicable Fuel oil and gas 500 mm minimum Under roadways provide minimum cover of 900 mm Provide a marker tape to identify buried pipe services as indicated Y10 9120A STEELWORK GALVANIZED AFTER MANUFACTURE Prepare supports bearers and other uncovered steelwork as steel pipework Where not exposed paint with one coat zinc chromate or red oxide primer Y11 PIPELINE ANCILLARIES Y11 1000 GENERAL 1010 SAFETY AND RELIEF VALVES SELF OPERATED APPLICATION Safety To discharge with rapid opening action to prevent pre determined safe pressure being exceeded Relief To discharge with opening action proportional to increase in pressure above set pressure 1020 EXPOSED VALVES Fit easy clean covers over glands and bonnets to small copper alloy valves exposed in areas other than plant rooms Fit thermoplastic valve wheels Fit dust caps to lockshield valves 1030 TESTING Ensure that valves and cocks are pressure tested at manufacturer s works in accordance with appropriate British Standards specification Test valves in accordance with BS EN 12266 1 and BS EN 12266 2 Y11 2010A THREADED ENDS STOP TAPS TO BS 1010 2 Material Bronze or DZR copper alloy body Washer material suitable for service fluid and operating temperature Ends Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Pattern Straight pattern Y11 2010B CAPILLARY FITTIN
290. caulking bush brazed on bitumenised yarn and 1 3 cement sand mortar neatly finished to form a watertight joint 310 060 FOOT OF PIPE STACKS Fix cast iron rest bends supported on brick work or concrete bases where indicated on drawings 310 070 WASTES Bed in waterproof jointing compound and fix with resilient washer between appliance and backnut 310 080 WASTE CONNECTORS Join to traps as manufacturer s recommendations 310 090 WC PANS e Plastic Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 84 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Connect all soil pipe spigots with plastic connectors in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations 310 100 TRAP TEST REQUIREMENTS Ensure there is a retention of 25mm water seal in every trap and that no air is blown through the trap seal when performance is tested 310 110 ACCESS POINTS Provide rodding and access points at all changes of direction to enable whole system to be maintained Provide square door type access points as indicated on drawings at foot of all soil and ventilation pipes Where practicable locate access points and horizontal anti syphon pipes above fitment flood level In general make WC connections to drain points and soil pipes via flexible connectors BS APPENDIX BS 416 1 1990 Discharge and ventilating pipes and fittings sand cast or spun in cast iron Part 1 Specification for spigot and socket
291. ce to the extract fan speed The air handling unit frost and main heater batteries shall be controlled via two port three port control valves to modulate the flow through the coils to ensure the supply air temperature is maintained at a Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 57 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION temperature to suit the room conditions sensed via in room temperature sensors The BMS shall also control the air handling unit DX cooling coil according to the room conditions sensed The air handling units and the extract fan shall have motorised dampers which shall open when the fans are in operation and close when not The BMS shall monitor the supply air temperature to hold off the supply fan if the supply air temperature is too low If the supply air fan is held off for any reason the BMS shall also hold off the extract fan to prevent negatively pressurising the building The BMS shall monitor the in room conditions and the external air temperature and shall supply air to the space at a lower temperature when the conditions are right to alow free cooling In this mode of operation the supply air temperature shall never fall below 14 C The fans shall be monitored for fault The dishwasher extract fan shall be controlled via a wall switch The fans shall be monitored for fault Heat recovery void air handling units offices The heat recovery supply and extract f
292. ch system is flushed cleaned and drained Provide temporary connections to system terminal points suitable for introduction of sterilization chemicals and fluids and 22mm minimum valved drain connection on incoming main immediately downstream of mains isolating valve Fill system with clean fresh water Y 25 3050 STERILIZATION MAINS WATER SYSTEM System standing time Carry out the following operations in accordance with BS 6700 Flush system and introduce sterilisation chemical Take samples from all sentinel points to ensure correct chlorine concentration Leave system to stand for period of time indicated Repeatedly flush system with clean water until all traces of chlorine have been removed leave system filled Submit samples to registered laboratory for microbiological analysis and report Certificate of conformity Immediately prior to handover retake samples and submit for analysis and report Where necessary repeat sterilisation of potable water system immediately prior to handover Y25 3060 STERILIZATION WATER STORAGE SYSTEMS Carry out the following operations in accordance with BS 6700 and HSE L8 Legionnaires disease control of legionella bacteria in water systems ACOP and guidance Carry out operations on all water storage tanks and cisterns cold and hot Carry out procedures as for mains water systems Y25 3080 SERVICE VISITS Provide monthly service visits for one full year by a fully qualified chemist
293. cidental contact Ensure that where live equipment cannot be isolated it is covered with a Perspex shield carrying appropriate warning labels in addition to specified shrouding Ensure sufficient spare capacity in cable ways and trunking to comply with BS 7671 Ensure that flexible looms are used to connect door mounted to interior mounted components such that wires will not weaken or break with repeated door openings Arrange the loom to avoid pinching or looping when the door is closed and ensure that it is fully supported at each end Control panel labelling Ensure that all panels and individual panel sections are provided with exterior labels to BS 5499 5 indicating the voltage within the panel along with clear warnings of risk and instructions for isolation Display requirements for informing the BMS supervisor and or disabling alarms prior to Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 220 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION isolation of control circuits Label all switches controls and indicators on control panels as to function and associated plant Fix a notice to the front of the panel warning of the need for isolation elsewhere if the panel does not totally control the electricity supply to associated plant Identify all cables with permanently fixed ferrules Ensure that the numbering corresponds to the numbers fixed to the terminals Ensure that identification and coding matches
294. circuit systems operating at 100 load for 2080 hours per annum Closed circuit systems make up 1 system volume month Y25 2090 AVOIDANCE OF STAGNANT WATER IN PRESSURISATION UNIT EXPANSION VESSELS Install pressurisation units with re circulating circuits to avoid stationary pockets of water and minimise bacterial growth Y 25 3010A FLUSHING e System filling e Temporary connection from mains in compliance with the Water Supply Water Fittings Regulations 1999 and the Water Supply Water Fittings Amendment Regulations 1999 e Temporary connection from fire hydrant pipework e By installation of temporary tank and pump arrangement Carry out flushing of water systems in accordance with BSRIA Application Guide 1 01 Pre commission cleaning of pipework systems Section 2 Installation considerations 2 1 Management 2 2 Pipework installation 2 3 Preparation for flushing and cleaning 2 4 Procedure for filling pressure testing and static flushing Section 3 System dynamic flushing C1 Flushing objectives C2 Dynamic flushing procedure Inspection and witnessing as section 1 4 Y 25 3010B FLUSHING Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 279 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION All water used for pressure testing flushing and system filling is of good quality Leave remaining pipework sections full and treated after pressure testing Install all necessary pi
295. cking all respective doors and opening any doors that have been closed onto their magnetic hold open devices At the end of the day the authorised person shall work their way through the building systematically locking up rooms and areas Main entrance doors shall be locked once all personnel have left the building Once the building is empty and all areas are locked down the authorised person shall set the intruder alarm for all zones at the main keypad and shall the leave site Alternative access to limited areas shall be provided as shown on the tender drawings 5 16 Closed Circuit Television CCTV It is proposed that the new building shall be protected by a CCTV system comprising of fixed cameras and pan tilt and zoom cameras as shown on the tender drawings Cameras will be colour monochrome operating down to a minimum of 0 1 lux and be complete with integral LED lighting 1No colour monochrome monitor digital recorder and multiplexer will be located within the server rack The cameras will be served by a power over IP network Cameras will be wired back to a multiplexer to match the number required and provide 25 spare capacity 24 hour digital recording and 2No 19 colour flat screen monitors will be provided Cameras and recording equipment will be of a standard capable of providing facial recognition suitable for prosecution purposes if required The facility for off site monitoring of the CCTV system shall
296. cluding kitchen ventilation PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 030 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The contractor shall design install test commission and demonstrate the various ventilation systems proposed for installation within the building in accordance with the employers requirement documents This general section clauses also cover the toilet ventilation system requirements and any specialist extract systems Kitchen ventilation system shall be installed in accordance with DW172 PART 2 SELECTION SCHEDULES FOR REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 230 000 AIR DUCTLINES AND ANCILLARIES 230 010 GENERAL Comply with Work Section general clauses reference Y30 1000 and those detailed below 230 020 INSTALLER SELECTION e Use amember of the HVCA specialising in the manufacturing and installing ductwork 230 030 DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS e Design Information Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 138 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Class A positive reference Y30 2010A Class A negative reference Y30 2010B Ductwork air leakage testing shall be carried out by contractor Ductwork strength and air leakage testing circular sheet metal ductwork reference Y30 2035 Ductwork strength and air leakage testing rectangular sheet metal ductwork reference Y30 2036 230 040 SHEET METAL DUCTWORK Material Zinc coated steel reference Y30 2040A Protective finishes Construction Rectangular ref
297. commendations of the Chartered Institute of Building Services Engineers BS 7671 2001 IEE Wiring Regulations 17 Edition and associated guides and the recommendations insofar as they apply to this project concerning legionella contained in the document CIBSE TM13 and Health and Safety Executive Guidance Notes EH48 Design life factors for building services equipment will be in line with life factors identified in table B18 2 pp18 5 of Volume B of the CIBSE Guide Any specific design standards or parameters are also stated in the relevant specification sections of this document and must be incorporated into the design by the contractor 3 2 Design Requirements and Information The contractor is responsible for carrying out the full design of the installations and system so as to deliver the requirements set out within this specification document accompanying drawings schedules etc and all other consultants tender packages that form the employer s requirement documentation The contractor shall employ suitably proficient designers to carryout the mechanical and electrical design works The designers employed shall be Chartered Engineers and shall be as a minimum Members of CIBSE The full CV s of the proposed designers shall be provided to Waterman Building Services for comment prior to their involvement in the design works of the project Upon completion of the design calculations and scheme drawings the contractor shall issue a copy of
298. compartment floors and walls Packing material Weak mix mortar intumescent plaster or mastic solid intumescent material or intumescent granule filled bags Y61 3130A CABLE COVERS AND MARKERS Material Recovered plastic integral tape Marking Electricity or telephone Plastic marker tape Yellow marked electricity or telephone Y61 4010 CABLE INSTALLATION GENERAL Use and install cables only as directed in the appropriate standard or as directed by the manufacturer in writing Lay cables in one length unless otherwise indicated Obtain permission from supervising officer for all through joints and where overall length requirement exceeds practical drum size Install cables when ambient temperature is 5 C or greater using cables stored at or above this temperature for not less than 24 hours Use drum stands drum axles fair leads rollers cable stockings and other equipment as recommended by the cable manufacturer and as appropriate to the method of installation Y61 4020 CABLE INSTALLATION IN LOW TEMPERATURES Install cables at lower installation temperatures when authorised by manufacturer in a written statement Y61 4030 INSTALLATION OF LSF CABLE Install LSF cables in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Ensure ambient temperature is above 5 C Ensure oversheaths are not damaged by abrasion or scuffing Y61 4040 INSTALLATION OF UNARMOURED CABLES Install and use unarmoured cable to BS 6004 BS 6007 BS
299. comprise of dedicated SWA cables fixed to cable basket terminating on split load lighting and power MCB distribution boards All boards will be metalclad be complete with lockable covers and Schneider devices The lighting and small power usage shall be metered at each board seperately and shall be logged by the BMS system In addition high energy supplies such as mechanical control panels lift supplies and areas such as plantrooms shall be submetered and logged at BMS in order to comply fully with the metering requirements of part L and TM 39 5 6 Low Voltage Distribution Low voltage distribution shall be provided via MCB distribution boards located throughout the building Sub main cabling shall be distributed on cable basket and cable drops to wall mounted accessories concealed within partitions or surface mounted in galvanised conduit whwere appropriate It is proposed that low level skirting trunking systems shall be utilised or dado trunking will be utilised as detailed on the tender drawings Only primary containment routes are shown and the contractor is expected to have included for all containment to make a complete and fixed installation 5 7 Wiring and Containment It is proposed that the following wiring system shall be utilised throughout the building General mains distribution XLPE SWA LSF cables on cable basket Lighting LSF Flat Twin amp Earth routed on galvanised steel cable baskets with conduits to lighting
300. condary maximum cable length as manufacturer s recommendations e Separate transformer from secondary low voltage cables m e Connections to luminaires e Hard wired e Plug and socket Y73 2230 LAMP MANUFACTURER Ensure that lamps of each type are from same manufacturer Y73 2240A SUPPORT SYSTEM CONDUIT Use not less than 20mm conduit of same type as main conduit system Material steel Y73 2250A SUPPORT SYSTEM ROD Use continuously threaded rods with matching washers and nuts Diameter 6mm Material Cadmium plated steel Y73 2260A SUPPORT SYSTEM CHAIN Use cadmium plated steel chain with load carrying capacity of not less than twice weight of complete luminaire Y73 2270A SUPPORT SYSTEM FLEXIBLE CORD Use size and type as indicated Confirm temperature rating is suitable for operating temperature of luminaire or lampholder Confirm that cord is adequate for mass to be supported Y73 2280A SUPPORT SYSTEM WALL BRACKETS Provide wall brackets Confirm wall brackets are suitable for supporting luminaire Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 344 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y73 2290 SUPPORT SYSTEM BALL AND SOCKET e Installation 4160 SUSPENSION Suspend luminaires at height indicated Ensure suspensions hang vertically unless otherwise indicated 4200 SUSPENSION BY BALL AND SOCKET Install cable through ball and socket connected to conduit box e H
301. control schedule the two specific control modes of operation as follows Operation Mode 1 naturally vented and cooled rooms Natural ventilation to be used for fresh air provision to control CO2 levels and for the cooling provision The natural ventilation louvres are opened as required to allow sufficent air changes within the space to offset rising room temperature and or CO2 levels Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 58 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION The classrooms are provided with motorised external high level wall ventilators motorised vent shaft dampers The ventilator and stack dampers shall be provided installed by the mechanical contractor The controls specialist shall provide a signal to these dampers to modulate the respective room dampers and stack dampers in accordance with the measured room temperature and CO levels measured by in room wall mounted sensors The contractor design thermal model shall identify the operating set points however these are likely to be of the order of e Commence opening vents on CO when level exceeds 1000ppm e Commence opening the motorised vents and stacks when the room temperature exceeds 20 C The control system shall be organised to provide the naturally ventilated rooms with night cooling such that the external wall ventilation and stack dampers shall open when the prevailing external conditions provide the possibility to f
302. cordance with BS EN 60702 2 recommended or supplied by cable manufacturer Gland Type Cable grip type internally threaded with bush Gland Shroud Thermoplastic or LSF material to match sheath Seal type Plain or earth tail and self threading pot Pot closure Plastic stub cap Pot sealant Compound 105 C Conductor insulation sleeving Plain PVC Seal maximum temperature rating 105 C Y61 3040A CABLE TERMINATING AND JOINTING SOCKETS e Connection type e As shown on drawings schedules Standard and type compression to BS EN 61238 1 Y61 3050A LSF INSULATING TAPE Standard BS 3924 LSF material Y61 3060A CABLE JOINTS AND TERMINATIONS Use only cable joints as supplied or recommended by cable manufacturer Cable type Power or control and auxiliary Joint arrangement Straight through or tee Joint type BS 6910 cold pour or heat shrink Accessories Armour bonds BS 7197 filling compounds Environment Underground Y61 3080A CONNECTORS FOR COAXIAL CABLES BROADCAST RECEIVING BS 3041 2 or UHF to BS 3041 12 Y61 3110A CABLE DUCTS Standard BS 65 DN 90 BS 4660 provided by Electricity Supply Company Y61 3120A CABLE SLEEVES Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 328 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Supply and hand to others for installation non ferrous cable sleeves for incorporation into the structure where cables pass through fire
303. crews reference Y90 2030 Cast in fixings reference Y90 2040 Shot fired fixings reference Y90 2050 Self adhesive fixings reference Y90 2060 Proprietary channel inserts reference Y90 2070 Non penetrative support systems reference Y90 2080 290 030 WORKMANSHIP Drilling reference Y90 3010 Proprietary fixings reference Y90 3020 Fixing to reinforced concrete reference Y90 3030 Fixing to brickwork reference Y90 3040 Fixing to timber rails reference Y90 3050 Fixing to hollow stud tile block wall Reference Y90 3060A Fixing to concrete brickwork or blockwork Reference Y90 3070A Fixing to metalwork Reference Y90 3080A Fixing to structural steelwork and concrete structures Reference Y90 3090A Non penetrative support systems for roof mounted equipment reference Y90 3100 291 000 OFF SITE PAINTING AND ANTI CORROSION TREATMENT 291 010 GENERAL Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 134 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Comply with work section general clauses reference Y91 1000 and those detailed below 291 020 PAINT MATERIALS Paint materials Reference Y91 2010A Paint quality reference Y91 2020 Heat resistant paint reference Y91 2030 291 030 WORKMANSHIP General reference Y91 3010 Weather and other conditions reference Y91 3020 Cleaning and preparing for painting Steel surfaces reference Y91 3030A Surfaces reference Y91 3
304. cribed to adjust the room set point temperature The room shall revert to operation mode 1 as soon as possible to reduce the energy usage of the building as this shall be determined when the room temperature is stable at 240C DX Comfort Cooling Systems The BMS shall control the general DX heating and comfort cooling systems enabling the systems to provide preheat but also ensuring that the set pint is automatically reset at the end of the day to the preset level of 210C regardless of the position the room controller has been left in The control system shall monitor the server room cooling unit for fault and raising an alarm accordingly The control system shall also monitor the server room temperature and raise a high level alarm accordingly The BMS shall monitor the systems for fault The BMS shall monitor the DX room controllers for the in Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 59 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION room temperature and display on graphic and log accordingly Heating and Cooling Plant The building is heated by a combination of biomas boiler and gas fired condensing boilers The interface arrangement of the plant is shown on the schematic drawing The controls system shall provide sequence control of the heat producing plant to ensure that the biomass boiler is the lead boiler at all times The controls system shall pre empt the operation of the ventilation
305. ctor A1 26 Tender Drawings and Documents The contractor shall treat the details of this Specification and attached documents as confidential and return them to the Supervising Officer after he has prepared his Tender Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 32 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A1 27 Disagreement In the event of any disagreement between the parties of the Contract as to the requirements of the Specification definition of terms or value of works done the matter shall in the first place be decided by the Supervising Officer and if such decision be challenged by either of the parties shall be referred to arbitration under the provisions of the signed Contract A 1 28 Discrepancies in tender information Any discrepancies in the tender information provided shall be clarified prior to tendering otherwise the tender shall allow for the most cost onerous of the available options Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 33 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION SECTION B SCOPE OF WORKS 1 0 INTRODUCTION 2 0 NEW INCOMING SUPPLIES AND DIVERSIONS 3 0 DESIGN PARAMETERS 4 0 MECHANICAL SERVICES INSTALLATIONS 5 0 ELECTRICAL SERVICES INSTALLATIONS Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 34 6 March 2013 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 1 0 Introduction T
306. cture 310 070 SOUNDERS e Standard BS EN 54 3 e Standard BS 8456 e Sounder types e First coincidence e Electronic sounder e Second coincidence e Electronic sounder e Addressable e Combined sensor sounder e Separate addresses e Wall mounted sounders e Sounder characteristics e Sound power output dBA Above 100 at one metre e Colour e Fire red Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 186 6 March 2013 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Finish e Protection to BS EN 60529 e Internal 310 080 FIRE ALARM CONTROL AND INDICATING EQUIPMENT e Standard e BS 5839 1 e BS EN 54 2 and BS EN 54 4 e BS EN 50130 4 e Functional requirements Standard functions e operation of other functions to be provided e battery state indicator to be provided e battery reverse polarity protection e Mounting e Flush e Assembly Construction e Material of Enclosure metal e Display components e Behind hinged front panel e Degree of Protection to BS EN 60529 e IP 43 e Accessibility e By special tool e Enclosure Finish Brushed stainless steel e Power supply e Integral e Indication of origin of alarms Zone indication e Alphanumeric display e LCD screen to be provided e General e One man test and commissioning to be provided e Monitoring circuit to be provided e Configuration data e Non volatile memory e Volatile memory e Alterable memory e Programmable at e Lev
307. current device notices Earth electrode safety electrical connection label Bonding conductor connector point to extraneous conductive parts label Earth free local equipotential bonding areas warning notice Electrical separation areas warning notice Outdoor equipment socket outlet notice Y82 2020A MATERIALS Use materials for labels and notices with a predicted life equal to or greater than the design life of the electrical cables plant equipment or installation to which it refers External Signwritten or stencil in paint compatible with surface Colour Background plant standard finish Lettering white Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 363 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Internal Engraved thermosetting plastic laminate Colour Background white or red Lettering red or white Y82 2030A FIXING INTERNAL Fix labels and notices using materials compatible with label or notice and surface to which it is fixed by screws into tapped hole or bolted complete with washer nut and locking device Y82 2040A ARRANGEMENT Obtain approval prior to manufacture with regard to style colour lettering size and position of all labels and notices Provide sample showing style colour lettering and size for approval Y82 2050A LETTERING AND SIZE OF LABELS AND NOTICES Ensure that all lettering and symbols comply with the requirements laid out in BS 7671 IEE W
308. d PTZ programmed routines The Reports button shall allow the viewing of system status reports The Setup button shall allow configuration of the system components authorizations sites authentication utilities and schedules macros The Logout button shall allow leaving the system without closing the software Access to programming and more advanced screens shall be done by means of an immobile permanently docked toolbar located on the top Live screen There shall be a Recording Verification System RVS used to identify and log any recording errors encountered during normal system operation The log shall be manually reviewed for possible video segment errors earmarked with a Recording Site Device Name Date Time Verified Site Macro Name and Error Description stamp There shall be a Central Failure Notification CFN System used to identify all possible site errors The CFN shall be accessible from only the Nucleus unit The log shall be in a time date order and be manually reviewed for errors There shall be a Microsoft Windows Personal Firewall feature installed to provide system security against viruses hacking and other malicious intent against the system The firewall shall be fully configurable and also have the ability to be disabled if desired There shall be a Site Map feature It shall allow the installation and configuration of a custom screen map used to identify and access site installed components recorders cameras mic
309. d contraction cannot be accommodated by selected route provide pipework loops as indicated Limit total stress set up in material of pipe wall taking into account components due to internal pressure tension and bending to less than 69 MPa for steel pipelines and less than 51 5 MPa for copper pipe lines Where location does not permit sufficient flexibility provide proprietary devices as indicated Y11 4100 EXPANSION COMPENSATORS INSTALLATION Provide anchors and guides to contain all movement and resist maximum loads imposed Install expansion compensators strictly in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Y11 4110 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS INSTALLATION Fit rubber bellows as close to source of vibration as practicable Ensure the pipe at other end of bellows is a fixed point Install flexible connections strictly in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Ensure flexible connections are tied when the plant is on vibration isolation mountings Y11 4120 TERMINAL UNIT CONNECTIONS INSTALLATION Install hose connections strictly in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 274 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y20 PUMPS Y20 1000 GENERAL 1010 PUMPS Provide pumps manufactured and tested in accordance with appropriate British Standard in particular BS EN 809 BS EN 60335 2 41 and BS EN 60335 2 51 where applicable 1020 PUM
310. d in an external rainwater harvesting system and reused in the flushing of the toilets Fire collars shall be installed wherever a drainage pipe passes through a fire wall or floor Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 62 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 4 10 Metering The building services systems within the proposed building shall be monitored and metered in accordance with the requirements set out in CIBSE TM39 and to meet the requirements of Building Regulations Approved Document Part L2A whereby 95 of all energy used shall be metered 4 11 Hydrant The contractor shall allow for the provision of an external fire fighting hydrant as per the requirements of the fire consultant s specification document 4 12 Staircase and Corridor Smoke Ventilation Ventilation shall be provided to the staircase and corridors in line with the Fire Engineer s Specification Document Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 63 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 5 0 Electrical Services 5 1 General The electrical engineering services element of the project shall albeit not exhaustively include the provision of the following Design installation testing commissioning and full demonstration of all systems Utility services as detailed in section 2 of this specification Main switch panel and electrical intake position Sub main d
311. d programming of the system 5 Functions offering the ability to be remotely configured from any recorder or workstation The recorder shall also offer a full multi user authorization login application This application shall offer levels of authorization based on defined sites and functions In addition a full setup utility shall be available for the Administrator to configure authorizations The login window shall consist of a User Name and Password field A user shall be able to login as an Administrator or Guest Guest authorization shall be configurable for specific system operations The software shall offer a full multi user authorization process as follows 7 User groups shall be created once globally and shall appear in all recorders and workstations connected to the network 8 Users shall be created once globally and shall be given rights to particular groups 9 Groups shall be authorized and given specific access to each server permitting function specific profiles Project Rev T1 No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 174 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 10 Users created and authorized for each machine shall be able to login to any recorder and workstation and automatically have their group rights for that machine follow them 11 There shall be no virtual limit on the amount of Groups and Users that can be authorized in the software 12 The local recorder shall
312. d to the walls of air chambers Y45 3060 SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL READINGS Measure sound pressure levels at the positions indicated using equipment in accordance with BS EN 61672 1 and BS EN 61672 2 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 295 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y45 3070 MEASURE SOUND INSULATION OF BUILDING ELEMENTS IN ACCORDANCE Measure sound insulation of building elements in accordance with BS EN ISO 140 4 BS EN ISO 140 7 and BS EN ISO 140 14 as appropriate Y46 GRILLES DIFFUSERS LOUVRES Y46 1000 GENERAL 1010 PERFORMANCE Air Supply Ensure air velocity at occupancy level is not greater than 0 45 m s Blades Supply grilles and diffusers with blade profile to ensure correct aerodynamic performance and minimal noise generation Louvres Ensure air velocities through face area of louvres minimises carry over of rain snow or other precipitation into ducts shafts or plant rooms 1020 SIZE Sizes indicated are Nominal Provide site dimensions of linear diffusers and grilles before manufacture 1030 NOISE LEVELS Ensure sound power levels indicated are not exceeded Ensure accessories for grilles and diffusers have low noise generation characteristics and cause minimum disturbance to airflow 1033 PROTECTIVE WRAPPING Apply protective wrapping to exposed architectural finishes prior to despatch to site 1035 TESTING Provide air termin
313. d type to ensure the correct device is patched to the correct service e Copper The responsibility for production of the patching schedule is e SCS contractor 350 040 FLY LEAD INSTALLATION Install all fly leads to ensure the correct device is connected to the correct user outlet The responsibility for production of the patching schedule is e SCS contractor 360 000 CABINETS AND FRAMES 360 010 CABINETS Provide cabinets e Manufacturer and reference To be a 19 2M high rack free standing rack provided by the contractor Provide cabinets to house the Building and Floor Distributors and the following equipment provided by the contractor e Active data equipment e CCTV equipment e PA amplifier CD player DVD player e Type e Free standing e Size and quantity of the cabinets are detailed in schedule reference W70 Structured cabling cabinets 370 000 INSTALLATION Ensure all manufacturer guidelines main contractor site rules and client requirements detailed within the complete tender documentation are followed Carry out all installation works in accordance with the site health and safety file with the contractor ensuring their areas of responsibility operate in a clean and tidy environment Ensure all outlets are protected from dust ingress Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 235 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 370 010 BRING INTO SERVICE SUPPORT Make avail
314. demnification Commencement and Completion Drying Out Regulations Suitability of Materials and Products Ordering Materials and Products Handling and Storage of Materials and Products Samples of Materials and Products Protection to Fixed and Unfixed Items of Plant Deleterious Materials Housekeeping and Site Cleanliness Conditions of Site on Completion Tender Drawings and Documents Disagreement Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A1 0 GENERAL CLAUSES THIS SECTION GENERAL CLAUSES IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE MAIN CONTRACT PRELIMINARIES WHERE ANY CONFLICT OCCURS THE MAIN CONTRACT PRELIMINARIES SHALL TAKE PRECIDENCE A1 1 Project Particulars A1 1 1 The Site The project title and postal address is Kings Academy Hillock Lane Woolston A1 1 2 Parties The names postal address and telephone numbers of parties involved in the construction of the project and its administration are as detailed in the main contract preliminaries A1 2 Definition The term Supervising Officer has been used throughout these documents and shall mean the person or persons whom the employer has appointed to act as his representative for the execution of the project The Supervising Officer shall be the Project Manager unless stated otherwise A1 3 Tender A1 3 1 Tender Returns Tenders for the Contract Works shall be submitted in accordance with t
315. der Meetings The Supervising Officer may require an interview during the tender period to ensure that Tenderers are aware of all of the requirements of the Works and to review progress Post Tender Meeting The Tenderer may be called to a meeting following tender submission to present his proposals to the Project Team in order to clarify any ambiguities which may exist and to provide any additional information which may be required The Tenderer s proposed management team will be required to attend this meeting It is envisaged that the management team may include people associated with both off and on site operations Specifically all matters relating to the production of contract information and site liaison shall be agreed The agreed minutes of this meeting or meetings shall if required by the Supervising Officer form part of the contract document to demonstrate that the Sub Contractor has understood his responsibilities Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A1 4 A1 5 A1 6 A1 7 A1 8 A1 9 Contract Preliminaries Refer to the main contract preliminaries for the Information in respect of i Contract Conditions Appendices ii Statutory General Obligations iii Management Administration Procedures iv Resources Temporary Work and Services v Protecting Cleaning Drying Completing vi Nominated Firms Discrepancies in T
316. dual as required W50 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 010 PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES The contractor shall design install test commission and demonstrate the fire alarm installation to the building in full accordance with this specification and the employer s requirement documents The contarctor shall be repsonsible for providing full cable sizing calculations for the fire alarm system All fire alarm systems will be recommisssioned when the work is complete Wiring to be in Prysmian FP Plus enhanced cable 100 040 CONTROL REQUIREMENTS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 183 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION The fire alarm panel is to be programmed with a detailed cause and effect matrix which will be developed in conjunction with the appointed specialist and the relevant licensing bodies The cause and effect is to be demonstrated to all relevant parties at the end of the contract and the electrical contractor is to allow for this to be demonstrated fully on a minimum of two seperate occasions The electrical contractor is to witness and document the operation of all devices on the fire alarm system and is to forward copies of this documentation prior to the system being offered for witnessing The system is to be fully commissioned in line with BS5839 and this will also include the recording of all audibility levels on a set of as fitted drawings for inc
317. e Rotary Actuator Open close Material Nickel plated brass stainless steel ball PTFE seal stainless steel spindle EPDM spindle seal Connections Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Ancillaries Lever for manual operation Y11 2315B TWO WAY CONTROL BALL VALVES Valve Two way control valve Rotary Actuator Modulating Material Nickel plated brass stainless steel ball PTFE seal stainless steel spindle EPDM spindle seal Connections Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Ancillaries Lever for manual operation Y11 2315C THREE WAY CONTROL BALL VALVES Valve Three way control valve Rotary Actuator Modulating Material Nickel plated brass stainless steel ball PTFE seal stainless steel spindle EPDM spindle seal Connections Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Ancillaries Lever for manual operation Y11 2320A THREADED ENDS SWING CHECK VALVES TO BS 5154 Series B horizontal pattern Ends Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 265 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Trim material Manufacturer s standard Y11 2320B FLANGED SWING CHECK VALVES TO BS 5154 Series B horizontal pattern Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 Trim material Manufacturer s standard Y11 2330A FLANGED SWING CHECK VALVES TO BS EN 12334 Check valve type to BS EN 736 1 Swing Body type Flanged Ends Flanged to
318. e correctly annotated and cross referenced at their interfaces The contractor shall agree with all his Sub contractor s and suppliers and be responsible for the positions of their work or materials including pipe runs in ducts ducts conduits and cables etc and the positions of holes chases recesses fixing and the like before work is put in hand in order to ensure that they do not conflict with other work The contractor and their sub contractors shall be responsible for taking all their own dimensions on site checking runs and levels and marking out for the builders work and shall allow for such work in his Tender The contractor shall ensure that the setting out of plant and equipment pipes and ducts etc permits it to fit into the space allocated and allows access for maintenance and replacement purposes To ensure co ordination between his Sub contractor s and suppliers the contractor shall allow for arranging and attending any necessary meetings with the relevant Sub contractor s and or suppliers in order to agree such priorities as are necessary and in order to monitor progress obtaining the necessary data for and preparing co ordinated drawings of all the work involved in the engineering services installation together with its associated builders work and giving all necessary instructions to overcome any potential conflicts Where such co ordination requires any amendment to the drawings or specifications prepared by the Employer s
319. e BMS shall modulate the dampers to maximise the throughput of ventilation air to suit the in room CO level requirements and to maintain the in room temperature as close to the optimum room temperature of 22 C as possible However at times of peak conditions the internal room conditions shall rise above this figure and natural ventilation alone will not prevent the rooms from exceeding 24 C Therefore as the monitored in room temperature approaches the 24 C level the BMS shall change the ventilation strategy from passive cooling mode to mechanical cooling mode when the room passes 23 5 C Under mechanical cooling mode the ventilation system shall change from controlling CO3 levels and temperature to purely controlling CO levels within the room in effect becoming a minimum fresh air system In this way the dampers will close down to allow just the minimum required fresh air into the room to satisfy the CO levels thereby reducing the cooling load imposed on the comfort cooling system from warm outside fresh air to a minimum allowing the room comfort cooling system to initiate and take care of the cooling load By utilising these two natural ventilation strategies the amount of time the cooling system is operation is recued to an absolute minimum as usage of the passive natural ventilation cooling is maximized fully The natural ventilation system components shall be designed to prevent the ingress of water in to the room vents or the stack
320. e Sampling reference Y25 2070B Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 103 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Sampling kits reference Y25 2070C 225 085 AVOIDANCE OF STAGNANT WATER IN PRESSURISATION UNIT EXPANSION VESSELS e Reference Y25 2090 225 090 FLUSHING e BSRIA Application Guide 1 2001 reference Y25 3010A e System filling Temporary connection from mains in compliance with the Water Supply Water Fittings Regulations 1999 and the Water Supply Water Fittings Amendment Regulations 1999 Temporary connection from fire hydrant pipework By installation of temporary tank and pump arrangement Flushing reference Y25 3010B Flush system until discharge water is clear and free from stones or other rubble 225 120 STERILIZATION General reference Y25 3040 Mains water system reference Y25 3050 System standing time to suit chemical used and the system volume Water storage systems reference Y25 3060 225 150 DOCUMENTATION e Reference Y25 3090 250 000 THERMAL INSULATION 250 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y50 1000 and those detailed below 250 015 ZERO GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL GWP Use insulating materials with a Global Warming Potential GWP of zero 250 017 ZERO OZONE DEPLETION POTENTIAL ODP Use insulating materials with an Ozone Depletion Potential ODP of zero 250 020 INSTALLER SELECTION e Use a co
321. e all devices and terminals necessary to connect the BMS to items of plant and control equipment Take account of any existing services that have to remain in continuous operation Agree with the Project Supervisor the method by which the BMS equipment can be installed without disrupting the operation of the building services Where plant and control equipment are supplied by others provide the Project Supervisor with adequate details of installation requirements Provide this information in time and in sufficient detail to enable any other installers and their suppliers to incorporate the BMS connection facilities before delivering their equipment to site Where plant is subject to warranty by others obtain clearances in writing from those concerned that the proposed modifications do not invalidate the warranties Ensure that modifications carried out as a result of the contract are fully documented and do not affect the satisfactory operation of safety devices connected to any plant or systems affected directly or indirectly by the BMS works Carry out proving tests to the satisfaction of the Project Supervisor Ensure that the use of existing relays contactors starters and switches as part of the BMS installation is fully documented Safety interlocks Provide interlocks as scheduled to establish and maintain safe pre determined plant conditions under all modes of operation including loss reduction and restoration of power Ensure that all s
322. e completed system for a minimum of e 2 years Cover appropriate extensions to the structured cabling system by the warranty Note appropriate extensions to be those which meet the manufacturer s design guides installed by the contractor or by any other contractor registered with and authorised by the end manufacturer as a certified installer using certified components and procedures as prescribed by the manufacturer Arrange for the structured cabling manufacturer to visit site during the installation and at practical completion and confirm to the client or their agents manufacturer compliance Ensure the warranty is voided by normal use of the system including moves and changes carried out by the client or their agents Ensure the warranty provides for the client or their agents to contact the contractor in the first instance who shall attend the site within one working day to carry out appropriate tests and who will then progress the claim through the manufacturer Agree action on the claim and initiated within 10 working days of notification of the claim Ensure the action shall be completed without unreasonable delay Arrange a contract between the client and the manufacturer such that if the contractor is no longer in existence or in the event of non performance by the contractor then the manufacturer shall fulfil all the obligations of the contractor State the name address and claim contact details department name persons name and phone n
323. e copolymer WF hot non potable water seals manufactured from isoprene isobutylene copolymer Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 247 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e WG cold non potable water supply drainage sewerage and rainwater pipes with oil resistance e BS EN 681 2 e WT above ground use Y10 3170A FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS SLEEVE TYPE Joint Bolted sleeve type with wedge type elastomeric gaskets Type Non end load capable Dimensions Manufacturer s standard Material Ductile cast iron to BS EN 1564 or to BS EN 1563 Finish Manufacturer s standard Gaskets In accordance with BS EN 681 1 BS EN 681 2 or BS EN 682 Y10 3180 FLEXIBLE FLANGE ADAPTERS SLEEVE TYPE Joint Bolted sleeve type with wedge type elastomeric gaskets flanged on end Type End load capable gripping elements embedded in gaskets up to 250mm Non end load capable Dimensions Manufacturer s standard Material Ductile cast iron to BS EN 1564 Carbon steel to BS EN 10025 Flange To connect to BS EN 1092 1 BS EN 1092 2 BS EN 1092 3 or BS EN 1092 4 PN10 flange To connect to BS EN 1092 1 BS EN 1092 2 BS EN 1092 3 or BS EN 1092 4 PN16 flange Finish Manufacturer s standard Galvanized Nylon coated Gaskets BS EN 682 GA Gaseous fuel 50C to 500C GAL Gaseous fuel 150C to 500C GB hydrocarbon fluids 50C to 500C GBL hydrocarbon f
324. e near linear characteristics between the valve position and heating cooling power as delivered to the air or water based system Ensure that the range ability of the selected valves is large enough to provide stable control under low load conditions 320 190 VALVE SIZING REQUIREMENTS All types of valves and applications Parameter Body pressure rating Requirements To exceed system test pressure All 2 port valves Parameter Close off pressure rating Requirements To exceed pump or system full differential pressure All 3 port valves Parameters Close off pressure rating Requirements To exceed out of balance pressures All types of valves and applications Parameters Maximum leakage coefficient Requirements 0 05 KV 2 port isolation valves Parameters Pressure drop at full flow Requirements Select at line size for minimal pressure drop 2 port modulating valves Parameters Pressure drop at full flow Requirements Select KV value for pressure drop within an agreed range 3 port modulating valves Parameters Pressure drop at full flow Requirements Select KV value for 30 50 authority against coil or circuit pressure drop Isolation valve Parameter Characteristic Modulating valves plant valves and zone reheater coil valves Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 224 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Parameters Characteristi
325. e patch panel the active equipment and the CCTV sytems Where it is considered cable lengths may exceed 90M local hubunits patch panels will be provided wired back to the main ground floor rack The works will include for all standard industry wide cable testing Wifi will be provided to those areas indicated on the accompanying drawings The electrical contractor shall allow for installing all of the containment wiring and passive equipment as detailed on the layout drawings and as directed by the preferred ICT provider The contractor shall include for the provision and installation of all field wiring its termination in the form of male RJ45 connectors at the hub and female RJ45 receptors within the user areas and shall provide identification labelling at both ends All cat 6 cables shall be tested to ensure they are fit for purpose and marked up identified after they have been installed from the field terminal connection to the data cabinet Each cable shall be certified as passed with the test results attached Damaged cables shall be replaced at no cost or detriment to the contract The wiring will be routed on a dedicated cable basket complete with foam matting and be protected with all containment designed and installed to make due allowance of the large bending radii required for this cable 5 21 Table of Co ordinated Accessories Containment Systems The table below lists out the level of accessories and containment system that
326. e requirements of the acoustic consultant s report requirements and this shall include the requirement for internally plasterboard lining the fan and air handling units Particular attention is drawn to the requirement for all fans to be housed in acoustic boxes All vent systems shall be inverter controlled Where possible systems shall be demand controlled with PIR sensors determining the room is occupied Where possible the systems shall be CO2 controlled to maximise the recirculation and control the amount of fresh air entering the space diurectly in relation to the needs of the room based on CO2 levels As such system selection and design shall be based on a variable volume systems Each of the individual ventilation systems shall be individually time clock controlled to their own time schedules to allow different areas of the building to operate at different times The ductwork systems distributing through the building shall incorporate fire and smoke dampers as required to suit the fire compartmentation of the building as shown on the architect s drawings All fire dampers shall be out of the airstream type of unit Access panels shall be provided to the ductwork systems in accordance with the HVCA DW144 level 3 of access requirement highest level and the requirements of this specification document In summary the following requirements shall be adhered to in the siting of access panels as a minimum Access panels shall be provided Eith
327. e that the interruptions to existing services are carried out within the minimum possible inconvenience Work without pause until the services are back to normal A1 9 15 Operation of Plant Etc Prior to practical completion ensure that working plant is doing so correctly Provide your own skilled personnel to attend the plant etc while working together with such specialist personnel as are necessary for each circumstance A1 9 16 Damage Due to Inclement Weather The contractor shall take all such measures and precautions deemed necessary for the protection of the works forming the contract and shall make good free of charge to the Employer or his assigns such damage defects or faults which shall appear during the progress of the works due to inclement weather frost etc A1 9 17 Practical Completion Before the contract works are included in a Certificate Of Practical Completion the contract works or such part as is referred to in the Certificate shall be complete The completion shall include setting to work testing and Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A1 9 18 A1 9 19 commissioning including proving the performance is in accordance with the Specification of all items included in the Certificate and full adjustment and balancing in as far as is possible without the building being occupied or the system being subject to a f
328. ed Y71 3030 ACCESS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 338 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Ensure that clearance in front of switchgear and controlgear is not less than 1m or as indicated Y71 3040A MARKING AND DRAWING Number terminals cables and component parts to correspond with manufacturer s certified drawings Y71 3050 CABLE TERMINATIONS Terminate paper insulated cable by means of switchboard manufacturer s standard compound filled cable boxes Terminate PVC SWA PVC and MICS cables inside enclosure by securing cables to switchboard with glanding plates or glanding brackets and outside enclosure with glanding plates or fabricated steel extension boxes Y71 3060A INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING Install and commission switchgear and controlgear in accordance with the appropriate standard and the manufacturer s recommendations Include CT Polarity check in commission tests Y72 CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Y72 1000 GENERAL Y72 1010A 3 PHASE SUPPLY Ensure all electrical equipment supplied and installed is suitable for 3 phase power supply to BS 7697 Y72 1010B SINGLE PHASE ELECTRICAL SUPPLY Ensure all electrical equipment supplied and installed is suitable for single phase power supply to BS 7697 Y72 2070A ISOLATING SWITCHES e Isolation as shown on drawings schedules Standard BS EN 60947 3 Provide independent manual operation type isolating swi
329. ed Toilets Stairways corridors 18 C Uncontrolled Comms server room 18 C 21 C DB RH uncontrolled Changing rooms showers 22 C Uncontrolled Storage areas 16 C Uncontrolled Plantroom 16 C Uncontrolled First aid 21 C Uncontrolled External Conditions 5 C DB 28 C DB 20 C WB 100 RH Note plant shall be capable of running up to a maximum ambient temperature of 35 C recorded at local weather station whilst still providing the desired performance efficiencies 3 3 2 Population Densities Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 40 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION To be taken from the maximum occupancy levels of rooms as indicated on the architect s drawings Where no occupancies are stated these shall be obtained from the client and advised to the remainder of the team 3 3 3 Outside Fresh Air Provision Ventilation shall be provided so as to ensure compliance with Building Bulletin BB87 2003 Mechanical ventilation shall be minimum 10 litres second person classrooms teaching areas and sports hall and 12 litres second person in offices 3 3 4 Internal Cooling Loads The below figures are identified as a guide to the tendering process for approximate sizing of plant The figures given shall be verified at design stage but will be a minimum figure that must be provided Area Lighting and Comment small power
330. ed below 211 030 STOP VALVES Service fluid Water Operating temperature C 100C WRAS approved Kitemark certified Pipe material To suit copper tube Stop taps to BS 1010 2 Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2010A Capillary to BS EN 1254 1 reference Y11 2010B Stop valves to BS EN 1213 for potable water supplies Compression ends for copper reference Y11 2015A Capillary reference Y11 2015C Threaded reference Y11 2015D Gate valves to BS EN 12288 Screwed to BS EN ISO 228 1 or ISO 7 1 reference Y11 2020A Compression to BS EN 1254 2 reference Y11 2020B Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 reference Y11 2020C Loose nut union end reference Y11 2020D Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 89 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 21 21 era Gate valves to BS EN 1171 Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 reference Y11 2030A Globe valves to BS 5154 Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2040A Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 reference Y11 2040B Compression to BS EN 1254 2 reference Y11 2040C Compression to BS EN 1254 3 reference Y11 2040D Globe valves to BS EN 13789 Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 reference Y11 2050A Handwheel operated gate type to BS EN 1984 Flanged to BS EN 1092 1 reference Y11 2070A Threaded reference Y11 2070D Auxiliary connections Ball type copper alloy to BS EN 13828 Screw driver key operated Screwed to
331. ed connectors Insulate connectors using PVC tape to BS 3924 or BS EN 60454 ensuring good seal to conductor sleeving Make off glands into either end of internally threaded brass sleeve of correct size Protect brass sleeve using heat shrink sleeve Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 332 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y61 4200A COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL OPTICAL FIBRE AND IT CABLE INSTALLATION JOINTING AND TERMINATING Use methods approved by cable and accessory manufacturers Employ labour certified by acceptable body as qualified to install and make joints and terminations in the referenced cable Obtain in writing approval of cable manufacturer for accessories not supplied by them Identify cables using structured numbering scheme Install communication coaxial optical fibre and IT cables in accordance with BS EN 50174 1 BS EN 50174 2 and BS EN 50174 3 Y61 4210 CABLE SLEEVES Pack sleeves with fire resistant material after cable installation Y63 SUPPORT COMPONENTS CABLES Y63 1000 GENERAL 1010 APPLICATION Cables referred to in this section are only those types that can be installed without further mechanical protection Y63 2010A CABLE SUPPORTS AND FINISHES Cable supports Support all cables throughout their length using conduit or trunking and enclosures or cable tray or cable racking or special support systems or cleat or clip fixing direct to bu
332. ed to prevent oxidization With epoxy resin powder hardener coating colour to be advised by architect from standard RAL colour range Grille and diffuser construction Reference Y46 2220A Accessories Opposed blade volume control dampers Local blade operation reference Y46 3010A Butterfly volume control dampers Air flow deflector Blanking plates reference Y46 3070 Perforated screens reference Y46 3090 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 143 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 246 040 LOUVRES e Quality assurance Ensure manufacturers are a firm of Assessed Capability to BS EN ISO 9001 and produce louvre to relevant Quality Assessment schedule Electrical bonding terminal reference Y46 1040 External air supply extract type reference Y46 2190A Materials Galvanized steel reference Y46 2210A Finish e Primed to prevent rust e With epoxy resin powder hardener coating colour to be advised by architect from standard RAL colour range Aluminium reference Y46 2210B Finish Etched or buffed to give self colour satin finish With clear lacquer finish Primed to prevent oxidization With epoxy resin powder hardener coating colour to be advised by architect from standard RAL colour range Louvre construction Reference Y46 2230A Accessories Louvre access panels and doors Lift out reference Y46 3120B 246 070 GRILLES DIFFUSERS LOUVRES WORKMANSHIP
333. ed wafer type design for installation between mechanical joints with grooved ends Provide lever operated valves with long body neck for lagging clearance Seat Bonded seat Materials Ductile iron body stainless steel shaft rubber coated ductile iron disc EPDM seat Operation Infinitely variable setting with travel stops and indicator gear operation Y11 2220A THREADED END DOUBLE REGULATING VALVES TO BS 7350 COPPER ALLOY BS 7350 section 3 1 Ends Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Material Bronze or DZR copper alloy to BS 5154 Series B oblique or Y pattern inside screw non rising stem manufacturer s standard trim material Options Provide drain plug facility independent means for positive isolation on pressure tapping or adapter and test and manufacturer s certificates as indicated Y11 2220B FLANGED DOUBLE REGULATING VALVES TO BS 7350 COPPER ALLOY BS 7350 section 3 1 Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 Material Bronze or DZR copper alloy to BS 5154 Series B oblique or Y pattern inside screw non rising stem manufacturer s standard trim material Options Provide drain plug facility independent means for positive isolation on pressure tapping or adapter and test and manufacturer s certificates as indicated Y11 2220C FLANGED DOUBLE REGULATING VALVES TO BS 7350 CAST IRON BS 7350 section 3 1 Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 263 KINGS ACAD
334. eed to be rectified by the contractor at their expense with no knock on effect accepted to the contract duration The ventilation systems shall be designed according to the following general design parameters 1 Maximum duct pressure drop 1 Pa per metre length 2 Maximum duct aspect ratio 24 4 3 Maximum duct air velocities i Plantrooms 6 m s ii Risers 5 5 m s ili Main floor distribution ducts 4 4 5 m s iv Branch ducts to grilles 2 2 5 m s v Branch ducts to bellmouths 2 2 5 m s vi Through bellmouth openings 2 m s vii Through door transfer grilles 1 5 m s The natural ventilation louvres and motorized dampoers shall achieve the following performances as a minimum U Value 0 96 Watts m2 K Leakage less than 5m3 per hour per sq m at 50Pa Weather Rating Up to Class A 4 6 Domestic Hot and Cold Water Services The new building shall be served by a domestic hot and cold water system sized to cater for the appliances and use of the building taking particlaur account of the high use water demands of the kitchen and general uses such as toilets and changing areas The main cold water system shall be piped into the building and shall enter with a valve arrangement in accordance with the water byelaws and local water authority requirements The main water shall be routed to the plantroom where it shall serve the cold water booster tank system and the Cat 5 water booster tank system which is to serve the heating sys
335. eeding Y60 4040 FIXING CONDUIT Support conduit in accordance with Appendix of Guidance Note Selection and Erection published by the IEE now IET Ensure conduit is not under mechanical stress Fix conduit boxes independently of conduit Make allowance for any additional mechanical loading supported by conduit boxes Where protection is specified as IP44 or greater ensure fixings of conduit boxes are suitable to maintain degree of protection Use following methods of fixing conduit LOCATION TYPE OF FIXING Floor screeds Saddles or crampets Buried in plaster or render Crampets or saddles Above false ceilings Saddles Surface Saddles Y60 4050 FLEXIBLE AND PLIABLE CONDUIT Use flexible conduit for final connections to motors other equipment subject to vibration or adjustment and to thermostats motorised valves and similar items mounted in pipelines or ducts Use sufficient length between equipment and circular through box at end of conduit run minimum 450 mm to allow necessary full range of withdrawal adjustment or movement Use solid type adapters to terminate flexible conduit Use PVC covered flexible conduit where installed externally exposed to weather or in any position where ingress of moisture or condensation may occur Y60 4060 SCREWED STEEL CONDUIT Use materials clean and free from defects rust scale and oil Obtain prior permission in writing for use of materials subject to remedial work before erect
336. eference Y11 2430A Double spring reference Y11 2430B Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 128 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Cast iron 211 210 DRAIN COCKS 211 211 WRAS approved Kitemark certified Throughway gland cock type Reference Y11 2440A Screwdown to BS 2879 type 1 reference Y11 2450 Ball type reference Y11 2460 220 VENT COCKS Kitemark certified Two way gland cock type reference Y11 2470 Ball type reference Y11 2480 Three way gland cock type reference Y11 2490 Plug valve type Wrench operated reference Y11 2500A Gear operated reference Y11 2500B 211 230 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS Float type Reference Y11 2510A 260 EXPANSION ARRANGEMENTS DEVICES Expansion loops Steel Reference Y11 2610A Galvanized after manufacture Copper reference Y11 2620 Expansion compensators Axial bellows Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2630A Flanged to BS EN 1092 1 reference Y11 2630B Articulated bellows Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2630D Flanged to BS EN 1092 1 reference Y11 2630E Angular bellows Hose compensators Flexible connections EPDM rubber up to 100 C Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2650B Chlorobutyl rubber up to 100 C Terminal unit connections Heating services 220 000 PUMPS 220 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses refer
337. eight Provide ball and socket as top support complete with cover fixed to circular conduit box Y73 2295 SUPPORT SYSTEM WIRE ROPE e Installation 4160 SUSPENSION Suspend luminaires at height indicated Ensure suspensions hang vertically unless otherwise indicated 4205 WIRE ROPE SUSPENSION SYSTEM e Type e Application e Manufacturer and reference e Or approved equivalent e Standards BS EN 12385 1 BS EN 13411 3 BS EN 13411 4 DIN 3093 BSRIA COP 22 2002 e Dimensions e Safe working load kg e Length e Components e Wire rope e Safe working load kg e Length mm e Material e Stainless steel grade 316 e Galvanised e Fastener e Components e Springs stainless steel grade 302 e Adjustment e Tamperproof e Fixing e Loop e Safe working load kg e Length mm e Stud permanently fixed to wire rope length e Single toggle e Double toggle e Double karabiner e Hook e Accessories e Setting keys e Span bearer supports e Ceiling clip fixings e Threaded adaptors Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 345 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Anchor bolts e Anchor for stud fixings e Ceiling fixing kit e Corner saddle e Fastener dA cor cover e Height Provide wire rope support system Confirm wire rope is suitable for supporting luminaires Y73 2300A STEEL COLUMNS AND BOLLARDS e Finish as shown on drawings schedules Standards BS EN 40 2
338. el 2 e Manual action at Level 3 before data change e Automatic check e 1 hour e 24 hours e Maximum addressable points controlled by a single processor e 200 e Key switch positions Normal key free Level 1 Normal key trapped Level 1 Enable Level 2 Test display Scroll Silence Sound alarm Sound alert Reset Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 187 6 March 2013 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Disable gas control valves and mechanical shutdown interfaces e Remote inputs to CIE Evacuate Silence Alarm Reset Alert e Programmable 2 number inputs to be provided as a minimum e System Configuration e Capable of operating e Analogue addressable detectors e One fault not to disable more than 32 detectors e Capacity of addressable loop e Minimum 99 devices e Fault protection by line isolators e At each addressable device e Line isolator operation time e Within 2 seconds of fault e Allocation of addresses independent of physical arrangement of loops e Basic System Functions e Monitor status e All devices on addressable loops Short circuit and Open circuit faults Incorrect addressing Unauthorised device removal or exchange Pre alarm condition Detector contamination Internal connections Interfaces Chargers Battery Remote signalling e Visual Indicator Lamps Power on Green Quiescent condition manufacturers standard Fire Alarm Red Fault
339. elements of the lightning protection system e Design e Installation e Testing e Commissioning The tenderer must name their preferred contractor within their tender return 300 060 BONDING OF SERVICES Bond or isolate all metallic services in or on the structures in accordance with BS 6651 and as indicated in the Schedules and Drawings 300 070 PROTECTION OF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT Protect electronic equipment in buildings in accordance with BS 6651 Appendix C e Equipment transient design level Volts e Transient Control level Volts Protect telecommunication lines in accordance with BS EN 61663 310 000 PRODUCTS MATERIALS 310 010 TEST JOINTS e Application Provide test joints at the connection to the test rod e Conductor e Material e Copper rod e Test and Junction Clamp to vbe provided e Corrosion inhibitor used on disconnecting joints at all relevant locations 310 030 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM BONDS e Rigid e Provide purpose made bonding clamp e to suit location required e Bond material e Form Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 198 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Strand e Material e Copper e BS EN 60228 e Connectors to down conductor or air terminal e Test and Junction to be provided 310 050 SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES e Application Supply and install surge protection at the main intake position e Standard BS 6651 e
340. employed Include in your Tender for all additional payments for overtime necessary to carry out the contract works in accordance with these Documents Where further overtime becomes necessary to overcome problems see Clause A1 9 2 seek the Supervising Officer s approval in each specific case to the inclusion of these overtime payments in the Final contract Sum Keep detailed records of the labour involved Submit to the Supervising Officer for approval and signature during the week following that in which the work is done At the time of the settlement of account and as one of the documents referred to in the Contract Conditions the Main Contractor will obtain a statement from each of the Sub Contractor s that the sum and or credits to be included in respect of such Sub Contractor s are accepted in full and final settlement of their Sub Contracts Valuations for Interim Certificates At the time of every valuation of the works for Interim Certificates submit to the Quantity Surveyor a statement showing i The gross amount including cash discount and retention claimed supported by a detailed approximate priced statement of work executed and materials supplied ii The nett amount received from the Contractor to date excluding Contract charge Revision and Variations Where schemes are subject to revision or instruction the installation working drawings and finally the record drawings must shown the full effect of such revision
341. ence Y20 1000 and those detailed below 220 060 WORKMANSHIP Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 129 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION General reference Y20 4010 Pipeline connections reference Y20 4020 Mountings reference Y20 4030 Alignment reference Y20 4040 Access reference Y20 4050 e Maintenance requirements for sewage pumps reference Y20 4060 225 000 CLEANING AND CHEMICAL TREATMENT 225 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y25 1000 and those detailed below 225 040 PRELIMINARY CHECKS e Reference Y25 2030A 225 050 PROCEDURAL PRECAUTIONS e Reference Y25 2040A e Including taking samples reference Y25 2040B 225 060 CHEMICAL INJECTION AND DOSING METHODS Method of introducing chemicals into closed systems reference Y25 2060A Method of introducing chemicals into open recirculating systems reference Y25 2060B Packaged plant reference Y25 2060C Dosing for closed systems reference Y25 2060D Dosing for open systems reference Y25 2060E Dosing chemicals reference Y25 2065 225 070 MONITORING AND SAMPLING Monitoring reference Y25 2070A Sampling reference Y25 2070B Sampling kits reference Y25 2070C The contractor shall provide samples for each heating system zone at four different times across the flushing commissioning and 12 month defects period 225 080 CHEMICAL PROVISION e Standard arrangement
342. ency 50 Hertz Utilisation category AC 23A Enclosure degree of protection IP 65 Fit each switch with facility to padlock in OFF position Provide switches with auxiliary contacts as indicated Where switches isolate final connections between a starter and its motor fit one set of contacts to open starter coil circuit when switch is opened Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 336 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y71 2100B FUSE COMBINATION UNITS Supply fuse combination units in accordance with BS EN 60947 Fit fuse combination units with cartridge fuse links in accordance with BS EN 60269 BS 88 Standard BS EN 60947 3 Details of equipment Fuse combination unit a c Interrupting medium Air Rated and limiting values for the main circuit Rated voltage Volts 230 400 Rated frequency 50 Hertz Utilisation category AC23A Enclosure degree of protection IP 31 Fit removable neutral link in switches controlling circuits with neutral conductor Fit solid links in isolating switches Fit each switch with facility to padlock in OFF position Ensure that withdrawable chassis isolating type switches are provided with fully shrouded fixed contacts or insulated coverplates to prevent accidental contact with live parts Ensure that switches in individual enclosures have an earth terminal meet the degree of protection for the switchboard and have operating mechan
343. ender Documents i Any queries relating to the Specification or the drawings must be sent in writing to the Supervising Officer who will circulate the questions and answers to all firms tendering ii In the event of the discrepancies appearing in the drawings or between the drawings and Specification or drawings and schedules Tenderers shall refer the matter in writing to the Supervising Officer for interpretation Visit to Site The contractor shall be deemed to have visited the site before tendering and to have satisfied himself as to the local conditions and accessibility of the site the full extent and nature of the works the supply of and conditions affecting labour carriage cartage unloading tools scaffolding ladders and everything else necessary for the execution of the works No claims on the ground of lack of knowledge in such respect will be admitted The contractors is to allow in his prices for complying with all traffic and other regulations of the Main Contractor the Local Authority and Police with regard to access to and egress from the site as advised from time to time Access to the site can be gained through arrangement with the project manager Patented Articles The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any expenditure incurred through the employment of patented articles or devices including all royalties and other such charges The Employer and Supervising Officer undertake no responsibility whatsoever in
344. ent on the system loading They shall be red in colour and positioned so that attention is quickly attracted to the signal All external sounders shall be IP65 rated Where detectors are positioned in ceiling voids each shall have a remote indicator light mounted so that visible from the occupied space Fixed temperature heat detectors shall typically be installed in each cleaner s cupboards kitchen and the plant room etc The fire alarm system shall be installed complete with a guaranteed electrical power supply facility providing a minimum of 72 hours back up period from loss of mains supply with the capability of a continuous 30 minute of sounding alarms in all areas Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 67 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Every detector shall have detector activated light and shall be finished white RAL 9010 Fire alarm interface Units shall also be provided in general to the following systems Mechanical Control Panels Lifts Kitchen Fire Shutter All electronic door locks All electronic door holders Servers Music systems Automatic Doors Access control system Miscellaneous FF amp E systems Gas solenoid valves Off site monitoring of the fire alarm alarm shall also be provided via a dedicated Redcare fire phone line 5 11 Disabled Alarm System It is proposed that the building shall be served by a disabled refuge alarm system to cover disab
345. enuators grilles diffusers or other terminal components Each duct and each terminal component shall be marked with its size and the air quantity flowing as actually measured after approved regulation of the system or as computed by the addition of such measured quantities Single line and schematic wiring diagrams for the whole of the Sub contract works showing all terminal references and cable sizes The layout location and extent of all electrical plant cable cable tray cable trunking conduit distribution boards switches outlets and lighting fittings which form part of the Sub contract works including dimensioned layouts of all concealed work Where components are grouped or housed in a cubicle or on a common panel an exploded arrangement must be incorporated The layout location and extent of all electrical plant cable cable tray cable trunking conduit switches outlets terminals and indicators and alarms of all ancillary communication detection alarm and control installations which form part of the Sub contract works including dimensioned layouts of all concealed work The location and identity of each room of space housing plant machinery distribution boards draw in boxes or apparatus The detailed general arrangements to one twentieth scale minimum of all boiler rooms machinery spaces air handling plant refrigeration plant tank rooms switchrooms meter rooms and other plant spaces including the locatio
346. ept in cases where one item of apparatus only is served which has its own local valve or stop tap points of pipe connection of all items of apparatus and equipment except where the item could conveniently be isolated or regulated by valves provided for other adjacent items draw off fittings except where ranges of fittings are served by a common float the isolator then being fitted with the float Y10 4240 MAINTENANCE AND RENEWAL Arrange pipework valves drains air vents demountable joints supports etc for convenient routine maintenance and renewals Provide all runs with a regularly spaced pattern of demountable joints in the form of unions flanges etc and also at items of equipment to facilitate disconnection Locate valves drains flanges etc in groups Y10 4250 CLEANING Remove cement and clean off all pipework and brackets Y10 4260 NON FERROUS COMPONENTS Thoroughly clean and degrease Y10 5010A WELDING GENERAL CLASS 1 Use skilled craftsman in possession of a current Certificate of Competence appropriate to type and class of work issued by an approved authority Mark each weld to identify operative Submit specimen welds representative of joints and conditions of site welding for each craftsman test non destructively approximately 10 of butt weld joints and 5 of all other joints Weld pipeline joints to BS 1821 and BS 2633 as appropriate Carry out non destructive testing on 10 or as indicated Y10 5010B
347. er side of attenuators Either side of fans or air handling units At all fire smoke or volume control dampers At base of risers At all changes of direction At all transition pieces On the side of kitchen extract ducts At connections to louvres At every 6m linear measured duct run OONOAARwWh gt The removal of a flexible connection can not be used as a substitute for an access panel Volume control dampers shall be located as close to the main duct off of which the branch duct has been taken to reduce the risk of secondary regenerated noise Volume control dampers will not be permitted to be installed at the end of duct runs eg at connection to grille or bellmouth as a means to avoid the requirement to install an access panel The contractor shall be responsible for correcting any such instances where it is found on site that a volume control damper could have been installed nearer to the main duct and this will be at the contractor s expense with no penalty incurred to the contract time Volume control dampers shall be used on all branch ducts off main ducts and onto Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 51 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION grilles Under no circumstance shall the grille mounted volume control damper be utilised for balancing the ducts alone The contractor shall install where necessary cross talk attenuators to ensure that the activities in one room c
348. er wiring fill box with inert permanently plastic compound with high insulation value Y60 3050A PROTECTION AND REPAIR OF STEEL COMPONENTS Paint joints of conduit and minor damages to finish of conduit and trunking immediately after erection or after damage occurs Use paint compatible with finish as follows Galvanized finish use two coats zinc rich paint Black enamelled finish use two coats of good quality air drying black enamel paint Remove grease oil dirt and rust before applying protective paint Notify serious damage and repair or replace as instructed Y60 3060 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS Where surface mounted equipment is installed in conjunction with concealed conduit work terminate concealed conduit at flush mounted conduit or adaptable box Drill back of equipment bush for back entry and mount equipment to conceal back box Connect to fixed equipment via conduit box located adjacent to termination point using either solid or flexible conduit as indicated for final connection to equipment terminations Use conduit box as cable change point to facilitate changed wiring locally to adjacent equipment Connect trunking to equipment by specially fabricated connectors or by couplers and externally screwed brass bushes Y60 3070 CLEANING BEFORE WIRING Clean inside of conduits and trunking with swabs immediately before wiring Inspect all components and remove any foreign matter fit temporary plugs to open ends of conduit and tr
349. erence Y10 2495A Polyethylene piping systems for underground drainage and sewerage to BS EN 12666 Reference Y10 2500A Compression fittings for polyethylene Reference Y10 2510A Polyethylene pipe reference Y10 2520 Polyethylene pipe to BS EN 1555 reference Y10 2528 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 77 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Polyethylene fittings reference Y10 2530 Polyethylene fusion fittings to BS EN 1555 reference Y10 2538 Polypropylene piping systems for underground drainage and sewerage to BS EN 14758 Reference Y10 2552A Plastics piping systems for soil and waste discharge within the building structure Pipes to BS EN 1451 1 reference Y10 2545A Fittings to BS EN 1451 1 reference Y10 2555A PVC U pipes to BS EN 1329 1 reference Y10 2580A PVC U fittings to BS EN 1329 1 reference Y10 2585A Plastics piping systems for hot and cold water systems within buildings Special materials GRP UP to prEN 1796 and prEN 14364 reference Y10 2772 Jointing materials Jointing materials for plastics pipes to BS 7291 210 070 PIPEWORK ACCESSORIES Wall floor and ceiling masking plates Chromium plated reference Y10 3190A Plastic reference Y10 3190B Pipework support reference Y10 4210 210 080 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP Appearance reference Y10 4010 Spacing reference Y10 4020 Gradients reference Y10 4030 Air venting requirements Air bottl
350. erence Y30 2060A Circular reference Y30 2060B Flat oval reference Y30 2060C 230 070 FIRE RATED AND SMOKE EXTRACT DUCTWORK Fire protection with fire dampers reference Y30 2110A Fire protection with fire resisting enclosures Reference Y30 2110B Fire rated and smoke extract ductwork reference Y30 2110C Fire rated ductwork reference Y30 2110D 230 080 INSULATED DUCTWORK e Internal thermal acoustic insulation e Pre insulated external thermal acoustic ductwork e Reference Y30 2130A 230 090 SUPPORTS Hangers and supports Reference Y30 2140A Support of air terminal units Reference Y30 2150A 230 100 ACCESSORIES Construction and finishes reference Y30 3010 Inspection servicing access openings Metal ductwork reference Y30 3020A HVCA TR 17 reference Y30 3020D Test holes Metal ductwork reference Y30 3030A Access panels at all bends attenuators dampers fans base of riser and every 6m in straight runs Holes for controls instruments metal ductwork reference Y30 3040 Installation of instruments and controls reference Y30 3042 Cleaning access Level 3 reference Y30 3050A HVCA TR 17 reference Y30 3050C Flexible ducts Coated steel reference Y30 3100A Flexible joint connections Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 139 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Reference Y30 3110A 230 110 REGULATING DAMPERS METAL DUCTWORK Ba
351. ervals not exceeding fifteen metres At every junction At every valve At every inspection and access position into service shafts false ceilings bulkheads etc Secondary Identification Apply colour bands 50mm wide and superimpose a legend identifying circuit direction of fluid or gas flow nominal pipe bore and where appropriate fluid or gas pressure Legends Apply to colour bands by transfers of an approved type Y54 2020 DUCTWORK IDENTIFICATION Standards Generally colour code and label to HVCA Specification DW 144 Appendix B Primary Identification Apply colour bands 300mm wide to each duct at least Once in every room or enclosed area At intervals not exceeding fifteen metres At every junction At every damper At every inspection and access position into service shafts false ceilings bulkheads etc Secondary Identification For ducts with longest side or diameter up to and including 225mm Paint colour bands 50mm wide and superimpose legends For ducts with longest side or diameter over 225mm Paint or apply transfers to identification triangles or triangular plates Superimpose or incorporate legends Triangular Plates Attach to buckle bands or stool pieces and fix to ducting with apex indicating direction of airflow Submit details of plates and fixings for approval before painting and marking Use equilateral triangle of side 150mm minimum Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1
352. es reference Y10 4040A Automatic air vents reference Y10 4040B Drain requirements reference Y10 4050 Expansion and contraction reference Y10 4060 Pipe fittings Bends swept tees reference Y10 4070A Elbows square tees reference Y10 4070B Pipes through walls and floors reference Y10 4110 Pipe sleeves Reference Y10 4120A Insulation carried through reference Y10 4120B Pipe sleeves through fire barriers reference Y10 4125 Connections to equipment reference Y10 4130 Distribution headers reference Y10 4140 Temporary plugs caps and flanges Reference Y10 4150A Flanged joints general reference Y10 4160 Dissimilar metals reference Y10 41 70 Pipe rings and clips reference Y10 4180 Anchors reference Y10 4190 Location As drawing numbers Slide guides reference Y10 4200 Location As drawing numbers Pipe supports reference Y10 4205 Support spacing reference Y10 4220 Isolation and regulation Reference Y10 4230A Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 78 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Maintenance and renewal reference Y10 4240 e Cleaning reference Y10 4250 e Non ferrous components reference Y10 4260 210 100 WORKMANSHIP COPPER PIPEWORK Compression joints reference Y10 6030 Capillary joints reference Y10 6040 Anchors Flanges reference Y10 6060A Saddle clamps reference Y10 6060B 210 120 WORKMANSHIP PLASTICS PIPES
353. es indicated on drawings Y30 3042 INSTALLATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Instruments and controls should be installed to manufacturers or specialist supplier s requirements The installation must be checked by the manufacturer or specialist supplier and rectified as necessary Y30 3050A CLEANING ACCESS LEVEL 2 Provide access for cleaning in accordance with DW 144 Part Seven paragraph 20 8 and Appendix M Table 25 Level 2 Y30 3050C CLEANING ACCESS HVCA TR 17 Provide access inspection openings in accordance with HVCA TR 17 Section 2 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 284 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y30 3060B STEEL MULTI BLADE BALANCING DAMPERS METAL DUCTS Provide single or double skin steel multi blade balancing dampers in accordance with DW 144 Part Seven Section 21 Parallel or opposed blade manual operation Locations and size as shown on drawings Y30 3060D STEEL MULTI BLADE CONTROL DAMPERS METAL DUCTS Provide single or double skin steel multi blade control dampers in accordance with DW 144 Part Seven Section 21 Parallel or opposed blade automatic operation Locations and size as shown on drawings Y30 3070C STEEL CURTAIN FIRE DAMPERS BLADES OUT OF AIR STREAM Supply and install steel folding curtain fire dampers with blades out of the air stream in accordance with DW 144 Part Seven Section 22 size and location as shown on the draw
354. etween earth lug on metal box and accessory except for plastic accessories Ensure there is no damage to accessories during installation Protect surface mounted accessories from painting Install front plates of flush mounted accessories after painting Align accessories to building finishes Mount grouped accessories in line parallel and equidistant e Manufacturer and reference MK Logic Plus in all areas apart from plantrooms where they shall be metalclad To be standard throughout the contract e Or approved equivalent White plastic plates flush installation reference Y74 2010A Matt finish metal plates flush installation reference Y74 2010B White plastic plates embedded cables surface installation reference Y74 2010C Metal clad plates surface steel conduit installation reference Y74 2010D Surface steel conduit weatherproof installation reference Y74 2010E Surface plastic weatherproof installation reference Y74 2010F Bronze finish metal plates flush installation reference Y74 2010G Accessories details Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 158 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 274 040 INTERIOR LIGHTING SWITCHES e Manufacturer and reference refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent General purpose moulded plastic reference Y74 2020A Grid moulded plastic reference Y74 2020B Pull cord reference Y74 2020C General purpose secret k
355. ey reference Y74 2020D General purpose dimmer reference Y74 2020E Grid secret key reference Y74 2020F Switch details e As indicated on drawings schedules refer to tender drawings 274 050 EXTERIOR LIGHTING SWITCHES e Manufacturer and reference refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent e Metal clad rotary reference Y74 2030A e Sealed rocker bar reference Y74 2030B e Switch details e As indicated on drawings schedules refer to tender drawings 274 060 TIME SWITCHES e Manufacturer and reference refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent e 24 hour reference Y74 2040A e 7 day reference Y74 2040B 274 070 LUMINAIRE CONNECTORS e Manufacturer and reference refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent e General and emergency lighting reference Y74 2050A e General lighting reference Y74 2050B e Cord grip general and emergency lighting Reference Y74 2050C e Luminaire supporting coupler to as shown on drawings schedules 274 100 FUSE CONNECTION UNITS e Manufacturer and reference refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent e Switched reference Y74 2080A e Unswitched reference Y74 2080B e Details e As indicated on drawings schedules refer to tender drawings 274 110 SOCKET OUTLETS e Application All sockets to be wired so they comply with the 17 Edition equivalent of section 607 of the 16 Edition of the Wiring Regulations complete All sockets to be comp
356. f each Manufacturer s internal wiring diagrams for each piece of electrical equipment supplied under the Sub contract together with physical arrangement drawings to locate and identify the component parts Comprehensive diagrams showing in detail all power wiring and all control wiring and or pneumatic of other control piping executed within the Sub contract by others in accordance with detail provided by the Sub contractor including size and type of conductor or piping used and identifying the terminal points of each A1 10 10 Operating Manuals Unless otherwise agreed issue to the Supervising Officer four copies of all manuals and operating and maintenance instructions in stiff backed ring binders together with an electronic copy on CD ROM Before the above mentioned final issue send one proofed copies of the manuals to the Supervising Officer for approval of format and general content Allow 14 days for approving prior to practical completion Include the following information in the operating manuals Index General description of the installation equipment used and method of operation of the installation Handbooks maintenance instructions drawings and spare parts list for all components plant and equipment used in the Sub contract works Line diagrams indicating the main features of the plant drawing attention to the method of setting the controls switchgear safety precautions etc Schedule of routing maintenance
357. f other components e Cable type and application e Ensure that the types of cable installed do not prejudice satisfactory operation of the BMS e Ensure that the type of cables installation and planning comply with the BMS manufacturers recommendations and the project s electrical specification e Ensure that the cross sectional area of cables is sufficient to ensure that sensor circuit resistance limits are not exceeded Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 218 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Ensure that the method of installation and routing of cables does not compromise the satisfactory operation of the BMS Ensure that the following minimum separation distances in mm between data analogue signal cables and power cables are adhered to not required if data signal cables are in steel conduit or trunking Table 7 Minimum separation distances between signal cables and power cables Signal cable Power cable Power cable Unscreened Armoured steel wire Plain 150mm 125mm Unscreened Twisted pair 75mm 50 mm Screened Omm 0mm Identification Ensure that all cables have identification sleeves at their terminations which combine the requirements of BS 7671 with those for specific circuit identification Ensure that the identification is consistent with the relevant wiring diagrams 320 070 FIXING AND CONNECTION CONNECTION TO PLANT AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT General Provid
358. ference Y11 2080B Lever operated Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2080C Compression to BS EN 1254 2 reference Y11 2080D Lockshield Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2080E Compression to BS EN 1254 2 reference Y11 2080F 080 TEST PLUGS Self sealing test points reference Y11 2670A 160 LOOSE ITEMS Keys for spindle shank valves reference Y11 3010A Number 4 For drain cocks reference Y11 3010B Number 4 211 170 CHECK VALVES e WRAS approved e Kitemark certified e Service fluid e Water e Operating temperature C 650C e Pipe material e To suit copper tube e To suit plastic tube e To suit steel tube e Swing check type to BS 5154 e Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2320A e Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 reference Y11 2320B e Check valve to BS EN 12334 e Swing check e Flanged reference Y11 2330A e Wafer body reference Y11 2330B e Lift check e Flanged reference Y11 2330C e Wafer body reference Y11 2330D Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 101 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 211 211 211 211 211 Device to prevent contamination of water by backflow to BS 6282 Combined check and anti vacuum reference Y11 2385A Anti back syphonage valve combined check and anti vacuum type Reference Y11 2390A 180 WORKMANSHIP Installation reference Y11 4010 Locatio
359. fferent manner These doors shall be held permanently locked with maglock devices to prevent them being used at anytime However in the event of a fire alarm being activated the door maglocks shall be disabled and the doors shall remain locked but can be opened by the manual push bar locking mechanism As part of the integrated design approach the access control system will also be capable of being used as an electronic registration system and the cards shall also have the facility to interface with a cashless printing facilities One access control proximity card will be issued to every member of staff and each pupil plus 50 spares 5 18 Induction Loops Induction Loop Systems shall be provided to the areas detailed on the tender drawings A hearing aid wearer wishing to utilise the system should be notified to switch their ear piece to the T or Transducer position and make sure they are within a defined radius to where the system is installed Once both these criteria have been met the hearing aid wearer will be able to clearly hear the speech of staff at the counter The induction loop system shall be installed in line with the recommendations of part M of the building regulations The design and choice of the induction loop system shall take into account the risks of cross talk between rooms Sound Field systems Fixed soundfield systems will be installed in areas as shown on the tender drawings The system shall be installed b
360. fied Type 4 reference Y11 2260A Finish Chromium plated 211 100 PIPELINE STRAINERS Bronze Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2680A Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 reference Y11 2680B Compression to BS EN 1254 2 Reference Y11 2680C Cast iron Flanged to BS EN 1092 2 reference Y11 2680D 211 120 TUNDISHES Copper reference Y11 2690A Mild steel galvanized reference Y11 2690B 211 140 GAUGES General reference Y11 2700A 150mm black stove enamel finish Flush panel mounting reference Y11 2700B Direct mounting reference Y11 2700C Temperature gauges general reference Y11 2710A Mercury in steel reference Y11 2710B Vapour pressure to BS EN 13190 Direct mounting reference Y11 2710C Pressure and altitude gauges reference Y11 2720 Vacuum gauges reference Y11 2730 Gauge mounting boards Hardwood reference Y11 2750A 211 150 CONTROL VALVES WRAS approved Kitemark certified Ball control valves Open close reference Y11 2315A Two way reference Y11 2315B Three way reference Y11 2315C 211 160 LOOSE ITEMS Keys for spindle shank valves reference Y11 3010A Number four Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 127 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION For drain cocks reference Y11 3010B Number four 211 170 CHECK VALVES WRAS approved Kitemark certified Service fluid Water Pipe material To suit coppe
361. firmly without undue pressure or strain on cable but preventing slipping For cables on vertical or horizontal rack use proprietary fixings to rack for paper plastic or elastomeric insulated cables and saddles or clips for mineral insulated cables On continuous flat surfaces of wood plaster brick etc Use polypropylene surface fixing clips with prefixed hardened steel pin for PVC insulated and sheathed cables and sheathed or bright mineral insulated cables Use round or flat or flat twin pattern as appropriate manufactured specifically for cable being fixed Use one hole P clips or two way saddles of bright copper for unsheathed mineral insulated cable Use PVC covered for sheathed mineral insulated cables Space cleats ties saddles and clips As Appendix G of Guidance Notes Selection Erection published by the IEE now IET Y71 LV SWITCHGEAR AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Y71 1000 GENERAL Y71 1020A 3 PHASE ELECTRICITY SUPPLY Ensure all electrical equipment supplied and installed is suitable for 3 phase power supply to BS 7697 Y71 1020B SINGLE PHASE ELECTRICITY SUPPLY Ensure all electrical equipment supplied and installed is suitable for single phase power supply to BS 7697 Y71 2010A CUBICLE SWITCHBOARD LV SWITCHGEAR AND CONTROLGEAR ASSEMBLY Standard BS EN 60439 1 External design Cubicle type assembly Usage Switchboard Conditions of installation Indoors Electrical characteristics Rated operational voltage 400
362. ge EPC Certificates and DEC The contractor shall be responsible for producing and lodging the Building Energy Performance Certificate and Display Energy Certificate and displaying it in the reception of the building in a glass fronted frame The contractor shall provide at the completion of the initial design stage and with the SBEM or TAS results their provisional EPC for comment to Waterman Building Services The full and final EPC shall be produced two weeks before hand over and the DEC shall be on display at practical completion The EPC and the DEC shall be produced by a qualified and registered certifier 3 3 Design Criteria 3 3 1 Internal temperatures The mechanical services design is outlined within the room data sheets but as an overview shall be based on the following design criteria Internal temperature Winter Summer Naturally ventilated 21 C Systems to be designed to achieve the requirements Classrooms ans education of section 1 7 Building Bulletin 101 RH uncontrolled spaces social spaces Comfort cooled offices 21 C 23 C DB RH uncontrolled Naturally vented offices 21 C Systems to be designed to achieve the requirements of section 1 7 Building Bulletin 101 RH uncontrolled Assembly hall 21 C 23 C DB RH uncontrolled Sports hall 21 C Systems to be designed to achieve the requirements of section 1 7 Building Bulletin 101 RH uncontrolled Kitchen 18 C 24 C DB RH uncontroll
363. hall be produced and presented in print form and on computer disk with files in DXF format unless agreed otherwise All drawings shall have independent layers of information in accordance with International or British Standards All layers shall be displayed on screen in different colours The Contractor shall verify the accuracy of all dimensions abstracted from the drawings including verifying the accuracy by taking dimensions on site in the preparation of any construction drawings by the Contractor and before the relevant works proceeds All drawings schedules and other information provided by manufacturers suppliers or approved specialist Contractors shall be checked by the Contractor who shall ensure that all requirements of the design installation and working drawings documents have been incorporated prior to submission Inform the Supervising Officer before changing any component or detail of installation shown on the Tender Drawings or described elsewhere in these documents At the time notify the Supervising Officer of the total effect of these changes including the design parameters of the system and their effect on power requirements cable sizes performance or rotating machines and ductwork or pipework resistance etc The installation drawings must also clearly show withdrawal space required for dismantling of plant and access space which must be kept clear of obstruction Builder s work drawings shall form part
364. he contactor is to be located adjacent to the distribution board serving the external lighting The timeclock is to be a Sangamo solar quartz self adjusting timeclock with overide facility located next to the contactor PART 2 SELECTION SCHEDULES FOR REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 169 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 273 000 LUMINAIRES AND LAMPS 273 010 GENERAL e Supply luminaires and lamps 273 070 COLUMNS AND BOLLARDS e Type Columns to be complete with fused cut out unit at the base of the column suitable for the looping in of cables between columns Manufacturer and reference refer to match the existing on site e Or approved equivalent e Steel reference Y73 2300A e Aluminium reference Y73 2300C e Columns and bollards installation e Reference Y73 4210A 280 000 EARTHING AND BONDING COMPONENTS 280 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y80 1000 and those detailed below 280 040 EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDS e Supplementary equipotential bonds e Reference Y80 2100A 310 000 WORKMANSHIP 310 010 INSTALLATION Install equipment for street area or flood lighting in accordance with manufacturer s instructions V51 LOCAL ELECTRIC HEATING UNITS PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 030 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Supply and install the handriers within all toilet drawings as indicated on the architects drawings The contrac
365. he engineer Where a standard does not appear on the schedule or in the specification text for any item of plant or equipment the Sub Contractor shall submit full details of the proposed type and obtain approval from the engineer before proceeding The following list details approved suppliers for various work elements The list shall be read as equal and approved Any deviations shall be agreed with Waterman Building Services Engineer Mechanical Services FANS NU AIRE AIR SOURCE AIR HANDLERS NORTHERN SWEGON AIR HANDLING UNIT AIR HANDLERS NORTHERN AIR SOURCE NUAIRE SWEGON TECHNICAL AIR SERVICES NORTHERN GILBERTS HALTON GRILLES DIFFUSERS LOUVRES NATURAL VENTILATION DAMPERS DX AIR SOURCE HEAT PUMP UNITS TRACE HEATING VALVES GAS SOLENOID VALVES GILBERTS MISTRAL SANYO MITSUBISHI RAYCHEM ISOPAD CRANE HATTERSLEY TOUR AND ANDERSON OVENTROP BRYAN DONKIN Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 377 6 March 2013 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION AUTOMATIC CONTROLS DOSING POTS THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES DIRT AIR SEPARATORS ATTENUATORS FIRE DAMPERS SMOKE DAMPERS EXTERNAL LOUVRES PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL CONTROL VALVES BOILER BIOMASS BOILER KITCHEN VENT UV amp ELECTROSTASTIC FILTERS KITCHEN VENT ODOUR NEUTRALISER UNIT SOLAR COLLECTORS MATRIX CONTROLS SYSTEMS ARROW VALVES PEGLER MARTIN ORGEE WESSELS SPIROVENT ENGINEERI
366. he main contract preliminaries and on the Tender Forms accompanying this Specification Tenders received after the time stated may be rejected Tenders qualified in any way may be rejected No payment will be made for Tenders The employer does not bind himself to accept the lowest or any Tender A1 3 2 Tender for the Complete Installation The works covered by this tender are the design design development calculations detailing manufacturing works testing supplying and delivering to site erecting connecting up testing commissioning demonstrating performance testing and handing over in working order the complete engineering services installations described in the Tender Documents The Tender shall be for complete installations and not only the major items of plant and equipment contained within the Tender Documentation but also all incidental sundry components necessary for the complete execution of the work including for the supply and installation of all steelwork required to support the Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A1 3 3 A1 3 4 A1 3 5 A1 3 6 A1 3 7 services within his works package The Tender shall include the proper commissioning performance testing and operation of the installation and notwithstanding the obligation of the Contractor to produce co ordination and installation drawings and the like based on the Contract
367. hgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 Type tested and partially type tested assemblies BS EN 60529 1992 Specification for degrees of protection provided by enclosures IP code BS EN 60848 2002 GRAFCET specification language for sequential function charts BS EN 61508 1 2002 Functional safety of electrical electronic programmable electronic safety related systems Part 1 General requirements BS EN 61508 2 2002 Functional safety of electrical electronic programmable electronic safety related systems Part 2 Requirements for electrical electronic programmable electronic safety related systems BS EN 61508 3 2002 Functional safety of electrical electronic programmable electronic safety related systems Part 3 Software requirements BS EN 61508 4 2002 Functional safety of electrical electronic programmable electronic safety related systems Part 4 Definitions and abbreviations BS EN 61508 5 2002 Functional safety of electrical electronic programmable electronic safety related systems Part 5 Examples of methods for the determination of safety integrity levels Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 230 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION BS EN 61508 6 2002 Functional safety of electrical electronic programmable electronic safety related systems Part 6 Guidelines on the application of IEC 61508 2 and IEC 61508 3 BS EN 61508 7 2002 Functional safety of electrical electronic pr
368. his document forms the Tender document for the mechanical and electrical engineering services for the proposed new Kings Academy Woolston The relevant design team member s tender documents specifications and drawings shall be read in conjunction with this specification The scope of works associated with the new college building are summarised as follows more detailed phasing arrangements can be seen in the architectural tender submission documents The following outlines a summary of the mechanical engineering services scope of works that are anticipated for inclusion within these buildings which are more fully detailed later in this document Ventilation systems Natural ventilation systems Heating systems Comfort cooling systems Domestic hot and cold water systems Above ground drainage systems Natural gas distribution systems Controls systems Low and zero carbon technologies New incoming services connections The following outlines a summary of the electrical engineering services scope of works that are proposed for inclusion within this building and these are more fully detailed later in this document Low voltage distribution systems Small power systems Voice and data systems General and emergency lighting systems External lighting systems Fire alarm systems CCTV systems Access Control Installation Security alarm systems Lightning protection system Earthing and bonding Low and zero carbon technologies Services divers
369. ic other locations It should be noted connection to the main panel refuge system panel is required All cabling to be BS7346 6 2005 The system is to be complete with all required emergency back up power and control systems The alarm system shall operate with an open protocol programming language and shall be provided with all necessary interfaces to allow interrogation and monitoring by the site wide central PC based monitoring system Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 68 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 5 12 Small Power The small power design has been developed as shown on the tender drawings and the design and installation shall comply with the following BS7671 Power radial circuits minimum cable size 2 5mm Ring circuits minimum cable size 4mm High integrity earthing for all circuits with socket outlets shall be used throughout with sockets having dual earths No ring mains shall cover an area exceeding 100m2 Residual current detection RCD protection 30mA to all sockets serving sockets Ring main circuits mcb size 32A maximum design current 15A Radial circuits mcb size 20A maximum design current 50 of rating Within the plant rooms all outlets shall be of the metal clad type Within circulation areas all outlets shall be of the White PVC type Where detailed multi compartment surface fixed Dado trunking shall be used as containment fo
370. icate and simultaneous recording over the network by all remote recorders and workstations 54 All recorders shall be able to simultaneously record view and send 55 All cameras physically connected to recorders at the specified resolution depending on recorder utilized without any reduction in quality 56 All recorders shall be able to be viewed by remote recorders The Site and Device Tree shall provide a physical list of all known locally connected cameras and PTZ cameras The cameras and PTZ cameras shall be represented by graphical symbols Components in the Site and Device Tree shall be selectable and configurable PTZ controls shall operate as follows 57 When a dome camera is selected an operator shall be able to 58 Control pan tilt zoom iris and focus 59 Execute preset positions 60 Program preset positions 61 Complete programming of menus embedded in the selected dome 62 All PTZ programming and control shall be local 63 PTZ control shall be performed on the video screen without the need for an operator to click on any arrows depicting direction of the device to be moved 64 The PTZ control shall be fully variable and shall permit an operator to obtain higher pan and tilt speeds by simply clicking and dragging the mouse cursor on the video screen The Navigator Window shall graphically display recorded video It shall contain all function buttons necessary to access the video on screen The Navigator Window
371. icular Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A1 10 6 A1 10 7 requirements necessary for the correct installation and maintenance of their equipment Specific installation drawings may with the prior specific and express written permission of the Supervising Officer omit minor details such as conduit provided that a method statement rigorously covers the installation intent This permission will not be unreasonably withheld but will not be given where either Client operation or visual appearance is affected nor where details are needed for following trades The contractor shall submit such drawings as the Supervising Officer may reasonably require at any stage of the contract Supply four copies of each drawing for inspection by the Supervising Officer and if required four copies of each subsequent amendment When agreement has been reached issue further copies of the drawings as follows i For the Supervising Officer 4 copies ii Copies of drawings as necessary for use by other trades Issue copies of drawings to those of your suppliers and Sub contractor s affected by the drawings Allow in your programme for the preparation and obtaining approval of drawings plus time to make any necessary amendments Definition of Approval Understand that whenever you submit information to the Supervising Officer for approval such approv
372. ided and be designed to secure by design standards The system shall comply with current legislation for connection onto remote stations The system shall be installed and maintained in accordance with BS EN 50121 1 Part 1 1997 and PD6662 2004 to give a minimum of grade 3 alarm system standard The system shall be installed by a NSI or SSAIB registered and accredited installer The system design shall adhere to Code of practice draft for development BSDD243 2004 excluding paragraph 6 4 4 The system shall operate on a dual event alarm notification basis confirmed alarm signal Off site monitoring of the security system shall also be provided via a dedicated Redcare phone line Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 69 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION General provision requirement are indicated on the tender drawings and the installations shall provide these as a minimum expanding the installation as necessary to meet the design requirements identified The academy access open up and egress lock up strategy shall be as follows First person onto site to attend the main entrance and gain access to the main site intruder alarm keypad unit From this unit the authorised person shall be able to disarm the respective college zones individually or disarm all zones in one action Once zones have been disarmed the authorised person shall then move through the building manually unlo
373. ight duty mineral insulated cables protected e for hazardous areas reference Y61 3020B 261 150 VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS FOR CABLES e Reference Y61 3030A 261 170 INSULATING TAPE e LSF insulating tape reference Y61 3050A 261 230 CABLE DUCTS e Reference Y61 3110A 261 240 CABLE SLEEVES e Reference Y61 3120A 261 250 CABLE COVERS AND MARKERS e Reference Y61 3130A 261 260 WORKMANSHIP Cable installation general reference Y61 4010 Cable installation in low temperatures reference Y61 4020 Installation of LSF cable reference Y61 4030 Installation of unarmoured cables reference Y61 4040 Cable trenches Reference Y61 4050A Cable installation in trenches reference Y61 4060 Cable ducts Reference Y61 4070A Cable installation in conduit and trunking Reference Y61 4090A Cable surface installation Cable embedded installation Reference Y61 4120A Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 204 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Cable installation mineral insulated cables Reference Y61 4130A Cable installation flexible cords reference Y61 4140 Cable jointing and terminating generally Reference Y61 4150A Cable jointing and terminating paper insulated cables Terminating mineral insulated cables Reference Y61 4180A Cable joints mineral insulated cables Reference Y61 4190A Communications coaxial optical fibre and IT cable insta
374. ilding fabric as indicated on the drawings schedules Ensure tray racking and special support systems are continuous and firmly fixed to building fabric Allow space for additional cables as indicated on the drawings schedules Ensure cable support system allows for spacing in accordance with BS 7671 for the design current of the cable Fixings finishes Ensure finish for all support components fixings hangers and accessories is as cable support system or manufacturer s standard Y63 2020A CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEM PERFORATED TRAY Type Flanged or return flanged Perforations Admiralty pattern for light or medium duty GDCD pattern standard 23 or manufacturer s standard pattern Thickness Manufacturer s standard thickness for type Fittings Use factory made fittings throughout of same material type pattern finish and thickness as cable tray Use reducers inside angles and outside angles as manufacturer s standard Use flat bends equal tees unequal tees and crosses with corners gusseted Join lengths of tray and fittings using manufacturer s standard shouldered ends fish plates or couplers with galvanized or zinc plated slotted domed head roofing bolts nuts washers and shakeproof washers Material Hot rolled steel galvanized after manufacture to BS EN ISO 1461 or bending and profiling quality hot dipped galvanized steel to BS EN 10326 BS EN 10327 or BS EN 10143 Finish Self colour galvanized Y63 2020B CABLE SUPPO
375. including LG7 and DfEE guides For exact requirements refer to the tender drawings tender drawings The lighting design on the drawing are based on Whitecroft lighting but Luxonic can be used as an acceptable alternative No other manufacturer will be acceptable External Lighting The external lighting shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of the CIBSE Lighting Guides including LG6 The lighting design is based on Kingfisher lighting but Whitecroft lighting can be used as an acceptable alternative No other manufacturer will be acceptable Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 43 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 3 3 11 Fire Engineering The exact requirements for the fire engineering provisions are given in the fire consultant s report and forms part of the tender package This shall be consulted and any requirements included within the tender submission 3 3 12 SPARE CAPACITY AND VOLT DROP ALLOWANCES The system shall be designed and installed to meet the following criteria of supply 1 Volt drop shall be a maximum of 3 on lighting circuits from the origin of supply at the utility meter in the customer switch room 2 Volt drop shall be a maximum of 5 on all other circuits from the origin of supply at the utility meter in the customer switch room 3 25 spare capacity shall be installed on boards load and spare ways 4 25 spare capacity shall be
376. incorporated w ithin the designs at the time of issue of the design calculations The calculations submitted shall include the following as a minimum this list is not exhaustive and Waterman Building Services reserves the right to request any such further information as deemed necessary to prove the design capabilities and efficiencies 1 2 Oop 34 Room heat loss and heat gain calculations Heating pipework sizing and pressure drop calculations including schematics stating pipe flow volume pipe pressure drop per metre length pipe flow velocity and pipe size Ductwork sizing and pressure drop calculations including schematics stating duct flow volume duct pressure drop per metre length duct flow velocity and duct size Room air change rate and fresh air ventilation rate calculations Domestic hot and cold water demand calculations Domestic hot and cold water pipework sizing and pressure drop calculations including schematics stating pipe flow volume pipe pressure drop per metre length pipe flow velocity and pipe size Above ground drainage capacity calculations Above ground drainage pipework sizing and pressure drop calculations including schematics stating pipe flow volume pipe pressure drop per metre length pipe flow velocity pipe size and gradient of fall Residual pressure drop calculations for heating and chilled water systems Valve authority calculations Controls zone strategy layouts Plant and internal space noise
377. ing Officer Provide Builder s Work Drawings as detailed later to illustrate the contract and sub contract requirements in this respect to the Main Contractor and Supervising Officer Respond in such good time that the Completion of Works will not be delayed to the directions of the Supervising Officer and assist in integrating the Sub contract works into the design of the works as a whole All Sub contractors must ensure that they are provided through the Main Contractor with up to date copies of Architectural and Structural detail drawings and with working drawings of other trades where they may affect the Sub contractor s own drawings Site dimensions should be used wherever possible in preference to drawings The Supervising Officer will be advised of the cost of the Sub contract works by the Quantity Surveyor Carry out the services entrusted to you with strict regard to the Employer s budget for the project Sub contractors shall perform all duties in accordance with a programme to be agreed with the Main Contractor and or Supervising Officer The Contractor shall provide for agreement by the Supervising Officer fully documented Quality Assurance Procedure QAP to International or British Standards prior to commencement of draughting procurement or installation Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A1 10 3 A1 10 4 A1 10
378. ing PIR or Absence detectors as shown on the tender drawings arranged to comply with building regulations and BREEAM requirements and will be complete with timer on periods adjusted to suit the activities within the rooms served and within circulation areas Manual switches shall be provided so that the occupants can manually switch lights on or off if they feel that the day lighting level is sufficient insufficient The absence detector will only switch lights off when the room is vacated rather than switching them on automatically when someone enters In addition the absence detectors will also have photocell control element linked to dimming control gear within the luminaires adjacent the windows Therefore when the lighting is switched on luminaires adjacent to the windows will automatically dim up and down to suit the level of natural day light available and to save energy Within all class rooms incorporating a teachers wall the row of luminaires directly above the interactive white board shall be manually switched on off via a local switch to the teachers wall dado trunking as shown on the tender drawings The external lighting will be controlled via a BMS controlled time clock and photocell control system in accordance with the BREEAM requirements All luminaires will be complete with high frequency high power factor control gear where applicable External lighting will also be compliant with ILE guidelines Lighting controls will be loc
379. ings Y30 30701 INTUMESCENT FIRE DAMPERS Supply and install intumescent fire dampers in accordance with DW 144 Part Seven Section 22 size and location as shown on the drawings Y30 3070J FIRE DAMPERS ACCESSORIES e No of spare fusible links Provide accessories compatible with fire dampers Electrical cut out switches and external visual indication of fire damper blade position Supply spare fusible links for fire dampers to fuse at 72 C as specified in DW 144 Y30 3075 FIRE DAMPERS GENERAL Provide fire dampers in accordance with DW 144 Section 22 and DW 154 Part 6 paragraph 17 Types to be as identified elsewhere in the specification in schedules or on drawings Fire dampers shall be supplied and fixed in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations with installation mounting frames which conform to the prevailing Building Regulations and are acceptable to the District Surveyor Building Control Officer and Fire Officer in accordance with DW 144 Fig Nos 78 and 79 Fire dampers shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations regarding minimum distances from bends and branches The proposed standard installation solution must be supported by a valid test report or assessment provided by an approved 3 party body The construction shall allow for all additional framing supports bracing and fire stopping as may be necessary to adequately attach the fire dampers to the structure The assembly is to be ap
380. intenance operations for a minimum of 10 years Provide hinged access doors 400mm minimum width Operating device key operated door locks Provide access to fans dampers filters spray coils humidifiers and within air handling unit for inspection of nozzles and tanks Y40 2060A EXTERNAL AIR HANDLING UNITS Construct air handling units for external use Provide weatherproof isolators Roof construction as indicated on drawings Options Where indicated provide connection for Lightning protection Y40 4010A COMPONENT ASSEMBLY Assemble air handling units using gaskets to prevent air leakage from casing Y40 4020 ACCESS Ensure air handling units are positioned to allow adequate space for maintenance and access Y40 4030 HUMIDIFIER INSTALLATION Comply with manufacturer s installation instructions for steam electrode type of humidifier Y40 4040 DUCT CONNECTIONS Ensure air is straightened as it leaves unit discharge Ensure ductwork connection is long enough to ensure the aerodynamic performance of the fan is not affected Y40 4050 SERVICES CONNECTIONS Ensure panels are sealed around electrical cable and pipework service entry points to prevent air leakage Provide flexible cables between fan motor and local isolator Y40 4060 ISOLATION OF UNITS Provide means of isolating air handling units electrically to allow maintenance and repairs to be carried out Provide means of isolating pipework to air handling units to allow
381. interconnecting or electrode tape 750mm below finished ground level rising vertically at each electrode Connect groups of electrodes to main earth conductor via bolted link in inspection pit as BS 7430 for test purposes Y81 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SERVICES Y81 1000 GENERAL 1010 INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURE Comply with BS 7671 Requirements for Electrical Installations the IEE Wiring Regulations IEE Guidance Notes Number 3 Inspection Testing and other British Standards as appropriate 1020 SUPPLY CHARACTERISTICS Obtain information called for in BS 7671 about supply characteristics from Supplier other than where to be measured as part of testing procedure 1030 DESIGN INFORMATION Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 360 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Obtain all design assumptions calculations and any other information to enable compliance with BS 7671 to be verified Y81 2010A INCORPORATED EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS Obtain and use information from manufacturers of equipment provided Use information provided for equipment supplied by others and incorporated into installation Y81 2020A PROSPECTIVE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT Determine values of Ip by measurement unless other means are indicated Determine Ip at all necessary points within installation to confirm correct equipment selections Obtain from supply undertaker written confirmation
382. ints are made on the threads metric dimensions Partially superseded by BS EN 10226 1 2004 BS 5154 1991 Specification for copper alloy globe globe stop and check check and gate valves Partially replaced by BS EN 12288 2003 BS 6173 2001 Specification for installation of gas fired catering appliances for use in all types of catering establishments 2nd and 3rd family gases BS 6891 2005 Installation of low pressure gas pipework of up to 35 mm R11 4 in domestic premises 2nd family gas Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 120 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Specification BS 746 2005 Fittings for installation of low pressure gas meters Requirements and test methods BS EN 10226 1 2004 Pipe threads where pressure tight joints are made on the threads Part 1 Taper external threads and parallel internal threads Dimensions tolerances and designation BS EN 10255 2004 Non alloy steel tubes suitable for welding or threading Technical delivery conditions BS EN 1092 1 2002 Flanges and their joints Circular flanges for pipes valves fittings and accessories PN designated Part 1 Steel flanges BS EN 1092 2 1997 Flanges and their joints Circular flanges for pipes valves fittings and accessories PN designated Part 2 Cast iron flanges BS EN 1092 3 2003 Flanges and their joints Circular flanges for pipes valves fittings and accessories PN desig
383. ion All cable ducts and pits shall be as detailed for the electrical services 2 6 Educational Network The contractor shall be resonsible for arranging for the delivery and installation of the ductwork for an educational network connection which shall be separate to the main BT ductwork network This system shall follow the same route as the BT duct work network and shall be routed from Hillcock Lane to the main plantroom The contractor shall be responsible for issuing payment coordinating and managing this installation and programming their works in line with the contract programme placing orders and payments providing all necessary on site attendances from associated specialists and sub contractors inspecting and signing off the works The cabling system shall be provided by others All cable ducts and pits shall be as detailed for the electrical services Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 37 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 3 0 Design Parameters 3 1 Design Standards The following sets out the design parameters upon which the mechanical and electrical services design shall be based in line with the current CIBSE relevant guidelines The design of the building services installation shall take account of all current British Standards and those to be implemented during the course of the contract the requirements of local Authorities and Statutory Undertakings the re
384. ion Repair any damage caused by threading bending or erection by painting with zinc rich paint before any rust occurs Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 323 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Ensure length of thread on conduit matches that in conduit couplers fittings or equipment with no thread exposed after erection except at running couplers Ensure conduits butt inside couplers Use lubricant when cutting threads Use minimum number of running couplings For running couplings in Class 2 conduit use coupler and locknut Paint exposed thread with zinc rich paint For running couplings in Class 4 conduit use three piece conduit unions Y60 4070A NON METALLIC CONDUIT Comply with manufacturer s instructions for bending setting and jointing of conduit Use plastic conduit only where indicated Do not install conduit when ambient working temperature is or will be below 5 C or above 60 C Use solvents recommended by manufacturer of conduit when using solvent welded joints and ensure spigots enter full depth of sockets Hold joints rigid and in position until weld sets Remove excess solvent before surface damage occurs Use slip joints as necessary but not exceeding 6 metres on straight lengths to allow for expansion and contraction over temperature variation as indicated Use semi mastic adhesive where expansion joints are formed Where fitments do not have shaped or smo
385. ions New incoming services connections PV Installation Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 35 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 2 0 New Incoming Supplies and Diversions 2 1 Diversions It is considered from the site records that there are no diversions necessary but the contractor shall make themselves familiar with the site records so they understand the location of existing services The only area of concern may be to the West side of the site where an underground HV cable exists considered to be routed from the adjacent Scottish Power Primary substation which may clash with the below ground ducts serving the bollard lighting Also to the East of the site but away from the main contract works HV overhead lines traverse the site and the contractor should make themselves familiar eith their location 2 2 New Incoming Gas Supply The bulding shall be served with a new gas supply sized to suit the appliances installed therein The new gas supply shall be taken from the street main The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the quotations for the new main and gas meter making the payment coordinating and managing the utility services works in sufficient time and manner so as not be be detrimental to the construction programme The contractor shall make full allowanace of any attenandances necessary in support of the utility companies works The contractor shall allow
386. ipment with the labels specified in the appropriate British Standards for that plant or equipment Identify each substation and main switchroom with safety sign 8 A 0044 to BS 5499 5 with supplementary signs to BS 5499 5 notices and signs required by BS 5499 5 for any fire extinguishing system and notice giving details of Name of the Substation or switchroom The presence of Medium and Low Voltages Administrative instructions for access Location and method of contacting controlling authority Actions to be taken in an emergency Y82 2080A PLANT AND EQUIPMENT LABELS Fit labels on all items of plant equipment switches etc include the following information service controlled circuit reference voltage type of supply and phase etc circuit protection type and rating Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 364 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y82 2085 GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR USE ON EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS EN 80416 Graphical symbols for use on equipment to be created and applied in accordance with BS EN 80416 1 BS EN 80416 2 BS EN 80416 3 Y82 2090 MAINTENANCE NOTICES Equipment Fix notices giving warning of and instructions on any special maintenance procedures to plant and equipment Y82 2100 COLOUR CORRECTED LIGHT FITTINGS Fix a warning or identification disc to light fittings containing colour corrected fluorescent tubes or other colour correc
387. iring Regulations paragraph 514 and BS 5499 Use BS 5499 1 for height of lettering where not otherwise indicated Ensure labels and notices of adequate size for the lettering required and allow a minimum margin around all lettering of one line space vertically and two letter spacing horizontally Font Helvetica Medium Size BS 5499 1 or 5mm minimum high letters Y82 2060A CONDUCTOR ARRANGEMENT Arrange circuit polarity so that phases read in phase rotation order followed by the neutral if any from top to bottom in horizontal conductor layouts and left to right in vertical conductor layouts Ensure flat horizontal arrays have leading phase to the left and neutral to the right from left to right when viewed from supply point Arrange phase or live pole of two wire apparatus at top or left hand and neutral and earth both at bottom or right hand side In all cases ensure conductor arrangements defined are when viewed from front face of all equipment and terminating facilities Apply identification markers in accordance with BS 7671 IEE Wiring Regulations Clause 514 to all conductor termination points Y82 2070A SAFETY SIGNS e Details of supplementary or text signs as indicated on drawing Label all electrical plant and equipment using safety sign 8 A 0044 of BS 5499 5 where voltages above ELV exist Provide supplementary or text signs complying with BS 5499 5 with each safety sign 8 A 0044 as indicated Label all electrical plant and equ
388. is responsible for the design installation commissioning and testing of the services installation so as to provide systems that are fully in accordance with the employer s requirements and this specification document The contractor shall be fully responsible for the coordination programming placing of orders attenandance and all necessary works to facilitate the successful delivery of the new incoming services and statutory authority works in line with the contract programme The contractor shall be responsible for the full co ordination and proper execution and completion of the public health life safety mechanical and electrical installations The positions of equipment pipework cables etc indicated on the drawings are given for tendering purposes only and the exact co ordinated positions shall be proposed by the Sub contractor for approval by the Supervising Officer The contractor s tender price shall include Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 25 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION for any modifications that may be necessary to provide fully co ordinated and installed engineering services The mechanical sub contractor shall make allowances within his tender price for taking responsibility as the lead sub contractor in organising the co ordination of all services drawings with the other trades The successful mechanical sub contractor will be requested to provide a me
389. isconnection device to allow manual operation of the valve or damper in the event of actuator failure e Where line voltage actuators are used provide local means of isolation by manual isolator or plug and socket connection 310 800 VALVES AND DAMPERS 310 805 MOTORISED VALVES e Standard e BSEN 60730 2 8 310 900 DAMPERS 310 905 MOTORISED DAMPERS Use motorised control dampers manufactured and installed in accordance with DW 144 320 000 INSTALLATION 320 050 FIXING AND CONNECTION CABLING INSTALLED AS PART OF THE BMS CONTRACT Plan and install all building management monitoring systems cables in accordance with the cable manufacturer s recommendations Label and record all monitoring cables in accordance with e General e This part of the specification covers extra low voltage wiring as defined by BS 7671 i e signal and data communications wiring e Install all cabling in accordance with BS 6701 and BS EN 50174 e All cabling must be adequately protected from the environment through which it passes to avoid the possibility of mechanical damage or electromagnetic interference e Install cabling and conduits associated with sensors in a manner that prevents spurious transfer of moisture and heat etc from external sources to sensing devices e Ensure that all wiring is carried out in a neat manner by skilled operatives Clip wiring to form a loom and route it to avoid interference with the correct operation or maintenance o
390. isms interlinked with access door Provide switches with auxiliary contacts as indicated Where switches isolate final connections between a starter and its motor fit one set of contacts to open starter coil circuit when switch is opened Y71 2150A INSTRUMENTS AND METERS Standards Comply with BS 89 and BS EN 60051 1 for voltmeters ammeters watt meters frequency indicators and power factor indicators Comply with BS 7856 BS EN 62053 11 BS EN 62053 22 or BS EN 62053 21 for kWh meters kVA and kW maximum demand meters and polyphase reactive kVA meters and BS EN 62053 23 for KVAhr meters Protect wiring to voltmeters by separate fuses Protect potential coils of watt meters frequency indicators power factor indicators and kWh meters kVA and kW maximum demand meters and polyphase reactive kVA meters by separate fuses Supply instruments and meters suitable for flush mounting and type size and accuracy as indicated Ensure that indicating scales for all instruments comply with BS 3693 Supply so that normal indication is 50 to 75 of full scale deflection Completely segregate all instruments in instrument compartments Panel mount meters on front of instrument compartment Y71 2210A DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Comply with BS EN 60439 1 or BS EN 60439 3 as appropriate Make internal separation Form 1 unless otherwise indicated Make fuseboards fully shrouded Fit each distribution board with an isolating switch Install busbars in same po
391. isolation to BS 6330 for communal aerial systems Y74 3010 EARTHING Ensure metal framework of equipment is bonded to main earth point Ensure that cable CPC s are connected to earth bar Provide earth CPC between earth lug on metal box and accessory casing except where accessory is encased in plastic Y74 3020 PROTECTION Ensure there is no physical or electrical damage to accessories when they are removed from their packaging and during installation Provide masking covers for surface mounted accessories to protect surface from paint Where accessories are flush mounted install front plate after painting is finished Y74 3030 FIXING Align accessories horizontally and vertically Where accessories are grouped mount horizontally in line and parallel to each other and equidistant Fix cover plates to boxes with brass fixing screws Y74 3040 MEASURING MOUNTING HEIGHTS Take measurement for position of electrical accessories to the centre line of equipment from either finished floor or worktop Where specified height coincides with top of tiling leave a clear gap of 50mm above tiling Mount equipment below a worktop 100mm below underside of worktop Y74 3050 STANDARD ACCESSORIES MOUNTING HEIGHTS mm Lighting switch 1200 Socket outlet Kitchen 1000 Above worktop Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 354 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Shaver
392. istribution systems including local distribution boards Small power systems Provision of power supplies for stage lighting Rig for the fitting out by others Voice and data cabling systems Cable containment systems General lighting and emergency lighting systems including emergency signage External lighting systems Fire alarm systems CCTV systems Intruder alarm systems Communications Systems Disabled Call Systems Lightning protection system Door access systems Earthing and bonding Sound field systems TV and radio systems Wiring to mechanical systems Roof mounted PV installation Induction loop systems Testing and Commissioning Operating and Maintenance Manuals 5 2 Incoming Supply The incoming supply shall be as detailed in section 2 of this specification A new LV customer switch room shall comprise of a GRP housing located adjacent to the substation and will house the utility MOD156 panel the main ACB serving the building a local consumer to serve lighting and power within the switchroom and heater and thermostat to prevent condensation A twin 49W IP65 fluorescent will be provided complete with 3hr self contained emergency lighting with an RCD protected 13A Commando socket A low voltage electrical supply shall be provided into the building as detailed in earlier sections of this report terminating onto a floor mounted front access MCCB main switch panel located within the within the plant room The panel wi
393. it and trunking Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 325 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y61 2040A LIGHT DUTY MINERAL INSULATED CABLES THERMOPLASTIC OUTER COVERING Standard 500V light duty to BS EN 60702 1 section 14 Outer covering Thermoplastic to BS EN 60702 1 section 8 2 Y61 2040B LIGHT DUTY MINERAL INSULATED CABLES LSF OUTER COVERING Standard 500V light duty to BS EN 60702 1 section 14 Outer covering Halogen free material to BS EN 60702 1 section 8 3 Y61 2050A PAIRED UNSCREENED AND UNARMOURED CONTROL CABLES Standard BS 5308 1 Tables 2 4 and 8 Mechanical protection Unarmoured Type 1 Y61 2050B PAIRED UNSCREENED AND ARMOURED CONTROL CABLES Standard BS 5308 1 Tables 2 4 and 8 Mechanical protection Armour Type 2 Y61 2050C PAIRED SCREENED AND UNARMOURED CONTROL CABLES Standard BS 5308 1 Tables 3 5 and 9 Mechanical protection Unarmoured Type 1 Y61 2050D PAIRED SCREENED AND ARMOURED CONTROL CABLES Standard BS 5308 1 Tables 3 5 and 9 Mechanical protection Armour Type 2 Y61 2050E MULTI CORE UNARMOURED AUXILIARY CABLES Standard BS 5308 2 Tables 2 3 and 6 BS 6346 Table 19 Mechanical protection Unarmoured BS 5308 Type 1 Y61 2050F MULTI CORE ARMOURED AUXILIARY CABLES Standard BS 5308 2 Tables 2 3 and 6 BS 5467 Table 18 BS 6346 Table 19 Mechanical protection Armour BS 5308 Ty
394. ith red lens illuminated in ON position for connection units Switch rocker bar colour as indicated Operating keys for key operated switches minimum number 2 Fuses to BS 1362 Blank inserts for spare ways on grid switches Marking Method engraving Mark front plate to indicate equipment served on connection units Conduit and cable entries Knockouts side top and rear Cable termination Manufacturer s standard Y74 2010C ACCESSORIES COMMON REQUIREMENTS WHITE PLASTIC PLATES EMBEDDED CABLES SURFACE INSTALLATION Area of installation Interior Enclosure pattern Surface Accessory mounting Direct to enclosure Enclosure material White moulded plastic Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 348 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Coverplate finish all accessories to match Moulded plastic colour white Coverplate pattern Surface type Ancillaries Earthing terminal integral within switch box Neon indicator with red lens illuminated in ON position for connection units Switch rocker bar colour as indicated Operating keys for key operated switches minimum number 2 Fuses to BS 1362 Marking Method engraving Mark front plate to indicate equipment served on connection units Conduit and cable entries Knockouts side top and rear Cable termination Manufacturer s standard Y74 2010D ACCESSORIES COMMON REQUIREMENTS METAL CLAD PLATES SURFACE S
395. ith terminal heater batteries on the individual room supply ducts to provide fine tuning of the supply temperature to meet the room requirements The assembly hall shall be comfort cooled by an all air heating and cooling system from a central roof top air handling unit The air shall be treated at the air handling unit to provide the cooling requirements of the room The ktchen shall be comfort cooled by an all air heating and cooling system from a central roof top air handling unit The air shall be treated at the air handling unit to provide the cooling requirements of the room The music and the assesmbly hall air handling units shall be provided with DX cooling coil The air handling unit shall be an integral heat pump air handling unit such as the Air Handlers Northern Envirofresh unit or equal and approved This system shall be inclusive with the condenser unit located within the air handling so that the heat energy from the exhaust air is recycled and higher COP s are achieved Separate condenser units outside the ahu serving the ahu shall not be permitted The kitchen air handling unit shall shall be provided with DX cooling coil with the condenser located in the plant area adjacent to the kitchen air handling unit The kitchen cooling loads shall take account of the kitchen equipment and inparticular the catering freezers and fridges which may discharge heat into the kitchen spaces In all instances the cooling plant shall be sized to
396. its reference Identify each terminal for connection to external wiring or cabling using a reference system complying with BS EN 60445 based on the element reference and the appropriate element terminal reference Adjacent to terminals Use lettered or numbered ferrules or sleeves to BS 3858 to mark each auxiliary conductor or control cable core with the identity of the terminal to which it is connected and the reference of plant or equipment to which it is connected and the identity of the terminal at the remote end Ensure that main circuit conductors are identified in accordance with BS 7671 IEE Wiring Regulations paragraph 514 Ensure that all identification of terminals and conductors is recorded and included on record drawings and in operation and maintenance documentation Y82 2210A UNDERGROUND CABLE IDENTIFICATION Identify external underground cable routes by means of approved markers along their length at distances not exceeding 50m and where a change of direction occurs on such routes Provide cables markers with a brass plate or impress concrete to clearly indicate the reference of group of cables or reference number of cable and operating voltage of cable Provide key to any reference system used at switchgear Mark and protect direct buried cables with plastic tape yellow printed black DANGER ELECTRIC CABLES elsewhere Y82 2220A CABLE CONDUCTOR COLOUR CODING Identify cable conductors in accordance with BS 7671 IEE Wiring Regulati
397. ject No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 370 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION SERVICES TENDER BREAKDOWN NOTE ANY QUOTATIONS PREPARED DURING THE PREVIOUS PROJECT STAGES ARE DEEMED TO BE OUT OF DATE AND THE CONTRACTOR MUST ENSURE THEY ISSUE CURRENT TENDERING INFORMATION TO MANUFACTURERS WHEN OBTAINING QUOTATIONS The tenderer is required to fully complete both tender schedule forms and return them with the required tender documentation along with a full schedule of rates for all items to be installed Item Description Cost ti Working drawings 2 Preliminaries 3 Programming and co ordination 4 Method statements 5 New utility connection to the site 5a L V connection to building 6 Main switchgear 7 Sub mains and distribution boards 8 General power Wiring and accessories 9 Lighting inc emergency Wiring and accessories 10 Lighting inc emergency Luminaires and lamps 11 General cable management including conduit trunking installation and cable tray 12 Wiring to mechanical services 13 Earthing and bonding 14 Lightning conductor installation 15 Fire alarm installation 16 Data amp Telephone Wiring 17 Data amp Telephone Cable management 17a BT connection to the site Duct system only 17b BT connection to the site Cabling By others 17c Educational network connection to the site Duct system only
398. ject No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 20 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION You may purchase copy negatives or dxf computer disk s where appropriate of the Tender Drawings from the Consultant Before the above mentioned final issue send two prints of the As Installed drawings and diagrams to the Supervising Officer for approval of format and general content Allow 14 days for approving Include on the As Installed Drawings and Diagrams the following in as far as they are the subject of the Sub contractor works The general content and layout of the drawing shall be as that required for the Installation Drawings see 1 10 5 i ii vi vii viii The location including level if buried of Public Authority supplies provided within the Sub contract whether carried out by the Sub contractor or by the appropriate Authority together with the points of origin and termination size and materials of pipes line pressure and or other relevant information The layout location and extent of all piped services showing pipe sizes throughout together with all valves for regulation isolation and other purposes shown numbered in accordance with the actual installation The layout location and extent of all air ducts including those formed in builder s work or otherwise outside this Sub contract but forming part of the system showing all dampers and other equipment acoustic att
399. justment Tamperproof Fixing Loop Safe working load kg Length mm Stud permanently fixed to wire rope length Single toggle Double toggle Double karabiner Hook Accessories Setting keys Span bearer supports Ceiling clip fixings Threaded adaptors Anchor bolts Anchor for stud fixings Ceiling fixing kit Corner saddle Fastener d cor cover Y10 4220 SUPPORT SPACING Space supports as tables Maximum horizontal support spacing for grooved steel pipe 6 metres Vertical support spacing Check total self weight and pressure loading against manufacturer s recommendations when using Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 253 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION mechanical joints or end load capable flexible couplings Ensure adequate pipe support when using non end load capable flexible couplings Space vertical support intervals for plastics pipe at not greater than twice horizontal intervals tabulated Where multiple pipe runs of differing bores are supported from a common point use support spacing of pipe requiring closest spacing Spacings give for PVC U pipe to BS 3505 are for 20 C Support continuously for temperatures 60 C and above Y10 4230A ISOLATION AND REGULATION Provide valves cocks and stop taps for isolation and or regulation where indicated and on mains to isolate major sections of distribution the base of all risers and drops exc
400. k wall Reference Y90 3060A Fixing to concrete brickwork or blockwork Reference Y90 3070A Fixing to metalwork Reference Y90 3080A Fixing to structural steelwork and concrete structures Reference Y90 3090A Non penetrative support systems for roof mounted equipment reference Y90 3100 BS APPENDIX BS 476 7 1997 Fire tests on building materials and structures Part 7 Method of test to determine the classification of the surface spread of flame of products BS EN 1886 1998 Ventilation for buildings Air handling units Mechanical performance BS EN ISO 9001 2000 Quality management systems Requirements Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 148 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION V12 LV SUPPLY PUBLIC UTILITY SUPPLY PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 010 PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES The contractor shall design install test commission and demomnstrate the new power supply to the building in accordance with the requirements of the this specification document and the employer s requirements documentation For workmanship and material standards refer to the information contained with section V20 of this specification V20 LV DISTRIBUTION PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 010 PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES The contractor is to design install test commission and demonstrate new submain cabling between the main intake point of the site and distribution boards as required in accordance
401. l or multiple RJ45 outlet plates as applicable fixed to either recessed surface mounted bpxes as detailed on the drawings Cables within on walls shall be protected by galvanised conduit which shall terminate onto the accessory box and onto the main cable containment systems At each telephone outlet point the RJ45 socket outlet shall be complete with proprietory adaptor to convert the line from data to telephone signal e Preferred supplier Refer to manufacturers schedule 310 020 TERMINOLOGY Note the following terminology is used throughout this section User Outlet UO End point of horizontal cable located in the work area Floor Distributor FD Horizontal cabling subsystem termination point Building Distributor BD Building backbone subsystem termination point Campus Distributor CD Campus backbone subsystem termination point Main Distributor Frame MDF Consolidation point for FD BD and or CD Test Jack Frame TJF Telephone system PTO copper backbone termination point Data Patch Panel DPP Active data equipment termination point Voice Patch Panel VPP Active voice equipment termination point 320 000 HORIZONTAL CABLING SUB SYSTEM Link by horizontal cabling all user outlets to the Floor Distributor in a star topology with each cable terminated presenting an RJ45 outlet at the UO end Terminate at the FD end the cable onto either an RJ45 patch panel 110 or Krone type interface Note User Outlets RJ45 o
402. l pay all charges made by an Authority approving any part of the sub contract works CDM Regulations The construction Design and Management Regulations 2007 apply to this project and the sub contractor shall be fully aware of the duties laid down in these Regulations The Planning Supervisor shall provide a Health amp Safety Plan to the Principal Contractor for this project in this case the Main Contractor The Principal Contractor will be responsible for the development and implementation of the Health amp Safety Plan during the construction phase The sub contractor shall ensure he obtains a copy of the Health amp Safety Plan and any amendments and ensure that their personnel comply with any construction phase Health amp Safety Rules as identified in the Plan and have been given suitable training The sub contractor shall ensure that the Planning Supervisor or Principal Contractor is provided with all the required information including Method Statements A1 18 Suitability of Materials and Products Materials and products shall be supplied to suit the pressures temperatures voltage and other conditions of use normally expected to apply after the installation is completed and also to withstand the tests specified herein or in any documents referred to herein A1 19 Ordering Materials and Products The contractor shall order the necessary materials and products immediately upon the Supervising Officer instructing the cont
403. laced by BS EN 12288 2003 BS 6282 1 982 Devices with moving parts for the prevention of contamination of water by backflow Part 1 Specification for check valves of nominal size up to and including DN 54 BS 6282 2 1982 Devices with moving parts for the prevention of contamination of water by backflow Part 2 Specification for terminal anti vacuum valves of nominal size up to and including DN 54 BS 6282 4 1982 Devices with moving parts for the prevention of contamination of water by backflow Part 4 Specification for combined check and anti vacuum valves of nominal size up to and including DN 42 BS EN 10226 1 2004 Pipe threads where pressure tight joints are made on the threads Part 1 Taper external threads and parallel internal threads Dimensions tolerances and designation BS EN 1092 1 2002 Flanges and their joints Circular flanges for pipes valves fittings and accessories PN designated Part 1 Steel flanges BS EN 1092 2 1997 Flanges and their joints Circular flanges for pipes valves fittings and accessories PN designated Part 2 Cast iron flanges BS EN 1092 3 2003 Flanges and their joints Circular flanges for pipes valves fittings and accessories PN designated Part 3 Copper alloy flanges BS EN 1092 4 2002 Flanges and their joints Circular flanges for pipes valves fittings and accessories PN designated Part 4 Aluminium alloy flanges BS EN 1171 2002 Industrial valves Cast iron gate valves BS E
404. lancing dampers Steel multi blade dampers reference Y30 3060B Control dampers Steel multi blade dampers reference Y30 3060D 230 130 FIRE DAMPERS General reference Y30 3075 Folding curtain Steel Out of air stream reference Y30 3070C Intumescent reference Y30 30701 Fire damper accessories reference Y30 3070J No of spare fusible links four 230 140 SMOKE DAMPERS e Steel multi blade reference Y30 3080B 230 150 COMBINATION SMOKE AND FIRE DAMPERS e Steel multi blade reference Y30 3090B 230 160 GUARDS e Bird wire guards e Finish e Plastic coated wire reference Y30 3120A 230 180 AIR DUCTLINES amp ANCILLARIES WORKMANSHIP General reference Y30 4010 Ductwork supports reference Y30 4020 Component support on pre insulated aluminium ductwork Reference Y30 4025 Duct support for vapour seal continuity Reference Y30 4030A External ductwork supports reference Y30 4040 Ductwork floor support reference Y30 4050 As shown on drawings nos Drainage of ductwork reference Y30 4060 Connections to builders work Metal ductwork reference Y30 4070A Internal cleanliness Basic reference Y30 4090A Method of cleaning Weatherproofing Flashing plate and cowl reference Y30 4100A Ductwork sleeves Flanged reference Y30 4110B Fire rated ductwork sleeves reference Y30 4120 Installation of control equipment Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 140 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL
405. lar attention where pipes are subject to axial movement due to expansion or contraction Y10 4190 ANCHORS Location e As drawing numbers e Construct to resist axial stress transmitted by flexure of horizontal and vertical pipe runs or loading on vertical pipes assuming that unbalanced forces exist at all anchor points even when these are situated in intermediate positions between two expansion loops or bellows Use similar or compatible materials to the attached pipe e Provide and fix all associated backing plates nuts washers and bolts for attachment to or building into building structure ensure structure is suitable for transmitted stress Set out and line up anchors accurately in position Inspect final grouting into building structure Y10 4200 SLIDE GUIDES Location e As drawing numbers e Direct movement of expansion and contraction from pipe anchor points towards loops bellows or flexible inserts Ensure that thrust is linear relative to the axis of pipe Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 251 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Apply a friction reducing material between metal faces subjected to movement Y10 4205 PIPE SUPPORTS Arrange supports and accessories for equipment appliances or ancillary fitments in pipe runs so that no undue strain is imposed upon pipes Ensure that materials used for supports are compatible with pipeline materials Y10 4210 SU
406. lass B reference Y50 1035C Class C reference Y50 1035D CFC s and HCFC s reference Y50 1040 Spread of flame as BS 476 7 Reference Y50 1050A Smoke emission characteristics Reference Y50 1055A Inspection and testing reference Y50 1090 Thermal conductivity reference Y50 2010 Thermal performance life expectancy For plant design life reference Y50 2015A Details reference Y50 2015B Restrictions on use of materials reference Y50 2020 Adhesives reference Y50 2190 Protection Polyisobutylene reference Y50 2200A Flat aluminium zinc coated steel reference Y50 2200C Aluminium sheeting reference Y50 2200E Reinforcement Aluminium bands 300mm centres reference Y50 2210A Thickness table Insulation thickness calculation methods reference Y50 2285 Environmental thickness on warm air ductwork reference Y50 2450 Condensation control on chilled air ductwork reference Y50 2460 250 090 WORKMANSHIP PIPEWORK INSULATION General reference Y50 3010 Installation of foil faced mineral wool insulation reference Y50 3020 Installation of protection Polyisobutylene PIB reference Y50 3120 Sheet metal finish Reference Y50 3130A Aluminium sheeting reference Y50 3170 Aluminium zinc coated steel reference Y50 3180 Flanges and valves reference Y50 3210 Liners reference Y50 3220 Installation where insulation is carried through pipeline support Reference Y50 3230A Installation where insulation is not
407. lassification for Reaction to Fire Performance Class A1 reference Y50 1035A Class A2 reference Y50 1035B Class B reference Y50 1035C Class C reference Y50 1035D Spread of flame as BS 476 7 Reference Y50 1050A Smoke emission characteristics Reference Y50 1055A Inspection and testing reference Y50 1090 Thermal conductivity reference Y50 2010 Thermal performance life expectancy For plant design life reference Y50 2015A Details reference Y50 2015B Restrictions on use of materials reference Y50 2020 Mineral fibre pipe insulation Foil faced reference Y50 2030A Vapour barrier permeance Adhesives reference Y50 2190 Protection Polyisobutylene reference Y50 2200A Flat aluminium zinc coated steel reference Y50 2200C Aluminium sheeting reference Y50 2200E Galvanized sheet steel reference Y50 2200F Laminated foil film reference Y50 2200J Reinforcement Aluminium bands 300mm centres reference Y50 2210A Thickness table Insulation thickness calculation methods reference Y50 2285 Non domestic hot water supply services reference Y50 2290 Non domestic heating installations reference Y50 2310 Domestic central heating and hot water systems reference Y50 2330 Chilled and cold water supplies to prevent condensation High emissivity reference Y50 2350 Low emissivity reference Y50 2370 Chilled water services reference Y50 2390 Protection against freezing reference Y50 2420 250 090 WORKMA
408. lding management system in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations Inspect all equipment and components on delivery before fixing and after installation and reject and replace any which are defective Record all commissioning tests and site modifications to hardware or software and revise operating and maintenance instructions accordingly 340 160 CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTION CHARTS Prepare function charts for the control system in accordance with BS EN 60848 Obtain approval of function chart before design of system hardware or writing control software e Function chart format e Combined function chart circuit diagram e Function chart only 350 000 COMMISSIONING e Perform system commissioning in accordance with 251 040 360 000 DEMONSTRATION AND HANDOVER 360 010 WITNESSING REQUIREMENTS e Ensure that the project supervisor s nominated representative implements the following witnessing requirements Ensure that on site commissioning staff facilitate the witnessing process e Ensure that the BMS hardware is installed in accordance with the specification e Verify any operator software and associated graphics e Witness completely the control of any main and or critical items of plant along with a random sample of other points e f less than 300 points witness all points Between 300 and 1 00 points witness 50 minimum of 300 to be witnessed If more than 1 000 points witness 20 with a minimum of 500 points witnessed
409. le refuge locations and disabled WC shower areas The main control panel shall be positioned adjacent to the main fire alarm panel and will receive two way voice communications from each disabled refuge position In addition links shall be taken to the reception desk also providing two communication The disabled toilet and shower areas shall be provided with a pull cord type alarm system with local audible and visual alarm outside the toilet area and remote alarm back to the alarm panel All panels will be recessed The disabled refuge alarm panel will match the fire alarm panel The panel positions will be agreed with the Architect and Client Adjacent to each call point and panel a traffolyte notice explaining all functions and procedure will be installed The refuge position call points shall be recessed stainless steel fascia type At each disabled refuge position a small panel shall be provided with a call button a reset button and a reassurance lamp indicator that the call has been sent to the main panel A notice shall be provided giving operating instructions and re assurance indication that the operative will be attended to as soon as possible The system shall include two way voice communication and be approved for use by Building Control At each disabled WC shower a pull cord c w reassurance light buzzer and reset button shall be provided in the WC shower with an indicator lamp outside the WC shower above the door and at specif
410. le boxes Do not use factory made bends inspection bends or inspection couplers unless shown on drawings or schedules Ensure fittings are same class and finish as associated conduit system Supply covers for circular or adaptable boxes in the same material and finish as boxes Use steel dome or cheese headed screws to secure covers for Class 2 finish Use brass dome or cheese headed screws to secure covers for Class 4 finish Limit number of entry holes within loop in boxes to four Adaptable box minimum size 100mm x 100mm x 50mm Connections Use couplers and externally screwed brass bushes to connect conduit to loop in circular conduit boxes switchgear distribution boards and adaptable boxes Use solid couplers Conduit fixing saddles Spacer bar Plugs Hexagonal malleable iron Locknuts Hexagonal steel e 2020B RIGID CONDUIT SYSTEM METALLIC CONDUIT AS DRAWINGS SCHEDULES Use couplers to match conduit grade and finish Use solid couplers to join lengths of conduit unless inspection couplers are shown on the drawings or schedules Conduit fittings and adaptable boxes Material Malleable iron adaptable boxes Do not use factory made bends inspection bends or inspection couplers unless shown on drawings or schedules Ensure fittings are same class and finish as associated conduit system Supply covers for circular or adaptable boxes in the same material and finish as boxes Use steel dome or cheese headed screws to secure covers for Cla
411. lete with separate earths in compliance with section 607 of the Regulations This also applies at each distribution board where seperate earth terminals shall be provided e Manufacturer and reference refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent e Single switched reference Y74 2090A Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 159 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Single with integral RCD switched Reference Y74 2090B Double switched reference Y74 2090C Single unswitched reference Y74 2090D Single with integral RCD unswitched reference Y74 2090E Details e As indicated on drawings schedules refer to tender drawings 274 120 COOKER CONTROL UNIT e Application To serve cookers as indicated on the drawings to be complete with low level cooker outlet plate served by recessed conduit from the cooker control unit Works to include the final connection of the cookers provided by the end user e Manufacturer and reference refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent e With integral socket reference Y74 2100A 274 130 CORD OUTLETS e Manufacturer and reference refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent 274 190 AERIAL SOCKETS e Manufacturer and reference refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent e TV and FM aerials reference Y74 2170A e Single TV aerials reference Y74 2170B 274 240 WORKMANSHIP Ear
412. list should be invited to tender and be vetted as being proficient by the contractor 300 090 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY Ensure all equipment and systems are installed to provide electromagnetic compatibility within the system and with any other systems installed in the same location in accordance with BS EN 50130 4 300 110 SOCIAL ALARM SYSTEM MANAGEMENT Ensure system is properly set to work to suit management arrangements Instruct management and staff in system maintenance and operating procedures 300 120 APPROVAL Ensure low power radio devices comply with the regulations issued under current legislation and obtain any licences required e Ensure such devices comply with e ETSI EN 300 330 e ETSI EN 300 220 1 310 300 ALARM TRANSMISSION e Type Redcare line as detailed earlier e Standard e BS EN 50131 1 e BS EN 50131 5 3 320 000 WORKMANSHIP 320 010 INSTALLATION Install commission and set to work equipment in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations and e BS EN 50131 1 BS EN 50134 1 BS EN 50134 2 BS EN 50134 3 HTM 2015 320 030 QUALITY CONTROL Handle store and install equipment and components of the security detection and alarm systems in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations Obtain all equipment and components from a single source unless otherwise instructed Inspect all equipment and components on delivery before fixing and after installation and reject and replace a
413. ll be complete with main meter with outgoing ways being metered separately as shown on the tender drawings and in line with TM39 This metering shall be capable of remote monitoring in line with the BREEAM assessment requirements and shall be linked to the BMS system 5 3 Main Switchboards An MCCB main switchboard shall be provided located in the plant room This main switchboard is to be a purpose built form 4 type 6 floor standing panel with front access switch panel with top and Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 64 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION bottom entry access This shall provide all electrical supplies to the building with circuits emanating to dedicated distributions boards located at strategic points around the building The panel will generally be as shown on the tender drawings and be complete with Schneider devices No other manufacturer will be acceptable The panel will be manufactured by either Mardix or AF switchgear 5 4 Earthing and Bonding It is proposed that all installations within the College shall be provided with earthing and bonding in accordance with BS7420 and BS7671 5 5 Sub Main Distribution It is proposed that the sub main distribution system shall emanate from the main switch board and shall be routed throughout the building to serve the distribution boards located in strategic positions as shown on the tender drawings The system will
414. llation jointing and terminating Reference Y61 4200A Cable sleeves reference Y61 4210 263 000 SUPPORT COMPONENTS CABLES 263 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y63 1000 and those detailed below 263 020 CABLE SUPPORT AND FINISHES e Cable supports and finishes e Reference Y63 2010A 263 030 CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEM Perforated tray reference Y63 2020A Cable rack reference Y63 2020B Cable cleats reference Y63 2020C Proprietary cable ties reference Y63 2025A Two way saddles reference Y63 2025C Cable basket reference Y63 2025D 263 040 WORKMANSHIP e Cable tray installation reference Y63 3010 e Cable cleats ties saddles and clips installation e Reference Y63 3020A 272 000 CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 272 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y72 1000 and those detailed below 272 020 CONTROL PANEL Electrical supply 3 phase reference Y72 1010A Single phase reference Y72 1010B Surge suppressors Installer fitted reference Y72 1020B Transient suppressors Manufacturer fitted reference Y72 1030A Controlgear assembly Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 205 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Reference Y72 2010A Assembly construction Reference Y72 2020A Enclosure finish Manufacturer s standard reference Y72 2030A Site modification reference Y72 2040 272 030 LV CONTACTORS AND
415. llowing local water authority approval either neutralize or dispose to drain of all waste products or ensure authorised disposal at registered sites Comply with Waste Management Duty of Care A Code of Practice and The Hazardous Waste England amp Wales Regulations 2005 where appropriate Y25 2040A PROCEDURAL PRECAUTIONS FOR CLEANING AND CHEMICAL TREATMENT Carry out tests to ensure that cleaning and chemical treatment processes are operating as required Carry out tests to ensure that cleaning and chemical treatment processes are operating as required and detailed in the Method Statement Submit all test and sample results for certification and approval Y25 2040B PROCEDURAL PRECAUTIONS FOR CLEANING AND CHEMICAL TREATMENT INCLUDING TAKING SAMPLES Take samples during and following chemical treatment and or cleaning Submit samples to an independent analyst Use sterile containers to take samples Carry out tests to ensure that cleaning and chemical treatment processes are operating as required Submit all test and sample results for certification and approval Ensure all samples are witnessed Y25 2060A CHEMICAL INJECTION AND DOSING METHODS FOR CLOSED SYSTEMS Method of introducing chemicals Dosing pots manually initiated timer controlled dosing or proportional dosing as appropriate Y25 2060B CHEMICAL CLEANING AND DOSING METHODS FOR OPEN RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 27
416. llowing post handover checks are performed Global level checks internal air temperature relative humidity ventilation energy consumption ensure that the pulse input counters match the meters Check that each of the above meets the specified requirements System level checks Control strategies Check that any suspect control strategies are appropriate for the intended Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 228 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION application Check that the suspect control strategy has been implemented and commissioned correctly Check that the control strategy is still appropriate for the intended use e Network communications Check that all relevant field controllers communicate properly Check for correct sharing between controllers of relevant data and correct inter controller operation e Control set points Check that the set points in question are correct and appropriate for the actual operating conditions e Control loop settings Check that the control loop settings result in accurate and stable control Check that all self learnt characteristics are valid Control zones Check that the control zones are appropriate Occupant controls Check that occupant controls work correctly Sub system component level checks Sensors Check the accuracy and location of any suspect sensors Actuators Check that any suspect actuators operate correctly Dampe
417. ls Area and an Other Controls Area Each area shall contain the necessary controls to operate and setup the system The Main Window shall provide the following 32 Site and Device Tree depicting all cameras 33 A multiscreen display area that allows for screen displays of 34 Single camera Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 176 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 35 Quad 36 3 x 3 37 4x 4 38 6 way 39 Full screen of any of the above selected multiscreen displays shall allow for the viewing of the particular multiscreen in full screen mode by hiding the graphical user interface 40 Access to all Programming menus 41 User selectable resolution shall include capture sizes of 42 360 x 122 pixels 432 x 146 PAL 43 360 x 244 pixels 432 x 293 PAL 44 720 x 244 pixels 864 x 293 PAL 45 720 x 480 pixels 864 x 586 PAL 46 Normal MPEG4 type periodic refresh 47 Continuous recording JPEG 48 On demand recording of video currently viewed shall allow for the recording of any local camera 49 Viewing of live cameras shall be performed by 50 Clicking on the desired camera 51 Drag and Drop operations of cameras from the Site and Device Tree to the appropriate multiscreen quadrant 52 Drag and Drop operation of the recorder from the Site and Device Tree to the appropriate multiscreen 53 All recorders shall provide video for dupl
418. ls for all wires of the same circuit reference Mark ties with circuit reference number at 10m intervals Conduit Provide cable clamps in conduit boxes at 10m intervals in vertical conduit Allow for full range of movement at building construction movement joints Make all joints to wiring at terminal blocks in conduit boxes Y61 4100 CABLE INSTALLATION ON TRAY AND RACK Place cables side by side or as indicated Fix using cleats or cable ties so that any cable may be individually removed Use metallic ties on cables with specified fire performance Y61 4110A CABLE SURFACE INSTALLATION Dress cables flat free from twists kinks and strain and align parallel to building elements When glands and clamps are not required take sheathing of cables into accessory boxes and equipment and protect against abrasion using grommets or similar sharp edge protection Y61 4120A CABLE EMBEDDED INSTALLATION Dress cables flat free from twists kinks and strain and align parallel to building elements When glands and clamps are not required take sheathing of cables into accessory boxes and equipment and protect against abrasion using grommets or similar sharp edge protection Ensure plaster or screed over cable is a minimum of 12mm Protect embedded cables with metal capping or PVC oval conduit Y61 4130A CABLE INSTALLATION MINERAL INSULATED CABLES Straighten and dress cables using methods and tools recommended by cable manufacturer Use thermo
419. luids 150C to 500C H Aromatic hydrocarbon fluids and gaseous fuels containing condensates 50C to 500C BS EN 681 1 WA cold potable water WB hot potable water WC cold non potable water supply drainage sewerage and rainwater pipes WD hot non potable water WE hot potable water seals manufactured from isoprene isobutylene copolymer WF hot non potable water seals manufactured from isoprene isobutylene copolymer WG cold non potable water supply drainage sewerage and rainwater pipes with oil resistance BS EN 681 2 WT above ground use Y10 3180A FLEXIBLE FLANGE ADAPTERS SLEEVE TYPE Joint Bolted sleeve type with wedge type elastomeric gaskets flanged on end Type Non end load capable Dimensions Manufacturer s standard Material Ductile cast iron to BS EN 1564 Flange To connect to BS EN 1092 2 PN10 flange Finish Manufacturer s standard Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 248 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Gaskets In accordance with BS EN 681 1 BS EN 681 2 or BS EN 682 Y10 3190A WALL FLOOR AND CEILING CHROMIUM PLATED MASKING PLATES Material Copper alloy chromium plated Type Heavy split on the diameter close fitting to outside of pipe Fixing Chrome raised head fixing screws Y10 3190B WALL FLOOR AND CEILING PLASTIC MASKING PLATES Material Plastic Fixing Clipped with plastic lug Y10
420. lusion within the O amp M manual The specialist contractor will provide a commissioning certificate similar to that detailed in BS5839 prior to handover for inclusion in the manual A service engineers handwritten certificate or similar will not be deemed acceptable PART 2 SELECTION SCHEDULES FOR REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS PART 3 SPECIFICATION CLAUSES SPECIFIC TO W50 300 000 GENERAL 300 010 TYPE OF SYSTEM e Type Analogue Addressable e Standard e BS 5839 1 e Category L Protection of life e L1 systems installed throughout the protected building 300 020 CONNECTION TO LOCAL AUTHORITY FIRE BRIGADE e Private line 300 030 DETECTION ZONES e Show the location of zones by e specially prepared plan of building permanently mounted adjacent to the indicator panel e mimic diagram permanently mounted adjacent to indicator panel 300 035 ALARM ZONES e Show the location of zone by e Specially prepared plan of build permanently mounted adjacent to the indicator panel e Mimic diagram mounted adjacent to indicator panel 300 040 CONTROL SYSTEM e Standard e BS 5839 6 Annex B e BS EN 54 2 and BS EN 54 4 e Analogue addressable 300 060 MONITORING Provide all end of line and other circuit elements to ensure the system is fully monitored to comply with BS 5839 300 080 REMOVAL OF TRIGGER DEVICE Provide precautions against removal of trigger devices e Use trigger devices wired on circuits separated from manual call
421. ly with compression connections to BS EN 1254 2 Pattern In line pattern Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 266 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Components Stainless steel domed air inlet Non return valve with plastic body rubber actuator and stainless steel to plastic seal WRAS approval Y11 2430A SAFETY VALVES TO BS EN ISO 4126 1 COPPER ALLOY SINGLE SPRING Material Bronze or DZR copper alloy body Ends Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Spring type Single spring loaded high lift type Y11 2430B SAFETY VALVES TO BS EN ISO 4126 1 COPPER ALLOY DOUBLE SPRING Material Bronze or DZR copper alloy body Ends Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Spring type Double spring loaded high lift type Y11 2440A DRAIN COCKS THROUGHWAY GLAND COCK Bronze body threaded male to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Tapered plug with square shank for loose lever bolted gland strap and blank cap screwed on hand tight Outlet to accept hose union Y11 2450 DRAIN COCKS SCREWDOWN TO BS 2879 TYPE 1 Bronze body threaded male to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Screw down plug with square shank for loose lever Serrated outlet to accept hosepipe fixed or union pattern Lockshield to accept key Y11 2460 DRAIN COCKS BALL TYPE Bronze or DZR copper alloy body chrome plated DZR ball PTFE seats and stem seals blow out proof stem strap and blank cap screwed on hand tight
422. m These specification clauses are specific to the system concerned and in general make no reference to the Y group clauses BS Appendix The BS Appendix contains a list of all the British and European Standards referred to in the particular system specification 3 APPENDICES The appendices shall consist of some or all of the following Tender Summary A pricing schedule for the system specifications Equipment Schedules Schedules for the equipment specified within the document Reference Specifications Clauses from the Y Group All the reference specifications relevant to all the systems for the job Required clauses are invoked in Part 2 Selection schedules for the reference specifications for each system 4 NON SPECIFICATION CLAUSES User created non Specification Expert clauses may appear within the specification Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION SECTION A INDEX GENERAL CLAUSES Project Particulars Definition Tender Contract Preliminaries Discrepancies in Tender Documents Visit to Site Patented Articles Customs and Excise Duties and Royalties Resources Temporary Works and Services to be Provided by the Sub Coniractor in Consiructing the Sub Contract Works Information Required from the Sub Contractor Responsibilities Services Co Ordination Defects Liability Description of the Works Insurance and In
423. m conveying wastes to the point of connection to the below ground drainage system The installations shall be in accordance with the specification document in accordance with the Building Regulations and relevant British Standards The contractor shall allow for the connection of all above ground drainage wastes to appliances and sanitary ware items Where units are not installed at the time of commissioning the contractor shall cap for future connection PART 2 SELECTION SCHEDULES FOR REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 210 000 PIPELINES 210 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y10 1000 and those detailed below 210 015 SANITARY FITTINGS Comply with work section general clauses reference Y10 1000 and those detailed below e Asschedule reference 210 030 COPPER PIPES AND FITTINGS Fluid Conveyed waste water Copper pipe half hard Class X Uncoated reference Y10 2270A Capillary fittings for copper tubing General potable range reference Y10 2310A Compression fittings for copper tubing Type A compression fittings reference Y10 2320A 210 050 PLASTICS PIPES AND FITTINGS Fluid conveyed waste water Plastics piping systems for water supply Pipes to BS EN 1452 reference Y10 2455A Fittings to BS EN 1452 reference Y10 2475A PVC U fittings to BS 4514 Reference Y10 2490A Plastics piping systems with structured wall pipes for soil and waste discharge within the building structure Pipes to BS EN 1453 ref
424. maintenance and repairs to be carried out Provide means of isolating steam to humidifier when access door is opened Y40 4070 DRAINAGE OF FREE WATER Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 290 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Make provision for free water to be caught collected and drained away Provide U traps on all drains suitable for the negative positive pressure created by the fan Y40 4080A SUPPORT AIR HANDLING UNIT On builders work base Y40 4090 FACTORY TESTS Carry out tests at the factory to measure the following Panel deflection Air leakage test in accordance with HEVAC Guide to Air Handling Unit Leakage Testing Fan running to check rotation and vibration Fan and motor speeds Ratings and Performance to BS EN 13053 Whole unit Fan section Coils Heat recovery sections Damper sections Mixing sections Humidifiers Filter sections Sound attenuation sections Mechanical performance to BS EN 1886 Air leakage test Filter bypass leakage test Mechanical strength test Thermal performance test Acoustic insulation test Air flow performance test in accordance with BS 6583 Motor starting and running currents Fan flow rate and developed pressure using simulated system resistance Component air pressure drops Component water pressure drops Sound power level Vibration measurements Functional test on electrical equipmen
425. manufacturers and be certified as compliant with the Directive Such compliance shall be evidenced by displaying the appropriate CE Mark on the equipment and assemblies Only relevant equipment and assemblies certified as compliant will be permitted under this specification and any substitution put forward must also be compliant with the Directive 300 005 APPROVALS Ensure all water fittings and materials are listed in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory published by WRAS 300 020 INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER S Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 107 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Supply and install Gas fired instantaneous water heater to BS EN 26 Multipoint Water supply Mains 300 080 EXPANSION VESSELS e Standards Supply expansion vessels for unvented hot water supply systems in accordance with the following standards BS 6144 BS 7074 1 BS 7074 2 BS 6920 310 000 WORKMANSHIP 310 020 CONNECTIONS TO TAPS AND APPLIANCES Make final connections to taps and appliances 310 030 WATER HEATER INSTALLATION Comply with manufacturer s instructions and recommendations for the installation of heater Locate heater with adequate surrounding space for service and maintenance 310 040 INSTALLATION OF MIXING VALVES Install thermostatic mixing valves and mechanical mixing valves in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations BS APPENDIX
426. mation controls and building management Building network protocol Part 1 Protocol stack Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 229 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION BS EN 14908 2 2005 Open data communication in building automation controls and building management Control network protocol Part 2 Twisted pair communication BS EN 50065 1 2001 Specification for signalling on low voltage electrical installations in the frequency range 3 kHz to 148 5 kHz Part 1 General requirements frequency bands and electromagnetic disturbances BS EN 50085 1 2005 Cable trunking systems and cable ducting systems for electrical installations Part 1 General requirements BS EN 50085 2 3 2001 Cable trunking and cable ducting systems for electrical installations Part 2 3 Particular requirements for slotted cable trunking systems intended for installation in cabinets Slotted in cabinets BS EN 50160 2000 Voltage characteristics of electricity supplied by public distribution systems BS EN 50174 1 2001 Information technology Cabling installation Part 1 Specification and quality assurance BS EN 50174 2 2001 Information technology Cabling installation Part 2 Installation planning and practices inside buildings BS EN 50174 3 2003 Information technology Cabling installation Part 3 Installation planning and practices outside buildings BS EN 60439 1 1999 Specification for low voltage switc
427. mit Inverter controls Local remote facility Display Make provision for inverter to display externally external and internal faults following a failure Show 1st 2nd and 3rd up sequential faults Provide digital readout to show output frequency Hz reference 1 Hand reference 2 Auto motor current or Amps fault memory Provide volt free remote signalling contacts to indicate common fault running stopped conditions healthy tripped conditions Ensure parameters can be set and fault memory interrogated with door closed and without additional instrumentation Y72 2190B MOTOR CONTROL CENTRE INVERTER MOTOR STARTERS Supply inverters to control speed of standard AC Squirrel cage motors Inverter type Digital PWM Location Motor control centre Control range 0 5 to 120 Hz Power factor 0 95 or better Starting current Not to exceed 1 x FLC Characteristics Ensure acceleration and deceleration ramps are independently adjustable Allow connection to a turning motor without braking to a standstill Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 341 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Allow connection to a reverse windmilling fan without causing tripping and return fan to correct speed Ensure inverters require no additional means for starting Supply inverters that do not require electrical matching to motor Ensure inverters are capable of running motors in parallel
428. mm maximum intervals on trunking that exceeds 1 8 m in length Where junctions occur ensure first clip is not more than 300 mm from junctions Y60 2150A SEPARATE OR MULTI COMPARTMENT TRUNKING Use separate trunking or multi compartment trunking for segregation of services Ensure steel partitions have a provision for connecting a circuit protective conductor Provide separation of wiring for circuits as required by BS 7671 Y60 2170 SUPPORTS AND FIXINGS Provide proprietary suspension systems comprising channel sections with return lips and compatible fixing accessories made of material to BS EN 10162 BS EN 10210 and or slotted angles to BS 4345 Ensure support components for Class 4 conduit have the same finishing method as the conduit carried out after manufacture Ensure components in direct contact with conduit match profile of conduit Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 320 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Ensure all steel components such as studding bolts and steel screws bolts nuts and washers are either cadmium plated and passivated or zinc electroplated to BS 3382 after manufacture Do not use metal fixing components likely to deteriorate and or cause damage through electrolytic action Y60 3010A GENERAL Ensure entire system is electrically and or mechanically continuous to BS 7671 Fire barriers Comply with the requirements of BS 7671 wherever the conduit or t
429. n Ensure that flange mating faces are parallel flange peripheries are flush with each other and bolt holes are correctly aligned Making and Sealing Insert jointing between flange mating faces Pull up joint equally all round Y10 5050 SCREWED JOINTS STEEL PIPES Preparation Ensure that plain ends are cut square Reamer out bore at plain ends Screw plain ends taper thread Making and Sealing Coat male pipe threads with jointing compound and hemp or PTFE tape on small sizes Immediately after applying coating connect with female end of socket or fitting and tighten ensuring that coating does not intrude into pipe Leave joint clean Y10 5060 MECHANICAL JOINTS GROOVED STEEL AND STAINLESS STEEL PIPES Preparation Ensure that cut ends are square free of bumps dents and score marks and are within manufacturer s tolerances Form groove in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations Assemble joint in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Making and Sealing Ensure gasket is suitable for service Thoroughly lubricate gasket externally and internally using manufacturer s recommended lubricant Stretch gasket over pipe end and bring pipe ends together Slide gasket into central position over both pipe ends Position joint half housings over gasket and insert bolts and nuts and electrical continuity clip if required Tighten bolts to manufacturer s instructions Check alignment of joint and pipework Earth continuity
430. n NEXT near end cross talk DC resistance unbalance Mutual capacitance and capacitance to ground Impedance Distance in metres from the relevant patch panel to each outlet Testing in accordance with the manufacturer and TIA EIA ISO and EN standards e Tests carried out on the cat3 or CW1308 cabling to include but not be limited to e Full continuity tests on every conductor e Polarity tests on every pair e Tests carried out on the fibre optic cabling to include but not be limited to optical time domain reflectometer OTDR tests e Where test results are produced by electronic means submit the electronic versions in e CD e DVD e Hard disk e Provide if special software is required to view the results the necessary disks containing the software together with the required user licence s 370 050 TESTING EQUIPMENT List and describe the proposed testing equipment which will be used on site and or in their factory Provide copies of valid calibration certificates for all equipment used for testing to the client or their agents at their premises with reasonable notice Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 236 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Provide sample test result sheets for each of the tests to be carried out 370 060 INSPECTION CHECKS Note during the installation period the client or their agents will make various physical inspections of the installation incl
431. n reference Y11 4020 Location of thermostatic radiator valves reference Y11 4025 Positioning of components Flow pressure measurement valves reference Y11 4030 Double regulating variable orifice valves reference Y11 4040 Control ball valves reference Y11 4045 Control components Vent cocks reference Y11 4060 Expansion devices reference Y11 4090 Expansion compensators reference Y11 4100 Flexible connections installation reference Y11 4110 Terminal unit connections installation reference Y11 4120 200 DIRECT ACTING SAFETY VALVES TO BS EN ISO 4126 1 e Copper alloy e Single spring reference Y11 2430A e Double spring reference Y11 2430B 210 DRAIN COCKS WRAS approved Kitemark certified Throughway gland cock type Reference Y11 2440A Screwdown to BS 2879 type 1 reference Y11 2450 Ball type reference Y11 2460 220 VENT COCKS Kitemark certified Two way gland cock type reference Y11 2470 Ball type reference Y11 2480 Three way gland cock type reference Y11 2490 230 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS e Float type e Reference Y11 2510A 211 260 EXPANSION ARRANGEMENTS DEVICES e Expansion loops e Copper reference Y11 2620 e Expansion compensators e Axial bellows e Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2630A e Flanged to BS EN 1092 1 reference Y11 2630B Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 102 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE
432. n Ideally these will be demonstrated on a computer but if not colour slides printed off will suffice The operation of the graphics shall be decided at this stage and then reviewed in a subsequent review meeting once they have been programmed onto a computer before loading onto the site system The contractor shall provide a full schedule of proposed control set points for discussion and comment prior to commencing on the programming of the control software The necessary sensors and control logic shall be installed to allow the points to be logged and monitored Where the plant is controlled against in room conditions the controls system shall utilise in room wall mounted sensors Return air sensors shall only be used where it is deemed that the use of wall sensors will be impeded by the room use Where adjustable sensors are to be used such as adjustable room thermostats the sensors shall not display a temperature scale but instead shall display a and symbol Control of the in room ventilation and heating systems etc shall be as described in the relevant sections of this document above Inverters Valves and Control Equipment The specialist controls contractor shall provide all inverters valves and control equipment sensors probes pockets etc to enable the system to operate as described in this document Valves pockets Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 55 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL
433. n identity size colour coding and details of each piece of plant and equipment The detailed general arrangements to one twentieth scale of service subways ducts meter rooms or other special sections of the work where in the opinion of the Supervising Officer the small scale drawings cannot provide and adequate record Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 6 March 2013 21 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION xi xii xiii xiv Xv xvi xvii Manufacturer s drawings showing the general arrangement and assembly of component parts of all machines and any pieces of equipment which may require servicing Flow diagrams indicating the principles of the arrangements and operation of each of the various services as related to central plant other principal components and zoning of distribution etc Diagrams illustrating the principles of automatic controls and of instruments presented in combination with the foregoing or separately as agreed with the Supervising Officer Location of all earth tapes earth electrodes and test points In conjunction with schedules of location and detail and reference voltage and wattage of all lighting fittings Comprehensive electrical diagrams or sets of diagrams which shall show Size type and length to within one meter of each main and sub main cable together with the measured conductor and earth continuity resistance o
434. n 18 as appropriate Use flexible joints as shown on drawings on fan inlet outlets and on building expansion joints Comply with BS 476 6 BS 476 7 BS 476 20 BS 476 21 BS 476 22 BS 476 23 and BS 476 24 Y30 3120A BIRD WIRE GUARDS Fit bird screens of 13mm square mesh wire on all intake and extract louvres to atmosphere Wire gauge to be not less than 1mm Finish Plastic coated wire Y30 4010 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP Install ductwork in accordance with DW 144 DW 154 and DW 191 as appropriate Ensure that there are no sharp edges or corners on cut edges on ductwork flanges and supports Install pre insulated ductwork in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Y30 4020 DUCTWORK SUPPORTS Support ductwork in accordance with DW 144 Part Six Section 19 DW 154 Part 5 or DW 191 Section Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 286 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 7 as appropriate Install supports to ensure insulation can be applied unless otherwise indicated Y30 4025 COMPONENT SUPPORT ON PRE INSULATED ALUMINIUM DUCTWORK Support ducts with dimensions less than 1m at intervals of no more than 4m Support ducts with dimensions over 1m at intervals of no more than 2m Provide independent support for all accessories Y30 4030A DUCT SUPPORT FOR VAPOUR SEAL CONTINUITY Where a vapour seal is required use method of support detailed on drawing as indicated Y30 4040
435. n accordance with BS EN 60073 Y72 2110A CONTACTOR CONTROL RELAYS Standard BS EN 60947 5 1 install relays in contactor enclosure Relay enclosure protection to BS EN 60529 Compatible with contactor enclosure Y72 2120A CONTROL AND INDICATOR LIGHT CIRCUIT FUSES Provide in contactor enclosure separate low voltage fuse bases fuse carriers and cartridge fuses for protection of control circuits and indicator light circuits Fuses Fully shrouded impact resistant moulded plastic fuse bases and carriers in accordance with BS EN 60269 BS 88 Supply category gG cartridge fuses to BS EN 60269 BS 88 Y72 2130A MOTOR STARTERS MOTORS BELOW 0 37 KW Provide fuses or circuit breakers for motors below 0 37 kW Y72 2130B MOTOR STARTERS MOTORS OF 0 37KW AND ABOVE Provide starters incorporating overcurrent protection for motors of 0 37kW and above Provide starter with manual reset adjustable inverse time delay and ambient temperature compensated thermal overcurrent release to BS EN 60947 4 1 Ensure overcurrent release is compatible with starting accelerating and running characteristics of motor starter and driven machine combination Use phase unbalance protection on three phase equipment Y72 2140 CURRENT LIMITING MOTOR STARTERS Use static type thyristor voltage control starter to provide reduced current starting Provide adjustable ramp times Provide contactor for switching and disconnector for isolation Provide details of harm
436. n all illuminated exit signs Illuminate exit emergency exit and escape route signs so that they are legible at all times by e lamps contained within sign 320 000 WORKMANSHIP 320 010 INSTALLATION Install test and commission emergency lighting system in accordance with BS 5266 1 and BS EN 50172 320 020 SELF CONTAINED LUMINAIRES Ensure self contained luminaires are not installed where temperatures are likely to exceed manufacturers recommended maximum Ensure fluorescent luminaires are not used at temperatures below that specified by manufacturer 320 030 EQUIPMENT Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations V41 STREET AREA FLOOD LIGHTING PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 010 PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES The contractor shall install test commission and demonstrate the new external lighting scheme for the building and the external areas affected by this contract so provide lighting to the surrounding areas and security lighting to the building in accordance with this specification document and the employer s requirement documents 100 030 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The lighting is to be provided by a combination of building mounted luminaires coloumns and bollards 100 040 CONTROL REQUIREMENTS The external lighting is to be controlled via a timeclock photocell and contactor arrangement so that the lighting can be programmed to come on between defined periods and when there is insufficient daylight present T
437. n gate valves BS EN 1213 2000 Building valves Copper alloy stopvalves for potable water supply in buildings Tests and requirements BS EN 12334 2001 Industrial valves Cast iron check valves BS EN 1254 1 1998 Copper and copper alloys Plumbing fittings Part 1 Fittings with ends for capillary soldering or capillary brazing to copper tubes Replaces BS 864 2 1983 which remains current BS EN 1254 2 1998 Copper and copper alloys Plumbing fittings Part 2 Fittings with compression ends for use with copper tubes BS EN 1254 3 1998 Copper and copper alloys Plumbing fittings Part 3 Fittings with compression ends for use with plastics pipes Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 137 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION BS EN 13789 2002 Industrial valves Cast iron globe valves BS EN 13828 2003 Building valves Manually operated copper alloy and stainless steel ball valves for potable water supply in buildings Tests and requirements BS EN 1984 2000 Industrial valves Steel gate valves BS EN 442 1 1996 Specification for radiators and convectors Part 1 Technical specifications and requirements BS EN 442 2 1997 Specification for radiators and convectors Part 2 Test methods and rating BS EN 442 3 2003 Specification for radiators and convectors Part 3 Evaluation of conformity BS EN 593 2004 Industrial valves Metallic butterfly valves U10 GENERAL VENTILATION in
438. nagement 310 090 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SYSTEM SOFTWARE Ensure that IT industry standard operating systems are used Ensure that copies of all BMS vendor specific software are held by an independent third party and that this software can be released to the client Ensure that the ESCROW Agreement is completed and signed Ensure that licences to use software applications are owned by the Client e Use communications protocol to BS EN 14908 e Provide application software written in accordance with BS 7649 310 093 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CHOICE OF CONTROL STRATEGY Ensure that the selected control strategies are appropriate for the building services systems and their intended application Ensure that selected control strategies are robust and not over complex Where a novel control strategy is to be implemented ensure that testing evaluation is performed to confirm its suitability Ensure that wherever possible selected control strategies are those provided in the BSRIA Library of System Control Strategies AG 7 98 310 095 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DESIGN FOR COMMISSIONABILITY Ensure that the BMS specification details required for commissioning are made available to the BMS commissioning engineer Ensure that all field controllers sensors and controlled devices are easily accessible and can be removed for testing and future maintenance Liaise with the mechanical contractor to ensure that air handling units are provided with ap
439. nated Part 3 Copper alloy flanges BS EN 1171 2002 Industrial valves Cast iron gate valves BS EN 12007 2 2000 Gas supply systems Pipelines for maximum operating pressure up to and including 16 bar Part 2 Specific functional recommendations for polyethylene MOP up to and including 10 bar BS EN 12007 3 2000 Gas supply systems Pipelines for maximum operating pressure up to and including 16 bar Part 3 Specific functional recommendations for steel BS EN 12007 4 2000 Gas supply systems Pipelines for maximum operating pressure up to and including 16 bar Part 4 Specific functional recommendations for renovation BS EN 1213 2000 Building valves Copper alloy stopvalves for potable water supply in buildings Tests and requirements BS EN 12279 2000 Gas supply systems Gas pressure regulating installations on service lines Functional requirements BS EN 12327 2000 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 121 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Gas supply systems Pressure testing commissioning and decommissioning procedures Functional requirements BS EN 1254 1 1998 Copper and copper alloys Plumbing fittings Part 1 Fittings with ends for capillary soldering or capillary brazing to copper tubes Replaces BS 864 2 1983 which remains current BS EN 1254 2 1998 Copper and copper alloys Plumbing fittings Part 2 Fittings with compression ends for use with copper tubes
440. nc coated steel reference Y50 3180 Flanges and valves reference Y50 3210 Liners reference Y50 3220 Installation where insulation is carried through pipeline support Reference Y50 3230A Installation where insulation is not carried through pipeline support reference Y50 3240 Liquid vapour barriers reference Y50 3260 Integrity of vapour barriers reference Y50 3270 250 110 WORKMANSHIP EQUIPMENT INSULATION General reference Y50 3010 Installation of insulation on tanks reference Y50 3090 Installation of mineral wool insulation on vessels reference Y50 3100 Installation of phenolic foam insulation on vessels reference Y50 3110 Installation of protection Polyisobutylene PIB reference Y50 3120 Sheet metal finish Reference Y50 3140A Aluminium sheeting reference Y50 3170 Aluminium zinc coated steel reference Y50 3180 Integrity of vapour barriers reference Y50 3270 251 000 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SERVICES 251 010 GENERAL Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 93 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Comply with work section general clauses reference Y51 1000 and those detailed below 251 030 STATIC TESTING Pressure testing General reference Y51 2010 Water mains reference Y51 2040 Provide an air compressor and subject the pipework to sectional testing by air at low pressure not exceeding 5 bars before commencing an
441. nce Y73 4160 Suspension by rod reference Y73 4170 Connections to luminaires reference Y73 4220 e Rod or chain suspension reference Y73 4280 e Chain e Cadmium plated steel reference Y73 2260A e Installation Suspension reference Y73 4160 Suspension by chain reference Y73 4180 Connections to luminaires reference Y73 4220 e Rod or chain suspension reference Y73 4280 e Flexible cord e Reference Y73 2270A e Installation Suspension reference Y73 4160 Suspension by flexible cord reference Y73 4190 e Wall brackets e Reference Y73 2280A e Installation Installation of wall mounted fittings reference Y73 4050 e Height 2M to centre line e Ball and socket reference Y73 2290 e Installation Suspension reference Y73 4160 Suspension by ball and socket reference Y73 4200 e Wire rope reference Y73 2295 e Installation Suspension reference Y73 4160 274 000 ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRICAL SERVICES 274 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y74 1000 and those detailed below e Supply accessories for electrical services in accordance with schedule reference V20 and as found in the appendices of this specification PART 3 SPECIFICATION CLAUSES SPECIFIC TO V21 300 000 GENERAL Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 166 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 300 030 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY Ensure all equipment and systems are installed t
442. nd where possible arrange overlaps to fall on blind side Ensure overlaps are neat and even and parallel to circumferential and longitudinal joints Y50 3020 INSTALLATION OF FOIL FACED MINERAL WOOL INSULATION ON PIPEWORK Ensure joints are close butted together Secure overlaps with adhesive or matching class O tape a minimum of 50mm wide on both longitudinal and circumferential butt joints Insulate fittings to same standard as adjacent pipework and use mitred segments where necessary taped as above Where a vapour seal or fibre containment is required tape exposed insulation membrane and return to pipe surface Where insulation abuts pipe support inserts that have integral vapour barriers seal using class O foil tape to continue vapour barrier or containment Y50 3060 INSTALLATION OF FOIL FACED SEMI RIGID SLAB INSULATION ON DUCTWORK Secure the insulation with adhesive in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations Use insulation hangers spaced at maximum 300mm centres on the underside of ducts Cut slabs so that the top and bottom pieces overlap the sides Seal joints and pin penetrations using 100mm wide class O aluminium foil tape Where cut outs for test holes etc occur tape over insulation membrane and return to the duct surface Where insulation abuts duct support inserts that have integral vapour barriers seal using class O foil tape to continue vapour barrier Y50 3070 INSTALLATION OF FOIL FACED FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK
443. nd BS EN 50172 Y81 2130 CALIBRATION Provide current certificates of calibration for all instruments used during test procedures Record particular instrument identity on record sheets Y81 2140A CERTIFICATION AND REPORTING Complete and hand over to the Client a Completion and Inspection Certificate to BS 7671 Appendix 6 for New Installation or Altered or Added Installation as appropriate Y81 2150A INSTALLATION CERTIFICATES Provide installation certificates for electrical installations in accordance with BS 7671 IEE Regulations Record details of departures from BS 7671 IEE Wiring Regulations on certificate Provide copies of calculations justifying departure from BS 7671 IEE Wiring Regulations and attach to certificates Y81 2160 RECORDS Record all results and instrument readings on approved Record Sheets and hand over to the client two copies for each inspection and test Hand over copies of complete Record Sheets to e Client Provide copies of Record Sheets e 2 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 362 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y81 3010 CONDUCTIVE PARTS Test conductive parts simultaneously accessible with exposed conductive parts of extraneous conductive parts Establish that they are either not an extraneous conductive part or that they are reliably connected by metal to main equipotential bonding Confirm conductive parts which are no
444. nd Safety Executive Guidance Notes Y54 2100A SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION INSTALLATION CHARTS PERSPEX GLAZED FRAME System Schematics Supply and fix a referenced schematic diagram or diagrams of all systems as installed including equipment and ancillary schedules Show scheduled information on diagram Identify all items by appropriate reference characters Control Schematics Supply and fix a referenced schematic diagram or diagrams of all control systems as installed including equipment and ancillary schedules Show scheduled information on diagram Identify all items by appropriate reference characters Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 317 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Location Fix in each boiler house calorifier room plant room or equipment room Finish Perspex sheet glazing with surrounding frame and mounting attachments Y60 CONDUIT AND TRUNKING Y60 1000 GENERAL 1010 STANDARDS Provide conduit and cable trunking in accordance with the relevant British Standards and in particular the requirements of BS 7671 Requirements for Electrical Installations The IEE Wiring Regulations Y60 2010B CONDUIT SYSTEMS METAL RIGID CLASS 4 e Fittings e 2020A RIGID CONDUIT SYSTEM METALLIC CONDUIT Use couplers to match conduit grade and finish Use solid couplers to join lengths of conduit Conduit fittings and adaptable boxes Material Malleable iron adaptab
445. ndicated operating cycles per hour Incorporate adjustable time delay contactor relays to control starter resistor short circuiting contactors having electrical endurance compatible with starter contactors Ensure starting sequence activated on voltage restoration Y72 2190A CONTROL PANEL INVERTOR MOTOR STARTERS Supply inverters to control speed of standard AC Squirrel cage motors Inverter type Digital PWM Location Control panel Control range 0 5 to 120 Hz Power factor 0 95 or better Starting current Not to exceed 1 x FLC Characteristics Ensure acceleration and deceleration ramps are independently adjustable Allow connection to a turning motor without braking to a standstill Allow connection to a reverse windmilling fan without causing tripping and return fan to correct speed Ensure inverters require no additional means for starting Supply inverters that do not require electrical matching to motor Ensure inverters are capable of running motors in parallel EMC characteristics to BS EN 61800 Mains interruption Ensure inverter does not cause tripping through a mains interruption of 200 msec Protection Ensure inverter incorporates the following protection to cause electronic shut down without operating circuit protective devices Motor phase to phase fault motor phase to earth fault overvoltage undervoltage inverter overheat motor overheat loss of control signal loss of auxiliary control voltage current li
446. ng The contractor shall allow for all necessary works to provide this link and allow access to the full suite of front end operatiopns from the existing main campus buildings The new system is to be a TREND based system The contractor shall allow for providing a control panel to serve the new building plant and installations and this shall be interfaced back to the existing BMS system The contractor shall allow for providing graphics for the new systems to cover the new building and to prove all operations are correct at time of hand over on both the new and existing sites The BMS shall allow the set time schedule settings or set points to be varied and the internal conditions or plant conditions can be monitored and adjusted from ther PC front end In addition any Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 54 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION faults or alarm raised by the system shall be generated at the front end and hard copies printed off by the associated printer unit It is proposed that the BMS system shall be graphic based and simple to operate and that the college shall have input into the final graphic arrangements The BMS system shall be network based to allow the front end to be viewed across any computer in the campus if required via the data network The following provides a brief overview of the functions that shall be performed by the BMS system Time clock schedules p
447. nish Natural Y10 2350A CAST IRON PIPES AND FITTINGS TO BS 416 1 Material Cast grey or ductile iron Standard BS 416 1 spun Dimensions BS 416 1 Ends Socket type A or B Finish Hot dipped to BS 416 1 Y10 2370A CAST IRON PIPES TO BS 437 FOR FLEXIBLE JOINTS Material Cast iron Standard BS 437 Dimensions BS 437 Ends For flexible joint to BS EN 877 Finish Hot dipped to BS 437 Y10 2380A CAST IRON FITTINGS TO BS 437 FOR FLEXIBLE JOINTS Material Cast iron Standard BS 437 sand cast Size range 50mm to 225mm Dimensions BS 437 figures 1 to 66 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 240 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Ends For flexible joints to BS EN 877 Finish Hot dipped to BS 437 Y10 2390A RED CAST IRON PIPES AND FITTINGS TO BS EN 877 Material Cast iron Standard BS EN 877 Dimensions BS EN 877 table 1 Ends Plain Finish Red epoxy Y10 2390B GREY CAST IRON PIPES AND FITTINGS TO BS EN 877 Material Cast iron Standard BS EN 877 Dimensions BS EN 877 table 1 Ends Plain Finish Grey epoxy Y10 2410A FLANGED DUCTILE IRON PIPES AND FITTINGS TO BS EN 545 Material Ductile iron Standard BS EN 545 Dimensions Flanged class K9 Ends Flanged Finish External zinc rich with polyethylene sleeving extruded polyethylene extruded polypropylene or polyurethane In
448. nnection to fan coil units grille plenum boxes supports etc In addition vapour seal and thermal insulation must be continued through building structures The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the installations by other trades and in particular ceiling contractors does not obscure the required access to the services installations The location and selection of grilles in areas such as spa and beauty salons shall require careful consideration of selection and location due to the need to elliminate all draughts and occupant discomfort due to any major differences in supply and room air temperatures As such the grille selection and supply air temperatures shall be suitably chosen to suit the CIBSE recommendations for draughts in such specialist areas The contractor design shall take full account of secondary regenerated noise within the ductwork systems The design shall assess the risk and include the necessary measures to remove the risk such as secondary ductwork attenuators in addition to main attenuators double volume control dampers on the first number of branches after the fan to avoid excessive pressure being removed at Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 52 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION one single damper etc Secondary regenerated noise can be assessed and designed out at design stage and therefore any occurrences on site will not be accepted and will n
449. nsion devices reference Y11 4090 Expansion compensators reference Y11 4100 Flexible connections installation reference Y11 4110 Terminal unit connections installation reference Y11 4120 21 210 DRAIN COCKS WRAS approved Kitemark certified Throughway gland cock type Reference Y11 2440A Screwdown to BS 2879 type 1 reference Y11 2450 Ball type reference Y11 2460 211 220 VENT COCKS e Kitemark certified e Two way gland cock type reference Y11 2470 e Ball type reference Y11 2480 211 230 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS e Float type e Reference Y11 2510A 225 000 CLEANING AND CHEMICAL TREATMENT 225 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y25 1000 and those detailed below 225 040 PRELIMINARY CHECKS e Reference Y25 2030A 225 050 PROCEDURAL PRECAUTIONS e Reference Y25 2040A e Including taking samples reference Y25 2040B 225 070 MONITORING AND SAMPLING Monitoring reference Y25 2070A Remote location Sampling reference Y25 2070B Sampling kits reference Y25 2070C 225 085 AVOIDANCE OF STAGNANT WATER IN PRESSURISATION UNIT EXPANSION VESSELS e Reference Y25 2090 225 090 FLUSHING Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 91 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e BSRIA Application Guide 1 2001 reference Y25 3010A e System filling Temporary connection from mains in compliance with the Water Supply Water Fittings
450. nstallation and Use Regulations 1998 Safety in the installation and use of gas systems and appliances L56 e Pipelines Safety Regulations 1996 Design construction and installation of gas service pipes L81 e IGE TD 4 Gas services e IGE UP 2 Gas installation pipework boosters and compressors on industrial and commercial premises e IGE UP 11 Gas in educational establishments e IGE GM 4 Flow metering practice e IGE GM 5 The installation and use of electronic gas meter conversion systems Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 118 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION IGE GM 6 Specifications for low pressure diaphragm amp rotary displacement meter installations IGE GM 7 Electrical connections to gas meters IGE GM 8 Non domestic gas meter installations 310 000 PRODUCTS MATERIALS 310 030 SOLENOID OPERATED VALVES Application gas supplies Plant rooms Provide an automatic shut off valve with 24hr battery back up to incoming supply The valve shall be installed downstream of the manual emergency control valve at gas entry to the building The valve shall be hard wired and closure shall be by operation of either a thermal link located above each burner or one of the push buttons located at each exit from the plant room and kitchen Operation of the valve shall raise an alarm at the central control system Valve shall also be operated by the fire alarm activiation e
451. nt e Electrical supply e Three phase reference Y71 1020A e Single phase reference Y71 1020B e LV switchgear and controlgear assembly e Cubicle switchboard reference Y71 2010A e Details of equipment e As shown on drawing schedules refer to tender drawings e Assembly construction e Wall mounted reference Y71 2020B e Access for cabling Front top bottom or rear e Front top or bottom to suit location installed Rear entry cables will not be possible due to panel being wall mounted e Enclosures finish e Reference Y71 2030A Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 154 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Type tests e Reference Y71 2040A e Site built assemblies reference Y71 2060 e Site modification reference Y71 2070 271 050 CIRCUIT BREAKERS TRANSFER SWITCHES AND CONTROL AND PROTECTIVE SWITCHES e Type All e Manufacturer and reference refer to manufacturers schedules e Or approved equivalent e Characteristics of circuit breakers transfer switches and control and protective switches e As shown on drawings schedules refer to distribution board schedules e Number of poles As indicated on drawings and distribution board schedules e Rated operational current Amps As indicated on drawings and detailed in DB schedules e Short circuit characteristics rated service short circuit breaking current Amps MCCBs shall be 25KA minimun amp MCBs shall be 15KA minim
452. nterval across 24 hours referenced against date time The data shall be downloaded by the contractor s controls specialist and shall be issued to Waterman Building Services Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 56 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION in hard copy paper at the end of each month within 5 working days of the last day of the month failure to do so will affect release of retentions and each monitored point shall be shall be tabulated against time for cross referencing In this fashion the operation of the building post practical completion can be monitored The minimum number of points to be monitored are as follows however Waterman Building Services reserves the right to increase the list at a later stage DX system enable signals Heating control valve open settings External temperature Internal temperatures in all rooms excluding cleaners rooms stores rooms stairways Gas boiler and biomass enable periods for each module All heating system flow and return temperatures PV cell meter readings Air handling unit supply air temperatures Common extract fan enable periods 10 Gas water and electricity meter readings on a daily basis 11 Calorifier system temperature 12 Biomass boiler buffer vessel temperature OMONOARWN gt 13 Alarm log 14 Domestic hot water supply temperature 15 Faults 16 VAV box open positions 17 Kitchen extract fan run speed
453. ntractor specialising in the supply and installation of thermal insulation e Use thermal insulation materials supplied by a manufacturer assessed and registered in accordance with BS ISO 9000 2 250 030 MINERAL FIBRE THERMAL INSULATION PIPEWORK Temperature of fluid in pipes C 650C European Classification for Reaction to Fire Performance Class A1 reference Y50 1035A Class A2 reference Y50 1035B Class B reference Y50 1035C Class C reference Y50 1035D Spread of flame as BS 476 7 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 104 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Reference Y50 1050A Smoke emission characteristics Reference Y50 1055A Electrical bonding terminal reference Y50 1080 Inspection and testing reference Y50 1090 Thermal conductivity reference Y50 2010 Thermal performance life expectancy For plant design life reference Y50 2015A Details reference Y50 2015B Restrictions on use of materials reference Y50 2020 Mineral fibre pipe insulation Foil faced reference Y50 2030A Vapour barrier permeance Adhesives reference Y50 2190 Protection Polyisobutylene reference Y50 2200A Flat aluminium zinc coated steel reference Y50 2200C Aluminium sheeting reference Y50 2200E Reinforcement Aluminium bands 300mm centres reference Y50 2210A Valve and flange insulation Thickness table Insulation thickness calculation methods reference
454. nufacturer and reference refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent 320 000 WORKMANSHIP 320 010 WORK ON SITE Ensure that all building works are completed and service connections are provided e By the electrical contractor 320 020 INSTALLATION Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 167 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Install commission and set to work lighting control equipment in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations and BS 7671 Install infra red transmission systems and co ordinate the installation of infra red systems in the same area in accordance with BS 7693 320 030 QUALITY CONTROL Handle store and install equipment and components of the lighting control system in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations e Obtain all equipment and components from a single source Inspect all equipment and components on delivery before fixing and after installation and reject and replace any that are defective Record all commissioning measurements and tests V22 GENERAL LV POWER PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 030 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The contractor shall design install test commission and demonstrate an LV power districution system within the new building in accordance with this specification and the employer s requirement documentation PART 2 SELECTION SCHEDULES FOR REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 260 000 CONDUIT AND TRUNKING 2
455. ny which are defective Record all commissioning measurements and tests 320 040 DOCUMENTATION Provide full documentation to comply with e BS EN 50131 1 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 182 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e BS EN 50134 1 e BS EN 50134 2 e BS EN 50134 3 320 050 MAINTENANCE Prepare maintenance agreement and e Submit for user acceptance e Implement for defects liability period e Implement until Final Certificate issued e Standard e BSEN 50131 1 e BS EN 50134 1 e Emergency maintenance response to time e 4hours e Resetting after alarm e From remote control centre e 4hours 320 060 CABLE INSTALLATION Install cables as required Protect cables from mechanical damage e Standard e BS EN 50131 1 e The protection against mechanical damage using cable containment is to be provided by the electrical contractor e Jointing no joints permitted e Terminations e Crimped e Support intermediate wiring in e Conduit e Steel trunking e All cable containment shall be hidden from view 320 070 PARTIAL OPERATION Commission and set to work before handover of the complete system those parts and areas of the system defined in e Contract drawings 320 080 INSTALLATION SUPERVISOR Nominate the individual to be completely responsible for the installation commissioning and setting to work Provide such details on this indivi
456. o of the manufacturer Note this may be used to verify that the warranty is fully compliant with the above requirements Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 238 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y SECTIONS Y10 PIPELINES Y10 1000 GENERAL e Supply pipes and fittings as specified in work section e Supply pipes and fittings as schedule reference Y10 Pipework e Location 1010 PRE FABRICATED PIPEWORK Supply pre fabricated pipework in accordance with relevant materials and workmanship clauses 1020 FITTINGS For changes in direction use centreline radius nominal bore of not less than 1 5 unless otherwise directed For reductions and enlargements use easy transition type with inclined angle not exceeding 30 degrees 1030 FABRICATED FITTINGS Use only with approval if manufacturer s standard fittings are not available 1040 PIPE JOINTS Obtain approval from Local Water Authority or Water Research Centre for materials used in water supplies Y10 2010B MEDIUM BLACK STEEL PIPES TO BS EN 10255 Material Steel Standard BS EN 10255 Dimensions Medium Random single lengths 4m to 7m Ends Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 taper thread or Plain Finish Varnished Y10 2020A STEEL FITTINGS SCREWED BENDS AND SPRINGS TO BS EN 10255 Material Steel grade seamless Standard BS EN 10255 Size range 6mm to 150mm Dimensions BS EN 10255 medium weigh
457. o BS 1362 Marking Method engraving Mark front plate to indicate equipment served on connection units Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 349 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Conduit and cable entries Threaded entries top bottom or side to suit conduit system Cable termination Manufacturer s standard Y74 2010F ACCESSORIES COMMON REQUIREMENTS SURFACE PLASTIC WEATHERPROOF INSTALLATION Area of installation Exterior Enclosure degree of protection to BS EN 60529 IP 54 Enclosure pattern Surface and weatherproof Accessory mounting Direct to enclosure Enclosure material Impact resistant plastic Enclosure finish Natural or self coloured Coverplate finish all accessories to match Moulded plastic colour as indicated Coverplate pattern Surface type Ancillaries Earthing terminal integral within switch box Neon indicator with red lens illuminated in ON position for connection units Protective shrouds to rocker bars Screwed weathering cap and chain for socket outlets Switch rocker bar colour as indicated Operating keys for key operated switches minimum number 2 Fuses to BS 1362 Conduit and cable entries Threaded entries to suit cable conduit system Cable termination Manufacturer s standard Y74 2010G ACCESSORIES COMMON REQUIREMENTS BRONZE FINISH METAL PLATES GRID FLUSH INSTALLATION Area of installation Interior Enclosure p
458. o ensure that infill is retained and individual acoustic integrity is maintained Construct splitters with manufacturer s standard ends Provide additional stiffening on horizontally mounted splitters Provide infill that is inert fire proof inorganic vermin proof non hygroscopic Material Non combustible mineral wool or glass fibre with minimum density 48 kg m Retain infill by perforated galvanized mild steel sheet Y45 2060B ACOUSTIC SPLITTERS WITH LOW LOSS FAIRINGS Mount splitters vertically or horizontally and fix splitters as shown on drawings Construct splitters to ensure that infill is retained and individual acoustic integrity is maintained Construct splitters with low loss fairings Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 294 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Provide additional stiffening on horizontally mounted splitters Provide infill that is inert fire proof inorganic vermin proof non hygroscopic Material Non combustible mineral wool or glass fibre with minimum density 48 kg m Retain infill by perforated galvanized mild steel sheet Y45 2070A AIR TRANSFER CROSS TALK ATTENUATORS EXTERNAL FLANGES e Fixing Interface with building components Provide attenuators for air transfer and cross talk applications Provide lining that is inert fire proof inorganic vermin proof non hygroscopic Construct casing with lock formed longitudinal join
459. o ensure the effective delivery of the ICT solution to the new college e To work collaboratively with other appointed contractors whom intent to use the common network infrastructure to support converged services e g IP Security IP Telephony and IP enabled PA system e To provide a new secondary IT cable link system to all of the existing on site buildings PART 3 SPECIFICATION CLAUSES SPECIFIC TO W70 300 005 STANDARDS e Provide structured cabling systems in compliance with the following standards e European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation CENELEC European e Note this specification is based on the European Standards e Identify any instances where the proposed solution is only compliant with the above 300 010 AMENDMENTS AND REVISIONS Comply with any published amendments and revisions to standards requirements and recommendations issued up to and including start on site and subsequently where the contractor can reasonably be assumed to be able to comply 300 020 STANDARDS CONTRADICTIONS Confirm that this document has been checked to identify any areas it appears to contradict any of the standards referenced in this document 300 030 STANDARDS Carry out work in accordance with the following standards and all standards that are referenced within e BS EN 50173 1 Information Technology Generic Cabling Systems e BS EN 50174 1 Information Technology Cabling Installation Specification and quality
460. o provide electromagnetic compatibility within the systems and with any other systems installed in the same location 300 040 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM e Type e Supply and install the following systems from Simmtronic using the Specs 3 lighting control system Independent lighting control systems to the areas shown on the system drawings comprising of 1 Lighting control modules LCM s for the easy connection of luminaires 2 Combined prescence photocell detectors suitable for absence detection and regulating photocell 3 Push to make switches in the positions shown on the drawings capable of overriding the presence photocell detectors and dimming the luminaires to the preferred level 4 4 button scene setting panels providing 2 presets and on off facility 5 Area controllers 6 Commissioning by Simmtronic using a laptop to commission the area controllers Prior to installation the contractor is to verify that the proposed lighting control system is compatible with the ballasts installed in the fittings this is to be a final check to ensure no changes in manufacturing information have occurred between the specification being written and the order for equipment being placed 300 060 LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES Supply lighting equipment in accordance with e Schedule located on Waterman Building Services lighting drawing reference WBS 63 GD E01 310 000 PRODUCTS MATERIALS 310 010 LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIPMENT e Ma
461. ogrammable electronic safety related systems Part 7 Overview of techniques and measures BS EN 954 1 1997 Safety of machinery Safety related parts of control systems Part 1 General principles for design BS EN ISO 16484 2 2004 Building automation and control systems Part 2 Hardware BS EN ISO 16484 3 2005 Building automation and control systems Part 3 Functions BS ISO IEC 17799 2005 Information technology Security techniques Code of practice for information security management BS ISO IEC 27001 2005 Information technology Security techniques Information security management systems Requirements W70 STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 010 PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES The contractor shall design install test commission and demonstrate the structured cable installation in accordance with this specificationadn the employer s requirement documents To this end the contractor shall e Engage a specialist to carry out all works described within this work section e Provide a structured cabling system SCS compliant with all clauses contained within this work section e Provide and incorporate all necessary equipment accessories and ancillaries for a complete working structured cabling system If there are any areas of doubt or if any other equipment or ancillary works are required to provide a complete working system it is the responsibility of the contractor to identify the works equipment and components req
462. olar radiation fix sensors to a north facing wall or use solar shields Avoid chimney walls and other walls subject to high internal heat gains Do not install under eaves Do not install above windows Do not install above ventilation extracts Ensure accessibility for inspection verification An alternative to an external mounting is to locate the sensor in the AHU intake duct This should ideally be upstream of the intake damper Where this is not possible it must be a suitable distance before re circulated air and mechanical devices to avoid their effects 320 140 PRESSURE SENSORS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 222 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Pressure general Pressure sensors are affected by orientation The pressure tubes must be provided with a binder point near the device head for test purposes The connection must be fitted with a bypass with a stop valve to avoid overload on one side when manipulating the sensors and to enable zero calibration Isolating valves should also be fitted The sensor should be installed on a vibration free surface or vibration proof base The pressure tapping point must not be located in turbulent air flow Provide 6 x O D upstream and 6 x O D downstream of straight duct or pipe without obstructions Pressure air Probes for measuring static pressure should be installed parallel to the flow The differential pressure mea
463. on and alarm system cables in accordance with BS 5839 1 and the cable manufacturer s recommendations e Run cables point to point without tees or spurs e Design loop load to not exceed 80 of cable capacity e Mark terminals at every point of connection W51 EARTHING AND BONDING PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 010 PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 191 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION The contractor shall design install test commission and demonstrate the earth bondign system to enable the automatic disconnection of electrical supplies in the event of a fault occuring in accordance with this specification and the employer s requirement docuemnts 100 030 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Earthing to be provided in accordance with BS7671 PART 2 SELECTION SCHEDULES FOR REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 280 000 EARTHING AND BONDING COMPONENTS 280 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y80 1000 and those detailed below 280 040 EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDS e Main equipotential bonds e Reference Y80 2090A e Supplementary equipotential bonds e Reference Y80 2100A 280 050 EARTHING e Circuit protective conductors e Reference Y80 2110A e Earthing clamps reference Y80 2120 Earth busbars e Reference Y80 2130A Test links reference Y80 2140 Lugs tags reference Y80 2150 Protective cable terminations reference Y80 2160 Protective conductor
464. on of all cleaning flushing and air testing operations recharge each system with clean water and subject them to sectional hydraulic tests of one and a half times the working pressure e There is to be no loss of pressure for a period of not less than 30 minutes for each test e Testing records reference Y51 2110 e Distribution to WBS 25 040 COMMISSIONING Commissioning codes reference Y51 3020 Commissioning Water distribution Including BSRIA pre commissioning check list Reference Y51 3030A Instruments and gauges Reference Y51 3090A Commissioning records Distribution to WBS For water systems To BSRIA Application Guide 2 89 3 reference Y51 3100B Pre commissioning reference Y51 3120 Commissioning reference Y51 3150 254 000 IDENTIFICATION MECHANICAL 254 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y54 1000 and those detailed below 254 020 PIPEWORK IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2010 254 040 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION e Lettering e Laminated plates multi coloured with outer layer removed for lettering reference Y54 2030B 254 045 GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR USE ON EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS EN 80416 Reference Y54 2035 254 050 VALVE AND COCK IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2040 254 090 INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2080 254 100 DANGER AND WARNING NOTICES Reference Y54 2090 254 110 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION INSTALLATION CHARTS Project No BSD11120 100 6 M
465. onal cable tidy 330 050 TELECOMMUNICATIONS TIE CABLE e Provide telecommunications tie cables as follows e From the incoming Public Telephone Operator PTO frame to the Test Jack Frame e Cable size e 100 pair 330 055 TELECOMMUNICATIONS TIE CABLE PRESENTATION Terminate the tie cable on panels within cabinets or frames as defined later in this work section e Patch panel type e 1U 24 port patch panel e 2U 48 port patch panel e Contractor to advise Separate the patch panels by 1U cable tidies such that each cable tidy is followed by not more than 48 outlets followed by a 1U cable tidy and so on i e one cable tidy per 48 outlets plus one additional cable tidy 350 000 PATCH CORDS AND FLY LEADS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 234 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Utilise patch cords to patch the required services to the required outlets within both the Floor and Building Distributors Note fly leads are utilised to provide the final connection from the user outlet to the end device e Type e Copper 350 010 COPPER PATCH CORDS AND FLY LEADS Provide copper patch cords and fly leads composed of stranded not solid conductors and be provided with factory fitted RJ45 plugs e Colours e LAN grey e WLAN green e Voice services blue e Essential services red e Servers yellow 350 030 PATCH CORD INSTALLATION Install the following patch cor
466. onfirm that the following plant commissioning has been performed before commencing the final BMS commissioning Water systems The system is cleaned and flushed to remove any debris All regulating isolating and control valves in place and operating correctly That all flow measuring devices are in place and in the correct location for accurate measurement including pressure tappings The system is vented That the proportional balancing is completed to obtain the branch flow rates in the correct ratio to each other or through the use of and setting of self balancing valves That the pump flow rate has been adjusted to provide the specified flow rate Air systems Debris has been removed from the air distribution system That dampers are in the correct location and fully functional That fire smoke dampers open Test holes have been drilled and sealed with removable plugs That in situ flow measuring devices have been installed Ductwork air leakage testing has been performed if specified Completion of proportional balancing of regulating dampers so that terminals share the air flow in the correct proportions Regulation of the fan s to provide the specified flow rate Packaged equipment Ensure that plant and controls have been fully commissioned and are functional ready for integration with other plant systems That control equipment inputs outputs are in the specified format for connection to the main control system
467. onic distortion content prior to ordering Y72 2150 DIRECT ON LINE MOTOR STARTERS Use direct on line starter to BS EN 60947 4 1 with single phase motors and three phase motors Y72 2160 STAR DELTA MOTOR STARTERS Use star delta starter to BS EN 60947 4 1 with three phase motors Incorporate adjustable time delay contactor relays to control star delta changeover ensuring electrical endurance compatible with starter contactors Ensure starting sequence activated on voltage restoration Y72 2170A AUTO TRANSFORMER MOTOR STARTERS Use auto transformer starter to BS EN 60947 4 1 with three phase motors Provide 2 step closed transition auto transformers suitable for 3 operating cycles per hour Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 340 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Provide auto transformers with three tappings for selection of motor starting voltage Arrange tappings to limit motor starting current to 80 per cent 65 per cent and 50 per cent of full voltage starting current Incorporate adjustable time delay contactor relays to control automatic changeover from selected reduced voltage to full voltage having an electrical endurance compatible with starter contactors Ensure starting sequence activated on voltage restoration Y72 2180A STATOR ROTOR MOTOR STARTERS Use stator rotor starter to BS EN 60947 4 1 with three phase motors Provide starter resistors suitable for i
468. onnections Enabled and disabled sensors Fire plan configuration Address locations Fault status to be provided and printed e Fault log e Disablement to indicate as a fault e Point isolated status e Zone isolated status to be indiacted as a fault e Non fire event status to be printed and recorded e Non fire log e Zone alarm status e Zone fault status e Clear display function for non fire events e Print via menu system e Alarm status e Alarm log e System events all e Event log e Event log capacity 500 e Current fault and warning logs 500 e Weekly system audible and visible warning test BS 5839 1 310 140 LINE ISOLATOR MODULE e Standard e BS EN 54 2 e BS EN 50130 4 Derive power from addressable loop Visible LED indicator that module has tripped Maximum of 15 devices per short circuit device Maximum of 7 units per loop 310 145 SHORT CIRCUIT ISOLATORS e Standard Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 190 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e BS EN 54 17 e Visual indicator 310 150 VISIBLE ALARMS e Standard e BSEN 54 2 e BS EN 50130 4 e Audio visual alarm unit to be provided as indicated on tender drawings e Flashing e Loop powered e Analogue addressable 320 000 WORKMANSHIP 320 010 QUALITY CONTROL Handle store and install equipment and components of the fire detection and alarm system in accordance with BS 5839 and the m
469. ons paragraph 514 note that a lighting sub circuit switch wire is a phase conductor in a single phase circuit All single phase final sub circuit phase wiring coded Brown Y82 2230 CABLE JOINTING AND TERMINATION Connect all cables in the installation so that the correct sequence of phase rotation is maintained throughout Where straight through joints are approved joint medium voltage conductors as they lie ensuring their complete length is phased out on completion Ensure connections at terminations of MV cables are made in the correct phase rotation and ensure cable conductor termination marking if any complies with this phase sequence Where straight through joints are approved on low voltage cables whether power cables or control or auxiliary cables joint conductors strictly in accordance with their colour or numeric coding Where such joints are approved on mineral insulated or other non coded conductor cables identify each core at the joint and make the joint core to core Y82 2240A CABLE SHEATH IDENTIFICATION INTERNAL Use to identify coloured cables sheaths for various services as follows Fire alarm red Clock circuits brown Telecommunications grey Data as system suppliers requirements Control black LV black LV mineral insulated orange MV red Code cables for various services using alpha numeric symbols as follows Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 366 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRIC
470. ontractor Adjustments to the Contract Sum No addition will be made to the contract Sum if the contractor has failed to ascertain before tendering all the requirements for carrying out the works which inspection of the site or of the Specification and Tender drawings would have disclosed No change will be made to the contract Sum unless the variation is authorised by an instruction from the Supervising Officer Within 14 days of the date of issue by the Supervising Officer of an instruction varying the content of the contract works agree with the Quantity Surveyor the order of value of the variation submitting documentary support where necessary Thereafter proceed diligently with the Quantity Surveyor to agree the final price Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 27 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A1 13 5 A1 13 6 for the variation Variations shall be valued in accordance with the appropriate Clause of the Contract If you require work to be valued on a Daywork basis the Supervising Officer s permission must be obtained before work commences Submit two copies of Daywork sheets to the Supervising Officer for examination and signature during the week following the week in which the work is done Include on the Daywork Sheet the Instruction Number details of other documentation the location of the work and the full details of the labour plant and materials
471. opies of the O amp M manuals are provided at handover Ensure that the O amp M manual is properly indexed Ensure that terminology and references are consistent with the physical identification of component parts Ensure that the O amp M manual includes the following and is included in the site health and safety file A written description of plant operation Control strategy logic diagrams recording the final version of configuration software installed at handover Details of system application software configuration A points list including hard and soft points all points should have a unique mnemonic A description of user adjustable points Commissioning record details Detailed data sheets for all control components and equipment Wiring circuit details including origin route and destination of each cable Basic security access to the system Comprehensive instructions for switching on operation switching off isolation fault finding and procedures for dealing with emergency conditions Instructions for any precautionary measures necessary Instructions for the routine operation of the control system including simple day to day guidance for those operating the control system with limited technical skill Instructions for servicing and system upkeep A provision for update and modification Ensure that the O amp M manual includes comprehensive system operating instructions 360 050 POST HANDOVER CHECKS Ensure that the fo
472. oposals shall include the Contractor s proposed Field Staff Organisation Chart showing lines of responsibility within the field staff and reporting lines of authority with key Head Office Managers Directors with particular regard to Safety Quality Project Controls and Project Management The above information does not in any way relieve the contractor of the obligations to provide suitable and adequate management to complete the works The Contractor shall supply all the necessary labour both skilled and unskilled required to carry out the Contract and during the execution of the Contract shall observe those conditions of employment which have been agreed between the Employer s Federation and the Trade Unions concerned to apply to the place and circumstances in which these works are to be carried out Additional nett overtime costs shall only be permitted as extra when specifically authorised by the Supervising Officer in writing for special or emergency Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 6 March 2013 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A1 9 3 A1 9 4 A1 9 5 A1 9 6 A1 9 7 purposes Overtime working for any purpose necessary for normal building organisation such as that necessary to keep to programme encouragement or working to provide continuity of working in certain trades or to facilitate trade waiting on trade etc shall not be regarded as special or emergency purpo
473. or insulation thickness of plastic pipework of the nearest equivalent outside diameter Y50 2420 PROTECTION AGAINST FREEZING MINERAL WOOL e Indoor condition is for ambient air temperature of 60C permitted ice formation of 50 e Outdoor condition is for ambient air temperature of 100C permitted ice formation of 50 Y50 2450 ENVIRONMENTAL THICKNESS ON WARM AIR DUCTWORK Y50 2460 CONDENSATION CONTROL ON CHILLED AIR DUCTWORK MINERAL WOOL Minimum insulation thickness for condensation control on ductwork carrying chilled air in ambient conditions indoor still air temperature 25 C relative humidity 80 dew point temperature 21 23 C Y50 3010 GENERAL Carry out thermal insulation work using one of the scheduled firms employing skilled craftsmen conversant with class of work Do not apply thermal insulation until installation has been fully tested and all joints proved sound Ensure all materials are kept dry Ensure all pipework surfaces are dry before the installation of thermal insulation Insulate each unit separately Do not enclose adjacent units together Ensure there is clearance between insulated pipes Application Apply insulants facings coatings and protection strictly in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Finish Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 304 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Neatly finish joints corners edges and overlaps a
474. or polyurethane to BS EN 15189 Internal high alumina cement mortar Y10 2420B DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS TO BS EN 598 Material Ductile iron Standard BS EN 598 Dimensions Spigot socket table 11 Ends Spigot or socket Finish External zinc rich with polyethylene sleeving extruded polyethylene extruded polypropylene or polyurethane to BS EN 15189 Internal high alumina cement mortar Y10 2455A PLASTICS PIPING SYSTEMS FOR WATER SUPPLY PIPES TO BS EN 1452 Material Unplasticised polyvinyl chloride PVC U Standard BS EN 1452 2 Dimensions Length manufacturer s standard range BS EN 1452 2 tables 1 2 3 4 and 5 Ends Plain elastomeric ring seal socket and spigot or socket and spigot for solvent cement Finish Grey blue or cream Y10 2475A PLASTICS PIPING SYSTEMS FOR WATER SUPPLY FITTINGS TO BS EN 1452 Material Unplasticised polyvinyl chloride PVC U Standard BS EN 1452 3 Size range 12mm to 315mm Dimensions Length manufacturer s standard range BS EN 1452 2 tables 1 2 3 4 and 5 Ends Plain elastomeric ring seal socket and spigot or socket and spigot for solvent cement Finish Grey Y10 2490A UNPLASTICIZED PVC FITTINGS SOLVENT WELDING TO BS 4514 Material Unplasticized PVC Standard BS 4514 table 2 Size range 82mm 110mm or 160mm Dimensions BS 4514 tables 3 and 5 Ends Spigot plain Finish Black grey or white Y10 2495A PLASTICS PIPING SYST
475. ot exhaust air to pass out of the classroom into dedicated vertical vent stacks vented direct to outside via louvred openings on the roof These louvred openings shall be sized and selected based on exposed weather conditions and shall not allow water to enter the shaft The inlet and outlet vents shall be controlled in unison by motorised dampers Due to the acoustic constraints of the site and in a ccordance with the acoustic consultant s report the ventilators on a number of facades and locations shall be installed complete with attenuated louvres or attenuators on the back of the inlet louvers above the windows concealed in an architectural boxing with a linear bar grille diffuser providing the air to the space In addition the stack shaft vents shall be provided with attenuating linings or attenuators or acoustic louvers to meet the noise attenuation criteria within the acopustic consultant s report The size of the inlet and outlet vents shall be designed sized demonstrated as proven by the contractor s design and this shall be demonstrated by the completion of dynamic thermal and CFD modelling of the naturally ventilated college areas as part of the contractor s design The design of the vents will also need to take into account any requirement for them to be acoustically treated to prevent cross talk and noise carryover from different areas or from plant externally or on the roof Mechanical boost fans shall be allowed for and included sho
476. otentially unheated areas to control heat loss Y50 2350 CHILLED AND COLD WATER SUPPLIES TO PREVENT CONDENSATION MINERAL WOOL HIGH EMISSIVITY Minimum insulation thickness for chilled and cold water supplies to prevent condensation on a high emissivity outer surface 0 9 with an ambient temperature of 25 C and a relative humidity of 80 e Use this table for insulation thickness of copper pipework of the nearest equivalent outside Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 303 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION diameter e Use this table for insulation thickness of plastic pipework of the nearest equivalent outside diameter Y50 2370 CHILLED AND COLD WATER SUPPLIES TO PREVENT CONDENSATION MINERAL WOOL LOW EMISSIVITY Minimum insulation thickness for chilled and cold water supplies to prevent condensation on a low emissivity outer surface 0 05 with an ambient temperature of 25 C and a relative humidity of 80 e Use this table for insulation thickness of copper pipework of the nearest equivalent outside diameter e Use this table for insulation thickness of plastic pipework of the nearest equivalent outside diameter Y50 2390 CHILLED WATER SERVICES MINERAL WOOL Environmental insulation thickness for chilled water supplies to control heat gain e Use this table for insulation thickness of copper pipework of the nearest equivalent outside diameter e Use this table f
477. oth conduit entries connect with male bushes and external couplings Ensure special care is taken to prevent mechanical damage or warping to conduit where mechanical loads are imposed on conduit system eg lighting fittings Y60 5010 MANUFACTURE OF TRUNKING Take measurements on site before producing drawings for manufacture of trunking Y60 5020 ACCESS Arrange trunking to allow access to wiring Locate covers on top or sides of trunking if practicable Arrange access so covers are on a continuous face and cables can be laid in throughout the length of the trunking Notify where either condition cannot be achieved Y60 5030A FIXING TRUNKING Ensure trunking is independently fixed and supported from building fabric Obtain approval for proposed fixings supports Support trunking in accordance with the manufacturers requirements and or Guidance Note 1 Selection and Erection published by the IEE now IET Use two fixings minimum per standard length Y60 5040A STEEL TRUNKING Install steel trunking in accordance with the manufacturers requirements and those of BS 7671 Use trunking to avoid multiple parallel conduit runs subject to approval Cut trunking clean and square with axis prepare ends and remove burrs and sharp edges Ensure inside of trunking is free from anything liable to damage cables either during installation or after covers are fitted When trunking is held in a vice ensure surfaces remain undamaged and components are no
478. ovided one to be installed to the security office adjacent to the recording equipment monitors to comply with the following 19 TFT LCD screen 1280 x 1024 SXGA input sources analogue RGB S video composite video 2x in and 2x out 100 240vac 50 60Hz PAL or NTSC Testing and Commissioning The testing and commissioning of the system is to comply with the NACOSS codes of practice Wiring amp Cable management Systems The cameras shall be wired using coaxial cable with separate power supplies The wiring shall be enclosed throughout on the cable management systems provided for each category of cable W41 SECURITY DETECTION AND ALARM PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 010 PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES The contractor shall design install test commission and demonstrate an intruder detection ad alarm system in accordance with this specification and the employer s requireemnt documents PART 3 SPECIFICATION CLAUSES SPECIFIC TO W41 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 181 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 300 010 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Select security detection components and equipment suitable to meet system objectives requirements 300 020 INTRUDER ALARM SPECIALIST Use a security detection specialist for design development supply installation and testing and commissioning of complete security installation It is suggeste that the current site utilised security specia
479. ow the flexure at changes in direction Allow for movement at branch connections Y10 4070A PIPE FITTINGS BENDS SWEPT TEES Use eccentric type reductions and enlargements on horizontal pipe runs to allow draining and venting concentric on vertical pipes with easy transition and an included angle not exceeding 30 degree Do not use bushes except at radiators and at fittings where required size is not of standard manufacture Where required use eccentric bushes to allow draining or venting maximum aspect ratio not to Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 249 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION exceed two pipe sizes above this ratio use reducing fittings Use square tees at venting and draining points Square elbows are not acceptable Use bends and swept tees where practical Y10 4070B PIPE FITTINGS ELBOWS SQUARE TEES Use eccentric type reductions and enlargements on horizontal pipe runs to allow draining and venting concentric on vertical pipes with easy transition and an included angle not exceeding 30 degree Do not use bushes except at radiators and at fittings where required size is not of standard manufacture Where required use eccentric bushes to allow draining or venting maximum aspect ratio not to exceed two pipe sizes above this ratio use reducing fittings Use square tees at venting and draining points Square elbows are not acceptable Use elbows and square tees
480. p down converters for filament lamps to BS EN 61047 and BS EN 61347 2 2 Comply with BS EN 61549 for double capped and ELV lamps Y73 2180A FLUORESCENT LAMPS Internationally specified tubular fluorescent lamps to BS EN 60081 UK tubular fluorescent lamps to BS 1853 2 Single capped fluorescent lamps to BS EN 60901 and BS EN 61199 Double capped fluorescent lamps to BS EN 60081 and BS EN 61195 Self ballasted lamps to BS EN 60969 and BS EN 60968 Y73 2185A TUNGSTEN HALOGEN LAMPS Comply with BS EN 60432 2 or BS EN 60357 Y73 2190 HIGH PRESSURE MERCURY VAPOUR LAMPS Comply with BS EN 60188 and BS EN 62035 Y73 2195 METAL HALIDE LAMPS Comply with BS EN 62035 where appropriate Y73 2200 HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM VAPOUR LAMPS Comply with BS EN 62035 Y73 2210 LOW PRESSURE SODIUM VAPOUR LAMPS Comply with BS EN 60192 and BS EN 62035 Y73 2220A TRANSFORMERS FOR LV LUMINAIRES e Type e Electronic e Single luminaire Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 343 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Duty e Input voltage 230 volts e Output voltage to suit lamp e Single phase e Frequency 50Hz e Rating kVA to suit lamp e Standards BS EN 55014 BS EN 61000 BS EN 61047 BS EN 61347 2 2 or BS EN 61558 as appropriate e Construction e Manufacturer s standard e Protection e Thermal cut out with automatic reset e Location e Be accessible e Cabling e Se
481. p rooms and the science classrooms shall also be protected by individual gas solenoid shut off valves controlled off gas guard units All solenoid valves shall be linked to a fire alarm interface so as to close upon activation of the alarm and reopen upon reset of the fire alrm The gas solenoid valve shall be a gas flow proving type system The plantroom gas solenoid valve shall be linked to an emergency shut off buttons located beside the plantroom exit doors The kitchen gas solenoid valve shall be linked to an emergency shut off buttons located beside the plantroom exit doors Emergency gas isolation buttons shall be shrouded to prevent accidental activation All solenoid valves shall be supplied with the system to prove closure of valves prior to establishment or restoration of gas flow in accordance with BG IM 20 Gas solenoid valves in the kitchen food tech science prep rooms and the science labs shall be interlinked to the extract ventilation systems and the inlet air vents to only opertate if the vent sytems are operational in accordance with the gas regulations requirements 4 8 Automatic Controls and Wiring The automatic controls package shall include for all required controls and interfaces to suit the requirements of the deisgn and as indicated within the tender documents and the tender layout and schematic drawings The mechanical services shall be interfaced back to a new BMS controls front end system installed in this new buildi
482. pe 2 Y61 2050G MULTI CORE UNARMOURED LSF SHEATHED AUXILIARY CABLES Standard BS 7211 Table 6 Mechanical protection Unarmoured Y61 2050H MULTI CORE ARMOURED LSF SHEATHED AUXILIARY CABLES Standard BS 6724 Table 18 Mechanical protection Armour Y61 20501 CONTROL AND AUXILIARY CABLES WITH DEFINITE FIRE PERFORMANCE Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 326 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Drawing schedule reference Standard BS 7629 type as shown on drgs schedules Fire performance approval LCPB Sheath colour red Mechanical protection as shown on drgs schedules Y61 2050K FIRE ALARM CABLE Standard BS 7629 1 Mechanical protection Unarmoured Fire performance BS 5839 1 Standard Y61 2070A STANDARD FILLED COMMUNICATIONS CABLES FOR OUTDOOR AND UNDERGROUND Standard BS 3573 Tables 7 8 9 10 and 11 Y61 2070B STANDARD COMMUNICATIONS CABLES FOR INDOOR USE Standard BT CW 1308 BT CW 1370 BT CW 1700 and BT CW 1750 Y61 2080A STANDARD COAXIAL CABLES FOR BROADCAST RECEIVING Standard BS EN 50117 Y61 2100A INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY CABLES STRUCTURED WIRING Provide IT cables in accordance with the IT system suppliers specification Type of system Structured cabling EIA TIA 568 B Specification EIA TIA 568 B Termination reference EIA TIA 568 B Cable construction Multi pair unshielded UTP Y61 3010A CA
483. pes valves fittings and accessories PN designated Part 2 Cast iron flanges BS EN 1092 3 2003 Flanges and their joints Circular flanges for pipes valves fittings and accessories PN designated Part 3 Copper alloy flanges BS EN 1171 2002 Industrial valves Cast iron gate valves BS EN 1213 2000 Building valves Copper alloy stopvalves for potable water supply in buildings Tests and requirements BS EN 12334 2001 Industrial valves Cast iron check valves BS EN 1254 1 1998 Copper and copper alloys Plumbing fittings Part 1 Fittings with ends for capillary soldering or capillary brazing to copper tubes Replaces BS 864 2 1983 which remains current BS EN 1254 2 1998 Copper and copper alloys Plumbing fittings Part 2 Fittings with compression ends for use with copper tubes BS EN 1254 3 1998 Copper and copper alloys Plumbing fittings Part 3 Fittings with compression ends for use with plastics pipes BS EN 13789 2002 Industrial valves Cast iron globe valves BS EN 13828 2003 Building valves Manually operated copper alloy and stainless steel ball valves for potable water supply in buildings Tests and requirements BS EN 1984 2000 Industrial valves Steel gate valves Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 110 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION BS EN 26 1998 Gas fired instantaneous water heaters for the production of domestic hot water fitted with atmo
484. pework ancillaries to enable a specialist to carry out flushing inspection and witnessing of water systems in accordance with BSRIA Application Guide AG 1 01 Pre commission cleaning of pipework systems Temporary connection from the mains must be in compliance with the Water Supply Water Fittings Regulations 1999 and amendment or by installation of a temporary tank and pump arrangement Domestic water systems are to be flushed and disinfected in accordance with the requirements of BS 6700 and to the satisfaction of the local water supply authority Flush systems using mains water until the water is clear Y25 3020A TESTING AND PURGING GAS PIPEWORK INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL INSTALLATIONS Comply with IGE UP 1 Strength and tightness testing and direct purging of industrial and commercial gas installations Y25 3020B TESTING AND PURGING GAS PIPEWORK SMALL LOW PRESSURE INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL INSTALLATIONS Comply with IGE UP 1A Strength and tightness testing and direct purging of small low pressure industrial and commercial natural gas installations Y25 3020C TESTING GAS PIPEWORK TO BS EN 12327 e Purge each system using either Nitrogen or CO2 e This operation is to prove the continuity of the pipework remove any cutting fluid and ensure that the nozzles are clear e Flimsy paper bags are to be attached to all nozzles during the purge and removed upon completion of the purge e Carry out pressure testing in accordance with BS
485. plastic or LSF sheathed cables in location indicated and where cables may come into direct contact with any material that may be corrosive to copper Do not allow extra length on installed cables to allow for cutting back of moisture affected ends Store mineral insulated cables in the form as supplied by manufacturer Y61 4140 CABLE INSTALLATION FLEXIBLE CORDS Grip cords securely at connections Where they do not form an integral part of the connected accessory or equipment provide separate proprietary cord grips Y61 4150A CABLE JOINTING AND TERMINATING GENERALLY Ensure all joints and terminations are made by appropriately qualified cable jointers using jointing materials components and workmanship recommended by the cable manufacturer and the jointing accessory manufacturer Install cable glands in accordance with BS 6121 5 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 331 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Cold pour resin and heat shrink joints Cut all cable ends immediately prior to jointing or terminating Seal cables left unconnected for more that 24 hours to prevent the ingress of moisture Seal plastic sheathed cables using proprietary shrink on end caps Seal lead sheathed cables by a plumbed dressed lead cap with an airspace to allow conductor movement Strip cables to bring out the cores and expose conductors for the minimum length required for connection to leave no e
486. profiled aluminium cladding directly to insulating material 0 56mm thick on pipework 0 71mm thick on ductwork Y50 2200F GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL PROTECTION Enclose insulation with 1 6mm thick sheeting around insulation and finish Y50 2200J LAMINATED FOIL FILM PROTECTION Enclose insulation with laminated foil film around insulation and finish Y50 2210A ALUMINIUM BANDS REINFORCEMENT Aluminium bands at 300mm centres Y50 2285 CALCULATION OF INSULATION THICKNESS Provide insulation of thickness conforming with the values given in the tables below These figures are derived from the tables given in BS 5422 and the calculation methods given in BS EN ISO 12241 Y50 2290 NON DOMESTIC HOT WATER SERVICE AREAS MINERAL WOOL Environmental insulation thickness for non domestic hot water service areas to control heat loss Use this table for insulation thickness of copper pipework of the nearest equivalent outside Tee for insulation thickness of plastic pipework of the nearest equivalent outside diameter Y50 2310 NON DOMESTIC HEATING INSTALLATIONS MINERAL WOOL Environmental insulation thickness for non domestic heating installations to control heat loss e Use this table for insulation thickness of copper pipework of the nearest equivalent outside diameter Y50 2330 DOMESTIC CENTRAL HEATING AND HOT WATER SYSTEMS MINERAL WOOL Environmental insulation thickness for domestic central heating installations and hot water systems in p
487. propriate access doors Ensure that access is available to all control devices Ensure that the requirements of the following documents are met Space and Weight Allowances for Building Services Plant Inception Stage Design BSRIA TN 9 92 Space Allowances for Building Services Distribution Systems Detailed Design Stage BSRIA TN Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 213 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 10 92 Ensure that sensors are installed correctly in order to give representative readings Ensure that reference labels are attached to each control device 310 096 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FUTURE SYSTEM EXPANSION Ensure that the BMS is capable of dealing with a future 20 increase in the number of points without compromising the system s functionality or speed of operation 310 097 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DESIGN FOR MAINTAINABILITY Ensure that a full O amp M manual is prepared which reflects any system changes made during the installation and commissioning stages Ensure that adequate access to BMS equipment and components is provided Ensure that all components and wiring are identified by a consistent numbering system 310 100 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SYSTEM SUPPORT Ensure that a viable strategy is in place to fully support the BMS for a minimum of 10 years from the date of practical completion 310 175 FIELD CONTROLLERS GENERAL Standard BS EN ISO 16484 2
488. proved by the Building Control Officer District Surveyor and Fire Officer Each fire damper and installation mounting frame shall have at least the same standard of fire resistance as the wall or floor through which the duct passes Unless otherwise indicated it shall have a minimum fire resistance rate of 2 hours to the dynamic heated gas flow tests of BS EN 1366 2 Classification ES and to BS 476 20 BS 476 22 and BS 476 24 When a fire resistance rating of 4 hours is required either two dampers factory assembled in series or a single damper having a fire resistance rating of 4 hours certified by an approved Testing Authority shall be provided Fire classification of fire dampers to be in accordance with BS EN 13501 3 Shutter dampers shall be provided with the shutter blades located outside the air stream unless other wise indicated Each damper shall have a stainless steel curtain in all welded galvanized steel casing Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 285 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION with stainless steel side seal gaskets The damper blade curtain shall be held in the folded position by a dual safe thermal actuator and fusible link All damper blades shall be tensioned to ensure instantaneous closure on thermal activation at 72 C unless specified elsewhere A self latching reset mechanism shall be provided for easy re setting of the damper curtain On completion of
489. puter and via the operator workstation Ensure that the field controllers can be configured through the use of a configuration interface with full upload and download capability Ensure that configuration details can be easily altered by system operators Ensure that access to make configuration alterations is restricted to operators with access authority through the use of passwords 310 290 FIELD CONTROLLERS USER INTERFACES Ensure that all field controllers can be accessed through the use of portable computers Ensure that access allows the display of all configuration details associated with the field controller along with Password protection for access with a minimum of two access levels Ability to display all point data both hard and soft Ability to initiate and display logged data Ability to display and alter set points and time schedules Ability to make alterations to control strategies Ensure that field controllers incorporate a panel mounted operator interface Ensure that the interface includes the ability to Provide password protection for access with a minimum of two access levels Display all physical point data Display and alter set points and time schedules Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 215 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Display the current date and time Review and acknowledge alarms Access logged data 310 295 DEDICATED CONT
490. r ductwork DW 144 Part 3 Y30 2060B CIRCULAR CONSTRUCTION Circular ductwork DW 144 Part 4 spirally wound or straight seamed Y30 2060C FLAT OVAL CONSTRUCTION Flat oval ductwork DW 144 Part 5 spirally wound or straight seamed Y30 2110A FIRE PROTECTION WITH FIRE DAMPERS Ensure complete ductwork system complies with the requirements of BS 476 24 Supply and install fire rated ductwork Method of protection DW 144 Appendix D using fire dampers Y30 2110B FIRE PROTECTION WITH FIRE RESISTING ENCLOSURES Ensure complete ductwork system complies with the requirements of BS 476 24 Supply and install fire rated ductwork Method of Protection DW 144 Appendix D using fire resisting enclosures Y30 2110C FIRE RATED AND SMOKE EXTRACT DUCTWORK Ensure complete ductwork system complies with the requirements of BS 476 24 and BS 5588 Supply and install fire rated ductwork Method of Protection DW 144 Appendix D using fire resisting ductwork Ductwork to be in accordance with HVCA Specification DW 144 Ducts to be fire protected with the correct thickness of high density single layer mineral wool fire rated ductwork slab in accordance with manufacturers recommendations and instructions Insulation system to be independently tested and carry current valid certification to provide fire protection fully in accordance with the requirements of duct Type A and duct Type B of BS 476 24 and BS 5588 Drop rods and exposed bearers to be insulated
491. r final small power circuit wiring and structured cabling Outlets shall be flush mounted without requiring mounting houses Prior to installation the Services Contractor shall provide samples to the Engineer Client and Architect for approval The trunking shall be installed using manufacturers prefabricated components Site constructed components will not be acceptable Where junctions and changes of direction are present proprietary units shall be installed as per the manufacturer s instructions All sockets on dado trunking or on white walls will be complete with coloured infill panels to make them distinguishable from the background in line with DDA requirements All fused connection units and other isolation devices shall be fully labelled showing the equipment they are serving A sample of the engraving shall be offered to the design team for approval The Services Contractor shall provide NICEIC certification upon completion of the electrical installation 5 14 Electrical Services Associated with Mechanical Services This wiring shall generally be limited to the provision of main power supplies to each central panel and specific pieces of equipment with high electrical loads Power wiring for the main mechanical plant items from the control panels shall be by the specialist controls contractor 5 15 Security Alarm System A security alarm system comprising of dualtech PIR microwave automatic detection and door contacts will be prov
492. r leakage from pressurised rooms to voids above Fix louvres to building fabric using method indicated on drawings Y46 4060A TRANSFER GRILLES Where transfer points are located in partitions or walls prevent through vision by fitting a fixed blade grille on both faces of partition or wall Connect cavity wall or partition transfer grille assemblies with ducting sleeve or collar extending between grilles Y46 4060B TRANSFER GRILLES WITH FIRE DAMPER e Location e Where transfer points are located in partitions or walls prevent through vision by fitting a fixed blade grille on both faces of partition or wall Connect cavity wall or partition transfer grille assemblies with ducting sleeve or collar extending between grilles e Incorporate fire damper in fire compartment wall transfer grille assembly Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 299 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y50 THERMAL INSULATION Y50 1000 GENERAL 1010 TEMPERATURE RANGE Surface temperature within range 40 C to 230 C 1020 STANDARDS Comply in general with BS 5422 BS 5970 and BS EN ISO 12241 Use the description of terms as BS 3533 1030 MATERIALS Employ materials that comply with BS 476 4 non combustibility test or obtain a Class O fire rating to Building Regulations when tested to BS 476 6 and BS 476 7 Ensure metals and materials that cause galvanic corrosion are not installed in contac
493. r s standard e Plastic removable 300 120 COVER PLATES Type Snap on Material Rolled steel chromium plated 300 130 PLASTICS WC PAN CONNECTOR For horizontal outlet and shrouded pans BS 5627 for pans to BS EN 33 BS EN 37 BS EN 997 Figure 1 S or turned P traps Figure 2 P traps new installations 300 150 SINGLE STACK PLUMBING Ensure that there is a change of gradient at stack connections Use swept branches on small diameter pipes Use swept inlet or 45 degree branch connections for pipe 75mm diameter or over 310 000 WORKMANSHIP 310 010 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Install pipework fittings and accessories to ensure that e appliances drain quickly quietly and completely at all times without nuisance or risk to health e discharge is conveyed without crossflow backfall leakage or blockage e air from drainage system does not enter building e pressure fluctuations in pipework do not vary by more than plus or minus 38mm water gauge and traps retain a water seal of not less than 25mm Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 83 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e system can be adequately tested cleaned and maintained 310 020 ROUTES Ensure pipe routes are shortest practicable with as few bends as possible and no bends in wet portion of soil stacks unless indicated otherwise on drawings 310 030 COATED PIPES Make good damaged coatings and c
494. r tube To suit steel tube Swing check type to BS 5154 Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 reference Y11 2320A Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 reference Y11 2320B Check valve to BS EN 12334 Swing check Flanged reference Y11 2330A Wafer body reference Y11 2330B Lift check Flanged reference Y11 2330C Wafer body reference Y11 2330D Wafer flange fitting type Reference Y11 2340A Device to prevent contamination of water by backflow to BS 6282 Combined check and anti vacuum reference Y11 2385A Anti back syphonage valve combined check and anti vacuum type Reference Y11 2390A 211 180 WORKMANSHIP Installation reference Y11 4010 Location reference Y11 4020 Location of thermostatic radiator valves reference Y11 4025 Positioning of components Flow pressure measurement valves reference Y11 4030 Double regulating variable orifice valves reference Y11 4040 Control components Vent cocks reference Y11 4060 Valve stuffing boxes reference Y11 4070 Discharge connections Safety and Relief valves reference Y11 4080A Vent cocks reference Y11 4080B Air bottles reference Y11 4080C Automatic air vents reference Y11 4080D Expansion devices reference Y11 4090 Expansion compensators reference Y11 4100 Flexible connections installation reference Y11 4110 Terminal unit connections installation reference Y11 4120 211 200 DIRECT ACTING SAFETY VALVES TO BS EN ISO 4126 1 Copper alloy Single spring r
495. ract works or any part thereof to proceed The Sub contractor must not delay Practical Completion or completion of any part of the works by delays in ordering or delivery of materials and products Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 30 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION To avoid any possible delays to Practical Completion the Sub contractor may submit details of alternative manufacturers or types of materials and products for consideration by the Supervising Officer The Supervising Officer will give appropriate instructions in each case A1 20 Handling and Storage of Materials and Products The contractor shall i Deliver off load store and transport about the works all materials and products in the manner recommended by their manufacturer ii Provide adequate safe covered storage and protection for all new materials and products iii Store pipework and similar products on properly made racks and adequately support to prevent bending and distortion iv Close ends of pipework and protect threads by means of purpose made caps v Store gaskets carefully to avoid damage Rubber gaskets shall be stored in a cool place free from draughts or placed in boxes containing powdered chalk and stored in a cool dry place vi Protect electrical cables from physical damage and seal ends Where materials and products cannot be stored in dry buildings they shall be raised clear of the g
496. ragm pump complete with all necessary valves and tubing Provide control of total dissolved solids by linking a solenoid purge valve to operate by a signal automatically received from a conductivity sensor Biocide dosing Provide skid mounted packaged equipment to feed two types of biocides on an automatically alternating basis including pre wired timer controls and twin biocide diaphragm pumps complete with all necessary valves and tubing Draw biocide chemical direct from the chemical supply drums located on the skid Control Provide low level alarms for all dosing units Provide BMS connections to monitor dosing and show run and alarm conditions Injection manifold Provide an injection manifold for use with the above water treatment equipment Connect the manifold across flow and return pipework and mount above the dosing plant modules unless otherwise indicated Y25 2065 CHEMICALS DOSING Provide biocides effective against Legionella Pnueumophilia algae fungi moulds and slime forming bacteria including pseudomonas and sulphate reducing bacteria Supply biocides as recommended by water treatment specialist Incorporate a bio dispersant in the programme to break up and disperse any slime masses where required The water treatment specialist shall select the appropriate corrosion inhibitors to minimise corrosion and biocides to prevent any proliferation to mild steel copper and copper alloys Project No BSD11120 100 6
497. rch 2013 Rev T1 221 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION The likely cleanliness of the air should be considered when selecting sensors Sensors representing zone temperature should be offset to account for heat gains e g space temperature stratification or if light fixtures are used as the return air path Sensors should only be used in return air ducts where air is continuously extracted Capillary sensors with probes The device head must be higher than the sensor probe The sensor probe should be tilted downwards The ambient temperature at the device head must always be higher than the temperature to which the sensor probe is exposed The sensor element must always point downwards The capillary should not form a U shape The capillary should not be bent too tightly radius of bend gt 50mm Averaging sensor for use in ducts AHU Allow a distance of at least 50 mm between any heat exchanger and the sensor The entire length of an averaging sensor must be fully inside the air duct The sensor element must be evenly distributed over the full cross section and adequately secured to prevent vibration The sensor element should be installed in the air flow downstream of the eliminator plate when air washers are used for humidification Frost protection thermostat Leave a spare capillary loop of 20 cm to enable sensor testing outside the duct unit The measuring head and the test loop of
498. rcuit reference chart and integral sub meter e Manufacturer and reference Refer to the manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent e Electrical supply Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 155 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Single phase reference Y71 1020B e Reference Y71 2220A 271 190 MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS e Type Suitably rated circuit breakers in line with distribution charts To be rated at a minimum of 15KA e Reference Y71 2230A 271 200 RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICE e Type Suitably rated RCDs to protect all power circuits and where necessary lighting circuits in line with the new 17 Edition IEE Regulations e RCCD s e Reference Y71 2240A e Residual current monitors reference Y71 2242 e RCBO s reference Y71 2245 271 210 CABLE TERMINATIONS Reference Y71 2250 271 270 WORKMANSHIP Fixing reference Y71 3010 Mounting height reference Y71 3020 Access reference Y71 3030 Marking and drawing e Reference Y71 3040A Cable terminations reference Y71 3050 e Installation and commissioning e Reference Y71 3060A 272 000 CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 272 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y72 1000 and those detailed below 272 020 CONTROL PANEL e Application As detailed on contract drawings e Electrical supply e 3 phase reference Y72 1010A e Single phase reference Y72 1010B 272 050 ISO
499. rdance with the gas regulations and British Standards and shall be sited to avoid ventilation louvres 4 5 Ventilation Systems It is proposed that the ventilation shall be provided to the majority of the building by natural means with mechanical ventilation only being provided where the building layout or the particular function within the space is not suited to natural ventilation The ventilation system shall be designed to adhere to the requirements of CIBSE Building Regulations Building Bulletins BB101 and BB87 2003 Natural ventilation The perimeter rooms of the building are to be naturally ventilated primarily via high level wall ventilators These ventilators shall be automatically adjusted by the central control system in response to the in room sensed temperature and CO levels sensed in each room individually and shall also have manual override switches to allow limited occupant control The high level ventilators shall be broken down into a series of individual control dampers maximum size of 1200mm wide Each damper shall be individually BMS controlled so that the amount of air entering the room can be very accurately controlled The use of ventilators shall provide the fresh air requirement for these spaces as well as providing the route to alleviate potential high internal summertime temperatures It is proposed that the natural ventilation strategy shall utilise high level vent openings at the rear of the classroom to allow the h
500. re within the building structure Material Polypropylene PP Standard BS EN 1451 1 Size range 32mm to 315mm Dimensions BS EN 1451 1 tables 5 8 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 244 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Ends Plain elastomeric ring seal socket and spigot or socket and spigot for solvent cement Finish Grey black or white Y10 2580A PVC U PIPING SYSTEMS PIPES Plastics piping systems for soil and waste discharge low and high temperature within the building structure Material Unplasticised polyvinyl chloride PVC U Standard PVC U to BS EN 1329 1 Dimensions Length manufacturer s standard range BS EN 1329 1 tables 1 2 3 and 4 Ends Plain elastomeric ring seal socket and spigot or socket and spigot for solvent cement Finish Grey black or white Y10 2585A PVC U PIPING SYSTEMS TO BS EN 1329 1 FITTINGS Plastics piping systems for soil and waste discharge low and high temperature within the building structure Material Unplasticised polyvinyl chloride PVC U Standard PVC U to BS EN 1329 1 Size range 32mm to 315mm Dimensions BS EN 1329 1 tables 5 14 Ends Plain elastomeric ring seal socket and spigot or socket and spigot for solvent cement Finish Grey black or white Y10 2772 GLASS REINFORCED PLASTICS UNSATURATED POLYESTER RESIN TO BS EN 1796 AND BS EN 14364 Material
501. re less than 3 5 bar test gauge one and a half times operating pressure Operating gauge pressure 3 5 7 0 bar test gauge pressure twice operating pressure Operating gauge pressure greater than 7 0 bar test gauge pressure 14 0 bar or one and a half times operating pressure whichever is the greater Y51 2030B PRESSURE TESTING UNDERGROUND PIPEWORK 4 HOURS Test to a gauge pressure twice the operating pressure or 7 bar whichever the greater for 4 hours Y51 2040 PRESSURE TESTING WATER MAINS Test to Local Authority requirements Ensure the provisions laid down in HVCA TR 6 Guide to Good Practice for Site Pressure Testing of Pipework for testing underground CWS mains are carried out Y51 2060A PRESSURE TESTING GAS PIPEWORK HVCA GUIDE Carry out a pneumatic leak test followed by a pneumatic pressure test as described in HVCA Guide to Good Practice for Site Pressure Testing of Pipework TR6 Y51 2060B PRESSURE TESTING GAS PIPEWORK TO BS EN 12327 Pressure test gas supply pipework in accordance with BS EN 12327 Y51 2060C PRESSURE TESTING GAS PIPEWORK TO IGE UP 1 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 308 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Comply with IGE UP 1 Strength and tightness testing and direct purging of industrial and commercial gas installations Y51 2060D PRESSURE TESTING GAS PIPEWORK TO IGE UP 1A Comply with IGE UP 1A Strength and tightness tes
502. re to be compatible with the metallurgy of the systems 1015 METHOD STATEMENT Provide a method statement covering the sequence of events chemicals to be used etc Statement to be provided at least two months prior to the start of any flushing and or chemical cleaning works Y 25 2010 CLEANING AND CHEMICAL TREATMENT SPECIALIST Use a specialist for analysis and for design supply installation and operation of any system cleaning and chemical treatment process Y25 2030A PRELIMINARY CHECKS e Prior to carrying out cleaning or chemical treatment process ensure that e All foreign matter is removed e Certified pressure tests have been carried out in the parts of the system to be cleaned Carry out further pressure tests on the isolated sections of the system independently e All water used for pressure testing is inhibited Leave remaining pipework sections full after testing e Where there is a risk of freezing inhibited mono ethyleneglycol is used Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 276 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Circulation has been demonstrated and approval obtained on all parts of the system Manipulate and leave fully open all valves other than those used to isolate sections Carry out balancing and certification after the flushing cleaning and passivation operations No damage can occur to any item of plant or equipment due to cleaning and chemical processe
503. ree cool and purge the rooms across the night ready for the occupation on the next day The BMS system shall monitor the space to prevent overcooling The controls specialist shall provide each room with a manual open close auto override switch rocker switch indicating lights to override the auto control of the dampers Damper to reset to auto control at the end of a 10 minute duration Heating valves shall be controlled by the BMS to open in advance of the nat vent louvre to ensure that cold down draughts off the louvres are minimised Operation Mode 2 naturally ventilated and mechanically comfort cooled rooms The natural ventilation systems shall operate as per mode 1 above until such time as the internal room temperature reaches a trigger temperature point when the mode of operation shall change to that os minimum fresh air provision with the comfort cooling plant enabled by the BMS The control system shall monitor the in room temperature and if the limiting threshold set point temperature of 25 00C be exceeded then the system shall change over into operation mode 2 and initiate the comfort cooling system To avoid excessive fresh air load on the cooling system the BMS shall modulate the wall and shaft ventilators back to the minimum setting possible to achieve the required CO2 levels within the room The BMS shall enable the DX comfort cooling systems The occupants shall be provided with adjustable in room sensors as previously des
504. reference Y61 2020G 261 060 CONTROL AND AUXILIARY CABLES e Manufacturer and reference refer to manufaturers schedule e Or approved equivalent LSOH sheathing reference Y61 2005 Paired UTP unarmoured control cables reference Y61 2050A Paired UTP armoured control cables reference Y61 2050B Paired STP unarmoured control cables reference Y61 2050C Paired STP armoured control cables reference Y61 2050D Multi core unarmoured auxiliary cables reference Y61 2050E Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 151 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Multi core armoured auxiliary cables reference Y61 2050F Multi core unarmoured LSF sheathed auxiliary cables reference Y61 2050G Multi core armoured LSF sheathed auxiliary cables reference Y61 2050H Control and auxiliary cables with definite fire performance reference Y61 20501 Fire Alarm cables reference Y61 2050K 261 080 STANDARD COMMUNICATIONS CABLES e Manufacturer and reference Refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent e LSOH sheathing reference Y61 2005 e Standard filled communications cables for outdoor and underground reference Y61 2070A e Standard communications cables for indoor use reference Y61 2070B 261 090 STANDARD COAXIAL CABLES e Manufacturer and reference Refer to manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent e For broadcast receiving reference Y61 2080A 261 110 INFORMATION
505. rence Y54 2010 254 040 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION e Lettering e Laminated plates multi coloured with outer layer removed for lettering reference Y54 2030B 254 045 GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR USE ON EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS EN 80416 Reference Y54 2035 254 050 VALVE AND COCK IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2040 254 090 INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2080 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 116 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 254 100 DANGER AND WARNING NOTICES Reference Y54 2090 254 110 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION INSTALLATION CHARTS e Perspex sheet glazing with frame reference Y54 2100A 290 000 FIXING TO BUILDING FABRIC 290 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y90 1000 and those detailed below 290 020 FIXINGS Standards reference Y90 2010 Plugs reference Y90 2020 Screws reference Y90 2030 Cast in fixings reference Y90 2040 Shot fired fixings reference Y90 2050 Self adhesive fixings reference Y90 2060 Proprietary channel inserts reference Y90 2070 Non penetrative support systems reference Y90 2080 290 030 WORKMANSHIP Drilling reference Y90 3010 Proprietary fixings reference Y90 3020 Fixing to reinforced concrete reference Y90 3030 Fixing to brickwork reference Y90 3040 Fixing to timber rails reference Y90 3050 Fixing to hollow stud tile block wall Reference Y90 3060A
506. rence Y90 3010 Proprietary fixings reference Y90 3020 Fixing to reinforced concrete reference Y90 3030 Fixing to brickwork reference Y90 3040 Fixing to timber rails reference Y90 3050 Fixing to hollow stud tile block wall Reference Y90 3060A Fixing to concrete brickwork or blockwork Reference Y90 3070A Fixing to metalwork Reference Y90 3080A Fixing to structural steelwork and concrete structures Reference Y90 3090A PART 3 SPECIFICATION CLAUSES SPECIFIC TO W60 300 000 GENERAL 300 010 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Select control components and equipment suitable to meet system objective requirements Ensure that system safety complies with BS EN 954 1 e Where necessary comply with BS EN 61508 e Comply with BS EN ISO 16484 2 e Comply with BS EN ISO 16484 3 300 030 CONTROLS SPECIALIST Use acontrols specialist to design supply install test and commission complete controls installation 300 060 CONTROL COMPONENTS MANUFACTURER Unless otherwise indicated use control components and equipment from one manufacturer throughout Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 211 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 300 130 INTEGRATED SYSTEM Provide integrated system in accordance with BS 7807 the following sub systems e Fire detection and alarm e Building management system e Heating and ventilation 310 020 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ELECTRICAL SAFETY Ensure tha
507. rer s own chain hook but if not available use hook with standard screw threaded body to be secured to luminaire body with nuts and washers Where indicated use captive hooks Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 346 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y73 4190 SUSPENSION BY FLEXIBLE CORD Suspend cord from ceiling rose Y73 4200 SUSPENSION BY BALL AND SOCKET Install cable through ball and socket connected to conduit box Y73 4210A COLUMNS AND BOLLARDS Location Confirm location before excavation Bases Install bases in accordance with bollard or column manufacturer s instructions Mounting Mount column or bollard on base as recommended by manufacturer Ensure columns and bollards are vertical unless otherwise indicated Earthing Install circuit protective conductor to connect luminaire to earthing terminal in service compartment size circuit protective conductor same as live conductors Bond accessible metal parts of column or bollard to earthing terminal Y73 4220 CONNECTIONS TO LUMINAIRES Cable Protection Use appropriate size of grommet where cables enter through hole in luminaire body Earthing Ensure that the earthing terminal of Class 1 luminaires is connected to the conduit protective conductor of the supply circuit Loose Wiring Clip or tie back with suitable proprietary devices loose wiring within luminaire at 300mm intervals Y73 4230A CONNECTIONS TO
508. ressure rating e Ensure that immersion pockets are filled with a heat conducting compound e A test point or an additional immersion pocket adjacent to the sensor should be provided for test purposes e An adequate distance 10 x pipe O between the mixing point and the sensor should be provided when mixing water at different temperatures to take account of stratification e Surface temperature sensor water e Ensure a smooth clean contact surface and fill the space between the sensor and the pipe with a heat conductive compound to improve thermal conductivity e Immersion sensors for air ducts e The full active portion of the sensor probe should be exposed to the air flow e Ensure that the active portion of the probe is located central to the airflow e A test hole should be provided adjacent to every sensor with plug when not in use e Probe type sensors should not be used in areas where stratification can occur eg downstream of heating and cooling coils etc see averaging sensors e Sensors which are positioned near to coils should be shielded against the radiative heat transfer e Return air duct sensors should be located near to the occupied space to avoid heat gain or loss and radiant effects influencing readings e Sensors must be positioned in an area of representative air flow This applies to all duct sensors but particularly the return air sensor which may be located in the ceiling plenum Project No BSD11120 100 6 Ma
509. rilles shall be four way blow louvre faced diffusers and shall have a matt black painted oversized backing plate set above the back of the grille to prevent the room occupant from seeing up into the ceiling void Where the extract duct terminated in a bellmouth arrangement the bellmouth duct shall be continued at the enlarged size for at least 800mm after the transition enlargement to allow the air to transfer correctly in a laminar fashion and avoid the risk of secondary regenerated noise When installing attenuators the contractor attention is drawn to the requirement to ensure that there is sufficient straight length of duct before and after the attenuator to ensure that all air paths through the attenuator are utilised and avoid excessive pressure drops and secondary regenerated noise within the unit Therefore attenuator straight after bends or after transition pieces will not be accepted Thermal insulation shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of this specification document The contractor attention is drawn to the requirement for any external thermal insulation to be resistant to attack from birds In addition the contractor s attention is drawn to the requirement to correctly ensure that the class O foil vapour seal is maintained at all times to prevent the risk of condensation forming underneath the thermal insulation on the outer face of the metal duct This requires the vapour barrier to be taped continuous at duct co
510. ring Regulations BS 6351 1 and BS 6351 2 for the design and Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 275 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION specification of electric trace heating Y24 2010C ELECTRIC TRACE HEATING SELF REGULATING TAPE RCD PROTECTION Supply electric trace heating complete with fixing tape shrink sleeves crimps junction boxes and controls Tape Self regulating heating tape Insulation Thermoplastic elastomer or modified polyolefin Jacket Tinned copper braid Electrical protection Provide MCB and RCD protection Y24 3010 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC TRACE HEATING Install electric surface heating in accordance with BS 6351 3 and manufacturer s instructions Ensure pipe is cleaned of all abrasive material prior to application Y24 3040 THERMAL INSULATION Enclose pipework to be heated and trace heating elements in common thermal insulation Use oversized insulation Y25 CLEANING AND CHEMICAL TREATMENT Y25 1000 GENERAL 1010 CONDITIONS FOR CLEANING AND CHEMICAL TREATMENT Ensure treatment complies with statutory authority and health and safety regulations Notify manufacturers and suppliers of equipment of proposed system cleaning and chemical treatment processes Establish if any manufacturer or supplier of equipment requires any particular cleaning and chemical treatment process due to size of waterways or materials used All chemicals used a
511. rise in telecommunications circuits due to power system earth faults is limited as BS 6701 300 070 EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION Consult with the electricity supply company regarding the earthing arrangements of the installation Construct the earthing system to the requirements of electricity supply company Ensure any part of the earth fault current path provided by the electricity supply company or others is suitable for the operation of the earth fault protection to be installed Obtain the agreement and permission of undertakings providing services which are to be bonded to the earthing system 310 000 PRODUCTS MATERIALS 310 020 MAIN EARTH TERMINAL Provide earth bar at incoming electrical service position for each switchboard e Bond earth terminals and metallic structure of switch and control gear and plant e Connect each earth terminal to all other earth terminals by a ring conductor sized as BS 7430 and BS 7671 e Location e Adjacent to main LV switch panel e Mounting e Mount earth bar on insulated supports located at 300mm centres for 25mm bar and 450mm centres for 50mm bar giving 30mm clearance at rear of bar e Drill clearance holes one for each cable plus 30 spare holes two minimum at 50mm minimum centres through bar for connection of cable lugs Ensure clearance holes are minimum necessary size to maintain adequate lug bar contact 310 030 MAIN EARTH TERMINAL CONNECTIONS Connect main earth conductors and main equipo
512. rm fire stop Y30 4120 FIRE RATED DUCTWORK SLEEVES Provide fire rated ductwork sleeves as indicated Y30 4130 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL EQUIPMENT Fit sensors damper motors and other control equipment as indicated e All control equipment should be installed to manufacturers or specialist supplier s requirements Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 287 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION The installation must be checked by the manufacturer or specialist supplier and rectified as necessary Y30 4140 INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONS e Positions e Provide instrument connections where indicated e All instrument connections should be installed to manufacturers or specialist supplier s requirements The installation must be checked by the manufacturer or specialist supplier and rectified as necessary Y30 4150 FIRE PRECAUTIONS e As shown on drawing nos e Install fire dampers as indicated Y30 4160 DAMPER ACCESS Ensure access is provided to damper mechanisms on fire dampers smoke dampers combined smoke and fire dampers and volume control dampers through access doors false ceilings etc Demonstrate that damper blades close completely Demonstrate that fire links can be replaced Where more than one fire damper is installed in a frame ensure access is provided to all fire dampers Y30 4170 POSITIONING Position components as indicated and in accordance with manufact
513. rol set point of 21 C at the end of each day regardless of the position it was left in so that the next morning the system is back to the control set point for pre heat The contractor shall allow for all necessary interfaces in the BMS and also in the DX plant to allow for this full function via the BMS The systems shall be a simultaneous heating and cooling system so that one room may be in heating whilst another off the same condenser can be in cooling The DX system shall serve concealed fan coil units located above the ceilings within the rooms ducting air into the rooms via ceiling mounted grilles unless otherwise identified on the tender drawings Attenuation shall be provided to the inlet and discharge from the fan coil units to achieve the in room noise requirements All DX units shall be controlled from hard wired wall mounted controllers no infra red controllers are to be used The wall mounted controllers shall be simple units allowing the operator to adjust only the fan speed and the room temperature set point standard multiple function controller shall not be allowed and if installed shall be removed at the contractor s cost The units shall be automatic changeover from heating to cooling mode The systems shall be sized to provide a suitable pre heat margin minimum 20 The plantroom shall be heated to provide frost protection Pipework shall be thermally insulated throughout except where it is exposed to view such as to serve radi
514. rolled and monitored from the BMS system via such that the wall controller set point temperatures shall be automatically reset back to the control set point of 21 C at the end of each day regardless of the pointion it was left in so that the next morning the system is back to the control set point for pre heat The contractor shall allow for all necessary interfaces in the BMS and also in the DX plant to allow for this full function via the BMS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 46 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Naturally Ventilated areas Whilst the naturally ventilated areas on the main do not have comfort cooling they shall be designed to provide sufficient air flow to ensure the areas comply with Building Bulletin BB101 see section 4 5 for further details 4 4 Heating System It is proposed that the building shall be heated by a mixture of gas fired boiler plant and biomass boiler The condensing gas fired boiler units and biomass boiler unit shall be located located within the ground floor plantroom with flues rising to discharge through the roof Flues to be twin walled and housed in a fire rated riser separate from other services where necessary The interface between the gas boiler and the biomass boiler shall be designed and controlled so as to ensure that the biomass boiler is the lead boiler whenever possible to maximise the efficiency of this renewable energy sy
515. rolled test plugs for measurement of temperature and pressure complete with captive cap for sealing when not in use Ensure test plugs are suitable for system operating temperature and pressure Provide one thermometer and pressure gauge for each range of conditions for use with test plugs Y11 2680A THREADED PIPELINE STRAINERS BRONZE Material Bronze to BS EN 1982 Ends Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Pattern Y pattern body Screen free area Not less than 250 of pipe bore Screen perforations 15 to 50mm nominal size within range 0 7 0 9 mm diameter 65mm and over nominal size within range 1 5 1 8mm diameter Internal to external flow through screen Provide plugged connections for drain air vent and differential pressure monitoring threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Y11 2680B FLANGED PIPELINE STRAINERS BRONZE Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 269 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Material Bronze to BS EN 1982 Ends Flanged to BS EN 1092 3 Pattern Y pattern body Screen free area Not less than 250 of pipe bore Screen perforations 15 to 50mm nominal size within range 0 7 0 9 mm diameter 65mm and over nominal size within range 1 5 1 8mm diameter Internal to external flow through screen Provide plugged connections for drain air vent and differential pressure monitoring threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Y11 2
516. rophones etc The ideal map shall be a jpg image format in the size of 980 x 735 pixels In addition text boxes and sub maps shall be added to maps further defining the layout The utility shall also provide full installation configuration and editing of maps Maps of smaller sizes shall have the ability to be moved anywhere on the screen There shall be a Language Translation Utility LTU It shall allow a manual translation of the entire GUI into any language that uses varying alpha numeric character sets The utility shall also store files for simple changing from one language to another The Other Controls Area shall provide a palette of buttons that only become active when a valid device is selected from the Site and Device Tree When active the selection of these buttons shall cause the Control Dialog Display Area to display Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 178 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION additional control information The Other Controls are Playback PTZ Controls Print Export and Picture There shall be several high level configuration features allowing custom setup of the system The System Configuration feature shall be comprised of a Main Settings Menu This menu shall allow setup of the network and sites macros devices authorization Alarms Auto Login Schedules Auto Record Storage Database Utilities Authentication Protocol Controls Man
517. rotection The building shall be protected by the controls system from frost by a number of staged measures If the external temperature drops below 5 C or the internal conditions drop below 10 C then the controls system shall energise all of the pumps and open all control valves If the external temperature drops to 2 C or the internal temperature drops to below 8 C then the controls system shall energise the heating plant in sequence until the building is up to 15 C internal During frost protection cycle the air source heat pump plant shall be utilised Front End Control Software The control system shall be controlled from a suite of front end software that shall be housed upon a dedicated PC supplied installed and commissioned by the specialist controls contractor The PC shall be sized sufficient for the correct operation of the controls system The PC shall be provided with a dedicated printer for printing off faults alarms The system shall be set up with a series of graded password for limiting access to the relative authorised personnel The controls specialist shall allow for the provision of the relevant software licences etc and shall allow for the installation of the network software to allow for the access to the system from any PC in the future The controls specialist shall also allow for the training of the chosen personnel in the use of the front end software across two separate days The controls specialist shall allow for
518. round and supported They shall be protected from damage by frost water and building work with covers or other appropriate means Materials and products must not be stored by placing directly on earth or any other damp or corrosive surface Materials and products shall be adequately coated to prevent damage by oxidation etc and this coating shall be maintained until ready for final finishing A1 21 Samples of Materials and Products At the request of the Supervising Officer the contractor shall submit for examination and approval samples of materials and products proposed for use in the contract works Samples shall include but not be limited to labelling luminaires radiators valves grilles room sensors socket outlets switches and all items that shall be on show in the building particularly where the aesthetic appearance is of prime importance Samples shall also be required to demonstrate standard of finish and colour Approximate or similar colour samples will not be accepted Samples approved by the Supervising Officer shall either i Remain in the possession of the Supervising Officer until the end of the Defects Liability Period or ii Be embodied in the Sub contract works Where samples are not available the contractor shall submit such detailed drawings as the Supervising Officer may require A1 22 Protection to Fixed and Unfixed Items of Plant i The contractor is to take all measures necessary to screen and protect all plant
519. roviding independent control of all plant systems and zones Monitoring all plant for failure or operation outside of limits and raising an alarm accordingly Control of the heating system zones Control of ventilation systems Resetting the comfort cooling set system and heating system set points back to preset limits at the end of each day Monitoring the DX served rooms internal tempertaures and allowing set point temperature adjustement off front end Sequence control of gas boilers biomass boiler pumps etc Incoming water gas and electricity consumption monitoring and logging Energy monitoring of plant used and heat meters Metering of electricity used Metering of heat produced at biomass boiler Metering of heat produced by PV cell system Timeclock and daylight control of the external lighting Metering of the hot and cold water electricity and gas energy used by kitchen area Hot water usage to be via a heat meter arrangement Frost protection of building and plant e Monitoring of the sever room temperature with alarm if out of condition The Automatic Controls Specialist shall also be responsible for installing all power and controls wiring plus containment associated with the Mechanical Services throughout Wiring to mechanical services shall be LSF cabling within metal conduit and metal trunking The contractor shall provide early in the controls system design stage a set of proposed front end graphics that can be commented upo
520. rs and valves Check that any suspect dampers and valves are not jammed and that they operate as intended BS APPENDIX BS 4678 1 1971 Cable trunking Part 1 Steel surface trunking Current but obsolescent BS 4678 2 1973 Cable trunking Part 2 Steel underfloor duct trunking Current Proposed For Obsolescence BS 4678 4 1982 Cable trunking Part 4 Specification for cable trunking made of insulating material Current Proposed For Obsolescence BS 5499 5 2002 Graphical symbols and signs Safety signs including fire safety signs Part 5 Signs with specific safety meanings BS 5839 1 2002 Fire detection and alarm systems for buildings Part 1 Code of practice for system design installation commissioning and maintenance BS 6701 2004 Telecommunications equipment and telecommunications cabling Specification for installation operation and maintenance BS 7649 1993 Guide to the design and preparation of documentation for users of application software BS 7671 2001 Requirements for electrical installations IEE Wiring Regulations Sixteenth edition BS 7807 1995 Code of practice for design installation and servicing of integrated systems incorporating fire detection and alarm systems and or other security systems for buildings other than dwellings BS EN 12098 2 2001 Controls for heating systems Part 2 Optimum start stop control equipment for hot water heating systems BS EN 14908 1 2005 Open data communication in building auto
521. rs of associated system for painted or self colour discs Discs Securely attach metal or laminated plastic discs minimum diameter 35mm to each item Legends Engrave discs with permanent characters minimum height 6mm Incorporate in operating instructions relating to regulating valves and flow measuring equipment details of flow rate pressure differential and setting as appropriate Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 316 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y54 2070 AIR VOLUME REGULATING AND CONTROL DAMPER IDENTIFICATION Standards Identify each regulating and control damper Except where exposed in occupied areas On ductwork dampers clearly indicate commissioning set point Identification colours Use primary and secondary identification colours of associated system for painted or self colour discs Discs Securely attach metal or laminated plastic discs minimum diameter 35mm to each item Legends Engrave discs with permanent characters minimum height 6mm Y54 2080 INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION Standards Identify each instrument by name and where appropriate by agreed reference characters Plates Use rectangular metal or laminated plastic securely fixed to each instrument Legends Engrave plates with an approved text Y54 2090 DANGER AND WARNING NOTICES Hazardous Systems Colour code and label hazardous systems and equipment to requirements of Health a
522. rter controlled to achieve the required variavle volume of air flow The supply air socks shall be provided with motorised Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 50 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION dampers to turn off sections as the air volume drops whilst still maintaining the desired air throw patternof the sock The music room vent system shall operated as a variable volume all air heating and cooling system with the volume of air supplied to te rooms varied according to the ventilation and cooling requirements of the room dictated by in room CO2 and temperature sensors The supply ducts to the room shall have terminal reheat batteries to provide control of individual rooms cooling and main heating done at the ahu The kitchen air handling unit shall provide heated or cooled air to the kitchen via the air handling unit mounted DX coil In all instances free cooling potential through the ventilation systems shall be utilised The building shall be served by a number of separate systems Where possible the air handling system shall make full use of thermal heat recovery via cross plate recuperators or thermal wheels with recirculation variable speed drives etc The toilet extract systems shall have a twin fan run and standby fan unit All systems shall be fully monitored for fault and controlled from the central BMS system and shall be acoustically treated in accordance with th
523. runking passes through the perimeter of a fire compartment wall floor or ceiling Appearance Arrange conduit trunking and ducting to present neat appearance parallel with other service runs and lines of building construction except where in screed or in situ concrete Ensure plumb vertical runs Cable installation Install cable in conduit trunking or equipment enclosures only when completely erected throughout its length Do not use framework of partitions or similar unless indicated Building expansion and settlement Make provision in conduit and trunking at expansion and settlement joints to allow for movement of building structure Provide circular through or adaptable boxes no more than 300 mm either side of expansion or settlement joints for conduit crossing Join boxes with flexible steel conduit type C or conduits arranged to form a telescopic joint and cover overall with PVC sleeve to provide minimum degree of protection of IP44 or purpose made telescopic joint protected by a PVC sleeve to at least IP44 Quality Cut conduit clean and square with axis Remove any burrs prior to erection Site form 90 in conduit wherever practical or use circular or adaptable boxes Construct bends and sets cold with a bending machine Do not apply heat when forming sets or bends Use bending tools complying with British Standards appropriate to conduit material Ensure no indentation or reduction in cross sectional area occurs during installation U
524. s Chemicals used are compatible with system materials All items of plant and equipment subject to damage or blockage due to cleaning and chemical treatment processes are isolated or removed Permanent or temporary by passes are provided as indicated on drawings Dirt pockets are installed at low points to facilitate solids removal Supply dirt pockets with drain valves sized to pipework size All drains provided have been tested and approved and that any pumping equipment associated with the drainage system is fully commissioned Dead legs that are more than 3 pipe diameters in length are looped to allow effective cleaning Strainer baskets and filter media incorporated within systems are removed and where necessary spool or stool pieces are installed Temporary strainers and filters are installed as required for removal of solids during cleaning and chemical treatment processes Strainers are clean prior to the start of the cleaning process throughout the cleaning and on completion Suitable supply and drainage points are provided with 50mm minimum connections properly sited and installed either valved or plugged All automatic manual air vents are fully commissioned All requirements of COSHH regulations are complied with during the chemical cleaning and chemical treatment of the system Where required by local water authority provide effluent tanks for storage of all waste products of cleaning and chemical treatment processes Fo
525. s are correctly calibrated Record details of instruments on record sheets Submit evidence of correct calibration of instruments to be used in connection with commissioning and testing Y51 3100A AIR SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING RECORDS TO BSRIA AG 3 89 3 Keep a systematic record of commissioning results and distribute as indicated For air systems Use record sheets as described in BSRIA Application Guide 3 89 3 Commissioning air systems in buildings Y51 3100B WATER SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING RECORDS TO BSRIA AG 2 89 3 Keep a systematic record of commissioning results and distribute as indicated For water systems Use record sheets as detailed in BSRIA Application Guide 2 89 3 Commissioning water systems in buildings Y51 3110 BMS COMMISSIONING CONTROL SYSTEM SPECIFICATION DETAILS REQUIRED FOR COMMISSIONING Ensure that the following information is supplied to the commissioning engineer A network schematic providing a record of the overall control system architecture Schematics of the systems to be controlled indicating the location of sensors and actuators A written description of the configured control strategies Control strategy logic diagrams in the form of logic flow charts Set points and other control settings such as initial default parameters for control loops relating to the control strategies Criteria relating to control accuracy and stability A points list including digital inputs outputs and analogue inputs outputs
526. s elevations space cavity in galvanized steel conduit External Blockwork Surface galvanized steel conduit Surface IP56 Masterseal 5 22 Lifts 1 No Part M2 of Building Regulations compliant passenger lifts will be installed incorporating key preference control for equipment movement The type of lift is to be confirmed with the Main Contractor The Services Contractor shall provide adequate electrical supplies telephone lines fire alarm interfaces ventilation CCTV and access control for the correct running and operation of the lift Upon activation of the fire alarm the lift shall return to ground floor level and doors open The lift installation will comply with BSEN81 Part2 BS5655 Part 1 and The New Lift Directive 1991 5 23 Installation of Photo Voltaic P V Panels and ancillary control equipment The contractor shall allow for engaging the services of Energi Holdings plc on 01772 730300 to provide design and install a p v system which shall be mounted onto the flat section of the south facing roof above the pod and as shown on the architects drawings The contractor shall allow for the provision and installation commissioning and demonstration of the system including all interconnecting cables and equipment to provide a fully functional p v installation which will be fed back to the main switchboard as detailed on the drawings and as directed by Energi Holdings plc The contact at Energi Holdings plc is Andrew Baird and
527. s instructions Y10 8020 FUSION JOINTS POLYETHYLENE PIPES Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 256 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Preparation Square cut plain ends Form pipe ends for socket type joints Making and Sealing In accordance with fitting manufacturer s instructions Y10 8030 MECHANICAL FITTINGS FOR POLYETHYLENE PIPE Preparation Ensure that cut ends are square Check wall thickness pressure rating of fitting Making and sealing Ensure correct gasket type is used for service e g water or gas Assemble fitting in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Y10 8040 ANCHORS PVC PIPES Clamp pipework to mild steel channel section attached to or grouted into building structure using PVC coated over straps or clamps and with a polypropylene strip between pipe and mild steel section Y10 8050 JOINTING POLYBUTYLENE PIPES AND FITTINGS Carry out installation of polybutylene pipes and fittings in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Y10 9020A STEAM AND CONDENSE MAINS Install steam and condense mains to a minimum fall of 1 in 250 Take steam connections to plant and equipment from the top of the steam main Connect condense discharge from trap sets into the top of the condense main Do not use trap sets to lift condense on equipment with automatic control valves On steam mains provide drain trap sets discharging into the condense mains at
528. s shall allow a degree of limited temperature adjustment by the teaching staff between the agreed set point parameters The thermostat shall not show temperature readings on the stat display but shall show plus and minus to indicate the occupants raising or lowering the room temperature The exact degree of adjustment shall be remotely adjusted from the BMS front end terminal but shall initially be set to 2 C and shall be reset by the BMS back to the set point at the end of each day Each room zone shall be controlled by a room wall mounted in room temperature sensor return air temperature sesnors in the ducted systems or fan coil units will not be permitted These sensors shall allow a degree of limited temperature adjustment by the teaching staff between the agreed set point parameters The thermostat shall not show temperature readings on the stat display but shall show plus and minus to indicate the occupants raising or lowering the room temperature The exact degree of adjustment shall be remotely adjusted from the BMS front end terminal but shall initially be set to 2 C and shall be reset by the BMS back to the set point at the end of each day Where radiators are used in classrooms they shall be controlled by the BMS via two port control valves three port on the end of each leg to ensure quick response time The heating system shall include differential pressure control valves to ensure that the pressure within
529. script circuit identification number cable size fuse or circuit breaker rating and a description of item supplied and area supplied by circuit Y82 2180A CONDUIT AND TRUNKING COLOUR CODING In areas of mechanical plant or voids accommodating mechanical services or where otherwise indicated identify electrical conduits and ducts in accordance with BS 1710 Apply colour orange to BS 4800 by painting on service as a band over 150mm or applying an adhesive tape type wrap around services over a length of 150mm Place identification colours at bulkheads wall penetrations and any other place where identification is necessary Y82 2190A CABLE IDENTIFICATION Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 365 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Provide all cables other than final sub circuit wiring enclosed in conduits or trunking with labels fixed at each end of cable either side of wall and floor penetrations at approximately 12m intervals at convenient inspection points by means of non releasable plastic straps minimum width 4mm Ensure labels show the reference number of cable Y82 2200A TERMINAL MARKING AND CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION Provide for switchgear and control gear elements whose terminals are marked in accordance with BS 5472 EN 50005 and BS 6272 EN 50042 Use a unique reference to identify each element in the switchgear or control gear Mark on or adjacent to each element
530. se correct tools to assemble conduit Ensure no toolmarks or damage to components occurs Y60 3020 LAYOUT Ensure the maximum circuit lengths and groupings of cables indicated are not exceeded Conduit sizing Where dimensions are not indicated select trunking and conduit sizes in accordance with Appendix A of Guidance Note Selection and Erection published by the IEE now IET Y60 3030 SPACING Install conduit trunking and equipment clear of other services Measure distance from external surface of any thermal insulation Notify instances where minimum clearance cannot be achieved and bond items concerned Minimum general spacings between conduits trunking equipment and insulated steam services 300 mm other services excluding steam 150 mm above central heating radiators 1000 mm ensure separation is in accordance with Appendix K of Guidance Note Selection and Erection published by the IEE now IET Y60 3040 CONDENSATION PREVENTION Install conduit and trunking systems to ensure internal condensation does not affect operation of associated circuits Provide drainage points in accordance with BS 7671 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 321 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Where conduit passes through external wall between two areas of different ambient temperatures or in other locations likely to cause condensation install a conduit or adaptable box Aft
531. se of the system BS EN 1453 1 2000 Plastics piping systems with structured wall pipes for soil and waste discharge low and high temperature inside buildings Unplasticized poly vinyl chloride PVC U Part 1 Specifications for pipes and the system BS EN 274 1 2002 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 86 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Waste fittings for sanitary appliances Part 1 Requirements BS EN 274 2 2002 Waste fittings for sanitary appliances Part 2 Test methods BS EN 274 3 2002 Waste fittings for sanitary appliances Part 3 Quality control BS EN 545 2002 Ductile iron pipes fittings accessories and their joints for water pipelines Requirements and test methods BS EN 598 1995 Ductile iron pipes fittings accessories and their joints for sewerage applications Requirements and test methods BS EN 877 1999 Cast iron pipes and fittings their joints and accessories for the evacuation of water from buildings Requirements test methods and quality assurance BS EN 969 1996 Specification for ductile iron pipes fittings accessories and their joints for gas pipelines Requirements and test methods BS ISO 9000 2 1997 Quality management and quality assurance standards Generic guidelines for the application of ISO 9001 ISO 9002 and ISO 9003 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 87 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES P
532. sed until the contract is commissioned and performance tested The cover shall be printed with the following information Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manual Project Name and Service Where more than one volume is required the cover shall also be printed with volume number Each section of the manual shall be divided by a stiff divider of the same size as the holder The divider shall be labelled as to the section of the manual All written instructions within the manual shall be typewritten with a margin on the left hand side The arrangement of the manual shall be as follows Section One Index Section Two Description of the Design Intent Section Three Description of the operational routes The description must include step by step instructions on starting and stopping each plant or system and a fault diagnosis procedure in diagrammatic and tabular form to show the action necessary to correctly identify defective pieces of equipment and the steps to be taken to rectify faults Section Four Planned maintenance instruction This section must include step by step instruction on the maintenance of all items of plant Data shall also be provided for ordering replacements Full sets of manufacturers maintenance instructions including wiring diagrams cable schedules circuit chart Protection and overload relay settings shall be recorded and calibration charts shall be incorporated This section shall include a set of drawings
533. ses Work Area The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to restrict the area of his works to the immediate vicinity of the work involved under his contract and shall prevent his workmen from straying beyond the boundaries of such works Planning Co operate with all other contractors in planning the construction of the contract works before the work commences Prepare a schedule detailing all items of plant and equipment with their true delivery period which he considers should be brought to the attention of the Main Contractor in the preparation of this main programme Liaise with the Supervising Officer and Main Contractor providing them with a detailed program confirming when Client supply items if any are required for installation Sub contractors shall advise the Main Contractor in sufficient time to allow access to be provided for the installation of large items of plant and equipment or long lengths of pipework ductwork or cable etc Statutory Undertakings The Contractor will be responsible for programming co ordinating and progressing the involvement of the statutory undertakings and other Authorities in the works as is necessary within the project The contractor shall place all orders for the statutory authority works and shall be responsible for placing these orders in sufficient time so as not to adversely affect the construction programme and delivery dates The Contractor shall source and provide all nece
534. seseeeeeueuseneeeeenes 181 W50 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM ccc cccccccceccceeesseeeceeueuseeeeeesuaueeueeeeeaaeseueeeeneeeenes 183 W51 EARTHING AND BONDING uu ccc ccc cececeecesueeeeeeeeeeueuseneusseuauveueeveseaeeeneeveneneeenes 191 W52 LIGHTNING PROTECTION ccccccccccccccseeececeeceeeeueeeeecesueuseueuseeuaueeueaeeeeueeeneeveneeeenes 196 W53 ELECTROMAGNETIC SCREENING co cc ceccccccccceeceseeceseeeeseuauseneeseseueeeueeeneaeeeaes 200 W60 CENTRAL CONTROL BUILDING MANAGEMENT ccccceecsceeesseeesseeeeeeeeeeneeenenes 200 Requirement Specification sccccccssackdtvehe ckehevdensievvacciesvehesducinie sees eeanetuennatmaeeiwansiuane ad aeie enero 232 VIO PIPELINES we ot ata eee Le PL EL kd lta 239 YTT PIPELINE ANCILLARIES ccc ccccccceececeecesueuseseeeesueuseneasesuaeeueaeeeeaeeeneueeneeeeags 258 MAO PUMP S cSsctecuntecareccsteds cea dtasaeacuedt sesretaaatacsied a sti deadebeaummanedt a 275 V 24 TRACE HEATING fceiscocten Sted cect a ce te a oh ee a te 275 Y25 CLEANING AND CHEMICAL TREATMENT ccccccecscsecsceeecssuecseeeeseseueseaeseeeeeenes 276 Y30 AIR DUCTLINES AND ANCILLARIES 1 00 ccccceesseeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeseneeeeweaeeenes 282 Y40 AIR HANDLING UNITS 2 00 ccc cc ccccceeceeeeceseeeseseeeesueuseeeasesuaueeneaeeseaeeenaueeneaeeenas 288 BT NN he Re A ee T TET 291 Y45 SILENCERS ACOUSTIC TREATMENT ccccccccccceecsseeceseeesseueseueeeeeeueeeueeeeneaeeenes 293 Y46 GRILLES DIFFUSERS LOUVRES 1
535. shafts be designed to prevent the formation of condensation on the internal side of the room ventilation dampers or room components be designed to avoid thermal cold bridges and shall be in accordance with the SBEM requirements for building fabric performances The corridor areas of the building shall also be naturally ventilated by BMS controlled louvred opening rooflights positioned along the length of the building These shall be controlled by the BMS using wall mounted temperature sensors located down the length of the corridors Mechanical Ventilation The internal offices assembly hall music rooms and kitchen area shall be provided with mechanical supply and extract ventilation systems The changing areas toilets food tech prep and science rooms shall be provided with mechanical extract systems The mechanical ventilation system shall comprise of separate air handling plant serving ductwork distribution systems that shall take the fresh air into the room and extract the exhaust air for discharge to atmosphere The internal office air handling system shall comprise of a heat recovery air handling unti with a intergrated electric heater battery to provide air at a constant tempered temperature to the rooms The fan shall be operated under the dictates of a PIR The assesmbly hall ahu shall provide a varying volume of air to the room depending on the air quality and temperature of the space The fans in the air handling unit shall ne inve
536. signation On Behalf Of Address Date Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 375 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION APPENDICIES APPENDIX A Mechanical Services Schedule of Suppliers APPENDIX B Electrical Services Schedule of Suppliers APPENDIX C Indicative Tender Drawings APPENDIX D Indicative Part L2A BRUKL Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 376 6 March 2013 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Appendix A Mechanical Services Schedule of Suppliers Schedule of Preferred Electrical Manufacturers and Suppliers of Plant and Equipment The tender must be based upon the preferred schedule of manufacturers and suppliers If the Tenderer wishes to propose an alternative this shall be submitted as an option for consideration stating cost change and reason for deviating from the schedule The Sub Contractor shall provide and install plant and equipment in accordance with the schedule of manufacturers and suppliers Where more than one manufacturer or range is identified the Sub Contractor shall obtain the engineers written agreement on the equipment to be used before proceeding It still remains the Sub Contractors responsibility to ensure all equipment supplied is correct in all respects for the intended application Any and all deviations from this schedule must be authorised in writing by t
537. sition relative to their fuse carriers or miniature circuit breakers MCBs for each pole In TPN distribution boards supply neutral busbars with one outgoing terminal for each outgoing circuit Provide a multi terminal earthing bar for circuit protective conductors for both insulated and metal cased boards with one terminal for each outgoing circuit Connect directly to earthing terminal without dependence on exposed conductive parts of enclosure Identify each fuseway and MCB way by numbering Identify each terminal on neutral busbar and earthing bar with its respective fuseway or MCB way Where specific ratings are indicated incorporate fuses or MCBs otherwise leave ways blank for future additions Enclosures finish Finish Manufacturer s standard Colour Manufacturer s standard colour Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 337 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y71 2220A CONSUMER UNITS Comply with BS EN 60439 3 Supply consumer units with minimum degree of protection in accordance with BS EN 60529 IP 31 Provide fuses or miniature circuit breakers and means of isolation Y71 2230A MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Standard BS EN 60898 1 Supply miniature circuit breakers with voltage and current ratings type according to instantaneous tripping current energy limiting class category of duty and frequency in accordance with BS EN 60898 1 Y71 2240A RESIDUAL CURRENT DE
538. sociated earth electrode system Install so that top is flush with finished ground or floor level Ensure enclosure provides adequate access for testing purposes Provide pit details for builders work Labelling Wording Earth Y80 2080A EARTH ELECTRODE TANK PENETRATION SEAL Dimensions Screed depth mm 54 minimum Slab depth mm 158 maximum Flange area m 0 125 minimum Form Earth rod to tube seal by compression ring and seal Slab former Standard earth rod pit Y80 2090A MAIN EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDS Provide main equipotential bonds in accordance with BS 7430 and BS 7671 Material Insulated cable single core to BS 6004 Use no joints in main equipotential bonds Y80 2100A SUPPLEMENTARY EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDS Provide supplementary equipotential bonds to BS 7430 and BS 7671 Joints not allowed in these bonds Material Insulated cable single core to BS 6004 Y80 2110A CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE CONDUCTORS Material Insulated cable single core to BS 6004 as indicated metallic screwed conduits excluding flexible metallic trunking with tinned copper links armouring and or metallic sheathing of armoured cables or integral conductor of multi core cable Size Provide protective conductors sized in accordance with BS 7671 IEE Regulations 543 01 03 and Tables 54B 54C 54D 54E and 54F or provide protective conductors sized in accordance with BS 7671 IEE Regulations 543 01 04 and Table 54G Y80 2120 EARTHING CLAMPS Use
539. spheric burners BS ISO 9000 2 1997 Quality management and quality assurance standards Generic guidelines for the application of ISO 9001 ISO 9002 and ISO 9003 32 NATURAL GAS PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 030 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The contractor shall design install test commission and demonstrate the natural gas system in accordance with the gas regulations The works entail the removal of gas from the building only PART 2 SELECTION SCHEDULES FOR REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 210 000 PIPELINES 210 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y10 1000 and those detailed below 210 015 SANITARY FITTINGS Comply with work section general clauses reference Y10 1000 and those detailed below e Asschedule reference 210 020 STEEL PIPES AND FITTINGS Carbon steel pipes to BS EN 10255 Medium black reference Y10 2010B Carbon steel fittings to BS 1965 1 Medium weight reference Y10 2060B Malleable cast iron fittings screwed Black reference Y10 2070A Jointing materials Circular flanges Welding flanges reference Y10 3010A Screwed flanges reference Y10 3010B Jointing rings for circular flanges Non metallic flat for flanges to BS EN 1092 1 reference Y10 3020A Metallic for flanges to BS EN 1092 1 reference Y10 3020B Screwed joints to BS 21and BS EN 10226 1 Paste and hemp and PTFE tape reference Y10 3030A PTFE tape reference Y10 3030B Where chemical cleaning is required reference Y10 3030
540. sponsible for the correct operation and maintenance of the installation The training shall take place prior to completion and during the system reliability trial with all systems fully operational The contractor shall allow for a minimum of five days training for two representatives All two representatives will attend each day of training The contractor shall provide training handout notes and background information to the employer s representative prior to the training period Training shall be structured to suit all the relevant building elements building and its services and shall include theory demonstration and hands on experience in the operation and maintenance of the building Each training day shall allow for relevant instruction on an elemental basis Theoretical training shall be carried out in a suitable quiet room with all necessary visual aids and facilities A register shall be kept of attendance at each of the training sessions and a certificate shall be issued to all attendees at the end of each training session Obligations after Practical Completion Between the issue of a Certificate of Practical Completion and the Certificate of Making Good Defects relating to the whole or part of the Contract works provide the following i A prompt call back service available at all times to attend to any faults Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORM
541. ss 2 finish Use brass dome or cheese headed screws to secure covers for Class 4 finish Limit number of entry holes within loop in boxes to four Adaptable box minimum size 100 mm x 100 mm x 50 mm Connections Use couplers and externally screwed brass bushes to connect conduit to loop in circular conduit boxes switchgear distribution boards and adaptable boxes Use solid couplers Conduit fixing saddles Spacer bar Plugs Hexagonal malleable iron Locknuts Hexagonal steel Provide conduit systems to BS EN 61386 Use conduit of each type from one manufacturer Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 318 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Material Metal steel Method of connection Threadable Suitability for bending Rigid BS EN 61386 21 Electrical characteristics with electrical continuity Resistance against corrosive or polluting substances Conduits with same protection outside and inside High protection Hot dip zinc coating BS EN 61386 1 Table 10 Class 4 Y60 2020A RIGID CONDUIT SYSTEM METALLIC CONDUIT Use couplers to match conduit grade and finish Use solid couplers to join lengths of conduit Conduit fittings and adaptable boxes Material Malleable iron adaptable boxes Do not use factory made bends inspection bends or inspection couplers unless shown on drawings or schedules Ensure fittings are same class and finish as associated conduit system
542. ssary information so required by the statutory authorities The Contractor shall in addition to the above allow for full attendance by any necessary sub contractors to satisfy the needs of the Statutory Authority undertaking and other Authorities and shall assist their Engineers on site to the full Standard Specifications Supply as necessary on loan only to the Supervising Officer s representative on the works one copy of each International or British Standard Specification Code of Practice and other Standard Specifications referred to in these documents Reference to International or British Standard Specifications Code of Practice etc do not give year of issue or date of amendment slips The current version at the time the Main Contractor receives these documents shall apply Roads All necessary temporary roads tracks crossings and hard standings will be provided free of charge to sub contractors by the Main Contractor Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A1 9 8 Buildings and Security Measures Provide as necessary temporary sheds offices other temporary buildings and security measures for your own exclusive use and clear away everything on completion The contractor shall allow for moving the site accommodation from time to time as may be required by the contract works subject to the confines of the site Storage
543. stem All the pumps serving the heating systems shall be inverter driven to achieve the full potential of energy savings within the operation of the systems The heating system distribution pipework shall be installed on the basis of using differential pressure control valves with minimum bypass valves at the end of each branch to allow for the pump minimum flow rate to be met and the system reactions rate to be optimised The heating installations shall be complete with all necessary pumpsets twin head pressurisation units expansion vessels flues dirt air separator dosing pot control valves sensors and gauges as required to allow for the full operation of the system LTHW overdoor air curtains shall be provided above the entrance doors and every reception desk shall be provided with a separate electric fan heater for the receptionist s individual control The heating system to these entrance spaces shall be sized without taking into account the overdoor and fan heater Heating to all areas shall make full allowance for heating the incoming fresh air to meet the space ventilation requirements based on the building regulations requirement of a minimum of 10 litres per second per person Note heating systems in naturally vented areas are to be sized on 10litres second person ventilation rates and not those advised in BB87 Each underfloor heated room zone shall be controlled by a room wall mounted in room temperature sensor These sensor
544. suring tube should be correctly sized The tapping point should not be located where it will be affected by obstructions to the flow Pressure liquids Use a damping coil to avoid transferring vibrations horizontal loops to avoid trapped air bubbles and condensate The device must always be installed in a location which is lower than the sensing point Do not measure at the top of a pipe trapped air bubbles or at the bottom dirt Pressure gases When measuring vapour gases the device must always be installed in a location which is higher than the sensing point Measure at the top of the pipe to prevent condensate from entering the pressure tube 320 160 INDOOR AIR QUALITY SENSORS CO2 and mixed gas sensors room mounted Ensure that the sensor is located in a representative location e g on an open wall 1 5 to 3m above the floor Ensure that the sensor is not mounted in niches or bookshelves or behind curtains Ensure that the sensor is not located where people are continuously present within 1 or 2 metres CO2 and mixed gas sensors duct mounted Ensure that the sensor is located in the return air duct as close as possible to the room extract point s Ensure that the sensor is located in the vertical position Ensure the correct orientation of the duct probe with respect to the airflow Ensure that the sensor is not installed in a vertical position with the head at the bottom 320 170 ACTUATORS Securely mount actu
545. systems BS 437 1978 Specification for cast iron spigot and socket drain pipes and fittings BS 4514 2001 Unplasticized PVC soil and ventilating pipes of 82 4mm minimum mean outside diameter and fittings and accessories of 82 4mm and of other sizes Specification BS 476 7 1997 Fire tests on building materials and structures Part 7 Method of test to determine the classification of the surface spread of flame of products BS 7291 1 2006 Thermoplastics pipes and associated fittings for hot and cold water for domestic purposes and heating installations in buildings Part 1 General requirements BS 7291 2 2006 Thermoplastics pipes and associated fittings for hot and cold water for domestic purposes and heating installations in buildings Part 2 Specification for polybutylene PB pipes and associated fittings BS 7291 3 2006 Thermoplastics pipes and associated fittings for hot and cold water for domestic purposes and heating installations in buildings Part 3 Specification for cross linked polyethylene PE X pipes and associated fittings BS 7291 4 1990 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 85 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Thermoplastics pipes and associated fittings for hot and cold water for domestic purposes and heating installations in buildings Part 4 Specification for chlorinated polyvinyl chloride PVC C pipes and associated fittings and solvent cementCurrent O
546. t Do not use galvanized or zinc coated steel jacketing and accessories on austenitic stainless steel and austenitic nickel steel alloy equipment and piping 1032 PRE INSULATED EQUIPMENT Where fire and surface spread of flame certificates relate to factory made products ensure that certificates are still valid where products are incorporated in pre insulated equipment 1034 PROTECTION APPLIED IN SITU Where fire and surface spread of flame certificates relate to factory made products ensure that the certificate remains valid when the finish is site applied Y50 1035A CLASS A1 EUROPEAN CLASSIFICATION FOR REACTION TO FIRE PERFORMANCE Supply insulating materials that comply with Euroclass A1 Y50 1035B CLASS A2 EUROPEAN CLASSIFICATION FOR REACTION TO FIRE PERFORMANCE Supply insulating materials that comply with Euroclass A2 Y50 1035C CLASS B EUROPEAN CLASSIFICATION FOR REACTION TO FIRE PERFORMANCE Supply insulating materials that comply with Euroclass B Y50 1035D CLASS C EUROPEAN CLASSIFICATION FOR REACTION TO FIRE PERFORMANCE Supply insulating materials that comply with Euroclass C Y50 1040 CFC S AND HCFC S e Ensure all thermal insulants for use in the building services are made using materials with zero ozone depletion potential CFC and HCFC free The following materials must not be used Polyurethane Urethane foams Extruded polystyrene e Phenolic foam Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 300
547. t Power consumption Y41 FANS Y41 1000 GENERAL Y41 2020A CONSTRUCTION AND HANDLING Casings Construct rigid casing free from drumming under operating conditions Supply in sections as required for access or handling Flange dimensions in accordance with BS 848 4 Safety standards to BS EN 60335 2 80 Rotating assemblies Balance in accordance with BS ISO 1940 1 BS ISO 11342 or BS 7854 1 as appropriate Shafts and hubs Machine impeller bosses and shafts to BS 4500 and key in accordance with BS 4235 1 Hold impeller to shaft with set screw or taper lock fitting Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 291 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Shaft bearings Sealed for life Drives and guards Provide guards over shaft couplings and rope in accordance with BS EN ISO 12100 and Factory Inspectorate requirements Material galvanized or sheet steel Lifting Provide lifting eyebolts or similar facilities on fans or sections heavier than 20kg Y41 2030 TESTING Provide results of aerodynamic performance tests in accordance with BS 848 1 noise tests in accordance with BS EN ISO 5136 BS ISO 13347 1 BS ISO 13347 2 BS ISO 13347 3 BS ISO 13347 4 and fan vibration measurements in accordance with BS ISO 14695 and balancing and vibration measurements in accordance with BS 848 7 and BS ISO 14695 Y41 2050A MATERIALS GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL Construct casing from galv
548. t Ends Screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Finish Galvanised Y10 2060B MEDIUM WEIGHT CARBON STEEL FITTINGS BUTT WELDED TO BS 1965 1 Material Carbon steel grade 430 electric resistance welded Standard BS 1965 1 Size range 25mm to 400mm Dimensions BS EN 10253 1 Medium Ends Bevelled Finish Varnished Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 239 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y10 2070A MALLEABLE CAST IRON FITTINGS SCREWED Material Cast iron to BS EN 1562 Standard BS 143 amp 1256 or BS EN 10242 Size range 10mm to 164mm Dimensions BS 143 amp 1256 or BS EN 10242 Ends screwed to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Finish Black Y10 2270A COPPER HALF HARD Kitemarked Material Copper Standard BS EN 1057 R250 Class X Dimensions BS EN 1057 table 3 Ends Plain Finish Uncoated Y10 2310A CAPILLARY FITTINGS FOR COPPER TUBING GENERAL POTABLE RANGE Material Copper or dezincifiable resistant copper alloy Standard BS EN 1254 1 Size range 6mm to 67mm Dimensions BS EN 1254 1 table 2 Ends Integral lead free solder ring Finish Natural Y10 2320A TYPE A COMPRESSION FITTINGS FOR COPPER TUBING Kitemarked Material Dezincifiable resistant copper alloy Standard BS EN 1254 2 type A non manipulative Size range 6mm to 54mm Dimensions BS EN 1254 2 table 2 and 3 Ends Socket Fi
549. t all time dependent BMS components are time synchronised via the operator workstation Ensure that the BMS can automatically change between British Summer Time BST and Greenwich Mean Time GMT Ensure that the BMS can accommodate leap years 310 080 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SYSTEM SECURITY e Provide as a minimum password protected operator access for the following levels Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 212 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Level 1 Ability to display all point data e Level 2 Ability to display all point data and to initiate data logging functions e Level 3 Ability to display all point data to initiate data logging functions and to change set points and time schedules e Level 4 Ability to display all point data to initiate data logging functions to change set points and time schedules and to change control strategies and schematic graphics functions and password assignment e Ensure that password protected operator access is set up for both operator workstations and field controllers which have an operator interface e Ensure that passwords permit at least 6 alpha numeric characteristics e Ensure that the BMS software is protected from unauthorised entry e Ensure that the BMS and its operation performed under any maintenance contract complies with BS ISO IEC 27001 and BS ISO IEC 17799 Code of practice for information security ma
550. t extraneous conductive parts are separated from earth by an impedance greater than 50 000 ohms Confirm other conductive parts are bonded to equipotential zone earthbar by an impedance not exceeding 0 1 ohms Y81 3020 PHASE SEQUENCE Check and confirm correct polarity of all conductors in all circuits Y81 3030A HIGH VOLTAGE TESTS Conduct high voltage tests for equipment indicated Comply with BS 923 1 BS EN 61180 and BS EN 60060 2 Comply with BS EN 61180 Y81 3040A LV BURIED CABLES Test continuity and insulation of buried cables immediately after back filling Test continuity and insulation of buried cables prior to handover Y81 3040B HV AND LV BURIED CABLES Test continuity and insulation of buried cables immediately after back filling Test continuity and insulation of buried cables prior to handover Perform HV tests on buried HV cables prior to handover Y81 3050 CONDUIT TRUNKING AND DUCTING Test and confirm electrical continuity before installing cables Y82 IDENTIFICATION ELECTRICAL Y82 1000 GENERAL Y82 2010A LABELS AND NOTICES Apply identification labels and notices in accordance with BS 7671 IEE Wiring Regulations Clause 514 to all electrical cables plant and equipment including components of mechanical systems Identification of protective devices Diagrams charts or tables to comply with Clause 514 09 Warning notices voltages in excess of 250 volts Periodic inspection and test notices Residual
551. t full details of the proposed type and obtain approval from the engineer before proceeding The following list details approved suppliers for various work elements The list shall be read as equal and approved Any deviations shall be agreed with Waterman Building Services Engineer Electrical Services SWITCHGEAR DEVICES SCHNEIDER MAIN SWITCH PANELS MARDIX AF SWITCHGEAR METERS SCHNEIDER FINAL DISTRIBUTION SCHNEIDER CABLES AND INSULATION BICC DRAKA PRYSMIAN METAL TRUNKING CONDUIT LEGRAND amp TRAY MITA Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 379 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION PVC TRUNKING FIRE RESISTANT SOFT SKIN CABLES LV WIRING ACCESSORIES FIRE ALARMS DISABLED REFUGE COMMUNICATION INTERNAL LIGHTING EXTERNAL LIGHTING LIGHTING CONTROLS SECURITY CCTV DOOR ENTRY LIGHTNING PROTECTION INDUCTION LOOP SYSTEM PV INSTALLATION MK MARSHALL TUFFLEX LEGRAND PRYSMIAN FP PLUS ENHANCED DRAKA FIRETUFPLUS ENHANCED MK LOGIC PLUS ALL AREAS METAL CLAD PLANTROOMS AND HOSTILE AREAS PROTEC BALDWIN BOXALL WHITECROFT OR LUXONIC KINGFISHER OR WHITECROFT EX OR OR WHITECROFT OR LUXONIC INITIAL BEST OMEGA RED P E L SERVICES TONE TEC PAS SOUND ENGINEERING TEL 0845 430 0546 ENERGI HOLDINGS PLC Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 380 6 March 2013 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPE
552. t specified is installed without approval Trunking may be substituted for conduit at certain positions subject to approval Y61 HV LV CABLES AND WIRING Y61 1000 GENERAL 1010 CABLE MANUFACTURE Use new cables delivered to site with seals intact manufactured not more than one year prior to delivery labelled with manufacturer s name size description BS number classification length grade and date of manufacture 1020 CABLE CERTIFICATION MARKING Mark all types of cables with CENELEC cable certification marking or if included in British Approvals Service for Cables BASEC in accordance with BASEC regulations Y61 2005 LSOH SHEATHING Supply cables with Low Smoke Zero Halogen LSOH sheathing tested in accordance with BS EN 50267 and BS EN 60332 Y61 2020A STANDARD POWER SUPPLY CABLES COPPER CONDUCTORS THERMOSETTING INSULATION SHEATHED Standard BS 5467 Tables 4 6 8 and 10 Mechanical protection Unarmoured Y61 2020B STANDARD POWER SUPPLY CABLES COPPER CONDUCTORS THERMOSETTING INSULATION SHEATHED AND ARMOURED Standard BS 5467 Tables 4 6 8 and 12 Mechanical protection Armour Y61 2020E STANDARD POWER SUPPLY CABLES COPPER CONDUCTORS LSF SHEATHED AND ARMOURED Standard BS 6724 Tables 4 6 8 and 10 Mechanical protection Armour Y61 2020G STANDARD CABLES FOR CONDUIT AND TRUNKING COPPER CONDUCTORS LSF INSULATED Standard BS 7211 Tables 3 a and 4 a Mechanical protection Condu
553. t the BMS complies with the following EC Directives Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC and amendment 93 68 EEC Construction Products Directive 89 106 EEC and amendment 93 68 EEC General Product Safety Directive 92 59 EEC Ensure that the BMS installation complies with BS 7671 Electrical Installations in Buildings Ensure that control panels comply with BS EN 60439 1 Low voltage Switchgear and Control Assemblies 310 030 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ELECTRICAL SUPPLY Ensure that the BMS can operate when supplied with electricity conforming to BS EN 50160 Voltage characteristics of electricity supplied by public distribution systems 310 040 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS EMC Ensure that the BMS complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 89 336 EEC Ensure that the BMS complies with BS EN 61000 6 3 Generic emission standard BS EN 61000 6 1 and BS EN 61000 6 2 Generic immunity standard Ensure that the BMS meets the EMC requirements of prEN 13646 310 050 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS EMERGENCY RESTORATION PROCEDURES e Ensure that the BMS fully restores all control and monitoring functions following an emergency shut down period e Ensure that the start delay times can be adjusted according to the magnitude of the load 310 060 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY FACILITY e Uninterruptible power supply facility requirements e As work section V32 310 070 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TIME SYNCHRONISATION Ensure tha
554. t warped Avoid tool marking or damage to trunking system components Do not site fabricate trunking tees bends flanges and other accessories Use only factory made accessories Form circular holes over 6 mm diameter in trunking body using correctly sized punch sets Use twist drill for holes up to 6 mm maximum diameter Use only factory formed openings for accessories Line unprotected apertures in trunking with PVC or nylon edging strip Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 324 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Fit ends of runs with removable blanking plates Ensure connections are not made to covers unless indicated or approval obtained Provide fixed section of cover projecting 25 mm either side of fabric where trunking passes through wall floors or ceiling Fit cable retaining straps at 500 mm intervals except where cover is on top Y60 5060 TRUNKING OF INSULATING MATERIAL Comply with manufacturer s instructions Do not install trunking where ambient temperature is below 5 C or working temperature is above 60 C Use solvents recommended by trunking manufacturer when making solvent welded joints Remove excess solvent before surface damage occurs Hold joints rigid and in position until welds set Use manufacturer s standard radiused bends connector tees off sets end plates and component parts of trunking system assembly Ensure no type of trunking other than tha
555. tches with rated duty rated operational current and utilization category compatible with contactor Y72 2080A CONTROL SELECTOR SWITCHES Standard BS EN 60947 5 1 Provide panel mounting independent manual operation rotary type switch to select local off remote control Ensure switch rated thermal current rated operational current and utilization category are compatible with contactor control circuit characteristics and circuit protection device Y72 2090A IN BUILT PUSH BUTTONS Provide panel mounting type push buttons with actuator colours to BS EN 60073 Standard BS EN 60947 5 1 Pattern Supply flush button type start on and reset push buttons Supply mushroom actuator type stop off push buttons released by turning the actuator Ensure rated thermal current rated operational current and utilization category of push button contacts are compatible with contactor control circuit characteristics and circuit protection device Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 339 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y72 2100A INDICATOR LIGHTS Supply lamps of same type throughout Provide indicator lamps with lamp test facility Standard BS EN 842 and BS EN 60947 5 1 Details Supply interchangeable indicators for respective units Provide neon indicators Provide 230V indicator circuits and lamps Protect wiring to indicator lamp units by separate cartridge fuses Lens colour I
556. ted equipment characteristics Reference Y81 2010A Prospective short circuit current IP Reference Y81 2020A Initial verification Reference Y81 2030A Test equipment and consumables Reference Y81 2040A Testing Reference Y81 2050A Continuity of protective conductors ac or dc reference Y81 2060A Earth fault loop impedance ZS Reference Y81 2070A Settings and adjustments reference Y81 2080 Calibration reference Y81 2130 Certification and reporting Reference Y81 2140A Completion certificates Reference Y81 2150A Records reference Y81 2160 N 00 030 WORKMANSHIP e Conductive parts reference Y81 3010 e Phase sequence reference Y81 3020 e Conduit trunking and ducting reference Y81 3050 282 000 IDENTIFICATION ELECTRICAL 282 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y82 1000 and those detailed below 282 020 LABELS AND NOTICES Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 209 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Reference Y82 2010A 282 030 LABELS AND NOTICES MATERIALS Material Reference Y82 2020A Fixing Reference Y82 2030A Arrangement Reference Y82 2040A Lettering and size of labels and notices Reference Y82 2050A 282 040 CONDUCTOR ARRANGEMENT e Reference Y82 2060A 282 045 GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR USE ON EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS EN 80416 e Reference Y82 2085 282 050 EQUIPMENT SIGNS AND
557. ted light sources to ensure that maintenance staff install the correct lamps Y82 2110A MOTORS AND STARTERS LABELS Fit identification labels to all motors starters and starter panels Ensure positive identification of respective motors and starters Provide motors with non corrodible labels attached adjacent to each bearing giving details of the lubricant to be used Mark direction of normal rotation on motor casing Provide labels to identify motor equipment fitted with surge suppressors and thermistors stating that insulation test voltages must not be applied to thermistors and thermistor control units Ensure labelling is compatible with schematic and wiring diagrams and complies with BS EN 60034 8 Y82 2120A ENGRAVED ACCESSORY PLATES Engrave switchplates spur units pushes and special plates for bed head units call systems fire alarms etc Use 6mm high letters with engraving coloured red Y82 2130A SWITCHGEAR Fit labels on switchgear as required by BS 7671 and BS EN 60439 to indicate duty of unit its voltage phase and current rating protective device rating size of conductor involved and all other necessary details Use an agreed serial coding system provide at the switch a key to the coding system Y82 2140 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS On each distribution board identify every outgoing way with a renewable circuit chart in a transparent plastic envelope permanently fitted inside distribution board cover Clearly indicate in typed
558. tem pressurisation units The boosted cold water shall be routed to serve the cold water appliances in the building with pressure regulating valves to prevent over pressure as necessary The boosted cold water supply shall be taken to serve the hot water calorifier unit Where necessary pressure reducing valves shall be installed on the boosted cold water and domestic hot water supplies to avoid areas of over pressure on the floors Pipework shall be installed in chrome plated copper where routed exposed All domestic hot water pipework in disabled toilets shall be fully boxed in A domestic hot water piped supply shall be routed through the building to serve the appliances as required The domestic hot water supply pipework shall be served by a secondary return system to ensure that the water is maintained at the required temperature regardless of draw off flow rates In addition all wash basins and showers shall be protected by thermostatic mixing valves to prevent scolding A cold water supply shall be taken to serve the corridor chilled water drinks fountains located at various points around the building see architect s drawings The Cat 5 boosted cold water system shall be extended through the building to serve the science room applicances as well as the electric water heaters in the science rooms from which the hot taps in the science rooms shall be served Electric water heaters shall be installed in accordance with the Project No
559. tential bonding conductors to main earth terminals Terminate circuit protective conductors on switchboard earthing bar Terminate conductors with e compression type lugs suitable for bolting direct to bar e Extend protective conductor from incoming main cable gland direct to main earth terminal e Extend separate protective conductor from main earth terminal to main switch switch panel served by incoming main cable e When main cable is provided by electrical supply Company extend separate protective conductor from Main Cable armouring gland or direct earth terminals or PME earth installed by supply Company to main earth terminal e Bond all main equipment and plant to an earth terminal connected to the bonding ring conductor e Connect telecommunications and data equipment in accordance with BS 6701 310 070 CLEAN EARTH BAR Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 193 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Application to provide a functional earth for comms equipment e Location e comms room e Mounting e Mount earth bar on insulated supports located at 300mm centres for 25mm bar and 450mm centres for 50mm bar giving 50mm clearance at rear of bar e Insulators Mount busbar on e impact resistant moulded plastic e Terminations Connect each conductor and tape separately and allow spare holes minimum two for future connections e Connect telecommunications and data equipment
560. ternal polyurethane to BS EN 15189 Y10 2410B DUCTILE IRON PIPES AND FITTINGS TO BS EN 545 Material Ductile iron Standard BS EN 545 Dimensions Spigot socket table 14 Ends Spigot and socket Finish External zinc rich with polyethylene sleeving extruded polyethylene extruded polypropylene or polyurethane Internal polyurethane to BS EN 15189 Y10 2415A FLANGED DUCTILE IRON PIPES AND FITTINGS TO BS EN 969 Material Ductile iron Standard BS EN 969 Dimensions Flanged class K9 or K10 Ends Flanged Finish External zinc rich with polyethylene sleeving extruded polyethylene extruded polypropylene or polyurethane Internal polyurethane to BS EN 15189 Y10 2415B DUCTILE IRON PIPES AND FITTINGS TO BS EN 969 Material Ductile iron Standard BS EN 969 Dimensions Spigot table 13 socket table 12 Ends Spigot and socket Finish External zinc rich with polyethylene sleeving extruded polyethylene extruded polypropylene or polyurethane Internal polyurethane to BS EN 15189 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 241 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y10 2420A FLANGED DUCTILE IRON PIPES AND FITTINGS TO BS EN 598 Material Ductile iron Standard BS EN 598 Dimensions Flanged Class K9 Ends Flanged Finish External zinc rich with polyethylene sleeving extruded polyethylene extruded polypropylene
561. test joint Square clamp oblong clamp plate clamp or screw down clamp Y80 2030A TAPE FIXING DEVICES Secure bare conductor tape to structure with fixing devices which avoid piercing tape and ensure 3mm minimum clearance of tape from structure at 450mm maximum centres Material for lightning protection systems Non conducting Material for system earthing Bronze Y80 2040A ROD EARTH ELECTRODES FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEMS Standard BS 6651 Form Roll threaded rod Dimensions Rod Diameter 15 mm nominal Rod Length 2 4m 2 x 1 2 minimum Earth electrode couplings Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 356 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Use silicon bronze alloy or aluminium bronze alloy counter bored to completely enclose rod threads Ensure rods meet in centres of coupling Use high strength driving cap in contact with driven rod and couplings of compatible material fully enclosing the rod threads Interconnect electrodes using 25 x 3 mm bare copper tape Earth electrodes in drawpits Provide concrete cover permanently labelled for electrodes installed through cable drawpit bases Material minimum size as BS 7430 Table 4 Molecularly bonded copper clad steel rods to BS 7430 or BS 6651 Accessories Rod to tape clamp or U bolt clamp Accessories sized to suit earth rod and connector Y80 2040B ROD EARTH ELECTRODES FOR SYSTEM EARTHING Standard
562. that used on the design drawings schematics and schedules 320 110 SENSORS GENERAL Ensure that sensors can be removed for testing and maintenance Ensure that a tight sealing test hole is provided adjacent to every duct sensor Ensure that Binder test points or similar are provided for pipe sensors Provide a sufficient length of spare cable so that the sensor can be removed without disconnecting the wiring Mark and record the location of concealed sensors e g in false ceilings and shafts etc Provide a labelling plate for each sensor Take account of the active and inactive sections of a sensor probe Take into account the effects of orientation on the functioning of the sensor Take into account Minimum maximum ambient temperature Ambient humidity Vulnerability to spray water and or vibration Explosion protection External influences 320 120 TEMPERATURE SENSORS e Pipe mounted immersion sensors e Ensure that the full active length of the sensor is immersed in water e Install sensors against the direction of flow e Install at the correct angle e The sensor should be installed diagonally in a bypass pipe or in a bend if the active length of the sensor probe is longer than the diameter of the pipe e Allow an adequate space between the sensor and the obstruction so that the sensor can be removed from the immersion pocket e Ensure that immersion pockets are made from stainless steel of the appropriate p
563. the installation the contractor shall be responsible for ensuring the inspection and testing of all fire dampers installed are carried out Upon completion of the tests the certificates must be issued for confirming that the dampers have been inspected and that they function correctly in accordance with the manufacturer s data sheets Access panels with chains shall be provided adjacent to the access side of all fire dampers In no instances shall flexible duct connections be allowed onto fire dampers or through floors or walls Provide installation frames and local external visual indication of fire damper blade position unless indicated otherwise Y30 3080B STEEL MULTI BLADE SMOKE DAMPERS Supply and install steel multi blade smoke dampers in accordance with DW 144 Part Seven Section 23 size and location as shown on the drawings Y30 3090B STEEL MULTI BLADE COMBINATION SMOKE AND FIRE DAMPERS Supply and install multi blade combination smoke and fire dampers in accordance with DW 144 Part Seven Section 24 size and location as shown on the drawings Y30 3100A COATED STEEL FLEXIBLE DUCTS Supply and fasten coated steel flexible duct connections as DW 144 Part Seven Section 25 Use flexible duct connections in applications listed in DW 144 paragraph 25 1 Comply with BS EN 13180 Maximum length 600mm Y30 3110A FLEXIBLE JOINT CONNECTIONS Supply and install flexible joint connections as detailed in DW 144 Section 26 or DW 154 Sectio
564. the provision of graphic slides on the front end system These slides shall be provided to Waterman Building Services for comment prior to the installation on the system The graphic slides list is to be agreed with Waterman Building Services but shall include the following as a guide and not an exhaustive list Air handling plant General toilet extract fans Kitchen supply ahu and extract fan systems Hot water heater water flow temp Biomass boiler Classroom conditions temp COs one slide per classroom External conditions Faults alarms Energy metering and energy logging Boilers and associated plant Air source heat pumps and associated plant Floor by floor graphic overview slide with room temperatures on Pumps Meters Totaliser window slide Renewable Energy Totaliser Screen Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 61 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION The controls specialist shall provide a wall mounted totliser panel to be located on the wall of the Phase 2 building entrance atrium The purpose of the panel is to show the students staff and visitors how much energy within the building is being gained from renewable sources and how much carbon dioxide emissions have been avoided by using the installed system The control system shall therefore incorporate the necessay energy metering and software calculations to provide the necessary information that shall be displayed on
565. the system is controlled Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 47 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION within limits as valves shut down Where radiators are installed in corridors and general use areas they shall be controlled by thermostatic radiator valves and these shall be lockable to prevent tampering with the settings All radiators shall be provided with combined lockshield valves draincock units Particular spaces as indicated on the tender drawings shall be heated by an all air system served off the intergral air handling unit DX air source heat pump where all components are included within the air handling unit This system shall be inclusive with the condenser unit located within the air handling so that the heat energy from the exhaust air is recycled and higher COP s are achieved Separate condenser units outside the ahu serving the ahu shall not be permitted Control of the air handling unit and heat pump system shall be as described above off the BMS via room sensors Certain spaces shall be heated from the DX air source heat pump VRF system as indicated on the tender drawings In these instances the fan coil unit or cassette systems shall be individually room controlled and monitored from the BMS system via the wall mounted room controller The BMS shall control the DX system such that the wall controller set point temperatures shall be automatically reset back to the cont
566. thing reference Y74 3010 Protection reference Y74 3020 Fixing reference Y74 3030 Measuring mounting heights reference Y74 3040 Accessories mounting heights e Standard reference Y74 3050 e For the disabled reference Y74 3070 e tobe co ordinated and confirmed prior to installation for tender purposes the above schedules are to be used 280 000 EARTHING AND BONDING COMPONENTS 280 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y80 1000 and those detailed below e Supply earthing and bonding components as specified in section V20 These standards apply to the whole of this specification 280 030 EARTH ELECTRODES e Application For the serving of the lightning protection system e Earth electrodes for lightning protection systems e Rod reference Y80 2040A e Building or structural element reference Y80 2040C Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 160 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e Earth electrodes for system earthing e Rod reference Y80 2040B e Building or structural element reference Y80 2040D e Earth electrode clamps e Reference Y80 2060A e Earth electrode inspection facilities e Reference Y80 2070A e Earth electrode tank penetration seal e Reference Y80 2080A 280 040 EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDS e Main equipotential bonds e Reference Y80 2090A e Supplementary equipotential bonds e Reference Y80 2100A 280 050 EARTHING
567. thod statement showing how this will be carried out with co ordination meetings etc Should any dispute arise between sub contractors relating to co ordination the Supervising Officer will arbitrate The Tender drawings for each of the engineering services installations do not indicate the presence of other engineering services or supports for suspended ceilings etc The contractor is responsible for ensuring liaison with all trades to ensure that all engineering services are accommodated satisfactorily in the building particularly in ducts voids cavities and other potentially congested areas The contractor shall without cost to the Employer make any alterations that may be found necessary due to non compliance with this clause The contractor shall acquaint himself with the general arrangement of all services and ensure that in fixing any work it will not obstruct the fixing or future maintenance of any other services He shall also co ordinate the engineering services with other trades and take all necessary precautions to ensure that the progress of any trade does not impede the progress of any other trade and that all engineering services are accommodated satisfactorily The contractor shall allow for obtaining and co ordinating the submission of fully co ordinated engineering services installation drawings and shop drawings from all his Sub contractor s and suppliers and all related builders work drawings The drawings are to be compatibl
568. tightening Y90 2030 SCREWS Use screws to BS 1210 Generally use sherardized steel wood screws for fixing to concrete brickwork or blockwork In damp or exposed situations use greased brass wood screws Y90 2040 CAST IN FIXINGS Where cast in fixings are permitted mark out and set fixings in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Y90 2050 SHOT FIRED FIXINGS Obtain approval prior to using shot fired type fixings Y90 2060 SELF ADHESIVE FIXINGS Obtain approval prior to using self adhesive type fixings Y90 2070 PROPRIETARY CHANNEL INSERTS Provide proprietary channel inserts for casting in where indicated Y90 2080 NON PENETRATIVE SUPPORT SYSTEMS FOR ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT e Manufacturer and reference e Or approved equivalent Obtain approval prior to using non penetrative support systems for roof mounted equipment Y90 3010 DRILLING Drill holes squarely Use drills of requisite size and depth and appropriate to fabric Do not flame cut holes in metal work Y90 3020 PROPRIETARY FIXINGS Comply with manufacturer s instructions for all fixings Y90 3030 FIXING TO REINFORCED CONCRETE Take precautions to avoid fixing through reinforcement Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 368 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y90 3040 FIXING TO BRICKWORK Do not fix to unsound material or mortar between brickwork courses Y90 3050 FIXING TO TIMBER RAILS
569. ting and direct purging of small low pressure industrial and commercial Natural Gas installations Y51 2080 PRESSURE TESTING SOIL WASTE VENTILATION ANTI SYPHON AND RAINWATER PIPEWORK Test section by section as the work proceeds and subsequently on completion with all sanitary fittings fixed and working Submit systems to two separate tests Air test and Hydraulic Performance test in accordance with BS EN 12056 2 Y51 2090 PRESSURE TESTING UNDERSLAB DRAINAGE Test section by section as the work proceeds and subsequently after completion of backfilling and compaction to the satisfaction of the Engineers and the local Authority Individually test sections which will be permanently embedded in the structure or concealed in ducts or voids Submit sections to two separate tests Water test and Test for Straightness and Obstruction in accordance with BS EN 752 Y51 2100 VACUUM TESTING Test vacuum mains in accordance with HVCA TR 6 Guide to Good Practice for Site Pressure Testing of Pipework Table 1 Y51 2110 TESTING RECORDS e Distribution e Keep asystematic record of tests Distribute records as indicated Y51 3010 CLEANING DUCTWORK SYSTEMS Clean ductwork before plant is first run using access openings in ductwork Y51 3020 COMMISSIONING CODES Carry out commissioning of installations in accordance with the procedures checks and tolerances given in the BSRIA Application Guides for water systems and air systems to achieve the
570. to present a neat appearance with other services and the building structure 340 030 INSULATION Where control components are incorporated in insulated pipelines ductlines or equipment provide details for approval of method proposed to insulate component 340 040 SUPPORTS Arrange supports for control components to ensure no strain is imposed on components 340 050 ACCESS Arrange control components to ensure adequate access for operation and maintenance 340 080 POWER OPERATED CONTROLS Install power operated controls in accordance with manufacturer s instructions and relevant standards 340 110 ANCILLARIES Install ancillaries in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 226 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 340 120 ENCLOSURES Install enclosures where indicated providing space for access and maintenance 340 130 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION Install commission and set to work building management system in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations 340 140 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CABLE INSTALLATION Plan and install all building management monitoring systems cables in accordance with the cable manufacturer s recommendations Label and record all monitoring cables in accordance with 340 150 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM QUALITY CONTROL Handle store and install equipment and components of the bui
571. tor shall design install commission and demonstrate the supplies to thelocal electric heater units Thesupplies shall be switch fused spur at ceiling level and install a recessed conduit to the handrier position terminating onto a stop end box Fix the handrier to the stop end box with back entry cable installation using heat resistant cable The handriers are to generally comprise of the following Manufacturer and reference Wandsworth HD2 moulded case infra red unit Or approved equivalent Duty Heating element rating 2KW Style Hand drier Casing Material White moulded case Controls Operation by infrared detector Timed cut out Safety cut out Mounting Surface mounted Method of removal for maintenance To be fixed to back entry recessed conduit which in turn is to be served from the adjacent switch fused spur Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 170 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Characteristics Safety to BS EN 60335 2 23 W10 TELECOMMUNICATIONS PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 030 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The contarctor shall design install test and commission then demonstrate the new telecommunications system in the new building The contractor will be responsible for liaising with BT for the installation of the telephone services to the lift The works will include the arranging of the installation of the duct services inline with the agreed contract
572. ts mastic sealed Provide external flanges drilled for bolting to counterflanges on adjacent ductwork Fixing Interface with building components as indicated Y45 2070B AIR TRANSFER CROSS TALK ATTENUATORS INTERNAL FLANGES e Fixing Interface with building components Provide attenuators for air transfer and cross talk applications Provide lining that is inert fire proof inorganic vermin proof non hygroscopic Construct casing with lock formed longitudinal joints mastic sealed Provide internal flanges drilled and threaded for bolting to counterflanges on adjacent ductwork Fixing Interface with building components as indicated Y45 2070C AIR TRANSFER CROSS TALK ATTENUATORS SPIGOT ENDS e Fixing Interface with building components Provide attenuators for air transfer and cross talk applications Provide lining that is inert fire proof inorganic vermin proof non hygroscopic Construct casing with lock formed longitudinal joints mastic sealed Provide plain spigot ends for connection to adjacent ductwork Fixing Interface with building components as indicated Y45 2110 ACOUSTIC FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS Provide acoustic flexible duct connectors in accordance with DW 144 Part 7 Section 25 Y45 3010 GENERAL Install acoustic treatment equipment in positions indicated in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Y45 3040 SUPPORTS Supply steel section supporting frames or brackets where silencers are fixe
573. ual Record Registration and Picture Quality The network and sites configuration shall be performed using a dedicated set of screens The network portion of this setup shall allow setup of a system Nucleus and Backup Nucleus The Nucleus shall act as the coordinator of all running system applications The Backup Nucleus shall act as the hot stand by Nucleus in the event that the primary Nucleus goes offline providing uninterrupted system functionality The network portion of this setup shall also allow all appropriate networking features including each server IP Subnet and Gateway Macro configuration shall be performed using a dedicated set of screens Macros can be defined for recorded or displayed played cameras command duration local recording location local viewing device ID picture quality refresh mode recording rate fps and related devices sensors Macros shall allow an authorized user to create and schedule software commands that shall include but not be limited to Sequencing cameras including multiscreen displays in the recorder Record various cameras at various frame rates Receive alarm condition from any recorder and workstation on the network An authorized user shall be able to program and execute macros locally 5 The Schedule Macro button shall allow the running of preconfigured combinations of camera PTZ camera sensor and PTZ programmed routines The Reports button shall allow the viewing of system st
574. uding but not limited to standard of workmanship standards adherence labelling Also note the client or their agents will carry out witness checks of about 10 of the structured cabling system and the testing Ensure reasonable notice is given before commencement of any tests Also note before hand over and after full testing by the contractor the client or their agents will carry out random sample tests to confirm the quality of the installation Tests will include electronic tests and inspection for such as labelling shortcomings Make available all personnel and equipment required to enable the client or their agents to carry out any of the above checks both on site and in their factory 370 070 AS INSTALLED INFORMATION Provide an operations manual that explains how to use the structured cabling system and describes what can and what cannot be connected to it Provide the as installed information as defined below and in accordance with the main contract requirements Provide this information as part of the systems operations manual e Drawings e Equipment room plan e Equipment room elevation e Outlet positions e Schedules e Cables and outlets e Test results e Component descriptions e Handover certificate e Warranty certificate 370 080 LABELLING Provide appropriate labelling for all elements of the scheme including e Horizontal Cabling Subsystem e Horizontal cable e User outlet e Patch panel both the panel and the outlet e Fly
575. uges Reference Y51 3090A Commissioning records Distribution to WBS For water systems To BSRIA Application Guide 2 89 3 reference Y51 3100B Pre commissioning reference Y51 3120 Plant ready for control system commissioning Reference Y51 3130A Control system requirements for plant commissioning reference Y51 3140 Commissioning reference Y51 3150 254 000 IDENTIFICATION MECHANICAL 254 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y54 1000 and those detailed below 254 020 PIPEWORK IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2010 254 040 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION e Lettering e Laminated plates multi coloured with outer layer removed for lettering reference Y54 2030B 254 045 GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR USE ON EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS EN 80416 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 133 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Reference Y54 2035 254 050 VALVE AND COCK IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2040 254 090 INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2080 254 100 DANGER AND WARNING NOTICES Reference Y54 2090 254 110 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION INSTALLATION CHARTS e Perspex sheet glazing with frame reference Y54 2100A 290 000 FIXING TO BUILDING FABRIC 290 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y90 1000 and those detailed below 290 020 FIXINGS Standards reference Y90 2010 Plugs reference Y90 2020 S
576. uired and to provide the necessary items e The internal telecommunications cabling shall be fully designed installed tested commissioned and demonstrated by the contractor in accordance with the CAT6 cabling design requirements The contractor is resonsible for providing all cabling back boxes data fascia plates connectors sockets and terminatign the cable at both ends fully labelled and tested ready for the college to plug the cables into the college provided patch panels and server equipment 100 030 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION e Supply install and test a structured cabling system e Type e T1A E1A e Category 6 e BS EN 50173 1 e Provide the entire structured cabling system supplied from a single manufacturer e Refer to manufacturers schedule Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 231 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Requirement Specification Project objectives The new building will provide the facilities for teaching staff and pupils to encourage the use of ICT to support teaching and learning The scope of this project is to e Provide for structured wiring system containment faceplates back plates RJ45 modules patch cables termination labelling and testing Minimum specified bandwidth of 1000Mbps CAT 6 e Full site wireless survey and implementation of wireless LAN IEEE 802 11a g compliant e To work collaboratively with the selected M amp E contractor t
577. uld the CFD modelling show that the stack vents natural vent alone cannot meet the requirements of BB101 and BB87 2003 The contractor shall allow for the provision of boost extract fans in vent shafts and this shall be provided if proven as necessary by the design otherwise they shall be avoided The room occupants will have the ability to override the automatic controls and open or close the dampers by operating a wall mounted control switch or alternatively opening the manually openable windows When the automatic louvre control has been over ridden the ventilators will stay under the room occupant control for ten minutes after which time the ventilators will revert back into BMS control As such the wall switch shall be of a rocker type or self resetting with iducator lamps to show if the unit is manually held open manually held closed in automatic control Opening windows where provided shall also be provided and shall be manually opened to allow further occupant control of the internal environment but the windows shall be installed with restrictors only allowing the panes to be opened a small amount for safety reasons In all instances where there are windows opening windows shall be provided The ventilators shall be sized to provide the required ventilation rates to suit fresh air requirements and overheating criteria without the need to open the windows The windows shall provide an extra ventilation capacity Project No BSD11120 100
578. ule of Suppliers Electrical Services Schedule of Suppliers Indicative Tender Drawings Building Regulations Indicative Part L2A BRUKL Project No BSD11120 100 Rev T1 6 March 2013 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION EXPERT INTRODUCTION This document has been compiled using Specification Expert which is joint copyright Barbour Index Limited and National Engineering Specification Limited The content incorporates that of the National Engineering Specification NES NOTES FOR TENDERERS Dependant on the nature of the works specified within this document the specification shall contain some or all of the items below 1 PRELIMINARIES The Preliminary clauses A sections included are those that relate to the Engineering Works in particular and must be read in conjunction with the Preliminaries of the Main Contract 2 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS The system specifications are sub divided into four parts Part 1 System objectives The system objectives are clauses giving details of design information system performance and description together with lists of the system schematics and drawings Part 2 Selection schedules for the reference specifications These selection schedules specify items in the system that are contained in the Reference Specifications Y group Required Y group clauses are invoked by reference Part 3 Clauses specific to the syste
579. ull climatic cycle subject to the approval of the Supervising Officer Unless otherwise agreed the whole or any part of the sub contract works will only be included in a Certificate of Practical Completion when the contractor has issued to the Supervising Officer the required number of sets of Operating Manuals Record Drawings and Building Owner s Log Book as detailed later in this document After the installation has been shown to meet the commissioning requirements the Supervising Officer may call for further operation of the plant in evaluating the performance of the installation Be prepared to operate the plant the cost of which will be reimbursed Include in your Tender for all additional works and expenditure necessary as a consequence of phase completion and handover Training of Employer s Personnel The Contractor shall provide experienced personnel to instruct the Employer s personnel in the operation maintenance and servicing of all the installation Give instructions for a period of one week before the issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion The contractor shall at a time to be agreed prior to Completion or Completion of Section as defined in the Main Contract Preliminaries instruct the Employer s representative in the use and correct operation of the contract works and shall satisfy himself that such staff are capable of taking over the installation During this period of instruction the contractor shall be re
580. un 271 060 SWITCHES DISCONNECTORS AND FUSE COMBINATION UNITS e Type wall mounted switch fuse c w proprietary cable spreader box top and bottom Metering to be provided to outgoing side of the switch fuse e Application to provide main building supply isolation and to protect sub main cabling serving main building located at the intake position adjacent new substation e Manufacturer and reference refer to schedule of manufacturers e Or approved equivalent e Switch disconnector reference Y71 2100A e Fuse combination unit reference Y71 2100B e Details of equipment e As shown on drawings schedules refer to tender drawings 271 110 INSTRUMENTS AND METERS e Application Instrumentation amp metering shall be as indicated in this ocument e Reference Y71 2150A e Details as shown on drawings schedules refer to tender drawings 271 170 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS e Application Refer to drawings for location of distribution boards All boards to be metal clad with lockable front cover and typed circuit reference chart and integral sub meter e Manufacturer and reference Refer to the manufacturers schedule e Or approved equivalent Electrical supply e Three phase reference Y71 1020A e Reference Y71 2210A e Provide spare ways e As indicated on distribution board charts 271 180 CONSUMER UNITS e Application Refer to drawings for location of distribution boards All boards to be metal clad with lockable front cover and typed ci
581. underfloor zones to bring on the heating as and when the room conditions sensed by wall mounted thermostats in the auditoria changing room and entrance foyer dictate The BMS shall provide a high temperature cut off valve arrangement to protect the under floor systems Domestic hot water plant The hot water requirement for the building is provided by two domestic hot water storage calorifier The BMS control system shall enable the domestic hot water circuit pumps and valve sets to meet the output requirements of the systems The BMS shall monitor the hot water flow temperature for low temperature and shall raise an alarm accordingly The BMS shall monitor the internal temperatures at various heights across the calorifier vessel The CT circuit serving the domestic hot water calorifiers shall be controlled via 2 port control valves The domestic hot water calorifier shall be provided with a weekly pasteurisation cycle Heating System Pressurisation Units Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 60 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION The heating systems and solar collector systems shall be provided with separate pressurisation units The control system shall permanently energise the units and shall monitor them for fault condition with an associated alarm Lighting Controls The BMS shall control the external light switching according to timeclock controls and photocell Frost P
582. unking to prevent ingress of water and solid material Y60 3080A WIRING Comply with BS 7671 when wiring installations Segregate circuits as indicated Ensure draw wires are left within empty conduits for use of specialist installers Use draw wires comprising nylon tapes with fitted eyelets For concealed conduit ensure system is installed to enable re wiring to be carried out from boxes for fittings or accessories only Draw in boxes will only be permitted with prior permission in writing Do not use tallow or any other substances to facilitate drawing in of cables Y60 3090 BUILDERSWORK Ensure conduit is not concealed until work has been inspected and approved Obtain permission before horizontally chasing walls Ensure that conduit and fittings buried in concrete or behind plaster are protected against corrosion or electrolytic action prior to rendering Ensure conduit concealed in wall chases is covered by plaster and or rendering to minimum depth of 12 mm Y60 4010 DRAW IN BOXES Provide draw in boxes in conduit at maximum intervals of 10 metres or after bends and or sets totalling 180 degrees Y60 4020 INSTALLATION OF CAST IN OR BURIED CONDUIT Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 322 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Ensure cast in conduits are firmly secured to reinforcing steelwork and that accessory and or conduit boxes are secured so they do not move d
583. uption of electrical power supplies C6 12 Valves C7 1 Dampers C7 2 Fans single speed C7 3 Fans variable speed C7 4 Pumps C7 5 Y51 4010 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TESTING Demonstrate the performance of installations including single standby multi duty plants and systems and of plants specified for future use Y51 4040B SANITARY SYSTEMS Comply with performance tests given in BS EN 12056 Y51 4040E HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS Requirements Comply with requirements as indicated Y51 4050 PERFORMANCE TEST RECORDS e Distribution e Keep asystematic record of tests Distribute records as indicated Y54 IDENTIFICATION MECHANICAL Y54 1000 GENERAL 1010 REQUIREMENTS Identify all pipework ductwork equipment appliances and ancillaries comprising the various systems 1020 NEW SYSTEMS Comprehensively label and colour code throughout works as indicated Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 314 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 1030 EXISTING SYSTEMS Where identification details are incompatible with those required for new systems obtain approval to mode of cross referencing 1040 COLOURS As indicated to colour ranges given in BS 381C and BS 4800 Y54 2010 PIPEWORK IDENTIFICATION Standards Colour code and label to BS 1710 Primary Identification Apply colour bands 300mm wide to each pipe at least Once in every room or enclosed area At int
584. urer s instructions as shown on the following drawings Contract drawings Manufacturer s drawings Specialist supplier s drawings Specialist contractor s drawings Y40 AIR HANDLING UNITS Y40 1000 GENERAL Y40 1010B AIR LEAKAGE Ensure air handling unit is sealed to prevent air leakage at design pressure Determine air leakage in accordance with BS EN 1886 Table 2 at 400 Pa negative pressure and table 3 at 700 Pa positive pressure Y40 1010C AIR LEAKAGE FILTER BYPASS Determine air bypass around filter cells in accordance with BS EN 1886 Ensure air leakage rates do not exceed the values given in table 4 of BS EN 1886 at a test pressure of 400Pa Y40 2020B MANUFACTURER S STANDARD DOUBLE SKIN CASING AIR HANDLING UNITS Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 288 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Outer skin material Manufacturer s standard Inner skin material Manufacturer s standard External casing finish Manufacturer s standard Internal casing finish Manufacturer s standard Y40 2030A AIR HANDLING UNIT CONSTRUCTION Insulation to provide thermal treatment structural treatment acoustic treatment General construction Construct unit to withstand maximum fan static pressure without plastic deformation Ensure panels do not deflect by more than 1 120 of maximum panel dimension when unit is in operation Use corrosion resistant fastenings throughout
585. uring subsequent building operations Ensure there is no blockage immediately shuttering is removed Check there is no mechanical damage to conduit in floor screed prior to screeding Fix securely before screed is poured Provide temporary protection to conduits until screeds are laid Ensure minimum amount of cross overs occur dependent upon screed depth Do not install draw boxes in floors Do not install conduits in screeds in areas indicated within site blinding in main structural slabs unless prior permission in writing is obtained Y60 4030 CONDUIT BOXES Ensure that wherever conduit boxes are cast in the face of the box is flush with the face of the concrete or plaster Fit circular conduit boxes with extension rings to ensure a flush face with plaster or concrete or where terminal blocks are to be accommodated Ensure fixing holes are countersunk where material thickness allows or use round head screws to prevent damage to cables and remove burrs before cables are drawn in Use a minimum of two screw fixing for standard circular conduit boxes and four screws for large conduit boxes and adaptable boxes up to 150 mm x 100 mm Use back outlet boxes where surface conduits pass through walls to outside accessories or lighting points Secure switch boxes and socket boxes using countersunk steel screws where provision is made for them or if not use round head screws Use plug inserts and finally grout in position prior to plastering or scr
586. using a 4 position bar from the Main Screen There shall be 4 levels of resolution Frame Field CIF HCIF with 2 levels of compression Normal Full comprising 8 quality levels total which shall be accessible from the Setup menu selections Kollector Elite shall use an MD5 type video authentication algorithm MD5 is a standard authentication that is based on a 128 bit message used to verify data integrity Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 173 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION The local recorder shall have a 30 60 120 and 240 fps version All versions shall by default divide the total fps by the actual number of camera inputs The actual fps rate shall have the ability to be set by camera The recorder shall have external RAID device connection capability to extend the total recording time beyond the limits of the specific internal hard drive The 240 fps version shall have a daily hard drive usage of 2 to 128 GB This usage shall be based on Quality settings ranging from Q1 to Q8 24 hours per day of activity ranging from Low to Very High 50 of time movement detection and Normal compression optimized MPEG4 Typical hard drive usage normal scene activity under the same conditions shall range from 2 to 64 GB per day The 120 fps version shall have a daily hard drive usage of 2 to 64 GB This usage shall be based on Quality settings ranging from Q1 to Q8 24 hours per
587. ut ends or recoat as recommended by manufacturer 310 040 INSTALLATION GENERALLY Install pipes fittings and accessories in accordance with BS 8000 13 BS EN 12056 2 and manufacturer s recommendations e Obtain all components for each type of pipework from the same manufacturer unless otherwise indicated Inspect components carefully before fixing and reject any which are defective Ensure cut ends of pipes to be clean and square with burrs removed Allow for thermal and building movement when jointing and fixing Form junctions using fittings intended for the purpose ensuring that jointing material does not project into bore of pipes fittings and appliances e Avoid contact between dissimilar metals and other materials which would result in electrolytic corrosion e Provide access covers and cleaning eyes as necessary in convenient locations to permit adequate testing and cleaning of pipework e Prevent entry of foreign matter into any part of system by sealing openings during construction e Fit all access covers and cleaning eyes as work proceeds e All changes of direction to have rodding eyes 310 050 CONNECTIONS BETWEEN PIPES OF DIFFERENT MATERIALS e Plastic e Connect plastics pipework to pipework of other materials using approved connectors and methods in accordance with plastics pipework manufacturer s recommendations to form a watertight joint e Copper e Connect copper pipework to clay concrete sockets using a
588. utlets are universal outlets and serve both voice and data needs i e telephones fax PCs terminals printers etc 320 010 HORIZONTAL CABLE Provide horizontal cable of not more than 4 pairs and within its own sheath and not sharing sheaths with any other cable Provide cable to be of the same type and manufacturer throughout the entire system e Cable type e Shielded Twisted Pair STP 1000hm e Sheath composition e LSFOH Connect each cable into the back of an RJ45 outlet plug or socket Ensure connection does not form a mated RJ45 pair Terminate cable onto the back of a user outlet at the work area end and interface at the Floor Distributor end Ensure each cable and each sheath is continuous throughout its route length with no cable splicing or other type of connection Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 233 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Ensure every cable is installed so that it can be cut and re terminated Allowed this singly or in cable groups depending on the terminations considered typically in patch frames groups would need to be re terminated Notes some RJ45s are only suitable for stranded cables and some are only suitable for solid cables Ensure that the appropriate RJ45s are used in each situation Ensure cables are not bent to a radius less than that specified by the cable manufacturer either during installation or as installed and that any p
589. utlined within the acoustic consultants report shall be incorporated into the design of the mechanical and electrical services to ensure that the criteria are not exceeded Particular attention shall be applied to the street roof vents and their close proximity to the plant areas with respect to noise break into the building Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 75 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION C14 BUILDING SERVICES SURVEY PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 010 PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES e The contractor is to visit site during the tender process to review the site and to ensure they are fully familiar with the building layout and nature of the contract The contractor is to use the opportunity for the site visit to establish the methods for delivering the project successfully within the limit site constraints e The contractor is to have the opportunity to visit site to familiarize themselves with the site layout and conditions on site so as to effectively cost and programme the work e Access to the site is obtained by prior arrangement with the project manager Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 76 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION R11 FOUL DRAINAGE ABOVE GROUND PART 1 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 100 030 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The contractor shall design install test commission and demonstrate an above ground drainage syste
590. uzzer to sound Signalling fault Scanning or interrogation failure Processor failure Memory check error Memory configuration data loss Processor failure e Re initialise record and reset e Re initialise reset and indicate fault e Fault sounder to be provided e Fault indicator to be provided e Silence fault warning e Levelli e Reset e Automatic e Manual level 1 e Test message to define and locate fault e Monitor status of auxiliary units to be provided e Fault response time e Less than 100 sec e Delay generation of event e Normal de bounced contacts 6 seconds e Fluctuating contacts e g sprinkler valve flow switches 40 seconds Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 189 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION e System Management System available at Levels as required by BS EN 54 2 e Management Facilities e Isolate and re connect e Addressable point e Detector zone e Sounder zone e Remote centre signalling e Walk test of zones to verify detectors and sounders e Interrogate sensor e Cleanliness e Condition e Display on alphanumeric display via menu system e Alarm status e Alarm log e First zone alarm top field to be provided e Most recent zone alarm to be provided e Total number of alarms to be provided e Alarm scrolling to be provided e Alarm display reversion to be provided e System events to be recorded and printed e Event log capacity Loop map c
591. valve Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 119 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 320 000 WORKMANSHIP 320 010 INSTALLATION Install equipment in accordance BS EN 1775 and with manufacturer s recommendations e Comply with IGE UP 10 Installation of gas appliances in industrial and commercial premises 320 020 TESTING AND PURGING e Comply with IGE UP 1 Strength and tightness testing and direct purging of industrial and commercial gas installations e Comply with IGE UP 1A Strength and tightness testing and direct purging of small low pressure industrial and commercial Natural Gas installations e Carry out pressure testing in accordance with BS EN 12327 320 030 COMMISSIONING Commission gas fired plant on industrial and commercial premises in accordance with IGE UP 4 Commission gas supply systems in accordance with BS EN 12327 BS APPENDIX BS 1010 2 1973 Specification for draw off taps and stopvalves for water services screw down pattern Part 2 Draw off taps and above ground stopvalves Current obsolescent BS 1552 1995 Specification for open bottomed taper plug valves for 1st 2nd and 3rd family gases up to 200mbar BS 1965 1 1963 Specification for butt welding pipe fittings for pressure purposes Part 1 Carbon steel Replaced by BS EN 10253 1 1999 but remains current BS 21 1985 Specification for pipe threads for tubes and fittings where pressure tight jo
592. ver operated Y11 2080E THREADED END BALL TYPE VALVES LOCKSHIELD Materials Bronze or DZR copper alloy body Ends Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226 1 Chrome or nickel plated DZR sphere with full bore flow aperture PTFE seats and stem seals Anti blowout stem Operation lockshield Y11 2080F COMPRESSION BALL TYPE VALVES LOCKSHIELD Materials Bronze or DZR copper alloy body Ends Compression fittings to BS EN 1254 2 Chrome or nickel plated DZR sphere with full bore flow aperture PTFE seats and stem seals Anti blowout stem Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 261 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Operation lockshield Y11 2090A LEVER OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVES TO BS EN 593 BETWEEN FLANGES Construction Provide controlled elastomer compression on flange faces semi lugged wafer type design for installation between flanged pipework connections body to suit BS EN 1092 2 Provide lever and gear operated valves with long body neck for lagging clearance Seat Bonded Materials Cast iron body stainless steel shaft aluminium bronze disc EPDM seat Operation Lever and graduated notch plate Y11 2090B GEAR OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVES TO BS EN 593 BETWEEN FLANGES Construction Provide controlled elastomer compression on flange faces semi lugged wafer type design for installation between flanged pipework connections body to suit BS EN 1092
593. vered bright copper for sheathed mineral insulated cables Y63 2025D CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEM CABLE BASKET Proprietary system of wire basket with compatible jointing and fixing accessories Fittings Use factory made fittings throughout of same material finish as basket for risers bends reducers tees crosses and drop outs Y63 3010 CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION Support from building fabric with minimum clearance behind of 20mm Install fixings at regular intervals to prevent visible sagging when loaded with maximum spacing 1 2m and 230mm from fittings Keep cutting of cable tray to a minimum Cut along a line of unperforated metal Make good finish with zinc rich paint primer and top coat or two pack epoxy paste as appropriate to tray material and finish Fit holes cut in tray for passage of cables with grommets bushes or other lining Install all bolts fixings and hangers with threaded portion away from cables Y63 3020A CABLE CLEATS TIES SADDLES AND CLIPS INSTALLATION For cables on horizontal tray use ties for each circuit Use tie manufacturer s special tensioning tool where available Crop off tie ends Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 334 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION For cables on vertical tray use cleats bolted to tray for paper plastic or elastomeric insulated cables and saddles or clips for mineral insulated cables Use cleats sized to grip cables
594. vity 30mA Plug tops 25 of number of sockets fused as indicated Gangs 1 Y74 2090C SOCKET OUTLETS DOUBLE SWITCHED Standard 13A socket outlet to BS 1363 enclosure box to BS 4662 Switching Switched Switch type Rocker bar plastic Rating 13A Ancillaries Plug tops 25 of number of sockets fused as indicated Gangs 2 Y74 2090D SOCKET OUTLETS SINGLE UNSWITCHED Standard 13A socket outlet to BS 1363 enclosure box to BS 4662 Switching Unswitched Rating 13A Gangs 1 Y74 2090E SOCKET OUTLETS SINGLE WITH INTEGRAL RCD UNSWITCHED e Standard e Enclosed box to BS 4662 BS 7288 e HBES systems BS EN 50428 enclosure box to BS 4662 Switching Unswitched Rating 13A Ancillaries RCD BS 7288 Mains failure trip sensitivity 30mA Gangs 1 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 353 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION Y74 2100A COOKER CONTROL UNIT WITH INTEGRAL SOCKET Standard BS 4177 enclosure box to BS 4177 Unit type With integral 13A switched socket outlet and pilot lamp Pole configuration DP Rating 45A Y74 2170A AERIAL SOCKETS TV AND DAB AERIALS Standard BS 3041 2 Circuit configurations Dual TV and DAB Ancillaries Safety isolation to BS 6330 for communal aerial systems Y74 2170B AERIAL SOCKETS SINGLE TV AERIALS Standard BS 3041 2 Circuit configurations Single TV Ancillaries Safety
595. warning notices labels Reference Y80 2170 Main earth conductor reference Y80 2180 e Earth bar label reference Y80 2190 280 060 WORKMANSHIP e Clean earth distribution reference Y80 3010 e Dissimilar metals reference Y80 3020 e Tape joints e Copper reference Y80 3030A e Aluminium reference Y80 3030B e Stranded conductor joints reference Y80 3040 e Protective cable terminations e Reference Y80 3050A PART 3 SPECIFICATION CLAUSES SPECIFIC TO W51 300 000 GENERAL 300 010 STANDARDS Carry out electrical system earthing work in accordance with BS 7671 IEE wiring regulations BS 7430 Electricity Safety Quality and Continuity Regulations and Local Electricity Supply Authority Requirements e Comply with the requirements of BS EN 50310 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 192 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION 300 040 EXISTING INSTALLATIONS Check earth continuity conductors and loop impedance values of existing installation Report defects and elements not in accordance with BS 7671 IEE Regulations before connecting new or modified installations to existing supply 300 050 SOIL TESTS Carry out soil tests in accordance with BS 1377 to establish soil electrical resistivity and e Redox potential V e Moisture content e Dissolved salts e Chloride e pH e Organic acids 300 060 RISE IN POTENTIAL IN TELECOMMUNICATIONS Ensure the potential
596. ximum distance runs Aschedule of all design assumptions made in the calculations Full plant selections schedule stating model reference performance etc Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 39 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION All designs calculations and drawings must have been received commented upon and accepted as being at a suitable standard to progress by Waterman Building Services prior to any of the mechanical and electrical installations commencing on site commencing Any works carried out on site before the designs calculations and drawings have been commented upon and accepted as being at a suitable standard to progress by Waterman Building Services shall be deemed to have been carried out at the contractor s risk and any remedial or abortive works shall be carried out at cost by the contractor Waterman Building Services shall be allowed to call at any time a design review meeting to assess the progression of the design of the mechanical and electrical services This meeting shall be attended by the contractor s and the mechanical and electrical designers The intention of the meeting is to review the design at an early stage before the final production of information has been completed to identify and assist the contractor designers in complying with the employer s requirements and ultimately reduce the comments received back at formal design drawing comment sta
597. xposed length of conductor after termination Ensure that strands are not damaged when stripping cable cores Twist strands together Do not reduce number of strands Secure all strands at terminations Clean armour thoroughly prior to jointing or terminating At connections to equipment and switchgear without integral cable clamping terminals use compression or solder type lugs for bolted terminal connections of correct bore Form all compression connections to components using tools that cannot be released unless the correct degree of compression has been achieved Install and inspect compression and mechanical connectors on conductors in accordance with BS EN 60228 and BS 7609 Bolt core terminations with lugs to equipment using washers or proprietary shakeproof devices Do not bunch more than three cores at clamping terminals or bolted connections Mark cable conductor phasing or other core identification at each end of all cables and at all joints maintaining consistency of marking with any existing system Connect all cores including multicore cable spare cores at all joints and terminations Bond any unused cores or multicore cables to earth at both ends unless otherwise indicated Y61 4170 CABLE JOINTING AND TERMINATING ELASTOMER AND PLASTIC INSULATED CABLES Joint cables using glands of the type indicated in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Use shrouds at all glands unless otherwise instructed At core connections
598. y SSE Audio Group North contact Mark Hatfield tel No 44 0 1274 304083 E mark hatfield sseaudio com 5 19 Lightning Protection A new comprehenisive lightning protection scheme shall be provided which shall be fully compliant with BS EN 62305 1 2011 Surge protection will be provided on the main switch panel and to all services serving external equipment The contractor shall employ a specialist to design and install the lighting protection system 5 20 ICT Installation The building shall be provided with a complete ICT installation comprising of containment cabling and outlets and as a minimum be as shown on the accompanying drawings The designer will include for all other data connections to serve associated services such as the mechanical plant the CCTV the door access and security systems etc Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 71 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION In general the installation shall be full compliant with the requirements of CAT 6 cabling and cabling shall be routed from the server room to RJ 45 outlets routed within the cable basket and within the dado trunking as indicated in general on the accompanying drawings The data rack shall comprise of a floor mounted mounted cabinet with lockable door internal power supply and a patch panel sized to serve the points shown plus 25 spare The cabinet shall be circa 2000mm tall and be sized to hold th
599. y flushing or testing with water e On completion of all cleaning flushing and air testing operations recharge each system with clean water and subject them to sectional hydraulic tests of one and a half times the working pressure e There is to be no loss of pressure for a period of not less than 30 minutes for each test e Testing records reference Y51 2110 e Distribution to WBS 251 040 COMMISSIONING Commissioning codes reference Y51 3020 Commissioning Water distribution Including BSRIA pre commissioning check list Reference Y51 3030A Instruments and gauges Reference Y51 3090A Commissioning records Distribution to WBS For water systems To BSRIA Application Guide 2 89 3 reference Y51 3100B Pre commissioning reference Y51 3120 Plant ready for control system commissioning Reference Y51 3130A Commissioning reference Y51 3150 254 000 IDENTIFICATION MECHANICAL 254 010 GENERAL Comply with work section general clauses reference Y54 1000 and those detailed below e Provide identification mechanical as specified in work section 254 020 PIPEWORK IDENTIFICATION Reference Y54 2010 254 040 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION e Lettering e Laminated plates multi coloured with outer layer removed for lettering reference Y54 2030B 254 045 GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS FOR USE ON EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS EN 80416 Project No BSD11120 100 6 March 2013 Rev T1 94 KINGS ACADEMY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRIC

Bury Fusiliers - Warrington Borough Council

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents